<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/935/index.xml"/>
    <title>Download Best Full-Length Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/935/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/935/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/935/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sat, 07 Dec 2024 07:56:48 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/935/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/935/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Download Best Full-Length Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Animals &amp; Nature</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/935/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/935/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Dr. Cleveland Jones</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/935/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/935/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>Unraveling: What I Learned About Life While Shearing Sheep, Dyeing Wool, and Making the World’s Ugliest Sweater by Peggy Orenstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unraveling: What I Learned About Life While Shearing Sheep, Dyeing Wool, and Making the World’s Ugliest Sweater
Author: Peggy Orenstein
Narrator: Peggy Orenstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Orenstein is such a breezy, funny writer, it’s easy to forget she’s an important thinker too.”—People In this lively, funny memoir, Peggy Orenstein sets out to make a sweater from scratch—shearing, spinning, dyeing wool—and in the process discovers how we find our deepest selves through craft. Orenstein spins a yarn that will appeal to everyone.   The COVID pandemic propelled many people to change their lives in ways large and small. Some adopted puppies. Others stress-baked. Peggy Orenstein, a lifelong knitter, went just a little further. To keep herself engaged and cope with a series of seismic shifts in family life, she set out to make a garment from the ground up: learning to shear sheep, spin and dye yarn, then knitting herself a sweater. Orenstein hoped the project would help her process not just wool but her grief over the recent death of her mother and the decline of her dad, the impending departure of her college-bound daughter, and other thorny issues of aging as a woman in a culture that by turns ignores and disdains them. What she didn’t expect was a journey into some of the major issues of our time: climate anxiety, racial justice, women’s rights, the impact of technology, sustainability, and, ultimately, the meaning of home. With her wry voice, sharp intelligence, and exuberant honesty, Orenstein shares her year-long journey as daughter, wife, mother, writer, and maker—and teaches us all something about creativity and connection.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Unraveling is a memoir that explores Peggy Orenstein&amp;#039;s journey into the world of knitting as a way to cope with the pandemic and other personal struggles. Through her exploration of the cultural history of wool dying, carding, and spinning, she provides readers with a deeper understanding of the true meaning of creativity and the importance of pursuing hobbies. This book is a perfect gift for anyone looking for inspiration and insight into the power of DIY projects.</description>
      <author>Peggy Orenstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063081758.mp3" length="1388071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063081758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unraveling: What I Learned About Life While Shearing Sheep, Dyeing Wool, and Making the World’s Ugliest Sweater
Author: Peggy Orenstein
Narrator: Peggy Orenstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Orenstein is such a breezy, funny writer, it’s easy to forget she’s an important thinker too.”—People In this lively, funny memoir, Peggy Orenstein sets out to make a sweater from scratch—shearing, spinning, dyeing wool—and in the process discovers how we find our deepest selves through craft. Orenstein spins a yarn that will appeal to everyone.   The COVID pandemic propelled many people to change their lives in ways large and small. Some adopted puppies. Others stress-baked. Peggy Orenstein, a lifelong knitter, went just a little further. To keep herself engaged and cope with a series of seismic shifts in family life, she set out to make a garment from the ground up: learning to shear sheep, spin and dye yarn, then knitting herself a sweater. Orenstein hoped the project would help her process not just wool but her grief over the recent death of her mother and the decline of her dad, the impending departure of her college-bound daughter, and other thorny issues of aging as a woman in a culture that by turns ignores and disdains them. What she didn’t expect was a journey into some of the major issues of our time: climate anxiety, racial justice, women’s rights, the impact of technology, sustainability, and, ultimately, the meaning of home. With her wry voice, sharp intelligence, and exuberant honesty, Orenstein shares her year-long journey as daughter, wife, mother, writer, and maker—and teaches us all something about creativity and connection.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Unraveling is a memoir that explores Peggy Orenstein&amp;#039;s journey into the world of knitting as a way to cope with the pandemic and other personal struggles. Through her exploration of the cultural history of wool dying, carding, and spinning, she provides readers with a deeper understanding of the true meaning of creativity and the importance of pursuing hobbies. This book is a perfect gift for anyone looking for inspiration and insight into the power of DIY projects.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unraveling: What I Learned About Life While Shearing Sheep, Dyeing Wool, and Making the World’s Ugliest Sweater
Author: Peggy Orenstein
Narrator: Peggy Orenstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Orenstein is such a breezy, funny writer, it’s easy to forget she’s an important thinker too.”—People In this lively, funny memoir, Peggy Orenstein sets out to make a sweater from scratch—shearing, spinning, dyeing wool—and in the process discovers how we find our deepest selves through craft. Orenstein spins a yarn that will appeal to everyone.   The COVID pandemic propelled many people to change their lives in ways large and small. Some adopted puppies. Others stress-baked. Peggy Orenstein, a lifelong knitter, went just a little further. To keep herself engaged and cope with a series of seismic shifts in family life, she set out to make a garment from the ground up: learning to shear sheep, spin and dye yarn, then knitting herself a sweater. Orenstein hoped the project would help her process not just wool but her grief over the recent death of her mother and the decline of her dad, the impending departure of her college-bound daughter, and other thorny issues of aging as a woman in a culture that by turns ignores and disdains them. What she didn’t expect was a journey into some of the major issues of our time: climate anxiety, racial justice, women’s rights, the impact of technology, sustainability, and, ultimately, the meaning of home. With her wry voice, sharp intelligence, and exuberant honesty, Orenstein shares her year-long journey as daughter, wife, mother, writer, and maker—and teaches us all something about creativity and connection.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Unraveling is a memoir that explores Peggy Orenstein&amp;#039;s journey into the world of knitting as a way to cope with the pandemic and other personal struggles. Through her exploration of the cultural history of wool dying, carding, and spinning, she provides readers with a deeper understanding of the true meaning of creativity and the importance of pursuing hobbies. This book is a perfect gift for anyone looking for inspiration and insight into the power of DIY projects.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heart to Heart: A Conversation on Love and Hope for Our Precious Planet by Patrick Mcdonnell, The Dalai Lama</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart to Heart: A Conversation on Love and Hope for Our Precious Planet
Author: Patrick Mcdonnell, The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From His Holiness the Dalai Lama and Mutt’s cartoonist and award-winning author Patrick McDonnell comes a powerful and timely gem of a book on how to heal our relationship with the planet and each other. At the Dalai Lama’s residence in Dharamsala, India, an unusual visitor has arrived. His Holiness interrupts his morning meditation to greet a troubled Giant Panda who has travelled many miles to see him. Welcoming him as a friend, His Holiness invites the Panda on a walk through a cedar forest. There in the shadow of the Himalayas, surrounded by beauty, they discuss matters great and small . . . With a galvanizing message about the future of our planet, Heart to Heart calls for a Compassionate Revolution, reminding us that “we are indeed all members of a single family, sharing one little house.” Told with whimsy, wisdom, and warmth, this beautiful book is deceptively simple in its approach and all the more powerful for it, as it elegantly and decisively conveys a message of joy, hope and change. “There are only two days in the year that nothing can be done. One is called Yesterday, and one is called Tomorrow.”</description>
      <author>Patrick Mcdonnell, The Dalai Lama</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063217003.mp3" length="642473" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063217003.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart to Heart: A Conversation on Love and Hope for Our Precious Planet
Author: Patrick Mcdonnell, The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From His Holiness the Dalai Lama and Mutt’s cartoonist and award-winning author Patrick McDonnell comes a powerful and timely gem of a book on how to heal our relationship with the planet and each other. At the Dalai Lama’s residence in Dharamsala, India, an unusual visitor has arrived. His Holiness interrupts his morning meditation to greet a troubled Giant Panda who has travelled many miles to see him. Welcoming him as a friend, His Holiness invites the Panda on a walk through a cedar forest. There in the shadow of the Himalayas, surrounded by beauty, they discuss matters great and small . . . With a galvanizing message about the future of our planet, Heart to Heart calls for a Compassionate Revolution, reminding us that “we are indeed all members of a single family, sharing one little house.” Told with whimsy, wisdom, and warmth, this beautiful book is deceptively simple in its approach and all the more powerful for it, as it elegantly and decisively conveys a message of joy, hope and change. “There are only two days in the year that nothing can be done. One is called Yesterday, and one is called Tomorrow.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heart to Heart: A Conversation on Love and Hope for Our Precious Planet
Author: Patrick Mcdonnell, The Dalai Lama
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From His Holiness the Dalai Lama and Mutt’s cartoonist and award-winning author Patrick McDonnell comes a powerful and timely gem of a book on how to heal our relationship with the planet and each other. At the Dalai Lama’s residence in Dharamsala, India, an unusual visitor has arrived. His Holiness interrupts his morning meditation to greet a troubled Giant Panda who has travelled many miles to see him. Welcoming him as a friend, His Holiness invites the Panda on a walk through a cedar forest. There in the shadow of the Himalayas, surrounded by beauty, they discuss matters great and small . . . With a galvanizing message about the future of our planet, Heart to Heart calls for a Compassionate Revolution, reminding us that “we are indeed all members of a single family, sharing one little house.” Told with whimsy, wisdom, and warmth, this beautiful book is deceptively simple in its approach and all the more powerful for it, as it elegantly and decisively conveys a message of joy, hope and change. “There are only two days in the year that nothing can be done. One is called Yesterday, and one is called Tomorrow.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nature Fix Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Nature’s Best Hope and Speed and Scale by Nina Yakov, Tristan Salem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature Fix Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Nature’s Best Hope and Speed and Scale
Author: Nina Yakov, Tristan Salem
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Nature Fix Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Nature’s Best Hope and Speed and Scale Reports on global warming and climate change seem to be everywhere and people are starting to get alarmed. Global warming poses one of the most serious threats to the global environment ever faced in human history. We hear and read about it everyday and how this impacts our planet. The publication of these reports may be a good thing since it presents that there is awareness of this particular problem. As a response, people want to find ways on how they can help mother earth. One of the ways to do it is by going green. But what does it mean to go green? This bundle will educate you on the basics of going green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will learn what are the current problems our world is facing now and what part you can take to help solve them. It will teach you tips and different practices on how you can start living green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will get tips on how to incorporate changes in different activities of your everyday life .  This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth 2. Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Nina Yakov, Tristan Salem</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667962801.mp3" length="776620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667962801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature Fix Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Nature’s Best Hope and Speed and Scale
Author: Nina Yakov, Tristan Salem
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Nature Fix Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Nature’s Best Hope and Speed and Scale Reports on global warming and climate change seem to be everywhere and people are starting to get alarmed. Global warming poses one of the most serious threats to the global environment ever faced in human history. We hear and read about it everyday and how this impacts our planet. The publication of these reports may be a good thing since it presents that there is awareness of this particular problem. As a response, people want to find ways on how they can help mother earth. One of the ways to do it is by going green. But what does it mean to go green? This bundle will educate you on the basics of going green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will learn what are the current problems our world is facing now and what part you can take to help solve them. It will teach you tips and different practices on how you can start living green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will get tips on how to incorporate changes in different activities of your everyday life .  This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth 2. Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588336</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nature Fix Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Nature’s Best Hope and Speed and Scale
Author: Nina Yakov, Tristan Salem
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 21 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Nature Fix Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Nature’s Best Hope and Speed and Scale Reports on global warming and climate change seem to be everywhere and people are starting to get alarmed. Global warming poses one of the most serious threats to the global environment ever faced in human history. We hear and read about it everyday and how this impacts our planet. The publication of these reports may be a good thing since it presents that there is awareness of this particular problem. As a response, people want to find ways on how they can help mother earth. One of the ways to do it is by going green. But what does it mean to go green? This bundle will educate you on the basics of going green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will learn what are the current problems our world is facing now and what part you can take to help solve them. It will teach you tips and different practices on how you can start living green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will get tips on how to incorporate changes in different activities of your everyday life .  This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth 2. Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth by Nina Yakov</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth
Author: Nina Yakov
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth. Global warming poses one of the most serious threats to the global environment ever faced in human history. We hear and read about it everyday and how this impacts our planet. Climate change, pollution, animal extinction, are amongst many other issues that threaten our planet every second of every day. But what can you and I do about it? What difference can one person make in the grand scheme of things? In fact, by making just a few simple changes to our lives, we can make a huge impact on the environment that we live in that can be carried on for generations to come. This audiobook will teach you tips and different practices on how you can start living green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will get tips on how to incorporate changes in different activities of your everyday life .  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Global Warming - New Global Warming Strategy - Tips for Being Greener in Your Home - Tips for Being Greener at the Shops - Tips for Being Greener at Work - Tips for Being Greener While Traveling - Tips for Being Greener in the Garden - Tips for Being Greener - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Nina Yakov</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667962603.mp3" length="812018" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667962603.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth
Author: Nina Yakov
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth. Global warming poses one of the most serious threats to the global environment ever faced in human history. We hear and read about it everyday and how this impacts our planet. Climate change, pollution, animal extinction, are amongst many other issues that threaten our planet every second of every day. But what can you and I do about it? What difference can one person make in the grand scheme of things? In fact, by making just a few simple changes to our lives, we can make a huge impact on the environment that we live in that can be carried on for generations to come. This audiobook will teach you tips and different practices on how you can start living green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will get tips on how to incorporate changes in different activities of your everyday life .  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Global Warming - New Global Warming Strategy - Tips for Being Greener in Your Home - Tips for Being Greener at the Shops - Tips for Being Greener at Work - Tips for Being Greener While Traveling - Tips for Being Greener in the Garden - Tips for Being Greener - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth
Author: Nina Yakov
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Speed and Scale: The Smart Guide on Living Green. Discover Useful Tips on How to Live Green so You Can Help the Environment and Mother Earth. Global warming poses one of the most serious threats to the global environment ever faced in human history. We hear and read about it everyday and how this impacts our planet. Climate change, pollution, animal extinction, are amongst many other issues that threaten our planet every second of every day. But what can you and I do about it? What difference can one person make in the grand scheme of things? In fact, by making just a few simple changes to our lives, we can make a huge impact on the environment that we live in that can be carried on for generations to come. This audiobook will teach you tips and different practices on how you can start living green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will get tips on how to incorporate changes in different activities of your everyday life .  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Global Warming - New Global Warming Strategy - Tips for Being Greener in Your Home - Tips for Being Greener at the Shops - Tips for Being Greener at Work - Tips for Being Greener While Traveling - Tips for Being Greener in the Garden - Tips for Being Greener - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth by Tristan Salem</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth
Author: Tristan Salem
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth Reports on global warming and climate change seem to be everywhere and people are starting to get alarmed. However, the publication of these reports may be a good thing since it presents that there is awareness of this particular problem. As a response, people want to find ways on how they can help mother earth. One of the ways to do it is by going green. But what does it mean to go green? This audiobook will educate you on the basics of going green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will learn what are the current problems our world is facing now and what part you can take to help solve them. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What Does It Mean To Go Green? - The Issues We Face With Global Warming - The Issues We Face With Natural Resources Today - The Issues We Face on Waste/Trash Today - The Issues We Face on Our Food Today - The Issues We Face With Air and Water Quality - The Legacy We are Leaving for Future Generations - Developing a New Relationship with Mother Earth - The Benefits of Going Green for the Earth and Our Wallets - And many more! Our planet is facing different environmental issues and these have a significant impact in our daily lives. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Tristan Salem</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667962405.mp3" length="776123" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667962405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth
Author: Tristan Salem
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth Reports on global warming and climate change seem to be everywhere and people are starting to get alarmed. However, the publication of these reports may be a good thing since it presents that there is awareness of this particular problem. As a response, people want to find ways on how they can help mother earth. One of the ways to do it is by going green. But what does it mean to go green? This audiobook will educate you on the basics of going green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will learn what are the current problems our world is facing now and what part you can take to help solve them. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What Does It Mean To Go Green? - The Issues We Face With Global Warming - The Issues We Face With Natural Resources Today - The Issues We Face on Waste/Trash Today - The Issues We Face on Our Food Today - The Issues We Face With Air and Water Quality - The Legacy We are Leaving for Future Generations - Developing a New Relationship with Mother Earth - The Benefits of Going Green for the Earth and Our Wallets - And many more! Our planet is facing different environmental issues and these have a significant impact in our daily lives. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth
Author: Tristan Salem
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Nature’s Best Hope: The Essential Guide on How to Go Green. Discover Practices That Will Help You Protect Mother Earth Reports on global warming and climate change seem to be everywhere and people are starting to get alarmed. However, the publication of these reports may be a good thing since it presents that there is awareness of this particular problem. As a response, people want to find ways on how they can help mother earth. One of the ways to do it is by going green. But what does it mean to go green? This audiobook will educate you on the basics of going green so you can do your part in helping the environment. You will learn what are the current problems our world is facing now and what part you can take to help solve them. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What Does It Mean To Go Green? - The Issues We Face With Global Warming - The Issues We Face With Natural Resources Today - The Issues We Face on Waste/Trash Today - The Issues We Face on Our Food Today - The Issues We Face With Air and Water Quality - The Legacy We are Leaving for Future Generations - Developing a New Relationship with Mother Earth - The Benefits of Going Green for the Earth and Our Wallets - And many more! Our planet is facing different environmental issues and these have a significant impact in our daily lives. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chaos to Clean: The Essential Guide to Waste Management. Discover the Truth About Environment Waste and Landfills by Drew Mitchell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos to Clean: The Essential Guide to Waste Management. Discover the Truth About Environment Waste and Landfills
Author: Drew Mitchell
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Chaos to Clean: The Essential Guide to Waste Management. Discover the Truth About Environment Waste and Landfills Waste problems continuously grow with the incessant innovation in the field of technology. This has become another reason why it becomes even harder to deal with such problems than ever. With a lot of concerns recently regarding being economically friendly and greener, waste management has become an extremely crucial subject. Companies and people are beginning to realize that those things they utilize as well as the way they have them disposed off could make a huge impact on the environment and to the whole world. This audiobook will help you understand how waste affects the environment and what ways you can do in order to handle these problems well. It will teach you what you can do in order to make a better and more comfortable place to live in. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - The Amount of Landfill Waste Each Day - How Leachate from Landfill Can Causes Water Pollution - Better Waste Management Creates a Better Environment - Start Composting For a Better Earth - Categorizing Waste for Recycling - Understanding Biodegradable and Non-Biodegradable Materials - The Negative Impact of Landfill Gas (LFG) To the Environment - New Ways Our Waste Could Fuel the Future - Taxes and Expensive Cost in Maintaining Landfill - How Landfill Sites Can Cause Harm To Our Health - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” today!</description>
      <author>Drew Mitchell</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667960166.mp3" length="842764" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667960166.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos to Clean: The Essential Guide to Waste Management. Discover the Truth About Environment Waste and Landfills
Author: Drew Mitchell
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Chaos to Clean: The Essential Guide to Waste Management. Discover the Truth About Environment Waste and Landfills Waste problems continuously grow with the incessant innovation in the field of technology. This has become another reason why it becomes even harder to deal with such problems than ever. With a lot of concerns recently regarding being economically friendly and greener, waste management has become an extremely crucial subject. Companies and people are beginning to realize that those things they utilize as well as the way they have them disposed off could make a huge impact on the environment and to the whole world. This audiobook will help you understand how waste affects the environment and what ways you can do in order to handle these problems well. It will teach you what you can do in order to make a better and more comfortable place to live in. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - The Amount of Landfill Waste Each Day - How Leachate from Landfill Can Causes Water Pollution - Better Waste Management Creates a Better Environment - Start Composting For a Better Earth - Categorizing Waste for Recycling - Understanding Biodegradable and Non-Biodegradable Materials - The Negative Impact of Landfill Gas (LFG) To the Environment - New Ways Our Waste Could Fuel the Future - Taxes and Expensive Cost in Maintaining Landfill - How Landfill Sites Can Cause Harm To Our Health - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chaos to Clean: The Essential Guide to Waste Management. Discover the Truth About Environment Waste and Landfills
Author: Drew Mitchell
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Chaos to Clean: The Essential Guide to Waste Management. Discover the Truth About Environment Waste and Landfills Waste problems continuously grow with the incessant innovation in the field of technology. This has become another reason why it becomes even harder to deal with such problems than ever. With a lot of concerns recently regarding being economically friendly and greener, waste management has become an extremely crucial subject. Companies and people are beginning to realize that those things they utilize as well as the way they have them disposed off could make a huge impact on the environment and to the whole world. This audiobook will help you understand how waste affects the environment and what ways you can do in order to handle these problems well. It will teach you what you can do in order to make a better and more comfortable place to live in. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - The Amount of Landfill Waste Each Day - How Leachate from Landfill Can Causes Water Pollution - Better Waste Management Creates a Better Environment - Start Composting For a Better Earth - Categorizing Waste for Recycling - Understanding Biodegradable and Non-Biodegradable Materials - The Negative Impact of Landfill Gas (LFG) To the Environment - New Ways Our Waste Could Fuel the Future - Taxes and Expensive Cost in Maintaining Landfill - How Landfill Sites Can Cause Harm To Our Health - And many more! If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>20,000 Leagues under the Sea by Jules Verne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 20,000 Leagues under the Sea
Author: Jules Verne
Narrator: Michael Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Originally serialized from March 1869 through June 1870 in Pierre-Jules Hetzel&amp;#039;s fortnightly periodical, the Magasin d&amp;#039;éducation et de récréation and wildly acclaimed on it&amp;#039;s release, 20,000 Leagues under the Sea is perhaps Jules Verne most well known title. The world is abuzz with tales of a giant mysterious marine animal, roaming the waterways of the worlds, a menace to shipping. The American Government sends out the Frigate &amp;#039;Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039; to hunt the beast. Aboard is the scientist Professor Arronax, his manservant Conceil and the famed Canadian Whaler; Ned Land. However these three soon discover that far from being a gigantic Narwhale, the object is in fact a fabulous underwater vessel, built and captained by the mysterious Captain Nemo.  As he takes the three on a marvellous underwater tour of the world,  will they ever be able to escape back to civilisation? Narrated by Michael Ward.</description>
      <author>Jules Verne</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667954462.mp3" length="864705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667954462.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 20,000 Leagues under the Sea
Author: Jules Verne
Narrator: Michael Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Originally serialized from March 1869 through June 1870 in Pierre-Jules Hetzel&amp;#039;s fortnightly periodical, the Magasin d&amp;#039;éducation et de récréation and wildly acclaimed on it&amp;#039;s release, 20,000 Leagues under the Sea is perhaps Jules Verne most well known title. The world is abuzz with tales of a giant mysterious marine animal, roaming the waterways of the worlds, a menace to shipping. The American Government sends out the Frigate &amp;#039;Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039; to hunt the beast. Aboard is the scientist Professor Arronax, his manservant Conceil and the famed Canadian Whaler; Ned Land. However these three soon discover that far from being a gigantic Narwhale, the object is in fact a fabulous underwater vessel, built and captained by the mysterious Captain Nemo.  As he takes the three on a marvellous underwater tour of the world,  will they ever be able to escape back to civilisation? Narrated by Michael Ward.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588151</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 20,000 Leagues under the Sea
Author: Jules Verne
Narrator: Michael Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Originally serialized from March 1869 through June 1870 in Pierre-Jules Hetzel&amp;#039;s fortnightly periodical, the Magasin d&amp;#039;éducation et de récréation and wildly acclaimed on it&amp;#039;s release, 20,000 Leagues under the Sea is perhaps Jules Verne most well known title. The world is abuzz with tales of a giant mysterious marine animal, roaming the waterways of the worlds, a menace to shipping. The American Government sends out the Frigate &amp;#039;Abraham Lincoln&amp;#039; to hunt the beast. Aboard is the scientist Professor Arronax, his manservant Conceil and the famed Canadian Whaler; Ned Land. However these three soon discover that far from being a gigantic Narwhale, the object is in fact a fabulous underwater vessel, built and captained by the mysterious Captain Nemo.  As he takes the three on a marvellous underwater tour of the world,  will they ever be able to escape back to civilisation? Narrated by Michael Ward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving Animals, Saving Ourselves: Why Animals Matter for Pandemics, Climate Change, and other Catastrophes by Jeff Sebo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Animals, Saving Ourselves: Why Animals Matter for Pandemics, Climate Change, and other Catastrophes
Author: Jeff Sebo
Narrator: Andrew J. Andersen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2020, COVID-19, the Australia bushfires, and other global threats served as vivid reminders that human and nonhuman fates are increasingly linked. Human use of nonhuman animals contributes to pandemics, climate change, and other global threats which, in turn, contribute to biodiversity loss, ecosystem collapse, and nonhuman suffering. Jeff Sebo argues that humans have a moral responsibility to include animals in global health and environmental policy. In particular, we should reduce our use of animals as part of our pandemic and climate change mitigation efforts and increase our support for animals as part of our adaptation efforts. Applying and extending frameworks such as One Health and the Green New Deal, Sebo calls for reducing support for factory farming, deforestation, and the wildlife trade; increasing support for humane, healthful, and sustainable alternatives; and considering human and nonhuman needs holistically. Sebo also considers connections with practical issues such as education, employment, social services, and infrastructure, as well as with theoretical issues such as well-being, moral status, political status, and population ethics.</description>
      <author>Jeff Sebo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765036846.mp3" length="8440949" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765036846.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Animals, Saving Ourselves: Why Animals Matter for Pandemics, Climate Change, and other Catastrophes
Author: Jeff Sebo
Narrator: Andrew J. Andersen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2020, COVID-19, the Australia bushfires, and other global threats served as vivid reminders that human and nonhuman fates are increasingly linked. Human use of nonhuman animals contributes to pandemics, climate change, and other global threats which, in turn, contribute to biodiversity loss, ecosystem collapse, and nonhuman suffering. Jeff Sebo argues that humans have a moral responsibility to include animals in global health and environmental policy. In particular, we should reduce our use of animals as part of our pandemic and climate change mitigation efforts and increase our support for animals as part of our adaptation efforts. Applying and extending frameworks such as One Health and the Green New Deal, Sebo calls for reducing support for factory farming, deforestation, and the wildlife trade; increasing support for humane, healthful, and sustainable alternatives; and considering human and nonhuman needs holistically. Sebo also considers connections with practical issues such as education, employment, social services, and infrastructure, as well as with theoretical issues such as well-being, moral status, political status, and population ethics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588066</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Animals, Saving Ourselves: Why Animals Matter for Pandemics, Climate Change, and other Catastrophes
Author: Jeff Sebo
Narrator: Andrew J. Andersen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2020, COVID-19, the Australia bushfires, and other global threats served as vivid reminders that human and nonhuman fates are increasingly linked. Human use of nonhuman animals contributes to pandemics, climate change, and other global threats which, in turn, contribute to biodiversity loss, ecosystem collapse, and nonhuman suffering. Jeff Sebo argues that humans have a moral responsibility to include animals in global health and environmental policy. In particular, we should reduce our use of animals as part of our pandemic and climate change mitigation efforts and increase our support for animals as part of our adaptation efforts. Applying and extending frameworks such as One Health and the Green New Deal, Sebo calls for reducing support for factory farming, deforestation, and the wildlife trade; increasing support for humane, healthful, and sustainable alternatives; and considering human and nonhuman needs holistically. Sebo also considers connections with practical issues such as education, employment, social services, and infrastructure, as well as with theoretical issues such as well-being, moral status, political status, and population ethics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation by Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation
Author: Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book exposes the truth that the climate change hoax is a political movement aimed at eliminating capitalism by spreading alarming disinformation that in order to &amp;#039;save the Earth&amp;#039; from global warming, we must reduce carbon dioxide emissions by switching from hydrocarbon fuels to renewable energies. The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation reveals a science-based understanding of Earth&amp;#039;s climate and temperature that Green New Deal proponents are trying to hide. In this book, you will see scientifically documented evidence for many facts that the radical left denies. Want to know the truth about how energy, temperature, and climate work? Listen to The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change—but prepare to be shocked. Jerome R. Corsi has conducted a tour-de-force examination of peer-reviewed climate science that exposes the neo-Marxists behind today&amp;#039;s anti-capitalist global warming hoax.</description>
      <author>Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696608442.mp3" length="9004923" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696608442.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation
Author: Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book exposes the truth that the climate change hoax is a political movement aimed at eliminating capitalism by spreading alarming disinformation that in order to &amp;#039;save the Earth&amp;#039; from global warming, we must reduce carbon dioxide emissions by switching from hydrocarbon fuels to renewable energies. The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation reveals a science-based understanding of Earth&amp;#039;s climate and temperature that Green New Deal proponents are trying to hide. In this book, you will see scientifically documented evidence for many facts that the radical left denies. Want to know the truth about how energy, temperature, and climate work? Listen to The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change—but prepare to be shocked. Jerome R. Corsi has conducted a tour-de-force examination of peer-reviewed climate science that exposes the neo-Marxists behind today&amp;#039;s anti-capitalist global warming hoax.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/588030</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation
Author: Jerome R. Corsi Ph.D.
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This book exposes the truth that the climate change hoax is a political movement aimed at eliminating capitalism by spreading alarming disinformation that in order to &amp;#039;save the Earth&amp;#039; from global warming, we must reduce carbon dioxide emissions by switching from hydrocarbon fuels to renewable energies. The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change: Exposing Climate Lies in an Age of Disinformation reveals a science-based understanding of Earth&amp;#039;s climate and temperature that Green New Deal proponents are trying to hide. In this book, you will see scientifically documented evidence for many facts that the radical left denies. Want to know the truth about how energy, temperature, and climate work? Listen to The Truth about Energy, Global Warming, and Climate Change—but prepare to be shocked. Jerome R. Corsi has conducted a tour-de-force examination of peer-reviewed climate science that exposes the neo-Marxists behind today&amp;#039;s anti-capitalist global warming hoax.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Holding the Center: Sanctuary in a Time of Confusion by Richard Strozzi-Heckler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holding the Center: Sanctuary in a Time of Confusion
Author: Richard Strozzi-Heckler
Narrator: Kirk Magoon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As in all his books, Heckler draws from personal experience: training his horse, cultivating presence in aikido dojos, consulting with business executives, raising children. A masterful and encompassing book, Holding the Center develops from the fulcrum of the self in the natural world. Many of Heckler’s lessons arise from his life as a householder and father. Community is a larger family—we make alliances to “take care of what matters to us.” But, as Heckler teaches, that takes listening to others with an open heart, and learning what the needs of others are.The world can be a sanctuary, if we find a balance between instinct and choice. Richard Strozzi Heckler sounds an important call about the interplay between power and generosity in these subtle and luminous essays.</description>
      <author>Richard Strozzi-Heckler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623178499.mp3" length="2803603" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623178499.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holding the Center: Sanctuary in a Time of Confusion
Author: Richard Strozzi-Heckler
Narrator: Kirk Magoon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As in all his books, Heckler draws from personal experience: training his horse, cultivating presence in aikido dojos, consulting with business executives, raising children. A masterful and encompassing book, Holding the Center develops from the fulcrum of the self in the natural world. Many of Heckler’s lessons arise from his life as a householder and father. Community is a larger family—we make alliances to “take care of what matters to us.” But, as Heckler teaches, that takes listening to others with an open heart, and learning what the needs of others are.The world can be a sanctuary, if we find a balance between instinct and choice. Richard Strozzi Heckler sounds an important call about the interplay between power and generosity in these subtle and luminous essays.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/587854</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holding the Center: Sanctuary in a Time of Confusion
Author: Richard Strozzi-Heckler
Narrator: Kirk Magoon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
As in all his books, Heckler draws from personal experience: training his horse, cultivating presence in aikido dojos, consulting with business executives, raising children. A masterful and encompassing book, Holding the Center develops from the fulcrum of the self in the natural world. Many of Heckler’s lessons arise from his life as a householder and father. Community is a larger family—we make alliances to “take care of what matters to us.” But, as Heckler teaches, that takes listening to others with an open heart, and learning what the needs of others are.The world can be a sanctuary, if we find a balance between instinct and choice. Richard Strozzi Heckler sounds an important call about the interplay between power and generosity in these subtle and luminous essays.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ocean Waves by Nature Sounds Therapy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ocean Waves
Author: Nature Sounds Therapy
Narrator: The Sound Of The Ocean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The sound of the ocean: A hammock for the soul. Ocean sounds (without music) for relaxation of both body and mind. With this audiobook, experience the ocean like on a starry holiday night. The sound of the ocean - with 360 minutes of ocean sounds, recorded on the island of Aruba, with state-of-the-art recording technology. Gentle to powerful ocean sounds, perfect for use in wellness and meditation, for radio/film/television, or soft background noise. Listening to this recording instantly ensures considerable inner peace and can also have a very helpful effect on tinnitus. The feeling of endlessness and the power of the waves have always fascinated mankind. Immerse yourself in a world of limitless relaxation.</description>
      <author>Nature Sounds Therapy</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066338896100.mp3" length="929507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066338896100.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ocean Waves
Author: Nature Sounds Therapy
Narrator: The Sound Of The Ocean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The sound of the ocean: A hammock for the soul. Ocean sounds (without music) for relaxation of both body and mind. With this audiobook, experience the ocean like on a starry holiday night. The sound of the ocean - with 360 minutes of ocean sounds, recorded on the island of Aruba, with state-of-the-art recording technology. Gentle to powerful ocean sounds, perfect for use in wellness and meditation, for radio/film/television, or soft background noise. Listening to this recording instantly ensures considerable inner peace and can also have a very helpful effect on tinnitus. The feeling of endlessness and the power of the waves have always fascinated mankind. Immerse yourself in a world of limitless relaxation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586996</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ocean Waves
Author: Nature Sounds Therapy
Narrator: The Sound Of The Ocean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The sound of the ocean: A hammock for the soul. Ocean sounds (without music) for relaxation of both body and mind. With this audiobook, experience the ocean like on a starry holiday night. The sound of the ocean - with 360 minutes of ocean sounds, recorded on the island of Aruba, with state-of-the-art recording technology. Gentle to powerful ocean sounds, perfect for use in wellness and meditation, for radio/film/television, or soft background noise. Listening to this recording instantly ensures considerable inner peace and can also have a very helpful effect on tinnitus. The feeling of endlessness and the power of the waves have always fascinated mankind. Immerse yourself in a world of limitless relaxation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Vogelstimmen im Wald: Sanfte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Entspannen, Meditieren by Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vogelstimmen im Wald: Sanfte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Entspannen, Meditieren
Author: Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam
Narrator: Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Vogelstimmen im Wald, Gesamtlaufzeit: Über 12 Stunden! Erlebe friedvolle Naturgeräusche in exzellenter Audioqualität. Die Aufnahmen wurden mit modernstem Equipment in den Wäldern Europas (Deutschland, Österreich, Schweiz, Schweden, Italien) aufgenommen. Vogelstimmen können beruhigende Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken und den Geist nachhaltig zur Ruhe bringen. Genieße den sanften Wind in den Baumkronen, das Blätterrauschen, die Stimmen der Singvögel am Morgen und in der Dämmerung. All das eignet sich ganz wunderbar zum Lernen, Entspannen, Meditieren oder Einschlafen. ***** Was Du mit diesem Hörbuch NICHT bekommst: Störende Nebengeräusche von Flugzeugen, Menschen oder Autos. Genau das unterscheidet dieses Premium-Hörbuch von allen anderen Angeboten im Netz! ***** In der Hörprobe werden mehrere Stücke aus diesem Premium-Hörbuch kurz angespielt. — Über die Autorin: Die gebürtige Osnabrückerin Yella A. Deeken ist mit Leidenschaft Autorin, Musikerin und Weltenbummlerin. Seit 2004 reist sie im Auftrag des Archivs für Naturgeräusche (Potsdam) um die Welt und sammelt auf ihren Reisen wundervolle Klanglandschaften, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern.</description>
      <author>Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066338895479.mp3" length="961852" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066338895479.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vogelstimmen im Wald: Sanfte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Entspannen, Meditieren
Author: Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam
Narrator: Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Vogelstimmen im Wald, Gesamtlaufzeit: Über 12 Stunden! Erlebe friedvolle Naturgeräusche in exzellenter Audioqualität. Die Aufnahmen wurden mit modernstem Equipment in den Wäldern Europas (Deutschland, Österreich, Schweiz, Schweden, Italien) aufgenommen. Vogelstimmen können beruhigende Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken und den Geist nachhaltig zur Ruhe bringen. Genieße den sanften Wind in den Baumkronen, das Blätterrauschen, die Stimmen der Singvögel am Morgen und in der Dämmerung. All das eignet sich ganz wunderbar zum Lernen, Entspannen, Meditieren oder Einschlafen. ***** Was Du mit diesem Hörbuch NICHT bekommst: Störende Nebengeräusche von Flugzeugen, Menschen oder Autos. Genau das unterscheidet dieses Premium-Hörbuch von allen anderen Angeboten im Netz! ***** In der Hörprobe werden mehrere Stücke aus diesem Premium-Hörbuch kurz angespielt. — Über die Autorin: Die gebürtige Osnabrückerin Yella A. Deeken ist mit Leidenschaft Autorin, Musikerin und Weltenbummlerin. Seit 2004 reist sie im Auftrag des Archivs für Naturgeräusche (Potsdam) um die Welt und sammelt auf ihren Reisen wundervolle Klanglandschaften, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vogelstimmen im Wald: Sanfte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Entspannen, Meditieren
Author: Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam
Narrator: Naturgeräusche Archiv Potsdam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Vogelstimmen im Wald, Gesamtlaufzeit: Über 12 Stunden! Erlebe friedvolle Naturgeräusche in exzellenter Audioqualität. Die Aufnahmen wurden mit modernstem Equipment in den Wäldern Europas (Deutschland, Österreich, Schweiz, Schweden, Italien) aufgenommen. Vogelstimmen können beruhigende Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken und den Geist nachhaltig zur Ruhe bringen. Genieße den sanften Wind in den Baumkronen, das Blätterrauschen, die Stimmen der Singvögel am Morgen und in der Dämmerung. All das eignet sich ganz wunderbar zum Lernen, Entspannen, Meditieren oder Einschlafen. ***** Was Du mit diesem Hörbuch NICHT bekommst: Störende Nebengeräusche von Flugzeugen, Menschen oder Autos. Genau das unterscheidet dieses Premium-Hörbuch von allen anderen Angeboten im Netz! ***** In der Hörprobe werden mehrere Stücke aus diesem Premium-Hörbuch kurz angespielt. — Über die Autorin: Die gebürtige Osnabrückerin Yella A. Deeken ist mit Leidenschaft Autorin, Musikerin und Weltenbummlerin. Seit 2004 reist sie im Auftrag des Archivs für Naturgeräusche (Potsdam) um die Welt und sammelt auf ihren Reisen wundervolle Klanglandschaften, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Power in the Wild: The Subtle and Not-So-Subtle Ways Animals Strive for Control over Others by Lee Alan Dugatkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power in the Wild: The Subtle and Not-So-Subtle Ways Animals Strive for Control over Others
Author: Lee Alan Dugatkin
Narrator: Clark Cornell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The quest for power in animals is so much richer, so much more nuanced than who wins what knock-down, drag-out fight. Indeed, power struggles among animals often look more like an opera than a boxing match. Tracing the path to power for over thirty different species on six continents, writer and behavioral ecologist Lee Alan Dugatkin takes us on a journey around the globe, shepherded by leading researchers who have discovered that in everything from hyenas to dolphins, bonobos to field mice, cichlid fish to cuttlefish, copperhead snakes to ravens, and meerkats to mongooses, power revolves around spying, deception, manipulation, forming and breaking up alliances, complex assessments of potential opponents, building social networks, and more. Power pervades every aspect of the social life of animals: what they eat, where they eat, where they live, whom they mate with, how many offspring they produce, whom they join forces with, and whom they work to depose. In some species, power can even change an animal&amp;#039;s sex. Nor are humans invulnerable to this magnificently intricate melodrama: Dugatkin&amp;#039;s tales of the researchers studying power in animals are full of unexpected pitfalls, twists and turns, serendipity, and the pure joy of scientific discovery.</description>
      <author>Lee Alan Dugatkin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765025543.mp3" length="8712744" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765025543.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power in the Wild: The Subtle and Not-So-Subtle Ways Animals Strive for Control over Others
Author: Lee Alan Dugatkin
Narrator: Clark Cornell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The quest for power in animals is so much richer, so much more nuanced than who wins what knock-down, drag-out fight. Indeed, power struggles among animals often look more like an opera than a boxing match. Tracing the path to power for over thirty different species on six continents, writer and behavioral ecologist Lee Alan Dugatkin takes us on a journey around the globe, shepherded by leading researchers who have discovered that in everything from hyenas to dolphins, bonobos to field mice, cichlid fish to cuttlefish, copperhead snakes to ravens, and meerkats to mongooses, power revolves around spying, deception, manipulation, forming and breaking up alliances, complex assessments of potential opponents, building social networks, and more. Power pervades every aspect of the social life of animals: what they eat, where they eat, where they live, whom they mate with, how many offspring they produce, whom they join forces with, and whom they work to depose. In some species, power can even change an animal&amp;#039;s sex. Nor are humans invulnerable to this magnificently intricate melodrama: Dugatkin&amp;#039;s tales of the researchers studying power in animals are full of unexpected pitfalls, twists and turns, serendipity, and the pure joy of scientific discovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586656</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power in the Wild: The Subtle and Not-So-Subtle Ways Animals Strive for Control over Others
Author: Lee Alan Dugatkin
Narrator: Clark Cornell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The quest for power in animals is so much richer, so much more nuanced than who wins what knock-down, drag-out fight. Indeed, power struggles among animals often look more like an opera than a boxing match. Tracing the path to power for over thirty different species on six continents, writer and behavioral ecologist Lee Alan Dugatkin takes us on a journey around the globe, shepherded by leading researchers who have discovered that in everything from hyenas to dolphins, bonobos to field mice, cichlid fish to cuttlefish, copperhead snakes to ravens, and meerkats to mongooses, power revolves around spying, deception, manipulation, forming and breaking up alliances, complex assessments of potential opponents, building social networks, and more. Power pervades every aspect of the social life of animals: what they eat, where they eat, where they live, whom they mate with, how many offspring they produce, whom they join forces with, and whom they work to depose. In some species, power can even change an animal&amp;#039;s sex. Nor are humans invulnerable to this magnificently intricate melodrama: Dugatkin&amp;#039;s tales of the researchers studying power in animals are full of unexpected pitfalls, twists and turns, serendipity, and the pure joy of scientific discovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mapping the Great Game: Explorers, Spies, and Maps in 19th-Century Asia by Riaz Dean</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mapping the Great Game: Explorers, Spies, and Maps in 19th-Century Asia
Author: Riaz Dean
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the 19th century, the British and Russian empires were engaged in bitter rivalry for the acquisition of Southern Asian. Although India was the ultimate prize, most of the intrigue and action took place along its northern frontier in Afghanistan, Turkestan, and Tibet. Mapping the region and gaining knowledge of the enemy were crucial to the interests of both sides. The Great Trigonometrical Survey of India began in the eighteenth century with the aim of creating a detailed map of the subcontinent. Under the leadership of George Everest—whose name was later bestowed to the world&amp;#039;s tallest mountain—it mapped the Great Arc running from the country&amp;#039;s southern tip to the Himalayas. Much of the work was done by Indian explorers known as Pundits. They were the first to reveal the mysteries of the forbidden city of Lhasa, and discover the true course of Tibet&amp;#039;s mighty Tsangpo River. These explorers performed essential information gathering for the British Empire and filled in large portions of the map of Asia. Their adventurous exploits are vividly recounted in Mapping the Great Game.</description>
      <author>Riaz Dean</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765031421.mp3" length="8226237" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765031421.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mapping the Great Game: Explorers, Spies, and Maps in 19th-Century Asia
Author: Riaz Dean
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the 19th century, the British and Russian empires were engaged in bitter rivalry for the acquisition of Southern Asian. Although India was the ultimate prize, most of the intrigue and action took place along its northern frontier in Afghanistan, Turkestan, and Tibet. Mapping the region and gaining knowledge of the enemy were crucial to the interests of both sides. The Great Trigonometrical Survey of India began in the eighteenth century with the aim of creating a detailed map of the subcontinent. Under the leadership of George Everest—whose name was later bestowed to the world&amp;#039;s tallest mountain—it mapped the Great Arc running from the country&amp;#039;s southern tip to the Himalayas. Much of the work was done by Indian explorers known as Pundits. They were the first to reveal the mysteries of the forbidden city of Lhasa, and discover the true course of Tibet&amp;#039;s mighty Tsangpo River. These explorers performed essential information gathering for the British Empire and filled in large portions of the map of Asia. Their adventurous exploits are vividly recounted in Mapping the Great Game.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mapping the Great Game: Explorers, Spies, and Maps in 19th-Century Asia
Author: Riaz Dean
Narrator: Zehra Jane Naqvi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the 19th century, the British and Russian empires were engaged in bitter rivalry for the acquisition of Southern Asian. Although India was the ultimate prize, most of the intrigue and action took place along its northern frontier in Afghanistan, Turkestan, and Tibet. Mapping the region and gaining knowledge of the enemy were crucial to the interests of both sides. The Great Trigonometrical Survey of India began in the eighteenth century with the aim of creating a detailed map of the subcontinent. Under the leadership of George Everest—whose name was later bestowed to the world&amp;#039;s tallest mountain—it mapped the Great Arc running from the country&amp;#039;s southern tip to the Himalayas. Much of the work was done by Indian explorers known as Pundits. They were the first to reveal the mysteries of the forbidden city of Lhasa, and discover the true course of Tibet&amp;#039;s mighty Tsangpo River. These explorers performed essential information gathering for the British Empire and filled in large portions of the map of Asia. Their adventurous exploits are vividly recounted in Mapping the Great Game.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hope . . . From the Heart of Horses: How Horses Teach Us About Presence, Strength, and Awareness by Kathy Pike</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope . . . From the Heart of Horses: How Horses Teach Us About Presence, Strength, and Awareness
Author: Kathy Pike
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope . . . From the Heart of Horses explores and celebrates the relationship and bond possible between horses and humans. Each chapter offers a life lesson about trusting one&amp;#039;s instincts, honestly addressing emotions, achieving clarity in communications, and releasing negative thoughts. Because survival depends on being highly tuned to the thoughts and feelings of others, horses sense human intentions rather than what a person offers in facial expressions, which creates a remarkable effect on the relationship between these two distinctly different species. Among the moving stories the author relates are a horse named Hope who teaches the difference between hope and faith; an abused horse&amp;#039;s background bringing up old memories and helping the author to move on; a young Olympic equestrienne hopeful who discovers and reaffirms her self-esteem; and a corporate training session in which one participant achieves great success merely by being honest about her fears. As you see how these people grow deeper into themselves as they learn the horse&amp;#039;s way, you, too, will be inspired to explore and apply the deep and everlasting connection and communication between horses and humans.</description>
      <author>Kathy Pike</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765042700.mp3" length="8216990" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765042700.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope . . . From the Heart of Horses: How Horses Teach Us About Presence, Strength, and Awareness
Author: Kathy Pike
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope . . . From the Heart of Horses explores and celebrates the relationship and bond possible between horses and humans. Each chapter offers a life lesson about trusting one&amp;#039;s instincts, honestly addressing emotions, achieving clarity in communications, and releasing negative thoughts. Because survival depends on being highly tuned to the thoughts and feelings of others, horses sense human intentions rather than what a person offers in facial expressions, which creates a remarkable effect on the relationship between these two distinctly different species. Among the moving stories the author relates are a horse named Hope who teaches the difference between hope and faith; an abused horse&amp;#039;s background bringing up old memories and helping the author to move on; a young Olympic equestrienne hopeful who discovers and reaffirms her self-esteem; and a corporate training session in which one participant achieves great success merely by being honest about her fears. As you see how these people grow deeper into themselves as they learn the horse&amp;#039;s way, you, too, will be inspired to explore and apply the deep and everlasting connection and communication between horses and humans.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586648</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope . . . From the Heart of Horses: How Horses Teach Us About Presence, Strength, and Awareness
Author: Kathy Pike
Narrator: Ann Marie Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope . . . From the Heart of Horses explores and celebrates the relationship and bond possible between horses and humans. Each chapter offers a life lesson about trusting one&amp;#039;s instincts, honestly addressing emotions, achieving clarity in communications, and releasing negative thoughts. Because survival depends on being highly tuned to the thoughts and feelings of others, horses sense human intentions rather than what a person offers in facial expressions, which creates a remarkable effect on the relationship between these two distinctly different species. Among the moving stories the author relates are a horse named Hope who teaches the difference between hope and faith; an abused horse&amp;#039;s background bringing up old memories and helping the author to move on; a young Olympic equestrienne hopeful who discovers and reaffirms her self-esteem; and a corporate training session in which one participant achieves great success merely by being honest about her fears. As you see how these people grow deeper into themselves as they learn the horse&amp;#039;s way, you, too, will be inspired to explore and apply the deep and everlasting connection and communication between horses and humans.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Your Food Ate: How to Heal Our Land and Reclaim our Health by Anne Biklé, David R. Montgomery</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Your Food Ate: How to Heal Our Land and Reclaim our Health
Author: Anne Biklé, David R. Montgomery
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you really what you eat? David R. Montgomery and Anne Biklé take us far beyond the well-worn adage to deliver a new truth: the roots of good health start on farms. What Your Food Ate marshals evidence from recent and forgotten science to illustrate how the health of the soil ripples through to that of crops, livestock, and ultimately us. The long-running partnerships through which crops and soil life nourish one another suffuse plant and animal foods in the human diet with an array of compounds and nutrients our bodies need to protect us from pathogens and chronic ailments. Unfortunately, conventional agricultural practices unravel these vital partnerships and thereby undercut our well-being. Can farmers and ranchers produce enough nutrient-dense food to feed us all? Can we have quality and quantity? With their trademark thoroughness and knack for integrating information across numerous scientific fields, Montgomery and Biklé chart the way forward. Navigating discoveries and epiphanies about the world beneath our feet, they reveal why regenerative farming practices hold the key to healing sick soil and untapped potential for improving human health.</description>
      <author>Anne Biklé, David R. Montgomery</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696608565.mp3" length="7529473" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696608565.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Your Food Ate: How to Heal Our Land and Reclaim our Health
Author: Anne Biklé, David R. Montgomery
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you really what you eat? David R. Montgomery and Anne Biklé take us far beyond the well-worn adage to deliver a new truth: the roots of good health start on farms. What Your Food Ate marshals evidence from recent and forgotten science to illustrate how the health of the soil ripples through to that of crops, livestock, and ultimately us. The long-running partnerships through which crops and soil life nourish one another suffuse plant and animal foods in the human diet with an array of compounds and nutrients our bodies need to protect us from pathogens and chronic ailments. Unfortunately, conventional agricultural practices unravel these vital partnerships and thereby undercut our well-being. Can farmers and ranchers produce enough nutrient-dense food to feed us all? Can we have quality and quantity? With their trademark thoroughness and knack for integrating information across numerous scientific fields, Montgomery and Biklé chart the way forward. Navigating discoveries and epiphanies about the world beneath our feet, they reveal why regenerative farming practices hold the key to healing sick soil and untapped potential for improving human health.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/586504</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Your Food Ate: How to Heal Our Land and Reclaim our Health
Author: Anne Biklé, David R. Montgomery
Narrator: Laural Merlington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you really what you eat? David R. Montgomery and Anne Biklé take us far beyond the well-worn adage to deliver a new truth: the roots of good health start on farms. What Your Food Ate marshals evidence from recent and forgotten science to illustrate how the health of the soil ripples through to that of crops, livestock, and ultimately us. The long-running partnerships through which crops and soil life nourish one another suffuse plant and animal foods in the human diet with an array of compounds and nutrients our bodies need to protect us from pathogens and chronic ailments. Unfortunately, conventional agricultural practices unravel these vital partnerships and thereby undercut our well-being. Can farmers and ranchers produce enough nutrient-dense food to feed us all? Can we have quality and quantity? With their trademark thoroughness and knack for integrating information across numerous scientific fields, Montgomery and Biklé chart the way forward. Navigating discoveries and epiphanies about the world beneath our feet, they reveal why regenerative farming practices hold the key to healing sick soil and untapped potential for improving human health.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rewilding the Urban Soul by Claire Dunn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewilding the Urban Soul
Author: Claire Dunn
Narrator: Beverley Longhurst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Once upon a time, a burnt-out Claire Dunn spent a year living off the grid in a wilderness survival program. Yet love and the possibilities of human connection drew her back to the city, where she soon found herself as overscheduled, addicted to her phone, and lost in IKEA as everyone else. Given all the city offered - comfort, convenience, community, and opportunity - she wanted to stay. But to do so, she&amp;#039;d have to learn how to rewild her own urban soul. Now, Claire swims in city rivers, forages in the suburbs, and explores many other practices to connect to the world around her. REWILDING THE URBAN SOUL is a field guide to being at one with nature - wherever you are.</description>
      <author>Claire Dunn</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781787827783.mp3" length="764439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781787827783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewilding the Urban Soul
Author: Claire Dunn
Narrator: Beverley Longhurst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Once upon a time, a burnt-out Claire Dunn spent a year living off the grid in a wilderness survival program. Yet love and the possibilities of human connection drew her back to the city, where she soon found herself as overscheduled, addicted to her phone, and lost in IKEA as everyone else. Given all the city offered - comfort, convenience, community, and opportunity - she wanted to stay. But to do so, she&amp;#039;d have to learn how to rewild her own urban soul. Now, Claire swims in city rivers, forages in the suburbs, and explores many other practices to connect to the world around her. REWILDING THE URBAN SOUL is a field guide to being at one with nature - wherever you are.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/585276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rewilding the Urban Soul
Author: Claire Dunn
Narrator: Beverley Longhurst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Once upon a time, a burnt-out Claire Dunn spent a year living off the grid in a wilderness survival program. Yet love and the possibilities of human connection drew her back to the city, where she soon found herself as overscheduled, addicted to her phone, and lost in IKEA as everyone else. Given all the city offered - comfort, convenience, community, and opportunity - she wanted to stay. But to do so, she&amp;#039;d have to learn how to rewild her own urban soul. Now, Claire swims in city rivers, forages in the suburbs, and explores many other practices to connect to the world around her. REWILDING THE URBAN SOUL is a field guide to being at one with nature - wherever you are.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Blue Revolution: Hunting, Harvesting, and Farming Seafood in the Information Age by Nicholas Sullivan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blue Revolution: Hunting, Harvesting, and Farming Seafood in the Information Age
Author: Nicholas Sullivan
Narrator: Bob Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Overfishing. For the world&amp;#039;s oceans, it&amp;#039;s long been a worrisome problem with few answers. But as older fishing fleets retire and new technologies develop, a better, more sustainable way to farm this popular protein has emerged to profoundly shift the balance. The Blue Revolution tells the story of the recent transformation of commercial fishing: an encouraging change from maximizing volume through unrestrained wild hunting to maximizing value through controlled harvesting and farming. Nicholas P. Sullivan presents this new way of thinking about fish, food, and oceans by profiling the people and policies transforming an aging industry into one that is &amp;#039;post-industrial&amp;#039;—fueled by &amp;#039;sea-foodies&amp;#039; and locavores interested in sustainable, traceable, quality seafood. He discusses the global challenges to preserving healthy oceans, including conservation mechanisms, the impact of climate change, and unregulated and criminal fishing in international waters. In a fast-growing world where more people are eating more fish than ever before, The Blue Revolution brings encouraging news for conservationists and seafood lovers about the transformation of an industry historically averse to change, and it presents fresh inspiration for entrepreneurs and investors eager for new opportunities in a blue-green economy.</description>
      <author>Nicholas Sullivan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765038680.mp3" length="8725665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765038680.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blue Revolution: Hunting, Harvesting, and Farming Seafood in the Information Age
Author: Nicholas Sullivan
Narrator: Bob Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Overfishing. For the world&amp;#039;s oceans, it&amp;#039;s long been a worrisome problem with few answers. But as older fishing fleets retire and new technologies develop, a better, more sustainable way to farm this popular protein has emerged to profoundly shift the balance. The Blue Revolution tells the story of the recent transformation of commercial fishing: an encouraging change from maximizing volume through unrestrained wild hunting to maximizing value through controlled harvesting and farming. Nicholas P. Sullivan presents this new way of thinking about fish, food, and oceans by profiling the people and policies transforming an aging industry into one that is &amp;#039;post-industrial&amp;#039;—fueled by &amp;#039;sea-foodies&amp;#039; and locavores interested in sustainable, traceable, quality seafood. He discusses the global challenges to preserving healthy oceans, including conservation mechanisms, the impact of climate change, and unregulated and criminal fishing in international waters. In a fast-growing world where more people are eating more fish than ever before, The Blue Revolution brings encouraging news for conservationists and seafood lovers about the transformation of an industry historically averse to change, and it presents fresh inspiration for entrepreneurs and investors eager for new opportunities in a blue-green economy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Blue Revolution: Hunting, Harvesting, and Farming Seafood in the Information Age
Author: Nicholas Sullivan
Narrator: Bob Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Overfishing. For the world&amp;#039;s oceans, it&amp;#039;s long been a worrisome problem with few answers. But as older fishing fleets retire and new technologies develop, a better, more sustainable way to farm this popular protein has emerged to profoundly shift the balance. The Blue Revolution tells the story of the recent transformation of commercial fishing: an encouraging change from maximizing volume through unrestrained wild hunting to maximizing value through controlled harvesting and farming. Nicholas P. Sullivan presents this new way of thinking about fish, food, and oceans by profiling the people and policies transforming an aging industry into one that is &amp;#039;post-industrial&amp;#039;—fueled by &amp;#039;sea-foodies&amp;#039; and locavores interested in sustainable, traceable, quality seafood. He discusses the global challenges to preserving healthy oceans, including conservation mechanisms, the impact of climate change, and unregulated and criminal fishing in international waters. In a fast-growing world where more people are eating more fish than ever before, The Blue Revolution brings encouraging news for conservationists and seafood lovers about the transformation of an industry historically averse to change, and it presents fresh inspiration for entrepreneurs and investors eager for new opportunities in a blue-green economy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mighty Storms of New England: The Hurricanes, Tornadoes, Blizzards, and Floods That Shaped the Region by Eric P. Fisher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mighty Storms of New England: The Hurricanes, Tornadoes, Blizzards, and Floods That Shaped the Region
Author: Eric P. Fisher
Narrator: Christopher P. Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The New England landscape has long been battered by some of the most intense weather in the United States. The region breeds one of the highest concentrations of meteorologists in the country for a reason. One can experience just about anything except a dust storm. Snowstorms, floods, droughts, heat waves, arctic blasts, hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, and other atmospheric oddities come and go with the changing seasons. Rare is the boring year of weather. Knowing the past is a critical part of understanding and forecasting the weather. Meteorologist Eric Fisher takes an in depth look at some of the most intense weather events in New England&amp;#039;s history. The stories in this book not only describe the loss and the damage caused by the storms, but also how nearly all of them in left such an impression that they immediately led to progress where new warnings systems were implemented, government agencies formed, and technology accelerated in response to the devastation these events left behind.</description>
      <author>Eric P. Fisher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765036167.mp3" length="8123820" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765036167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mighty Storms of New England: The Hurricanes, Tornadoes, Blizzards, and Floods That Shaped the Region
Author: Eric P. Fisher
Narrator: Christopher P. Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The New England landscape has long been battered by some of the most intense weather in the United States. The region breeds one of the highest concentrations of meteorologists in the country for a reason. One can experience just about anything except a dust storm. Snowstorms, floods, droughts, heat waves, arctic blasts, hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, and other atmospheric oddities come and go with the changing seasons. Rare is the boring year of weather. Knowing the past is a critical part of understanding and forecasting the weather. Meteorologist Eric Fisher takes an in depth look at some of the most intense weather events in New England&amp;#039;s history. The stories in this book not only describe the loss and the damage caused by the storms, but also how nearly all of them in left such an impression that they immediately led to progress where new warnings systems were implemented, government agencies formed, and technology accelerated in response to the devastation these events left behind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584780</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mighty Storms of New England: The Hurricanes, Tornadoes, Blizzards, and Floods That Shaped the Region
Author: Eric P. Fisher
Narrator: Christopher P. Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The New England landscape has long been battered by some of the most intense weather in the United States. The region breeds one of the highest concentrations of meteorologists in the country for a reason. One can experience just about anything except a dust storm. Snowstorms, floods, droughts, heat waves, arctic blasts, hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, and other atmospheric oddities come and go with the changing seasons. Rare is the boring year of weather. Knowing the past is a critical part of understanding and forecasting the weather. Meteorologist Eric Fisher takes an in depth look at some of the most intense weather events in New England&amp;#039;s history. The stories in this book not only describe the loss and the damage caused by the storms, but also how nearly all of them in left such an impression that they immediately led to progress where new warnings systems were implemented, government agencies formed, and technology accelerated in response to the devastation these events left behind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katze Ratgeber: Alle wichtigen Infos zur BKH Katzenerziehung, Pflege, Ernährung, Krankheitsvorsorge und Haltung - inkl. Tipps zur Anschaffung by Alexander Wendland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katze Ratgeber: Alle wichtigen Infos zur BKH Katzenerziehung, Pflege, Ernährung, Krankheitsvorsorge und Haltung - inkl. Tipps zur Anschaffung
Author: Alexander Wendland
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir Menschen sind sehr gesellige Lebewesen und ständig auf der Suche nach treuen und loyalen Wegbegleitern. Diesen findet man glücklicherweise schnell in einem geliebten Haustier. Von keinem Menschen bekommt man so viel bedingungslose Liebe und Zuneigung geschenkt wie von einem eigenen Haustier. Tiere bringen eine riesige Menge Spaß, aber auch Arbeit mit sich. Sie bringen uns zum Lachen, sie lenken uns ab, wenn wir uns einsam oder schlecht fühlen, sie scheinen immer zu wissen, wie sie uns glücklich machen können, aber auch genau, wie sie uns auf die Palme bringen.</description>
      <author>Alexander Wendland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969305706.mp3" length="873171" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969305706.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katze Ratgeber: Alle wichtigen Infos zur BKH Katzenerziehung, Pflege, Ernährung, Krankheitsvorsorge und Haltung - inkl. Tipps zur Anschaffung
Author: Alexander Wendland
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir Menschen sind sehr gesellige Lebewesen und ständig auf der Suche nach treuen und loyalen Wegbegleitern. Diesen findet man glücklicherweise schnell in einem geliebten Haustier. Von keinem Menschen bekommt man so viel bedingungslose Liebe und Zuneigung geschenkt wie von einem eigenen Haustier. Tiere bringen eine riesige Menge Spaß, aber auch Arbeit mit sich. Sie bringen uns zum Lachen, sie lenken uns ab, wenn wir uns einsam oder schlecht fühlen, sie scheinen immer zu wissen, wie sie uns glücklich machen können, aber auch genau, wie sie uns auf die Palme bringen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584605</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katze Ratgeber: Alle wichtigen Infos zur BKH Katzenerziehung, Pflege, Ernährung, Krankheitsvorsorge und Haltung - inkl. Tipps zur Anschaffung
Author: Alexander Wendland
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir Menschen sind sehr gesellige Lebewesen und ständig auf der Suche nach treuen und loyalen Wegbegleitern. Diesen findet man glücklicherweise schnell in einem geliebten Haustier. Von keinem Menschen bekommt man so viel bedingungslose Liebe und Zuneigung geschenkt wie von einem eigenen Haustier. Tiere bringen eine riesige Menge Spaß, aber auch Arbeit mit sich. Sie bringen uns zum Lachen, sie lenken uns ab, wenn wir uns einsam oder schlecht fühlen, sie scheinen immer zu wissen, wie sie uns glücklich machen können, aber auch genau, wie sie uns auf die Palme bringen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fighting Dirty: How a Small Community Took on Big Trash by Poh-Gek Forkert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting Dirty: How a Small Community Took on Big Trash
Author: Poh-Gek Forkert
Narrator: Vivian Hisey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting Dirty tells the story of how one small group of farmers, small-town residents, and Indigenous people fought the world&amp;#039;s largest waste disposal company to stop them from expanding a local dumpsite into a massive landfill. As one of the experts brought in to assess the impact the toxic waste would have on the community, Poh-Gek Forkert was part of the adventures and misadventures of their decades-long fight.</description>
      <author>Poh-Gek Forkert</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771136174.mp3" length="1285254" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771136174.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting Dirty: How a Small Community Took on Big Trash
Author: Poh-Gek Forkert
Narrator: Vivian Hisey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting Dirty tells the story of how one small group of farmers, small-town residents, and Indigenous people fought the world&amp;#039;s largest waste disposal company to stop them from expanding a local dumpsite into a massive landfill. As one of the experts brought in to assess the impact the toxic waste would have on the community, Poh-Gek Forkert was part of the adventures and misadventures of their decades-long fight.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting Dirty: How a Small Community Took on Big Trash
Author: Poh-Gek Forkert
Narrator: Vivian Hisey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting Dirty tells the story of how one small group of farmers, small-town residents, and Indigenous people fought the world&amp;#039;s largest waste disposal company to stop them from expanding a local dumpsite into a massive landfill. As one of the experts brought in to assess the impact the toxic waste would have on the community, Poh-Gek Forkert was part of the adventures and misadventures of their decades-long fight.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Abenteuer Hundebegegnungen: Andere Hunde treffen ohne Stress by Sarah Both</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Abenteuer Hundebegegnungen: Andere Hunde treffen ohne Stress
Author: Sarah Both
Narrator: Heike Kiszio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Andere Hunde zu treffen bedeutet für dich und deinen Hund ständig Stress? Dein Hund zieht an der Leine, bellt und ist nicht mehr ansprechbar, wenn andere Hunde ihm zu nahe kommen? Er regt sich auf, sobald er einen anderen Hund sieht (vor Freude, oder Ärger über den anderen Hund)? Wenn fremde Hunde in Sicht kommen, gleichen eure Spaziergänge eher einem Spießrutenlauf, als der entspannten Auszeit, die du gerne mit deinem Hund erleben möchtest. Du greifst die Leine fester, spannst dich an und bereitest dich auf das Unvermeidliche vor. Schon öfter hast du dich gefragt, wie deinem Hund diese Leinenaggression wieder abgewöhnen kannst, oder wie er endlich aufhört scheinbar wahllos andere Hunde anzupöbeln. Du hast schon einiges versucht, aber es scheint einfach nicht zu klappen? Das muss nicht sein! Im Buch nehme ich dich mit in die Perspektive deines Hundes und zeige dir, wie Hunde Begegnungen wahrnehmen und warum unsere menschliche Art von Begegnungen den Hunden häufig Schwierigkeiten bereitet. Du lernst deinen Hund und seine Bedürfnisse zu verstehen und ihn so zu unterstützen, dass er sich so sicher mit dir fühlt und mit dir gemeinsam einen neuen Umgang mit anderen Hunden erlernen kann.   Folgende Themenbereiche schauen wir uns an, damit du eine gute Grundlage für das Training hast: ↳ Körpersprache und Kommunikation sowohl zwischen den Hunden, als auch zwischen dir und deinem Hund ↳ Ursachen für Reizbarkeit und geringe Lernerfolge ↳ dein Kopfkino - damit du selbst ruhiger bleiben kannst, wenn fremde Hunde in Sicht kommen   Du bekommst konkrete Anleitungen zu: ✓ Übungen, die eure Kommunikation verbessern ✓ Vorübungen, die ganz entspannt ohne andere Hunde möglich sind ✓ einer Trainingsmöglichkeit, mit der du Schritt für Schritt deinem Hund beibringen kannst, wie er sich in Begegnungen verhalten soll   Alle Übungen erkläre ich dir ausführlich im Buch, so dass du sie direkt nachmachen kannst. Zu den meisten Übungen findest du zusätzliche Anleitungsvideos auf der extra Website zum Buch. Ich wünsche mir für dich, dass du Sicherheit entwickelst. Eine solche gelassene Sicherheit, dass die Tipps und Ratschläge von Hundewiesenprofis, Fernsehtrainings und auch von mir nicht mehr wichtig sind. Du findest hier Impulse und Ideen, sinnvolle Trainingsmöglichkeiten und Wissen, das dir auf der Suche nach eurem eigenen Weg hilft. Was das Buch nicht bietet, sind vorgefertigte Zauberlösungen, mit denen jeder Hund von heute auf morgen &amp;#039;gehorcht&amp;#039; und ruhig an anderen vorbeigeht. Die gibt es nicht.</description>
      <author>Sarah Both</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987470059.mp3" length="810087" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987470059.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Abenteuer Hundebegegnungen: Andere Hunde treffen ohne Stress
Author: Sarah Both
Narrator: Heike Kiszio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Andere Hunde zu treffen bedeutet für dich und deinen Hund ständig Stress? Dein Hund zieht an der Leine, bellt und ist nicht mehr ansprechbar, wenn andere Hunde ihm zu nahe kommen? Er regt sich auf, sobald er einen anderen Hund sieht (vor Freude, oder Ärger über den anderen Hund)? Wenn fremde Hunde in Sicht kommen, gleichen eure Spaziergänge eher einem Spießrutenlauf, als der entspannten Auszeit, die du gerne mit deinem Hund erleben möchtest. Du greifst die Leine fester, spannst dich an und bereitest dich auf das Unvermeidliche vor. Schon öfter hast du dich gefragt, wie deinem Hund diese Leinenaggression wieder abgewöhnen kannst, oder wie er endlich aufhört scheinbar wahllos andere Hunde anzupöbeln. Du hast schon einiges versucht, aber es scheint einfach nicht zu klappen? Das muss nicht sein! Im Buch nehme ich dich mit in die Perspektive deines Hundes und zeige dir, wie Hunde Begegnungen wahrnehmen und warum unsere menschliche Art von Begegnungen den Hunden häufig Schwierigkeiten bereitet. Du lernst deinen Hund und seine Bedürfnisse zu verstehen und ihn so zu unterstützen, dass er sich so sicher mit dir fühlt und mit dir gemeinsam einen neuen Umgang mit anderen Hunden erlernen kann.   Folgende Themenbereiche schauen wir uns an, damit du eine gute Grundlage für das Training hast: ↳ Körpersprache und Kommunikation sowohl zwischen den Hunden, als auch zwischen dir und deinem Hund ↳ Ursachen für Reizbarkeit und geringe Lernerfolge ↳ dein Kopfkino - damit du selbst ruhiger bleiben kannst, wenn fremde Hunde in Sicht kommen   Du bekommst konkrete Anleitungen zu: ✓ Übungen, die eure Kommunikation verbessern ✓ Vorübungen, die ganz entspannt ohne andere Hunde möglich sind ✓ einer Trainingsmöglichkeit, mit der du Schritt für Schritt deinem Hund beibringen kannst, wie er sich in Begegnungen verhalten soll   Alle Übungen erkläre ich dir ausführlich im Buch, so dass du sie direkt nachmachen kannst. Zu den meisten Übungen findest du zusätzliche Anleitungsvideos auf der extra Website zum Buch. Ich wünsche mir für dich, dass du Sicherheit entwickelst. Eine solche gelassene Sicherheit, dass die Tipps und Ratschläge von Hundewiesenprofis, Fernsehtrainings und auch von mir nicht mehr wichtig sind. Du findest hier Impulse und Ideen, sinnvolle Trainingsmöglichkeiten und Wissen, das dir auf der Suche nach eurem eigenen Weg hilft. Was das Buch nicht bietet, sind vorgefertigte Zauberlösungen, mit denen jeder Hund von heute auf morgen &amp;#039;gehorcht&amp;#039; und ruhig an anderen vorbeigeht. Die gibt es nicht.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Abenteuer Hundebegegnungen: Andere Hunde treffen ohne Stress
Author: Sarah Both
Narrator: Heike Kiszio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 3 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Andere Hunde zu treffen bedeutet für dich und deinen Hund ständig Stress? Dein Hund zieht an der Leine, bellt und ist nicht mehr ansprechbar, wenn andere Hunde ihm zu nahe kommen? Er regt sich auf, sobald er einen anderen Hund sieht (vor Freude, oder Ärger über den anderen Hund)? Wenn fremde Hunde in Sicht kommen, gleichen eure Spaziergänge eher einem Spießrutenlauf, als der entspannten Auszeit, die du gerne mit deinem Hund erleben möchtest. Du greifst die Leine fester, spannst dich an und bereitest dich auf das Unvermeidliche vor. Schon öfter hast du dich gefragt, wie deinem Hund diese Leinenaggression wieder abgewöhnen kannst, oder wie er endlich aufhört scheinbar wahllos andere Hunde anzupöbeln. Du hast schon einiges versucht, aber es scheint einfach nicht zu klappen? Das muss nicht sein! Im Buch nehme ich dich mit in die Perspektive deines Hundes und zeige dir, wie Hunde Begegnungen wahrnehmen und warum unsere menschliche Art von Begegnungen den Hunden häufig Schwierigkeiten bereitet. Du lernst deinen Hund und seine Bedürfnisse zu verstehen und ihn so zu unterstützen, dass er sich so sicher mit dir fühlt und mit dir gemeinsam einen neuen Umgang mit anderen Hunden erlernen kann.   Folgende Themenbereiche schauen wir uns an, damit du eine gute Grundlage für das Training hast: ↳ Körpersprache und Kommunikation sowohl zwischen den Hunden, als auch zwischen dir und deinem Hund ↳ Ursachen für Reizbarkeit und geringe Lernerfolge ↳ dein Kopfkino - damit du selbst ruhiger bleiben kannst, wenn fremde Hunde in Sicht kommen   Du bekommst konkrete Anleitungen zu: ✓ Übungen, die eure Kommunikation verbessern ✓ Vorübungen, die ganz entspannt ohne andere Hunde möglich sind ✓ einer Trainingsmöglichkeit, mit der du Schritt für Schritt deinem Hund beibringen kannst, wie er sich in Begegnungen verhalten soll   Alle Übungen erkläre ich dir ausführlich im Buch, so dass du sie direkt nachmachen kannst. Zu den meisten Übungen findest du zusätzliche Anleitungsvideos auf der extra Website zum Buch. Ich wünsche mir für dich, dass du Sicherheit entwickelst. Eine solche gelassene Sicherheit, dass die Tipps und Ratschläge von Hundewiesenprofis, Fernsehtrainings und auch von mir nicht mehr wichtig sind. Du findest hier Impulse und Ideen, sinnvolle Trainingsmöglichkeiten und Wissen, das dir auf der Suche nach eurem eigenen Weg hilft. Was das Buch nicht bietet, sind vorgefertigte Zauberlösungen, mit denen jeder Hund von heute auf morgen &amp;#039;gehorcht&amp;#039; und ruhig an anderen vorbeigeht. Die gibt es nicht.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Landscapes of Loss: The Story of an Indian Drought by Kavitha Iyer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Landscapes of Loss: The Story of an Indian Drought
Author: Kavitha Iyer
Narrator: Shivani Vakil Savant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE TATA LITERATURE LIVE FIRST BOOK AWARD (NON-FICTION) 2021 Maharashtra, India&amp;#039;s richest state by GDP, has its eyes set on becoming the country&amp;#039;s first trillion-dollar economy by 2025. At the same time, Marathwada -- a historically backward part of the state adjoining the distressed Vidarbha region -- has seen a surge in farmer suicides. At the heart of the crisis is a cyclical drought that has persisted for almost a decade. Relief packages and loan waivers have not reversed the trend. On the contrary, the stories of dystopia grow more tragic every year as thousands of farmer families flee to the big cities, while those who stay back are plagued by bad credit and crop loss. Landscapes of Loss tells the story of Marathwada through the accounts of its people: marginal farmers, Dalits, landless labourers, farm widows and children. It lays bare the complex factors that have brought the region to this pass -- a story representative, in many ways, of the agrarian unrest in large parts of rural India.</description>
      <author>Kavitha Iyer</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354897498.mp3" length="1125457" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354897498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Landscapes of Loss: The Story of an Indian Drought
Author: Kavitha Iyer
Narrator: Shivani Vakil Savant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE TATA LITERATURE LIVE FIRST BOOK AWARD (NON-FICTION) 2021 Maharashtra, India&amp;#039;s richest state by GDP, has its eyes set on becoming the country&amp;#039;s first trillion-dollar economy by 2025. At the same time, Marathwada -- a historically backward part of the state adjoining the distressed Vidarbha region -- has seen a surge in farmer suicides. At the heart of the crisis is a cyclical drought that has persisted for almost a decade. Relief packages and loan waivers have not reversed the trend. On the contrary, the stories of dystopia grow more tragic every year as thousands of farmer families flee to the big cities, while those who stay back are plagued by bad credit and crop loss. Landscapes of Loss tells the story of Marathwada through the accounts of its people: marginal farmers, Dalits, landless labourers, farm widows and children. It lays bare the complex factors that have brought the region to this pass -- a story representative, in many ways, of the agrarian unrest in large parts of rural India.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Landscapes of Loss: The Story of an Indian Drought
Author: Kavitha Iyer
Narrator: Shivani Vakil Savant
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE TATA LITERATURE LIVE FIRST BOOK AWARD (NON-FICTION) 2021 Maharashtra, India&amp;#039;s richest state by GDP, has its eyes set on becoming the country&amp;#039;s first trillion-dollar economy by 2025. At the same time, Marathwada -- a historically backward part of the state adjoining the distressed Vidarbha region -- has seen a surge in farmer suicides. At the heart of the crisis is a cyclical drought that has persisted for almost a decade. Relief packages and loan waivers have not reversed the trend. On the contrary, the stories of dystopia grow more tragic every year as thousands of farmer families flee to the big cities, while those who stay back are plagued by bad credit and crop loss. Landscapes of Loss tells the story of Marathwada through the accounts of its people: marginal farmers, Dalits, landless labourers, farm widows and children. It lays bare the complex factors that have brought the region to this pass -- a story representative, in many ways, of the agrarian unrest in large parts of rural India.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Far the Light Reaches: A Life in Ten Sea Creatures by Sabrina Imbler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Far the Light Reaches: A Life in Ten Sea Creatures
Author: Sabrina Imbler
Narrator: Sabrina Imbler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating tour of creatures from the surface to the deepest ocean floor: this &amp;quot;miraculous, transcendental book&amp;quot; invites us to envision wilder, grander, and more abundant possibilities for the way we live (Ed Yong, author of An Immense World).  A queer, mixed race writer working in a largely white, male field, science and conservation journalist Sabrina Imbler has always been drawn to the mystery of life in the sea, and particularly to creatures living in hostile or remote environments. Each essay in their debut collection profiles one such creature, including:      ·the mother octopus who starves herself while watching over her eggs,      ·the Chinese sturgeon whose migration route has been decimated by pollution and dams,      ·the bizarre, predatory Bobbitt worm (named after Lorena),      ·the common goldfish that flourishes in the wild,      ·and more.   Imbler discovers that some of the most radical models of family, community, and care can be found in the sea, from gelatinous chains that are both individual organisms and colonies of clones to deep-sea crabs that have no need for the sun, nourished instead by the chemicals and heat throbbing from the core of the Earth. Exploring themes of adaptation, survival, sexuality, and care, and weaving the wonders of marine biology with stories of their own family, relationships, and coming of age, How Far the Light Reaches is a shimmering, otherworldly debut that attunes us to new visions of our world and its miracles.     WINNER OF THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE in SCIENCE &amp;amp; TECHNOLOGY   Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award One of TIME’s 10 Best Nonfiction Books of the Year •  A PEOPLE Best New Book  •  A Barnes &amp;amp; Noble and SHELF AWARENESS Best Book of 2022  •  An Indie Next Pick  •  One of Winter’s Most Eagerly Anticipated Books: VANITY FAIR, VULTURE, BOOKRIOT</description>
      <author>Sabrina Imbler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549187056.mp3" length="916092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549187056.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Far the Light Reaches: A Life in Ten Sea Creatures
Author: Sabrina Imbler
Narrator: Sabrina Imbler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating tour of creatures from the surface to the deepest ocean floor: this &amp;quot;miraculous, transcendental book&amp;quot; invites us to envision wilder, grander, and more abundant possibilities for the way we live (Ed Yong, author of An Immense World).  A queer, mixed race writer working in a largely white, male field, science and conservation journalist Sabrina Imbler has always been drawn to the mystery of life in the sea, and particularly to creatures living in hostile or remote environments. Each essay in their debut collection profiles one such creature, including:      ·the mother octopus who starves herself while watching over her eggs,      ·the Chinese sturgeon whose migration route has been decimated by pollution and dams,      ·the bizarre, predatory Bobbitt worm (named after Lorena),      ·the common goldfish that flourishes in the wild,      ·and more.   Imbler discovers that some of the most radical models of family, community, and care can be found in the sea, from gelatinous chains that are both individual organisms and colonies of clones to deep-sea crabs that have no need for the sun, nourished instead by the chemicals and heat throbbing from the core of the Earth. Exploring themes of adaptation, survival, sexuality, and care, and weaving the wonders of marine biology with stories of their own family, relationships, and coming of age, How Far the Light Reaches is a shimmering, otherworldly debut that attunes us to new visions of our world and its miracles.     WINNER OF THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE in SCIENCE &amp;amp; TECHNOLOGY   Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award One of TIME’s 10 Best Nonfiction Books of the Year •  A PEOPLE Best New Book  •  A Barnes &amp;amp; Noble and SHELF AWARENESS Best Book of 2022  •  An Indie Next Pick  •  One of Winter’s Most Eagerly Anticipated Books: VANITY FAIR, VULTURE, BOOKRIOT</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583575</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Far the Light Reaches: A Life in Ten Sea Creatures
Author: Sabrina Imbler
Narrator: Sabrina Imbler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A fascinating tour of creatures from the surface to the deepest ocean floor: this &amp;quot;miraculous, transcendental book&amp;quot; invites us to envision wilder, grander, and more abundant possibilities for the way we live (Ed Yong, author of An Immense World).  A queer, mixed race writer working in a largely white, male field, science and conservation journalist Sabrina Imbler has always been drawn to the mystery of life in the sea, and particularly to creatures living in hostile or remote environments. Each essay in their debut collection profiles one such creature, including:      ·the mother octopus who starves herself while watching over her eggs,      ·the Chinese sturgeon whose migration route has been decimated by pollution and dams,      ·the bizarre, predatory Bobbitt worm (named after Lorena),      ·the common goldfish that flourishes in the wild,      ·and more.   Imbler discovers that some of the most radical models of family, community, and care can be found in the sea, from gelatinous chains that are both individual organisms and colonies of clones to deep-sea crabs that have no need for the sun, nourished instead by the chemicals and heat throbbing from the core of the Earth. Exploring themes of adaptation, survival, sexuality, and care, and weaving the wonders of marine biology with stories of their own family, relationships, and coming of age, How Far the Light Reaches is a shimmering, otherworldly debut that attunes us to new visions of our world and its miracles.     WINNER OF THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE in SCIENCE &amp;amp; TECHNOLOGY   Finalist for the Lambda Literary Award One of TIME’s 10 Best Nonfiction Books of the Year •  A PEOPLE Best New Book  •  A Barnes &amp;amp; Noble and SHELF AWARENESS Best Book of 2022  •  An Indie Next Pick  •  One of Winter’s Most Eagerly Anticipated Books: VANITY FAIR, VULTURE, BOOKRIOT</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beaverland: How One Weird Rodent Made America by Leila Philip</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beaverland: How One Weird Rodent Made America
Author: Leila Philip
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An intimate and revelatory dive into the world of the beaver—the wonderfully weird rodent that has surprisingly shaped American history and may save its ecological future.   From award-winning writer Leila Philip, Beaverland is a masterful work of narrative science writing, a book that highlights, though history and contemporary storytelling, how this weird rodent plays an oversized role in American history and its future. She follows fur trappers who lead her through waist high water, fur traders and fur auctioneers, as well as wildlife managers, PETA activists, Native American environmental vigilantes, scientists, engineers, and the colorful group of activists known as beaver believers.     Beginning with the early trans-Atlantic trade in North America, Leila Philip traces the beaver’s profound influence on our nation’s early economy and feverish western expansion, its first corporations and multi-millionaires. In her pursuit of this weird and wonderful animal, she introduces us to people whose lives are devoted to the beaver, including a Harvard scientist from the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana, who uses drones to create 3-dimensional images of beaver dams; and an environmental restoration consultant in the Chesapeake whose nickname is the “beaver whisperer”.     What emerges is a poignant personal narrative, a startling portrait of the secretive world of the contemporary fur trade, and an engrossing ecological and historical investigation of these heroic animals who, once trapped to the point of extinction, have returned to the landscape as one of the greatest conservation stories of the 20th century. Beautifully written and impeccably researched, Beaverland reveals the profound ways in which one odd creature and the trade surrounding it has shaped history, culture, and our environment. The New York Times Editors&amp;#039; Choice  NPR Science Friday Book Club Selection</description>
      <author>Leila Philip</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549162848.mp3" length="1442976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549162848.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beaverland: How One Weird Rodent Made America
Author: Leila Philip
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An intimate and revelatory dive into the world of the beaver—the wonderfully weird rodent that has surprisingly shaped American history and may save its ecological future.   From award-winning writer Leila Philip, Beaverland is a masterful work of narrative science writing, a book that highlights, though history and contemporary storytelling, how this weird rodent plays an oversized role in American history and its future. She follows fur trappers who lead her through waist high water, fur traders and fur auctioneers, as well as wildlife managers, PETA activists, Native American environmental vigilantes, scientists, engineers, and the colorful group of activists known as beaver believers.     Beginning with the early trans-Atlantic trade in North America, Leila Philip traces the beaver’s profound influence on our nation’s early economy and feverish western expansion, its first corporations and multi-millionaires. In her pursuit of this weird and wonderful animal, she introduces us to people whose lives are devoted to the beaver, including a Harvard scientist from the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana, who uses drones to create 3-dimensional images of beaver dams; and an environmental restoration consultant in the Chesapeake whose nickname is the “beaver whisperer”.     What emerges is a poignant personal narrative, a startling portrait of the secretive world of the contemporary fur trade, and an engrossing ecological and historical investigation of these heroic animals who, once trapped to the point of extinction, have returned to the landscape as one of the greatest conservation stories of the 20th century. Beautifully written and impeccably researched, Beaverland reveals the profound ways in which one odd creature and the trade surrounding it has shaped history, culture, and our environment. The New York Times Editors&amp;#039; Choice  NPR Science Friday Book Club Selection</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beaverland: How One Weird Rodent Made America
Author: Leila Philip
Narrator: Christine Lakin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An intimate and revelatory dive into the world of the beaver—the wonderfully weird rodent that has surprisingly shaped American history and may save its ecological future.   From award-winning writer Leila Philip, Beaverland is a masterful work of narrative science writing, a book that highlights, though history and contemporary storytelling, how this weird rodent plays an oversized role in American history and its future. She follows fur trappers who lead her through waist high water, fur traders and fur auctioneers, as well as wildlife managers, PETA activists, Native American environmental vigilantes, scientists, engineers, and the colorful group of activists known as beaver believers.     Beginning with the early trans-Atlantic trade in North America, Leila Philip traces the beaver’s profound influence on our nation’s early economy and feverish western expansion, its first corporations and multi-millionaires. In her pursuit of this weird and wonderful animal, she introduces us to people whose lives are devoted to the beaver, including a Harvard scientist from the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana, who uses drones to create 3-dimensional images of beaver dams; and an environmental restoration consultant in the Chesapeake whose nickname is the “beaver whisperer”.     What emerges is a poignant personal narrative, a startling portrait of the secretive world of the contemporary fur trade, and an engrossing ecological and historical investigation of these heroic animals who, once trapped to the point of extinction, have returned to the landscape as one of the greatest conservation stories of the 20th century. Beautifully written and impeccably researched, Beaverland reveals the profound ways in which one odd creature and the trade surrounding it has shaped history, culture, and our environment. The New York Times Editors&amp;#039; Choice  NPR Science Friday Book Club Selection</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Chicken Whisperer&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Revised: Everything you need to know. . . and didn&amp;#039;t know you needed to know about backyard and urban chickens by Andy Schneider</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chicken Whisperer&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Revised: Everything you need to know. . . and didn&amp;#039;t know you needed to know about backyard and urban chickens
Series: #1 of The Chicken Whisperer&amp;#039;s Guides
Author: Andy Schneider
Narrator: Brian Mcgovern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Looking to get started keeping backyard poultry? Let the down-to-earth, common-sense advice in The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised be your guide.  Since The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens was first published in 2011, tens of thousands of people have discovered the joys and benefits of a backyard flock. Now Andy Schneider is back with The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised.   Keeping backyard chickens is a fun, simple way to to reconnect with the earth, the community, and your food sources—and you can do it, even with limited space in your backyard. Let the Chicken Whisperer (poultry personality Andy Schneider) teach you everything he knows and everything you need to know about raising a backyard flock!   Ditch the super-technical manuals and enjoy Andy’s unique, common-sense perspective in The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised. This fun, comprehensive guide is a perfect fit for your busy lifestyle.  Inside, you’ll learn:  -  The benefits of a backyard chicken flock  -  The art of incubation  -  Living with brooding hens  -  Setting up coops and runs  -  Proper poultry nutrition  -  Understanding your chickens’ health and wellness   And that’s just for a start, so why not start your flock today?</description>
      <author>Andy Schneider</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780760378656.mp3" length="886477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780760378656.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chicken Whisperer&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Revised: Everything you need to know. . . and didn&amp;#039;t know you needed to know about backyard and urban chickens
Series: #1 of The Chicken Whisperer&amp;#039;s Guides
Author: Andy Schneider
Narrator: Brian Mcgovern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Looking to get started keeping backyard poultry? Let the down-to-earth, common-sense advice in The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised be your guide.  Since The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens was first published in 2011, tens of thousands of people have discovered the joys and benefits of a backyard flock. Now Andy Schneider is back with The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised.   Keeping backyard chickens is a fun, simple way to to reconnect with the earth, the community, and your food sources—and you can do it, even with limited space in your backyard. Let the Chicken Whisperer (poultry personality Andy Schneider) teach you everything he knows and everything you need to know about raising a backyard flock!   Ditch the super-technical manuals and enjoy Andy’s unique, common-sense perspective in The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised. This fun, comprehensive guide is a perfect fit for your busy lifestyle.  Inside, you’ll learn:  -  The benefits of a backyard chicken flock  -  The art of incubation  -  Living with brooding hens  -  Setting up coops and runs  -  Proper poultry nutrition  -  Understanding your chickens’ health and wellness   And that’s just for a start, so why not start your flock today?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chicken Whisperer&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Revised: Everything you need to know. . . and didn&amp;#039;t know you needed to know about backyard and urban chickens
Series: #1 of The Chicken Whisperer&amp;#039;s Guides
Author: Andy Schneider
Narrator: Brian Mcgovern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Looking to get started keeping backyard poultry? Let the down-to-earth, common-sense advice in The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised be your guide.  Since The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens was first published in 2011, tens of thousands of people have discovered the joys and benefits of a backyard flock. Now Andy Schneider is back with The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised.   Keeping backyard chickens is a fun, simple way to to reconnect with the earth, the community, and your food sources—and you can do it, even with limited space in your backyard. Let the Chicken Whisperer (poultry personality Andy Schneider) teach you everything he knows and everything you need to know about raising a backyard flock!   Ditch the super-technical manuals and enjoy Andy’s unique, common-sense perspective in The Chicken Whisperer’s Guide to Keeping Chickens, Expanded &amp;amp; Revised. This fun, comprehensive guide is a perfect fit for your busy lifestyle.  Inside, you’ll learn:  -  The benefits of a backyard chicken flock  -  The art of incubation  -  Living with brooding hens  -  Setting up coops and runs  -  Proper poultry nutrition  -  Understanding your chickens’ health and wellness   And that’s just for a start, so why not start your flock today?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Backyard Beekeeper, 4th Edition: An Absolute Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Bees in Your Yard and Garden by Kim Flottum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Backyard Beekeeper, 4th Edition: An Absolute Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Bees in Your Yard and Garden
Author: Kim Flottum
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Backyard Beekeeper, now in its 4th edition, makes the time-honored and complex tradition of beekeeping an enjoyable and accessible backyard pastime for urban and rural beekeepers of all skill levels.  More than a guide to beekeeping, this audiobook features expert advice for: -  Setting up and caring for your own colonies  -  Selecting the best location to place your new bee colonies for their safety and yours  -  The most practical and nontoxic ways to care for your bees  -  Swarm control  -  Using top bar hives  -  Harvesting the products of a beehive and collecting and using honey  -  Bee problems and treatments  What’s New? -  Information for urban bees and beekeepers  -  Using your smoker the right way  -  Better pest management  -  Providing consistent and abundant good food  -  Keeping your hives healthy   With this complete resource and the expert advice of Bee Culture editor Kim Flottum, your bees will be healthy, happy, and more productive.</description>
      <author>Kim Flottum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780760378632.mp3" length="868253" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780760378632.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Backyard Beekeeper, 4th Edition: An Absolute Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Bees in Your Yard and Garden
Author: Kim Flottum
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Backyard Beekeeper, now in its 4th edition, makes the time-honored and complex tradition of beekeeping an enjoyable and accessible backyard pastime for urban and rural beekeepers of all skill levels.  More than a guide to beekeeping, this audiobook features expert advice for: -  Setting up and caring for your own colonies  -  Selecting the best location to place your new bee colonies for their safety and yours  -  The most practical and nontoxic ways to care for your bees  -  Swarm control  -  Using top bar hives  -  Harvesting the products of a beehive and collecting and using honey  -  Bee problems and treatments  What’s New? -  Information for urban bees and beekeepers  -  Using your smoker the right way  -  Better pest management  -  Providing consistent and abundant good food  -  Keeping your hives healthy   With this complete resource and the expert advice of Bee Culture editor Kim Flottum, your bees will be healthy, happy, and more productive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583565</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Backyard Beekeeper, 4th Edition: An Absolute Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Keeping Bees in Your Yard and Garden
Author: Kim Flottum
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Backyard Beekeeper, now in its 4th edition, makes the time-honored and complex tradition of beekeeping an enjoyable and accessible backyard pastime for urban and rural beekeepers of all skill levels.  More than a guide to beekeeping, this audiobook features expert advice for: -  Setting up and caring for your own colonies  -  Selecting the best location to place your new bee colonies for their safety and yours  -  The most practical and nontoxic ways to care for your bees  -  Swarm control  -  Using top bar hives  -  Harvesting the products of a beehive and collecting and using honey  -  Bee problems and treatments  What’s New? -  Information for urban bees and beekeepers  -  Using your smoker the right way  -  Better pest management  -  Providing consistent and abundant good food  -  Keeping your hives healthy   With this complete resource and the expert advice of Bee Culture editor Kim Flottum, your bees will be healthy, happy, and more productive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mahaparbat: Ek Kahani Hamare Daur Ki by Naved Akbar, Amitav Ghosh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mahaparbat: Ek Kahani Hamare Daur Ki
Author: Naved Akbar, Amitav Ghosh
Narrator: Ranjit Madgavkar, Pallavi Bharti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Hindi translation of The Living Mountain. A new story from internationally renowned author Amitav Ghosh, Mahaparbat is a cautionary tale of how we have systematically exploited nature, leading to an environmental collapse. Recounted as a dream, this is a fable about Mahaparbat, the Living Mountain; the indigenous valley dwellers who live and prosper in its shelter; the assault on the mountain for commercial benefit by the Anthropoi, humans whose sole aim is to reap the bounty of nature; and the disaster that unfolds as a result. Mahaparbat is especially relevant today when we have been battling a pandemic and are facing a climate catastrophe: both of which are products of our insufficient understanding of mankind&amp;#039;s relationship with nature, and our sustained appropriation and abuse of natural resources. This is a book of our times, for our times, and it will resonate strongly with readers of all ages.</description>
      <author>Naved Akbar, Amitav Ghosh</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354896316.mp3" length="1170741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354896316.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mahaparbat: Ek Kahani Hamare Daur Ki
Author: Naved Akbar, Amitav Ghosh
Narrator: Ranjit Madgavkar, Pallavi Bharti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Hindi translation of The Living Mountain. A new story from internationally renowned author Amitav Ghosh, Mahaparbat is a cautionary tale of how we have systematically exploited nature, leading to an environmental collapse. Recounted as a dream, this is a fable about Mahaparbat, the Living Mountain; the indigenous valley dwellers who live and prosper in its shelter; the assault on the mountain for commercial benefit by the Anthropoi, humans whose sole aim is to reap the bounty of nature; and the disaster that unfolds as a result. Mahaparbat is especially relevant today when we have been battling a pandemic and are facing a climate catastrophe: both of which are products of our insufficient understanding of mankind&amp;#039;s relationship with nature, and our sustained appropriation and abuse of natural resources. This is a book of our times, for our times, and it will resonate strongly with readers of all ages.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mahaparbat: Ek Kahani Hamare Daur Ki
Author: Naved Akbar, Amitav Ghosh
Narrator: Ranjit Madgavkar, Pallavi Bharti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Hindi translation of The Living Mountain. A new story from internationally renowned author Amitav Ghosh, Mahaparbat is a cautionary tale of how we have systematically exploited nature, leading to an environmental collapse. Recounted as a dream, this is a fable about Mahaparbat, the Living Mountain; the indigenous valley dwellers who live and prosper in its shelter; the assault on the mountain for commercial benefit by the Anthropoi, humans whose sole aim is to reap the bounty of nature; and the disaster that unfolds as a result. Mahaparbat is especially relevant today when we have been battling a pandemic and are facing a climate catastrophe: both of which are products of our insufficient understanding of mankind&amp;#039;s relationship with nature, and our sustained appropriation and abuse of natural resources. This is a book of our times, for our times, and it will resonate strongly with readers of all ages.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wind &amp;amp; Windgeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressreduktion, Stressvermeidung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 12 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren by Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wind &amp;amp; Windgeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressreduktion, Stressvermeidung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 12 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren
Author: Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche
Narrator: Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
***** Über 12 Stunden Naturgeräusche pur: Wind, Sturm, leichte Brise, Wüstenwind, Blätter im Wind, Küstenwind, Böen am Nordkap, leichtes Gewitter und Wind, Wind in den Baumkronen, Herbstwind, sanfter Sommerwind im Kornfeld, heulender Wind, mit und ohne Musik. ***** Ideal zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Konzentrieren oder Ausruhen. Dieses Hörbuch bietet dir volle zwölf Stunden beruhigende Windgeräusche zur Entspannung. ***** Inhalt: 12 Melodien der Natur - aufgenommen mit hochmoderner Aufnahmetechnik, in einzigartiger Audioqualität. Zusätzlich 4 Kompositionen mit einer perfekten Mischung aus traumhafter Entspannungsmusik und beruhigenden Windgeräuschen. ***** Alle Aufnahmen sorgen augenblicklich für eine beachtliche innere Ruhe und können auch bei Tinnitus eine äußerst hilfreiche Wirkung erzielen. Tauchen Sie ein - in deine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung. ***** HINWEIS: Die Hörprobe enthält mehrere kurze Ausschnitte aus diesem Hörbuch! *****</description>
      <author>Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066338855312.mp3" length="957376" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066338855312.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wind &amp;amp; Windgeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressreduktion, Stressvermeidung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 12 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren
Author: Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche
Narrator: Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
***** Über 12 Stunden Naturgeräusche pur: Wind, Sturm, leichte Brise, Wüstenwind, Blätter im Wind, Küstenwind, Böen am Nordkap, leichtes Gewitter und Wind, Wind in den Baumkronen, Herbstwind, sanfter Sommerwind im Kornfeld, heulender Wind, mit und ohne Musik. ***** Ideal zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Konzentrieren oder Ausruhen. Dieses Hörbuch bietet dir volle zwölf Stunden beruhigende Windgeräusche zur Entspannung. ***** Inhalt: 12 Melodien der Natur - aufgenommen mit hochmoderner Aufnahmetechnik, in einzigartiger Audioqualität. Zusätzlich 4 Kompositionen mit einer perfekten Mischung aus traumhafter Entspannungsmusik und beruhigenden Windgeräuschen. ***** Alle Aufnahmen sorgen augenblicklich für eine beachtliche innere Ruhe und können auch bei Tinnitus eine äußerst hilfreiche Wirkung erzielen. Tauchen Sie ein - in deine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung. ***** HINWEIS: Die Hörprobe enthält mehrere kurze Ausschnitte aus diesem Hörbuch! *****</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wind &amp;amp; Windgeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressreduktion, Stressvermeidung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 12 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren
Author: Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche
Narrator: Privates Archiv Für Naturgeräusche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
***** Über 12 Stunden Naturgeräusche pur: Wind, Sturm, leichte Brise, Wüstenwind, Blätter im Wind, Küstenwind, Böen am Nordkap, leichtes Gewitter und Wind, Wind in den Baumkronen, Herbstwind, sanfter Sommerwind im Kornfeld, heulender Wind, mit und ohne Musik. ***** Ideal zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Konzentrieren oder Ausruhen. Dieses Hörbuch bietet dir volle zwölf Stunden beruhigende Windgeräusche zur Entspannung. ***** Inhalt: 12 Melodien der Natur - aufgenommen mit hochmoderner Aufnahmetechnik, in einzigartiger Audioqualität. Zusätzlich 4 Kompositionen mit einer perfekten Mischung aus traumhafter Entspannungsmusik und beruhigenden Windgeräuschen. ***** Alle Aufnahmen sorgen augenblicklich für eine beachtliche innere Ruhe und können auch bei Tinnitus eine äußerst hilfreiche Wirkung erzielen. Tauchen Sie ein - in deine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung. ***** HINWEIS: Die Hörprobe enthält mehrere kurze Ausschnitte aus diesem Hörbuch! *****</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Climate Book by Greta Thunberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Book
Author: Greta Thunberg
Narrator: Amelia Stubberfield, Nicholas Khan, Olivia Forrest, Greta Thunberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We still have time to change the world. From Greta Thunberg, the world&amp;#039;s leading climate activist, comes the essential handbook for making it happen.  You might think it&amp;#039;s an impossible task: secure a safe future for life on Earth, at a scale and speed never seen, against all the odds. There is hope - but only if we listen to the science before it&amp;#039;s too late. In The Climate Book, Greta Thunberg has gathered the wisdom of over one hundred experts - geophysicists, oceanographers and meteorologists; engineers, economists and mathematicians; historians, philosophers and indigenous leaders - to equip us all with the knowledge we need to combat climate disaster. Alongside them, she shares her own stories of demonstrating and uncovering greenwashing around the world, revealing how much we have been kept in the dark. This is one of our biggest challenges, she shows, but also our greatest source of hope. Once we are given the full picture, how can we not act? And if a schoolchild&amp;#039;s strike could ignite a global protest, what could we do collectively if we tried? We are alive at the most decisive time in the history of humanity. Together, we can do the seemingly impossible. But it has to be us, and it has to be now. © Greta Thunberg 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Greta Thunberg</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781802060799.mp3" length="1459629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781802060799.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Book
Author: Greta Thunberg
Narrator: Amelia Stubberfield, Nicholas Khan, Olivia Forrest, Greta Thunberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We still have time to change the world. From Greta Thunberg, the world&amp;#039;s leading climate activist, comes the essential handbook for making it happen.  You might think it&amp;#039;s an impossible task: secure a safe future for life on Earth, at a scale and speed never seen, against all the odds. There is hope - but only if we listen to the science before it&amp;#039;s too late. In The Climate Book, Greta Thunberg has gathered the wisdom of over one hundred experts - geophysicists, oceanographers and meteorologists; engineers, economists and mathematicians; historians, philosophers and indigenous leaders - to equip us all with the knowledge we need to combat climate disaster. Alongside them, she shares her own stories of demonstrating and uncovering greenwashing around the world, revealing how much we have been kept in the dark. This is one of our biggest challenges, she shows, but also our greatest source of hope. Once we are given the full picture, how can we not act? And if a schoolchild&amp;#039;s strike could ignite a global protest, what could we do collectively if we tried? We are alive at the most decisive time in the history of humanity. Together, we can do the seemingly impossible. But it has to be us, and it has to be now. © Greta Thunberg 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/583319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Climate Book
Author: Greta Thunberg
Narrator: Amelia Stubberfield, Nicholas Khan, Olivia Forrest, Greta Thunberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. We still have time to change the world. From Greta Thunberg, the world&amp;#039;s leading climate activist, comes the essential handbook for making it happen.  You might think it&amp;#039;s an impossible task: secure a safe future for life on Earth, at a scale and speed never seen, against all the odds. There is hope - but only if we listen to the science before it&amp;#039;s too late. In The Climate Book, Greta Thunberg has gathered the wisdom of over one hundred experts - geophysicists, oceanographers and meteorologists; engineers, economists and mathematicians; historians, philosophers and indigenous leaders - to equip us all with the knowledge we need to combat climate disaster. Alongside them, she shares her own stories of demonstrating and uncovering greenwashing around the world, revealing how much we have been kept in the dark. This is one of our biggest challenges, she shows, but also our greatest source of hope. Once we are given the full picture, how can we not act? And if a schoolchild&amp;#039;s strike could ignite a global protest, what could we do collectively if we tried? We are alive at the most decisive time in the history of humanity. Together, we can do the seemingly impossible. But it has to be us, and it has to be now. © Greta Thunberg 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What in the World is Canine &amp;amp; Feline Psychology? by Sapna Rameshwarsingh, Jessica Jutras, Jessie Wang, Mehvish Masood, Jaime Johnson, Rokya Harun, Ishpreet Chana, Jonathan Wiebe, Ivy Quan, Ivan Quan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What in the World is Canine &amp;amp; Feline Psychology?
Series: #22 of What in the World?
Author: Sapna Rameshwarsingh, Jessica Jutras, Jessie Wang, Mehvish Masood, Jaime Johnson, Rokya Harun, Ishpreet Chana, Jonathan Wiebe, Ivy Quan, Ivan Quan
Narrator: Catlin Kuzyk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There is a purpose for you to take this book into your hands and start reading. Either you are doing some psychology research or are interested in the relationship humans have with dogs and cats.  However, this may also mean that you have (or are thinking of getting) a pet - cat, dog, or both. Then, you are on the right track! What are the origins of feline and canine psychology, and what are the main critical elements? What are the most significant changes that have occurred since the domestication of these animals, and why have environmental changes affected our worldview on pet training? Why are we viewing cats and dogs in the way we do?</description>
      <author>Sapna Rameshwarsingh, Jessica Jutras, Jessie Wang, Mehvish Masood, Jaime Johnson, Rokya Harun, Ishpreet Chana, Jonathan Wiebe, Ivy Quan, Ivan Quan</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773697123.mp3" length="1544418" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773697123.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What in the World is Canine &amp;amp; Feline Psychology?
Series: #22 of What in the World?
Author: Sapna Rameshwarsingh, Jessica Jutras, Jessie Wang, Mehvish Masood, Jaime Johnson, Rokya Harun, Ishpreet Chana, Jonathan Wiebe, Ivy Quan, Ivan Quan
Narrator: Catlin Kuzyk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There is a purpose for you to take this book into your hands and start reading. Either you are doing some psychology research or are interested in the relationship humans have with dogs and cats.  However, this may also mean that you have (or are thinking of getting) a pet - cat, dog, or both. Then, you are on the right track! What are the origins of feline and canine psychology, and what are the main critical elements? What are the most significant changes that have occurred since the domestication of these animals, and why have environmental changes affected our worldview on pet training? Why are we viewing cats and dogs in the way we do?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581279</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What in the World is Canine &amp;amp; Feline Psychology?
Series: #22 of What in the World?
Author: Sapna Rameshwarsingh, Jessica Jutras, Jessie Wang, Mehvish Masood, Jaime Johnson, Rokya Harun, Ishpreet Chana, Jonathan Wiebe, Ivy Quan, Ivan Quan
Narrator: Catlin Kuzyk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There is a purpose for you to take this book into your hands and start reading. Either you are doing some psychology research or are interested in the relationship humans have with dogs and cats.  However, this may also mean that you have (or are thinking of getting) a pet - cat, dog, or both. Then, you are on the right track! What are the origins of feline and canine psychology, and what are the main critical elements? What are the most significant changes that have occurred since the domestication of these animals, and why have environmental changes affected our worldview on pet training? Why are we viewing cats and dogs in the way we do?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Fährtenarbeit mit Hund - für Anfänger: Wie Sie mit spielerischem Hundetraining Nasenarbeit und Spurensuche in 10 Schritten effektiv lehren und optimieren - inkl. Wettkampfvorbereitung by Maria Lehmhuis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Fährtenarbeit mit Hund - für Anfänger: Wie Sie mit spielerischem Hundetraining Nasenarbeit und Spurensuche in 10 Schritten effektiv lehren und optimieren - inkl. Wettkampfvorbereitung
Author: Maria Lehmhuis
Narrator: Peter Hohmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 41 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ist Ihr Hund unausgelastet und wirkt gelangweilt? Möchten Sie sich mit Ihrem Hund mehr beschäftigen, als nur mit ihm spazieren zu gehen und Bälle zu werfen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie und Ihren Vierbeiner. Sie lernen zunächst in der Theorie, was genau die Fährtensuche ist und warum sie sich perfekt als gemeinsame Freizeitaktivität eignet. Danach finden Sie eine Anleitung für das praktische Training mit Ihrem Hund, die Sie von den ersten kleinen Trainingsschritten bis hin zur fortgeschrittenen Suche begleitet. Sie brauchen dafür keine Hundeschule und nur wenig Equipment, Sie können also bereits beim nächsten Spaziergang mit den Übungen anfangen. Mit etwas gutem Training werden Sie bald einen ruhigen und ausgeglichenen Vierbeiner erleben.</description>
      <author>Maria Lehmhuis</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969305614.mp3" length="847686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969305614.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Fährtenarbeit mit Hund - für Anfänger: Wie Sie mit spielerischem Hundetraining Nasenarbeit und Spurensuche in 10 Schritten effektiv lehren und optimieren - inkl. Wettkampfvorbereitung
Author: Maria Lehmhuis
Narrator: Peter Hohmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 41 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ist Ihr Hund unausgelastet und wirkt gelangweilt? Möchten Sie sich mit Ihrem Hund mehr beschäftigen, als nur mit ihm spazieren zu gehen und Bälle zu werfen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie und Ihren Vierbeiner. Sie lernen zunächst in der Theorie, was genau die Fährtensuche ist und warum sie sich perfekt als gemeinsame Freizeitaktivität eignet. Danach finden Sie eine Anleitung für das praktische Training mit Ihrem Hund, die Sie von den ersten kleinen Trainingsschritten bis hin zur fortgeschrittenen Suche begleitet. Sie brauchen dafür keine Hundeschule und nur wenig Equipment, Sie können also bereits beim nächsten Spaziergang mit den Übungen anfangen. Mit etwas gutem Training werden Sie bald einen ruhigen und ausgeglichenen Vierbeiner erleben.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/581186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Fährtenarbeit mit Hund - für Anfänger: Wie Sie mit spielerischem Hundetraining Nasenarbeit und Spurensuche in 10 Schritten effektiv lehren und optimieren - inkl. Wettkampfvorbereitung
Author: Maria Lehmhuis
Narrator: Peter Hohmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 41 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ist Ihr Hund unausgelastet und wirkt gelangweilt? Möchten Sie sich mit Ihrem Hund mehr beschäftigen, als nur mit ihm spazieren zu gehen und Bälle zu werfen? Dann ist dieses Buch genau das Richtige für Sie und Ihren Vierbeiner. Sie lernen zunächst in der Theorie, was genau die Fährtensuche ist und warum sie sich perfekt als gemeinsame Freizeitaktivität eignet. Danach finden Sie eine Anleitung für das praktische Training mit Ihrem Hund, die Sie von den ersten kleinen Trainingsschritten bis hin zur fortgeschrittenen Suche begleitet. Sie brauchen dafür keine Hundeschule und nur wenig Equipment, Sie können also bereits beim nächsten Spaziergang mit den Übungen anfangen. Mit etwas gutem Training werden Sie bald einen ruhigen und ausgeglichenen Vierbeiner erleben.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Stickler&amp;#039;s Guide to Science in the Age of Misinformation: The Real Science Behind Hacky Headlines, Crappy Clickbait, and Suspect Sources by R. Philip Bouchard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stickler&amp;#039;s Guide to Science in the Age of Misinformation: The Real Science Behind Hacky Headlines, Crappy Clickbait, and Suspect Sources
Author: R. Philip Bouchard
Narrator: Joe Ochman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The perfect remedy for our culture of fake news, bad science, and propaganda.  We have more scientific information at our fingertips today than ever before. And more disinformation too. Online, on television, and in print, science is often communicated through shorthand analogies and phrases that obscure or omit important facts. “Superfoods,” “right- and left-brained” people, and “global warming” may be snappy and ear-catching but are they backed by scientific facts? Lifelong educator R. Philip Bouchard is a stickler for this kind of thing, and he is well-prepared to set the record straight.    The Stickler’s Guide to Science in the Age of Misinformation unpacks the many misuses of terms we see used every day, revealing how these popular “scientific” concepts fall short of real science. Find out why trees do not “store” carbon dioxide; a day is not actually 24 hours; DNA cannot provide a “blueprint” for a human being; and an absence of gravity is not the reason that astronauts float in space.</description>
      <author>R. Philip Bouchard</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Nov 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649041128.mp3" length="837226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649041128.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stickler&amp;#039;s Guide to Science in the Age of Misinformation: The Real Science Behind Hacky Headlines, Crappy Clickbait, and Suspect Sources
Author: R. Philip Bouchard
Narrator: Joe Ochman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The perfect remedy for our culture of fake news, bad science, and propaganda.  We have more scientific information at our fingertips today than ever before. And more disinformation too. Online, on television, and in print, science is often communicated through shorthand analogies and phrases that obscure or omit important facts. “Superfoods,” “right- and left-brained” people, and “global warming” may be snappy and ear-catching but are they backed by scientific facts? Lifelong educator R. Philip Bouchard is a stickler for this kind of thing, and he is well-prepared to set the record straight.    The Stickler’s Guide to Science in the Age of Misinformation unpacks the many misuses of terms we see used every day, revealing how these popular “scientific” concepts fall short of real science. Find out why trees do not “store” carbon dioxide; a day is not actually 24 hours; DNA cannot provide a “blueprint” for a human being; and an absence of gravity is not the reason that astronauts float in space.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stickler&amp;#039;s Guide to Science in the Age of Misinformation: The Real Science Behind Hacky Headlines, Crappy Clickbait, and Suspect Sources
Author: R. Philip Bouchard
Narrator: Joe Ochman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The perfect remedy for our culture of fake news, bad science, and propaganda.  We have more scientific information at our fingertips today than ever before. And more disinformation too. Online, on television, and in print, science is often communicated through shorthand analogies and phrases that obscure or omit important facts. “Superfoods,” “right- and left-brained” people, and “global warming” may be snappy and ear-catching but are they backed by scientific facts? Lifelong educator R. Philip Bouchard is a stickler for this kind of thing, and he is well-prepared to set the record straight.    The Stickler’s Guide to Science in the Age of Misinformation unpacks the many misuses of terms we see used every day, revealing how these popular “scientific” concepts fall short of real science. Find out why trees do not “store” carbon dioxide; a day is not actually 24 hours; DNA cannot provide a “blueprint” for a human being; and an absence of gravity is not the reason that astronauts float in space.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La complejidad del Barça by Simon Kuper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La complejidad del Barça
Author: Simon Kuper
Narrator: Miguel Coll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
El Barça no es solo el club deportivo más popular del mundo, es simplemente una de las organizaciones más influyentes del planeta. Con casi 250 millones de seguidores en las redes sociales y 4 millones de visitantes en su estadio cada año, no es de extrañar que su lema sea &amp;#039;Más que un club&amp;#039;. Pero no siempre fue así. En las últimas tres décadas, el Barcelona pasó de un equipo regional a una potencia mundial, convirtiéndose en un modelo de excelencia deportiva y un constante ganador de títulos nacionales e internacionales. Simon Kuper desentraña exactamente cómo se produjeron estas transformaciones. Describe la estructura organizativa detrás de las decisiones comerciales del club y detalla el trabajo de sus entrenadores, médicos, analistas de datos y nutricionistas que han revolucionado el mundo del deporte. Y, por supuesto, estudia la imponente influencia de las dos grandes leyendas de la historia del club: Johan Cruyff y Lionel Messi. Al igual que muchas empresas líderes a nivel mundial, el F.C. Barcelona guarda de cerca sus secretos, permitiendo que pocos sean los elegidos que puedan mirar entre bastidores. Pero, después de décadas de escribir sobre el club, Kuper recibió un acceso sin precedentes al santuario interior y a las personas que se esfuerzan a diario por mantener al Barcelona en la cima. Erudito, personal y plasmando los últimos éxitos y convulsiones, su retrato de esta increíble institución va más allá del fútbol para entender al Barça como un fenómeno social, cultural y político único. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Simon Kuper es un periodista que escribe para el Financial Times y publica en periódicos y revistas de todo el mundo. Es uno de los escritores de fútbol más importantes del mundo. Su libro Fútbol contra el enemigo ganó el premio William Hill Sports Book of the Year. Sus obras también se leen ampliamente traducidas. Nacido en Uganda, Kuper pasó la mayor parte de su infancia en los Países Bajos y ahora vive en París.</description>
      <author>Simon Kuper</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728318867.mp3" length="1496213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728318867.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La complejidad del Barça
Author: Simon Kuper
Narrator: Miguel Coll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
El Barça no es solo el club deportivo más popular del mundo, es simplemente una de las organizaciones más influyentes del planeta. Con casi 250 millones de seguidores en las redes sociales y 4 millones de visitantes en su estadio cada año, no es de extrañar que su lema sea &amp;#039;Más que un club&amp;#039;. Pero no siempre fue así. En las últimas tres décadas, el Barcelona pasó de un equipo regional a una potencia mundial, convirtiéndose en un modelo de excelencia deportiva y un constante ganador de títulos nacionales e internacionales. Simon Kuper desentraña exactamente cómo se produjeron estas transformaciones. Describe la estructura organizativa detrás de las decisiones comerciales del club y detalla el trabajo de sus entrenadores, médicos, analistas de datos y nutricionistas que han revolucionado el mundo del deporte. Y, por supuesto, estudia la imponente influencia de las dos grandes leyendas de la historia del club: Johan Cruyff y Lionel Messi. Al igual que muchas empresas líderes a nivel mundial, el F.C. Barcelona guarda de cerca sus secretos, permitiendo que pocos sean los elegidos que puedan mirar entre bastidores. Pero, después de décadas de escribir sobre el club, Kuper recibió un acceso sin precedentes al santuario interior y a las personas que se esfuerzan a diario por mantener al Barcelona en la cima. Erudito, personal y plasmando los últimos éxitos y convulsiones, su retrato de esta increíble institución va más allá del fútbol para entender al Barça como un fenómeno social, cultural y político único. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Simon Kuper es un periodista que escribe para el Financial Times y publica en periódicos y revistas de todo el mundo. Es uno de los escritores de fútbol más importantes del mundo. Su libro Fútbol contra el enemigo ganó el premio William Hill Sports Book of the Year. Sus obras también se leen ampliamente traducidas. Nacido en Uganda, Kuper pasó la mayor parte de su infancia en los Países Bajos y ahora vive en París.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La complejidad del Barça
Author: Simon Kuper
Narrator: Miguel Coll
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
El Barça no es solo el club deportivo más popular del mundo, es simplemente una de las organizaciones más influyentes del planeta. Con casi 250 millones de seguidores en las redes sociales y 4 millones de visitantes en su estadio cada año, no es de extrañar que su lema sea &amp;#039;Más que un club&amp;#039;. Pero no siempre fue así. En las últimas tres décadas, el Barcelona pasó de un equipo regional a una potencia mundial, convirtiéndose en un modelo de excelencia deportiva y un constante ganador de títulos nacionales e internacionales. Simon Kuper desentraña exactamente cómo se produjeron estas transformaciones. Describe la estructura organizativa detrás de las decisiones comerciales del club y detalla el trabajo de sus entrenadores, médicos, analistas de datos y nutricionistas que han revolucionado el mundo del deporte. Y, por supuesto, estudia la imponente influencia de las dos grandes leyendas de la historia del club: Johan Cruyff y Lionel Messi. Al igual que muchas empresas líderes a nivel mundial, el F.C. Barcelona guarda de cerca sus secretos, permitiendo que pocos sean los elegidos que puedan mirar entre bastidores. Pero, después de décadas de escribir sobre el club, Kuper recibió un acceso sin precedentes al santuario interior y a las personas que se esfuerzan a diario por mantener al Barcelona en la cima. Erudito, personal y plasmando los últimos éxitos y convulsiones, su retrato de esta increíble institución va más allá del fútbol para entender al Barça como un fenómeno social, cultural y político único. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Simon Kuper es un periodista que escribe para el Financial Times y publica en periódicos y revistas de todo el mundo. Es uno de los escritores de fútbol más importantes del mundo. Su libro Fútbol contra el enemigo ganó el premio William Hill Sports Book of the Year. Sus obras también se leen ampliamente traducidas. Nacido en Uganda, Kuper pasó la mayor parte de su infancia en los Países Bajos y ahora vive en París.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat by Ruth Tenhouse</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat
Author: Ruth Tenhouse
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat People have different reasons for getting a cat for a pet. Some people want a cat they can cuddle and play with while some get an independent cat they don&amp;#039;t have to fuzz with. But no matter the reason, when you get a cat, I&amp;#039;m sure you consider it a part of your family. And even if there is a saying that cats have nine lives, the only way your cat will have a long and a happy life is if you know how to take care of it properly.  This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know for the proper care of your car. You will also discover how to deal with the not so nice aspect of having a cat for a pet like the numerous hairs all over your furniture and that smell that may be unpleasant sometimes. You will also discover how to potty train your cat. In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: -Cats Are Very Loveable Creatures -Cat Health and Cat Care -Cat and Pills -Cat Toilet Training -Cat Beds -Cat Fights There&amp;#039;s a reason why watching cat videos in the internet is such a popular pastime for most people. Cats can bring us enormous comfort and joy because of their love and loyalty and also just by looking at them. If you are considering getting a cat for you or your family and want to have a guide to learn everything about cats, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Ruth Tenhouse</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667952239.mp3" length="1348629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667952239.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat
Author: Ruth Tenhouse
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat People have different reasons for getting a cat for a pet. Some people want a cat they can cuddle and play with while some get an independent cat they don&amp;#039;t have to fuzz with. But no matter the reason, when you get a cat, I&amp;#039;m sure you consider it a part of your family. And even if there is a saying that cats have nine lives, the only way your cat will have a long and a happy life is if you know how to take care of it properly.  This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know for the proper care of your car. You will also discover how to deal with the not so nice aspect of having a cat for a pet like the numerous hairs all over your furniture and that smell that may be unpleasant sometimes. You will also discover how to potty train your cat. In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: -Cats Are Very Loveable Creatures -Cat Health and Cat Care -Cat and Pills -Cat Toilet Training -Cat Beds -Cat Fights There&amp;#039;s a reason why watching cat videos in the internet is such a popular pastime for most people. Cats can bring us enormous comfort and joy because of their love and loyalty and also just by looking at them. If you are considering getting a cat for you or your family and want to have a guide to learn everything about cats, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat
Author: Ruth Tenhouse
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat People have different reasons for getting a cat for a pet. Some people want a cat they can cuddle and play with while some get an independent cat they don&amp;#039;t have to fuzz with. But no matter the reason, when you get a cat, I&amp;#039;m sure you consider it a part of your family. And even if there is a saying that cats have nine lives, the only way your cat will have a long and a happy life is if you know how to take care of it properly.  This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know for the proper care of your car. You will also discover how to deal with the not so nice aspect of having a cat for a pet like the numerous hairs all over your furniture and that smell that may be unpleasant sometimes. You will also discover how to potty train your cat. In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: -Cats Are Very Loveable Creatures -Cat Health and Cat Care -Cat and Pills -Cat Toilet Training -Cat Beds -Cat Fights There&amp;#039;s a reason why watching cat videos in the internet is such a popular pastime for most people. Cats can bring us enormous comfort and joy because of their love and loyalty and also just by looking at them. If you are considering getting a cat for you or your family and want to have a guide to learn everything about cats, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Complete Kitten Care Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Catification and Cat Tale by Ruth Tenhouse, Marianna Andrei</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Complete Kitten Care Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Catification and Cat Tale
Author: Ruth Tenhouse, Marianna Andrei
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Complete Kitten Care Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Catification and Cat Tale People have different reasons for getting a cat for a pet. Some people want a cat they can cuddle and play with while some get an independent cat they don&amp;#039;t have to fuzz with. But no matter the reason, when you get a cat, I&amp;#039;m sure you consider it a part of your family. And even if there is a saying that cats have nine lives, the only way your cat will have a long and a happy life is if you know how to take care of it properly.  This bundle will teach everything you need to know about having a cat. You will get advice on how to choose the breed of cat that will be best suited for you. You will also learn how to properly care for your cat and how to train it. This 2 in 1 Bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat 2. Cat Tale: The Comprehensive Guide on How to Take Care of Cats. Learn Essential Tips from Buying to Owning Your Feline Friend If you want to learn more, download your copy of Complete Kitten Care 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Ruth Tenhouse, Marianna Andrei</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667952635.mp3" length="1350257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667952635.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Complete Kitten Care Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Catification and Cat Tale
Author: Ruth Tenhouse, Marianna Andrei
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Complete Kitten Care Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Catification and Cat Tale People have different reasons for getting a cat for a pet. Some people want a cat they can cuddle and play with while some get an independent cat they don&amp;#039;t have to fuzz with. But no matter the reason, when you get a cat, I&amp;#039;m sure you consider it a part of your family. And even if there is a saying that cats have nine lives, the only way your cat will have a long and a happy life is if you know how to take care of it properly.  This bundle will teach everything you need to know about having a cat. You will get advice on how to choose the breed of cat that will be best suited for you. You will also learn how to properly care for your cat and how to train it. This 2 in 1 Bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat 2. Cat Tale: The Comprehensive Guide on How to Take Care of Cats. Learn Essential Tips from Buying to Owning Your Feline Friend If you want to learn more, download your copy of Complete Kitten Care 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Complete Kitten Care Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Catification and Cat Tale
Author: Ruth Tenhouse, Marianna Andrei
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Complete Kitten Care Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Catification and Cat Tale People have different reasons for getting a cat for a pet. Some people want a cat they can cuddle and play with while some get an independent cat they don&amp;#039;t have to fuzz with. But no matter the reason, when you get a cat, I&amp;#039;m sure you consider it a part of your family. And even if there is a saying that cats have nine lives, the only way your cat will have a long and a happy life is if you know how to take care of it properly.  This bundle will teach everything you need to know about having a cat. You will get advice on how to choose the breed of cat that will be best suited for you. You will also learn how to properly care for your cat and how to train it. This 2 in 1 Bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Catification: The Comprehensive Guide to Everything About Cats, Learn All the Valuable Information About Understanding and Taking Care of Your Cat 2. Cat Tale: The Comprehensive Guide on How to Take Care of Cats. Learn Essential Tips from Buying to Owning Your Feline Friend If you want to learn more, download your copy of Complete Kitten Care 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Truth About Global Warming: What Science and the Bible Say about Climate Change by James Taiwo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth About Global Warming: What Science and the Bible Say about Climate Change
Author: James Taiwo
Narrator: Million Quinteros
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Is global warming really happening? Is such a thing even possible? What does science say – and what about the Bible? And if it is happening, what should we do about it? In this thoughtful analysis, we take a look at the evidence presented by scientists and the scriptures, from the chemistry behind greenhouse gases to the Biblical account of the creation of the Earth, to help readers understand the differences between the two narratives and learn what the Bible really says about mankind’s responsibility to the Earth. It’s a must-read for anyone who’s affected by possible climate change and the responsibilities set upon mankind by God – which is to say, all of us.</description>
      <author>James Taiwo</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667952123.mp3" length="1381532" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667952123.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth About Global Warming: What Science and the Bible Say about Climate Change
Author: James Taiwo
Narrator: Million Quinteros
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Is global warming really happening? Is such a thing even possible? What does science say – and what about the Bible? And if it is happening, what should we do about it? In this thoughtful analysis, we take a look at the evidence presented by scientists and the scriptures, from the chemistry behind greenhouse gases to the Biblical account of the creation of the Earth, to help readers understand the differences between the two narratives and learn what the Bible really says about mankind’s responsibility to the Earth. It’s a must-read for anyone who’s affected by possible climate change and the responsibilities set upon mankind by God – which is to say, all of us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth About Global Warming: What Science and the Bible Say about Climate Change
Author: James Taiwo
Narrator: Million Quinteros
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Is global warming really happening? Is such a thing even possible? What does science say – and what about the Bible? And if it is happening, what should we do about it? In this thoughtful analysis, we take a look at the evidence presented by scientists and the scriptures, from the chemistry behind greenhouse gases to the Biblical account of the creation of the Earth, to help readers understand the differences between the two narratives and learn what the Bible really says about mankind’s responsibility to the Earth. It’s a must-read for anyone who’s affected by possible climate change and the responsibilities set upon mankind by God – which is to say, all of us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Made For A Purpose: Lessons From My Sheepdogs by Debbie L. Cole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Made For A Purpose: Lessons From My Sheepdogs
Author: Debbie L. Cole
Narrator: Debbie L. Cole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
It’s widely known that dogs are man’s best friend. But did you know that they can be one of man’s greatest teachers? There are many lessons about life we can learn from dogs, and in this inspiring book, author Debbie L. Cole presents some of them to you. Made For A Purpose Lessons: From My Sheepdogs by Debbie L. Cole shares the author’s experience of raising sheepdogs and discusses how the relationship between a sheepdog and its master relates well to people’s relationship with God, the Master. Told from the master’s perspective in working with sheepdogs, it explains the tasks and skills required to herd sheep and bring them to the shepherd and uses Scripture passages to draw parallels between dogs made for the purpose of herding sheep and Christians made for the purpose of bringing lost sheep to the Master and Good Shepherd. As Debbie discusses several experiences with her three sheepdogs, she shows how the lessons she learned from them taught her more of how to live life as a follower of Christ. Each of her dogs had the skills and talents to be successful at herding sheep and serving their master, but each approached the work differently. Tux decided to be disobedient and ignore the master; Junebug chose to be as obedient as possible, always willing to serve and looking for opportunities to do so; and Rascal didn’t want to work but would rather play. Including questions at the end of chapters to encourage introspection and thought, readers will be able to learn from each dog’s responses and realize that in many ways, when it comes to our walk with God, we’ve done the same.</description>
      <author>Debbie L. Cole</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667952147.mp3" length="1349045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667952147.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Made For A Purpose: Lessons From My Sheepdogs
Author: Debbie L. Cole
Narrator: Debbie L. Cole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
It’s widely known that dogs are man’s best friend. But did you know that they can be one of man’s greatest teachers? There are many lessons about life we can learn from dogs, and in this inspiring book, author Debbie L. Cole presents some of them to you. Made For A Purpose Lessons: From My Sheepdogs by Debbie L. Cole shares the author’s experience of raising sheepdogs and discusses how the relationship between a sheepdog and its master relates well to people’s relationship with God, the Master. Told from the master’s perspective in working with sheepdogs, it explains the tasks and skills required to herd sheep and bring them to the shepherd and uses Scripture passages to draw parallels between dogs made for the purpose of herding sheep and Christians made for the purpose of bringing lost sheep to the Master and Good Shepherd. As Debbie discusses several experiences with her three sheepdogs, she shows how the lessons she learned from them taught her more of how to live life as a follower of Christ. Each of her dogs had the skills and talents to be successful at herding sheep and serving their master, but each approached the work differently. Tux decided to be disobedient and ignore the master; Junebug chose to be as obedient as possible, always willing to serve and looking for opportunities to do so; and Rascal didn’t want to work but would rather play. Including questions at the end of chapters to encourage introspection and thought, readers will be able to learn from each dog’s responses and realize that in many ways, when it comes to our walk with God, we’ve done the same.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Made For A Purpose: Lessons From My Sheepdogs
Author: Debbie L. Cole
Narrator: Debbie L. Cole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
It’s widely known that dogs are man’s best friend. But did you know that they can be one of man’s greatest teachers? There are many lessons about life we can learn from dogs, and in this inspiring book, author Debbie L. Cole presents some of them to you. Made For A Purpose Lessons: From My Sheepdogs by Debbie L. Cole shares the author’s experience of raising sheepdogs and discusses how the relationship between a sheepdog and its master relates well to people’s relationship with God, the Master. Told from the master’s perspective in working with sheepdogs, it explains the tasks and skills required to herd sheep and bring them to the shepherd and uses Scripture passages to draw parallels between dogs made for the purpose of herding sheep and Christians made for the purpose of bringing lost sheep to the Master and Good Shepherd. As Debbie discusses several experiences with her three sheepdogs, she shows how the lessons she learned from them taught her more of how to live life as a follower of Christ. Each of her dogs had the skills and talents to be successful at herding sheep and serving their master, but each approached the work differently. Tux decided to be disobedient and ignore the master; Junebug chose to be as obedient as possible, always willing to serve and looking for opportunities to do so; and Rascal didn’t want to work but would rather play. Including questions at the end of chapters to encourage introspection and thought, readers will be able to learn from each dog’s responses and realize that in many ways, when it comes to our walk with God, we’ve done the same.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Climate Change For Dummies by John Kidder, Elizabeth May</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climate Change For Dummies
Author: John Kidder, Elizabeth May
Narrator: Erin Deward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
More and more frequent extreme weather events occur each year, and wildlife everywhere is increasingly endangered. Science fiction or science fact, most climate experts see this as our world on climate change—and, according to polls, a majority of people around the globe agree. Climate Change For Dummies allows you to investigate this hottest of hotly debated issues for yourself—examining its causes, the way it affects our lives, and what we can all do to make a difference. This straightforward guide—cowritten by the former leader of Canada&amp;#039;s Green Party and the Canadian Chief of Staff to the Minister of Natural Resources—sifts the fact from the fiction: ● What are the likely long- and short-term effects? ● How can human activity can impact the environment? ● Can individuals and governments help reverse the possible effects? ● Which are the best sources of cleaner energy? With the IPCC predicting a 2.5–10°F warming over the next century, this complex subject will be making temperatures soar for years to come. Climate Change For Dummies is the ideal tool to navigate these increasingly choppy waters—and to make an informed difference where you can.</description>
      <author>John Kidder, Elizabeth May</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765023587.mp3" length="7924745" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765023587.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climate Change For Dummies
Author: John Kidder, Elizabeth May
Narrator: Erin Deward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
More and more frequent extreme weather events occur each year, and wildlife everywhere is increasingly endangered. Science fiction or science fact, most climate experts see this as our world on climate change—and, according to polls, a majority of people around the globe agree. Climate Change For Dummies allows you to investigate this hottest of hotly debated issues for yourself—examining its causes, the way it affects our lives, and what we can all do to make a difference. This straightforward guide—cowritten by the former leader of Canada&amp;#039;s Green Party and the Canadian Chief of Staff to the Minister of Natural Resources—sifts the fact from the fiction: ● What are the likely long- and short-term effects? ● How can human activity can impact the environment? ● Can individuals and governments help reverse the possible effects? ● Which are the best sources of cleaner energy? With the IPCC predicting a 2.5–10°F warming over the next century, this complex subject will be making temperatures soar for years to come. Climate Change For Dummies is the ideal tool to navigate these increasingly choppy waters—and to make an informed difference where you can.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Climate Change For Dummies
Author: John Kidder, Elizabeth May
Narrator: Erin Deward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
More and more frequent extreme weather events occur each year, and wildlife everywhere is increasingly endangered. Science fiction or science fact, most climate experts see this as our world on climate change—and, according to polls, a majority of people around the globe agree. Climate Change For Dummies allows you to investigate this hottest of hotly debated issues for yourself—examining its causes, the way it affects our lives, and what we can all do to make a difference. This straightforward guide—cowritten by the former leader of Canada&amp;#039;s Green Party and the Canadian Chief of Staff to the Minister of Natural Resources—sifts the fact from the fiction: ● What are the likely long- and short-term effects? ● How can human activity can impact the environment? ● Can individuals and governments help reverse the possible effects? ● Which are the best sources of cleaner energy? With the IPCC predicting a 2.5–10°F warming over the next century, this complex subject will be making temperatures soar for years to come. Climate Change For Dummies is the ideal tool to navigate these increasingly choppy waters—and to make an informed difference where you can.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Deep Waters: Spiritual Care for Young People in a Climate Crisis by Talitha Amadea Aho</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Deep Waters: Spiritual Care for Young People in a Climate Crisis
Author: Talitha Amadea Aho
Narrator: Emily Ellet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The starting point for In Deep Water: Spiritual Care for Young People in a Climate Crisis is not news: the world as we know it is shifting. Several millennia of climate stability have come to an abrupt end. But, observes Talitha Amadea Aho, the young people of today do not remember stability. They see the world through crisis-colored glasses. Climate change is creating a spiritual emergency that is hitting their generation harder than any other. Today&amp;#039;s climate crisis calls people of faith to a communal spiritual practice of care, especially for those who are more vulnerable because of their youth—the children, youth, and young adults of Generation Z. We must learn how to offer spiritual care that is informed by the spiritual-ecological crisis of their generation. This book will help you keep young people at the center of your community and listen to the troubles they have to share. Whether you are a Gen Z peer or a caring adult of any other generation, In Deep Water will show you how to offer ecologically informed spiritual care. We all need to do it today; we cannot wait until one of today&amp;#039;s youngest generations grows up.</description>
      <author>Talitha Amadea Aho</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765017982.mp3" length="7999531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765017982.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Deep Waters: Spiritual Care for Young People in a Climate Crisis
Author: Talitha Amadea Aho
Narrator: Emily Ellet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The starting point for In Deep Water: Spiritual Care for Young People in a Climate Crisis is not news: the world as we know it is shifting. Several millennia of climate stability have come to an abrupt end. But, observes Talitha Amadea Aho, the young people of today do not remember stability. They see the world through crisis-colored glasses. Climate change is creating a spiritual emergency that is hitting their generation harder than any other. Today&amp;#039;s climate crisis calls people of faith to a communal spiritual practice of care, especially for those who are more vulnerable because of their youth—the children, youth, and young adults of Generation Z. We must learn how to offer spiritual care that is informed by the spiritual-ecological crisis of their generation. This book will help you keep young people at the center of your community and listen to the troubles they have to share. Whether you are a Gen Z peer or a caring adult of any other generation, In Deep Water will show you how to offer ecologically informed spiritual care. We all need to do it today; we cannot wait until one of today&amp;#039;s youngest generations grows up.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580242</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Deep Waters: Spiritual Care for Young People in a Climate Crisis
Author: Talitha Amadea Aho
Narrator: Emily Ellet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The starting point for In Deep Water: Spiritual Care for Young People in a Climate Crisis is not news: the world as we know it is shifting. Several millennia of climate stability have come to an abrupt end. But, observes Talitha Amadea Aho, the young people of today do not remember stability. They see the world through crisis-colored glasses. Climate change is creating a spiritual emergency that is hitting their generation harder than any other. Today&amp;#039;s climate crisis calls people of faith to a communal spiritual practice of care, especially for those who are more vulnerable because of their youth—the children, youth, and young adults of Generation Z. We must learn how to offer spiritual care that is informed by the spiritual-ecological crisis of their generation. This book will help you keep young people at the center of your community and listen to the troubles they have to share. Whether you are a Gen Z peer or a caring adult of any other generation, In Deep Water will show you how to offer ecologically informed spiritual care. We all need to do it today; we cannot wait until one of today&amp;#039;s youngest generations grows up.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Chestnut: An Environmental History by Donald Edward Davis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Chestnut: An Environmental History
Author: Donald Edward Davis
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Before 1910 the American chestnut was one of the most common trees in the eastern United States. An important natural resource, chestnut wood was preferred for woodworking, fencing, and building construction, as it was rot resistant and straight grained. The hearty and delicious nuts also fed wildlife, people, and livestock. Ironically, the tree that most piqued the emotions of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Americans has virtually disappeared from the eastern United States. After a blight fungus was introduced into the United States during the late nineteenth century, the American chestnut became functionally extinct. Although the virtual eradication of the species caused one of the greatest ecological catastrophes since the last ice age, considerable folklore about the American chestnut remains. The American Chestnut tells the story of the American chestnut from Native American prehistory through the Civil War and the Great Depression. Davis documents the tree&amp;#039;s impact on nineteenth-and early twentieth-century American life, including the decorative and culinary arts. The author also evaluates efforts to restore the American chestnut to its former place in the eastern deciduous forest, including modern attempts to genetically modify the species.</description>
      <author>Donald Edward Davis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765030103.mp3" length="8271341" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765030103.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Chestnut: An Environmental History
Author: Donald Edward Davis
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Before 1910 the American chestnut was one of the most common trees in the eastern United States. An important natural resource, chestnut wood was preferred for woodworking, fencing, and building construction, as it was rot resistant and straight grained. The hearty and delicious nuts also fed wildlife, people, and livestock. Ironically, the tree that most piqued the emotions of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Americans has virtually disappeared from the eastern United States. After a blight fungus was introduced into the United States during the late nineteenth century, the American chestnut became functionally extinct. Although the virtual eradication of the species caused one of the greatest ecological catastrophes since the last ice age, considerable folklore about the American chestnut remains. The American Chestnut tells the story of the American chestnut from Native American prehistory through the Civil War and the Great Depression. Davis documents the tree&amp;#039;s impact on nineteenth-and early twentieth-century American life, including the decorative and culinary arts. The author also evaluates efforts to restore the American chestnut to its former place in the eastern deciduous forest, including modern attempts to genetically modify the species.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Chestnut: An Environmental History
Author: Donald Edward Davis
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Before 1910 the American chestnut was one of the most common trees in the eastern United States. An important natural resource, chestnut wood was preferred for woodworking, fencing, and building construction, as it was rot resistant and straight grained. The hearty and delicious nuts also fed wildlife, people, and livestock. Ironically, the tree that most piqued the emotions of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Americans has virtually disappeared from the eastern United States. After a blight fungus was introduced into the United States during the late nineteenth century, the American chestnut became functionally extinct. Although the virtual eradication of the species caused one of the greatest ecological catastrophes since the last ice age, considerable folklore about the American chestnut remains. The American Chestnut tells the story of the American chestnut from Native American prehistory through the Civil War and the Great Depression. Davis documents the tree&amp;#039;s impact on nineteenth-and early twentieth-century American life, including the decorative and culinary arts. The author also evaluates efforts to restore the American chestnut to its former place in the eastern deciduous forest, including modern attempts to genetically modify the species.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pollution is Colonialism by Max Liboiron</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pollution is Colonialism
Author: Max Liboiron
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Pollution Is Colonialism Max Liboiron presents a framework for understanding scientific research methods as practices that can align with or against colonialism. They point out that even when researchers are working toward benevolent goals, environmental science and activism are often premised on a colonial worldview and access to land. Focusing on plastic pollution, the book models an anticolonial scientific practice aligned with Indigenous, particularly Métis, concepts of land, ethics, and relations. Liboiron draws on their work in the Civic Laboratory for Environmental Action Research (CLEAR)—an anticolonial science laboratory in Newfoundland, Canada—to illuminate how pollution is not a symptom of capitalism but a violent enactment of colonial land relations that claim access to Indigenous land. Liboiron&amp;#039;s creative, lively, and passionate text refuses theories of pollution that make Indigenous land available for settler and colonial goals. In this way, their methodology demonstrates that anticolonial science is not only possible but is currently being practiced in ways that enact more ethical modes of being in the world.</description>
      <author>Max Liboiron</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765024300.mp3" length="8279691" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765024300.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pollution is Colonialism
Author: Max Liboiron
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Pollution Is Colonialism Max Liboiron presents a framework for understanding scientific research methods as practices that can align with or against colonialism. They point out that even when researchers are working toward benevolent goals, environmental science and activism are often premised on a colonial worldview and access to land. Focusing on plastic pollution, the book models an anticolonial scientific practice aligned with Indigenous, particularly Métis, concepts of land, ethics, and relations. Liboiron draws on their work in the Civic Laboratory for Environmental Action Research (CLEAR)—an anticolonial science laboratory in Newfoundland, Canada—to illuminate how pollution is not a symptom of capitalism but a violent enactment of colonial land relations that claim access to Indigenous land. Liboiron&amp;#039;s creative, lively, and passionate text refuses theories of pollution that make Indigenous land available for settler and colonial goals. In this way, their methodology demonstrates that anticolonial science is not only possible but is currently being practiced in ways that enact more ethical modes of being in the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580155</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pollution is Colonialism
Author: Max Liboiron
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In Pollution Is Colonialism Max Liboiron presents a framework for understanding scientific research methods as practices that can align with or against colonialism. They point out that even when researchers are working toward benevolent goals, environmental science and activism are often premised on a colonial worldview and access to land. Focusing on plastic pollution, the book models an anticolonial scientific practice aligned with Indigenous, particularly Métis, concepts of land, ethics, and relations. Liboiron draws on their work in the Civic Laboratory for Environmental Action Research (CLEAR)—an anticolonial science laboratory in Newfoundland, Canada—to illuminate how pollution is not a symptom of capitalism but a violent enactment of colonial land relations that claim access to Indigenous land. Liboiron&amp;#039;s creative, lively, and passionate text refuses theories of pollution that make Indigenous land available for settler and colonial goals. In this way, their methodology demonstrates that anticolonial science is not only possible but is currently being practiced in ways that enact more ethical modes of being in the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easy Peasy French Bulldog: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy French Bulldog by Steve Mann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy French Bulldog: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy French Bulldog
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your French Bulldog to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your French Bulldog&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue French Bulldog of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your French Bulldog and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your French Bulldog... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your French Bulldog happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about French Bulldogs, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</description>
      <author>Steve Mann</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781788707381.mp3" length="1287618" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781788707381.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy French Bulldog: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy French Bulldog
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your French Bulldog to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your French Bulldog&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue French Bulldog of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your French Bulldog and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your French Bulldog... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your French Bulldog happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about French Bulldogs, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy French Bulldog: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy French Bulldog
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your French Bulldog to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your French Bulldog&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue French Bulldog of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your French Bulldog and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your French Bulldog... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your French Bulldog happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about French Bulldogs, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easy Peasy Labradoodle: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labradoodle by Steve Mann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Labradoodle: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labradoodle
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Labradoodle to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Labradoodle&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Labradoodle of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Labradoodle and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Labradoodle... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Labradoodle happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Labradoodles, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</description>
      <author>Steve Mann</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781788707350.mp3" length="1298857" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781788707350.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Labradoodle: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labradoodle
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Labradoodle to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Labradoodle&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Labradoodle of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Labradoodle and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Labradoodle... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Labradoodle happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Labradoodles, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580025</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Labradoodle: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labradoodle
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Labradoodle to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Labradoodle&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Labradoodle of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Labradoodle and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Labradoodle... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Labradoodle happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Labradoodles, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easy Peasy Cockapoo: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cockapoo by Steve Mann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Cockapoo: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cockapoo
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Cockapoo to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Cockapoo&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Cockapoo of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Cockapoo and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Cockapoo... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Cockapoo happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Cockapoos, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</description>
      <author>Steve Mann</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781788707367.mp3" length="1272988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781788707367.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Cockapoo: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cockapoo
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Cockapoo to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Cockapoo&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Cockapoo of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Cockapoo and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Cockapoo... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Cockapoo happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Cockapoos, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Cockapoo: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cockapoo
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Cockapoo to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Cockapoo&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Cockapoo of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Cockapoo and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Cockapoo... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Cockapoo happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Cockapoos, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easy Peasy Cocker Spaniel: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cocker Spaniel by Steve Mann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Cocker Spaniel: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cocker Spaniel
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Cocker Spaniel to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Cocker Spaniel&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Cocker Spaniel of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Cocker Spaniel and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Cocker Spaniel... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Cocker Spaniel happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Cocker Spaniels, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</description>
      <author>Steve Mann</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781788707374.mp3" length="1280583" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781788707374.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Cocker Spaniel: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cocker Spaniel
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Cocker Spaniel to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Cocker Spaniel&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Cocker Spaniel of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Cocker Spaniel and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Cocker Spaniel... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Cocker Spaniel happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Cocker Spaniels, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Cocker Spaniel: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Cocker Spaniel
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Cocker Spaniel to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Cocker Spaniel&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Cocker Spaniel of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Cocker Spaniel and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Cocker Spaniel... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Cocker Spaniel happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Cocker Spaniels, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Easy Peasy Labrador: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labrador by Steve Mann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Labrador: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labrador
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Labrador to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Labrador&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Labrador of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Labrador and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Labrador... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Labrador happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Labradors, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</description>
      <author>Steve Mann</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781788707343.mp3" length="1299989" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781788707343.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Labrador: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labrador
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Labrador to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Labrador&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Labrador of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Labrador and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Labrador... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Labrador happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Labradors, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/580022</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Easy Peasy Labrador: Your simple step-by-step guide to raising and training a happy Labrador
Author: Steve Mann
Narrator: Steve Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
My name is Steve Mann and I&amp;#039;m an expert dog trainer with over 30 years of experience. In this book, I will teach you how to raise your Labrador to be healthy and happy. All breeds are different, and it is vital that you grow to learn your Labrador&amp;#039;s specific needs and characteristics. Whether you are the proud owner of a brand-new puppy, a 10-year-old adult dog or a rescue Labrador of any age, my easy peasy principles will help you nurture your bond with your Labrador and teach them a range of activities in no time. You will learn about:  ·      Your breed history ·       The key principles of dog training: Recall, Loose Lead Walking, Sit ·       Why your Labrador... chases, digs, jumps up, chews ·       How to keep your Labrador happy home alone ·       Grooming: teeth, nails, bathing ·       Nutrition and so much more! Armed with this knowledge about Labradors, plus my simple and highly effective lessons and training techniques, you and your dog will have the most cheerful, exciting and fulfilling relationship. So, let&amp;#039;s get started!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Blaubeerduft auf dem kleinen Apfelhof by Sonja Flieder</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Blaubeerduft auf dem kleinen Apfelhof
Series: #3 of Fünf Alpakas für die Liebe
Author: Sonja Flieder
Narrator: Sabine Fischer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Geburt von Emmas Baby steht kurz bevor. Daher reist Lisa auf den Apfelhof, um ihre Freundin zu unterstützen. Diese Auszeit möchte Lisa gleichzeitig dazu nutzen, sich nach einigem Auf und Ab zu überlegen, was sie mit ihrem Leben in Zukunft anstellen will. Aber natürlich lassen ihr die tierischen Bewohner wenig Ruhe zum Nachdenken: Denn sofort entwischt ihr ein Alpaka und richtet ein heilloses Durcheinander im Blaubeerfeld des neuen Nachbarn Moritz an. Lisa würde am liebsten im Boden versinken und nimmt sich vor, Moritz ab jetzt aus dem Weg zu gehen. Leichter gesagt als getan, denn Moritz scheint immer genau da aufzutauchen, wo sie gerade ist. Und dann ist da ja auch noch Journalist Henning, der sich mehr und mehr in Lisas Leben schleicht. Wie soll man es denn da schaffen, in Ruhe über sein Leben nachzudenken? Aber der kleine Hof mit den quirligen Alpakas wäre nicht der, der er ist, wenn Lisa hier nicht ihr Glück finden und dabei ihr Herz verlieren würde.Das zauberhafte dritte Hörbuch der Apfelhof-Reihe von Sonja Flieder. Zwischen plüschigen Alpakas und liebenswürdigen Apfelhof-Bewohnern finden verlorene Herzen ein Zuhause.-</description>
      <author>Sonja Flieder</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726964950.mp3" length="1438641" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726964950.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Blaubeerduft auf dem kleinen Apfelhof
Series: #3 of Fünf Alpakas für die Liebe
Author: Sonja Flieder
Narrator: Sabine Fischer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Geburt von Emmas Baby steht kurz bevor. Daher reist Lisa auf den Apfelhof, um ihre Freundin zu unterstützen. Diese Auszeit möchte Lisa gleichzeitig dazu nutzen, sich nach einigem Auf und Ab zu überlegen, was sie mit ihrem Leben in Zukunft anstellen will. Aber natürlich lassen ihr die tierischen Bewohner wenig Ruhe zum Nachdenken: Denn sofort entwischt ihr ein Alpaka und richtet ein heilloses Durcheinander im Blaubeerfeld des neuen Nachbarn Moritz an. Lisa würde am liebsten im Boden versinken und nimmt sich vor, Moritz ab jetzt aus dem Weg zu gehen. Leichter gesagt als getan, denn Moritz scheint immer genau da aufzutauchen, wo sie gerade ist. Und dann ist da ja auch noch Journalist Henning, der sich mehr und mehr in Lisas Leben schleicht. Wie soll man es denn da schaffen, in Ruhe über sein Leben nachzudenken? Aber der kleine Hof mit den quirligen Alpakas wäre nicht der, der er ist, wenn Lisa hier nicht ihr Glück finden und dabei ihr Herz verlieren würde.Das zauberhafte dritte Hörbuch der Apfelhof-Reihe von Sonja Flieder. Zwischen plüschigen Alpakas und liebenswürdigen Apfelhof-Bewohnern finden verlorene Herzen ein Zuhause.-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Blaubeerduft auf dem kleinen Apfelhof
Series: #3 of Fünf Alpakas für die Liebe
Author: Sonja Flieder
Narrator: Sabine Fischer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Geburt von Emmas Baby steht kurz bevor. Daher reist Lisa auf den Apfelhof, um ihre Freundin zu unterstützen. Diese Auszeit möchte Lisa gleichzeitig dazu nutzen, sich nach einigem Auf und Ab zu überlegen, was sie mit ihrem Leben in Zukunft anstellen will. Aber natürlich lassen ihr die tierischen Bewohner wenig Ruhe zum Nachdenken: Denn sofort entwischt ihr ein Alpaka und richtet ein heilloses Durcheinander im Blaubeerfeld des neuen Nachbarn Moritz an. Lisa würde am liebsten im Boden versinken und nimmt sich vor, Moritz ab jetzt aus dem Weg zu gehen. Leichter gesagt als getan, denn Moritz scheint immer genau da aufzutauchen, wo sie gerade ist. Und dann ist da ja auch noch Journalist Henning, der sich mehr und mehr in Lisas Leben schleicht. Wie soll man es denn da schaffen, in Ruhe über sein Leben nachzudenken? Aber der kleine Hof mit den quirligen Alpakas wäre nicht der, der er ist, wenn Lisa hier nicht ihr Glück finden und dabei ihr Herz verlieren würde.Das zauberhafte dritte Hörbuch der Apfelhof-Reihe von Sonja Flieder. Zwischen plüschigen Alpakas und liebenswürdigen Apfelhof-Bewohnern finden verlorene Herzen ein Zuhause.-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keeping your home free of pests by Christopher Jacob Long</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keeping your home free of pests
Author: Christopher Jacob Long
Narrator: Gerri Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you have a lot of pests in your home, they may cause you problems. They can gather in large numbers and damage carpets, curtains and clothes. Let us know how to get rid of them easily.</description>
      <author>Christopher Jacob Long</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667951270.mp3" length="1342546" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667951270.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keeping your home free of pests
Author: Christopher Jacob Long
Narrator: Gerri Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you have a lot of pests in your home, they may cause you problems. They can gather in large numbers and damage carpets, curtains and clothes. Let us know how to get rid of them easily.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keeping your home free of pests
Author: Christopher Jacob Long
Narrator: Gerri Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
If you have a lot of pests in your home, they may cause you problems. They can gather in large numbers and damage carpets, curtains and clothes. Let us know how to get rid of them easily.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Für die mit der Sehnsucht nach dem Meer by Joachim Sartorius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Für die mit der Sehnsucht nach dem Meer
Author: Joachim Sartorius
Narrator: Christian Erdmann, Oda Thormeyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Für die mit der Sehnsucht nach dem Meer&amp;#039; ist eine Sammlung von Gedichten und Geschichten. In allen Geschichten und Gedichten steht das Meer im Mittelpunkt, und nicht zuletzt die Sehnsucht nach dem Meer. Der Autor nimmt dich an die Hand und begleitet dich auf eine persönliche Reise. Eine Geschichte, die Lust macht, am Meer spazieren zu gehen und dem Rauschen der Wellen zu lauschen. -</description>
      <author>Joachim Sartorius</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Sep 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726957839.mp3" length="767685" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726957839.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Für die mit der Sehnsucht nach dem Meer
Author: Joachim Sartorius
Narrator: Christian Erdmann, Oda Thormeyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Für die mit der Sehnsucht nach dem Meer&amp;#039; ist eine Sammlung von Gedichten und Geschichten. In allen Geschichten und Gedichten steht das Meer im Mittelpunkt, und nicht zuletzt die Sehnsucht nach dem Meer. Der Autor nimmt dich an die Hand und begleitet dich auf eine persönliche Reise. Eine Geschichte, die Lust macht, am Meer spazieren zu gehen und dem Rauschen der Wellen zu lauschen. -</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Für die mit der Sehnsucht nach dem Meer
Author: Joachim Sartorius
Narrator: Christian Erdmann, Oda Thormeyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Für die mit der Sehnsucht nach dem Meer&amp;#039; ist eine Sammlung von Gedichten und Geschichten. In allen Geschichten und Gedichten steht das Meer im Mittelpunkt, und nicht zuletzt die Sehnsucht nach dem Meer. Der Autor nimmt dich an die Hand und begleitet dich auf eine persönliche Reise. Eine Geschichte, die Lust macht, am Meer spazieren zu gehen und dem Rauschen der Wellen zu lauschen. -</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - How to change everything by Naomi Klein, Rebecca Stefoff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - How to change everything
Author: Naomi Klein, Rebecca Stefoff
Narrator: Irina Salkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Naomi Klein gilt weltweit als eine Führungsfigur des Green New Deal, des Plans zur Rettung unserer Gesellschaft vor den Verwerfungen des Klimawandels. How to change everything erklärt einer jungen Leserschaft die Hintergründe des Kampfes gegen die Umweltzerstörung und für eine bessere Gesellschaft. Naomi Klein zeigt, wie die Lage so dramatisch werden konnte, vor welchen Herausforderungen wir jetzt stehen und wo Regierungen jetzt handeln müssen. Anhand vieler Mut machender Beispiele wird dabei deutlich, wie viel gerade junge Menschen bewegen können, wenn sie sich zusammenschließen und engagieren. Ein Must-have für alle, die für die Einhaltung der Klimaziele demonstrieren, noch darüber nachdenken oder sich darüber informieren wollen.-</description>
      <author>Naomi Klein, Rebecca Stefoff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726911565.mp3" length="1448104" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726911565.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - How to change everything
Author: Naomi Klein, Rebecca Stefoff
Narrator: Irina Salkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Naomi Klein gilt weltweit als eine Führungsfigur des Green New Deal, des Plans zur Rettung unserer Gesellschaft vor den Verwerfungen des Klimawandels. How to change everything erklärt einer jungen Leserschaft die Hintergründe des Kampfes gegen die Umweltzerstörung und für eine bessere Gesellschaft. Naomi Klein zeigt, wie die Lage so dramatisch werden konnte, vor welchen Herausforderungen wir jetzt stehen und wo Regierungen jetzt handeln müssen. Anhand vieler Mut machender Beispiele wird dabei deutlich, wie viel gerade junge Menschen bewegen können, wenn sie sich zusammenschließen und engagieren. Ein Must-have für alle, die für die Einhaltung der Klimaziele demonstrieren, noch darüber nachdenken oder sich darüber informieren wollen.-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579272</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - How to change everything
Author: Naomi Klein, Rebecca Stefoff
Narrator: Irina Salkow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Naomi Klein gilt weltweit als eine Führungsfigur des Green New Deal, des Plans zur Rettung unserer Gesellschaft vor den Verwerfungen des Klimawandels. How to change everything erklärt einer jungen Leserschaft die Hintergründe des Kampfes gegen die Umweltzerstörung und für eine bessere Gesellschaft. Naomi Klein zeigt, wie die Lage so dramatisch werden konnte, vor welchen Herausforderungen wir jetzt stehen und wo Regierungen jetzt handeln müssen. Anhand vieler Mut machender Beispiele wird dabei deutlich, wie viel gerade junge Menschen bewegen können, wenn sie sich zusammenschließen und engagieren. Ein Must-have für alle, die für die Einhaltung der Klimaziele demonstrieren, noch darüber nachdenken oder sich darüber informieren wollen.-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ¿Es eso cierto? by Alberto Granados Martinez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Es eso cierto?
Author: Alberto Granados Martinez
Narrator: Alberto Granados Martinez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Un libro de divulgación científica que explora la otra cara de la ciencia, aquella que no nos cuentan los libros de historia. El desarrollo científico ha sido una constante en la humanidad, en mayor o menor grado. La observación, la búsqueda de respuestas, la curiosidad por el mundo... son algunos de los motores que movieron a los grandes científicos en busca de teorías, fórmulas, hallazgos o inventos. Pero no todas las historias tienen un final feliz. En este libro Granados explora los fallos, los errores y los fraudes que se esconden detrás del mundo científico.  Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Alberto Granados es periodista y escritor. Estudió Química en el Instituto Politécnico y Locución en una academia. Ha estudiado también sobre PNL y se ha especializado en Inteligencia Emocional. Ha trabajado durante más de veinte años en la radio como locutor en emisoras como Cadena Ser, Europa FM o Onda Cero. Además de su labor como periodista, ha escrito varios libros sobre divulgación, leyendas, fenómenos paranormales y de novelas de narrativa.</description>
      <author>Alberto Granados Martinez</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 07 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728060773.mp3" length="907264" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728060773.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Es eso cierto?
Author: Alberto Granados Martinez
Narrator: Alberto Granados Martinez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Un libro de divulgación científica que explora la otra cara de la ciencia, aquella que no nos cuentan los libros de historia. El desarrollo científico ha sido una constante en la humanidad, en mayor o menor grado. La observación, la búsqueda de respuestas, la curiosidad por el mundo... son algunos de los motores que movieron a los grandes científicos en busca de teorías, fórmulas, hallazgos o inventos. Pero no todas las historias tienen un final feliz. En este libro Granados explora los fallos, los errores y los fraudes que se esconden detrás del mundo científico.  Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Alberto Granados es periodista y escritor. Estudió Química en el Instituto Politécnico y Locución en una academia. Ha estudiado también sobre PNL y se ha especializado en Inteligencia Emocional. Ha trabajado durante más de veinte años en la radio como locutor en emisoras como Cadena Ser, Europa FM o Onda Cero. Además de su labor como periodista, ha escrito varios libros sobre divulgación, leyendas, fenómenos paranormales y de novelas de narrativa.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ¿Es eso cierto?
Author: Alberto Granados Martinez
Narrator: Alberto Granados Martinez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Un libro de divulgación científica que explora la otra cara de la ciencia, aquella que no nos cuentan los libros de historia. El desarrollo científico ha sido una constante en la humanidad, en mayor o menor grado. La observación, la búsqueda de respuestas, la curiosidad por el mundo... son algunos de los motores que movieron a los grandes científicos en busca de teorías, fórmulas, hallazgos o inventos. Pero no todas las historias tienen un final feliz. En este libro Granados explora los fallos, los errores y los fraudes que se esconden detrás del mundo científico.  Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Alberto Granados es periodista y escritor. Estudió Química en el Instituto Politécnico y Locución en una academia. Ha estudiado también sobre PNL y se ha especializado en Inteligencia Emocional. Ha trabajado durante más de veinte años en la radio como locutor en emisoras como Cadena Ser, Europa FM o Onda Cero. Además de su labor como periodista, ha escrito varios libros sobre divulgación, leyendas, fenómenos paranormales y de novelas de narrativa.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Open-Air Life: Discover the Nordic Art of Friluftsliv and Embrace Nature Every Day by Linda åkeson Mcgurk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Open-Air Life: Discover the Nordic Art of Friluftsliv and Embrace Nature Every Day
Author: Linda åkeson Mcgurk
Narrator: Laura Jennings
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A complete guide to Friluftsliv, the Nordic secret to unplugging and connecting more deeply with nature. In The Open-Air Life, Swedish-American writer Linda McGurk introduces readers to a wide array of Nordic customs and practices that focus on slowing down and spending more and more of ones’ time outdoors. An outdoorsy cousin of hygge, friluftsliv is what Nordic people do outside all day before they cozy up in front of the fireplace with their wool socks on and a cup of hot cocoa.   From the pleasures of foraging for wild berries and birding to how to stay warm and cozy outside in the middle of winter, this inspirational guide shows readers how to harness the power-of-nature to improve their physical and mental health, as well as their relationships with both other people and Mother Nature. Listeners will learn:   - Why and how they should spend more time outside - How to use friluftsliv to combat stress, anxiety disorders, depression, and burnout - Practical skills like making fire, cooking outdoors and cleaning water on the go.    For country and city lovers alike, this audiobook will serve as an essential guide to slowing down in this modern, fast paced society and connecting with the natural world.</description>
      <author>Linda åkeson Mcgurk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593668276.mp3" length="2753893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593668276.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Open-Air Life: Discover the Nordic Art of Friluftsliv and Embrace Nature Every Day
Author: Linda åkeson Mcgurk
Narrator: Laura Jennings
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A complete guide to Friluftsliv, the Nordic secret to unplugging and connecting more deeply with nature. In The Open-Air Life, Swedish-American writer Linda McGurk introduces readers to a wide array of Nordic customs and practices that focus on slowing down and spending more and more of ones’ time outdoors. An outdoorsy cousin of hygge, friluftsliv is what Nordic people do outside all day before they cozy up in front of the fireplace with their wool socks on and a cup of hot cocoa.   From the pleasures of foraging for wild berries and birding to how to stay warm and cozy outside in the middle of winter, this inspirational guide shows readers how to harness the power-of-nature to improve their physical and mental health, as well as their relationships with both other people and Mother Nature. Listeners will learn:   - Why and how they should spend more time outside - How to use friluftsliv to combat stress, anxiety disorders, depression, and burnout - Practical skills like making fire, cooking outdoors and cleaning water on the go.    For country and city lovers alike, this audiobook will serve as an essential guide to slowing down in this modern, fast paced society and connecting with the natural world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Open-Air Life: Discover the Nordic Art of Friluftsliv and Embrace Nature Every Day
Author: Linda åkeson Mcgurk
Narrator: Laura Jennings
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A complete guide to Friluftsliv, the Nordic secret to unplugging and connecting more deeply with nature. In The Open-Air Life, Swedish-American writer Linda McGurk introduces readers to a wide array of Nordic customs and practices that focus on slowing down and spending more and more of ones’ time outdoors. An outdoorsy cousin of hygge, friluftsliv is what Nordic people do outside all day before they cozy up in front of the fireplace with their wool socks on and a cup of hot cocoa.   From the pleasures of foraging for wild berries and birding to how to stay warm and cozy outside in the middle of winter, this inspirational guide shows readers how to harness the power-of-nature to improve their physical and mental health, as well as their relationships with both other people and Mother Nature. Listeners will learn:   - Why and how they should spend more time outside - How to use friluftsliv to combat stress, anxiety disorders, depression, and burnout - Practical skills like making fire, cooking outdoors and cleaning water on the go.    For country and city lovers alike, this audiobook will serve as an essential guide to slowing down in this modern, fast paced society and connecting with the natural world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Global Burning: Rising Antidemocracy and the Climate Crisis by Eve Darian-Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Burning: Rising Antidemocracy and the Climate Crisis
Author: Eve Darian-Smith
Narrator: Brigid Lohrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent years have seen out of control wildfires rage across remote Brazilian rainforests, densely populated California coastlines, and major cities in Australia. What connects these separate events is more than immediate devastation and human loss of life. In Global Burning, Eve Darian-Smith contends that using fire as a symbolic and literal thread connecting different places around the world allows us to better understand the parallel, and related, trends of the growth of authoritarian politics and climate crises and their interconnected global consequences. As political leaders and big business work together in the pursuit of profits and power, anti-environmentalism has become an essential political tool enabling the rise of extreme right governments and energizing their populist supporters. These are the governments that deny climate science, reject environmental protection laws, and foster exclusionary worldviews that exacerbate climate injustice. The widespread fires demand acknowledgment of the global systems of inequality that undergird them, connecting the political erosion of liberal democracy with the corrosion of the environment. In thinking through wildfires as environmental and political phenomenon, Global Burning challenges listeners to confront the interlocking powers that are ensuring our future ecological collapse.</description>
      <author>Eve Darian-Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765027066.mp3" length="8199893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765027066.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Burning: Rising Antidemocracy and the Climate Crisis
Author: Eve Darian-Smith
Narrator: Brigid Lohrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent years have seen out of control wildfires rage across remote Brazilian rainforests, densely populated California coastlines, and major cities in Australia. What connects these separate events is more than immediate devastation and human loss of life. In Global Burning, Eve Darian-Smith contends that using fire as a symbolic and literal thread connecting different places around the world allows us to better understand the parallel, and related, trends of the growth of authoritarian politics and climate crises and their interconnected global consequences. As political leaders and big business work together in the pursuit of profits and power, anti-environmentalism has become an essential political tool enabling the rise of extreme right governments and energizing their populist supporters. These are the governments that deny climate science, reject environmental protection laws, and foster exclusionary worldviews that exacerbate climate injustice. The widespread fires demand acknowledgment of the global systems of inequality that undergird them, connecting the political erosion of liberal democracy with the corrosion of the environment. In thinking through wildfires as environmental and political phenomenon, Global Burning challenges listeners to confront the interlocking powers that are ensuring our future ecological collapse.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Burning: Rising Antidemocracy and the Climate Crisis
Author: Eve Darian-Smith
Narrator: Brigid Lohrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Recent years have seen out of control wildfires rage across remote Brazilian rainforests, densely populated California coastlines, and major cities in Australia. What connects these separate events is more than immediate devastation and human loss of life. In Global Burning, Eve Darian-Smith contends that using fire as a symbolic and literal thread connecting different places around the world allows us to better understand the parallel, and related, trends of the growth of authoritarian politics and climate crises and their interconnected global consequences. As political leaders and big business work together in the pursuit of profits and power, anti-environmentalism has become an essential political tool enabling the rise of extreme right governments and energizing their populist supporters. These are the governments that deny climate science, reject environmental protection laws, and foster exclusionary worldviews that exacerbate climate injustice. The widespread fires demand acknowledgment of the global systems of inequality that undergird them, connecting the political erosion of liberal democracy with the corrosion of the environment. In thinking through wildfires as environmental and political phenomenon, Global Burning challenges listeners to confront the interlocking powers that are ensuring our future ecological collapse.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Into the Inferno: A Photographer’s Journey through California’s Megafires and Fallout by Stuart Palley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Inferno: A Photographer’s Journey through California’s Megafires and Fallout
Author: Stuart Palley
Narrator: Stuart Palley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Young Men and Fire and Fire on the Mountain, Stuart Palley’s memoir Into the Inferno documents eight years of devastating wildfire in California, showing how fire can transform a landscape as well as a soul … For nearly a decade, Palley has been on the front line of fire. He has witnessed homeowners on the worst day of their lives. He’s seen puddles of aluminum where cars were once parked. He’s watched as 150-foot walls of flame cascaded down mountainsides and crashed into the Pacific Ocean. And he’s captured, time and again, the tireless commitment of firefighters as they work to save lives and homes, in terrain where fire always seems to have the upper hand. In this memoir, Palley recalls how he went from learning to be safe on the fire line to a fire-savvy documentarian of wildfire and climate change. He covers some of California’s largest, most destructive, and deadliest fires between 2012 and 2020, lugging his gear from the Wine Country Fire Siege to the Thomas Fire and ultimately to the Woolsey Fire in Malibu. And he shows how, in a relatively short span of time, fire season in California has grown into a perpetual crisis, requiring billions of dollars and thousands of firefighters each year. Ultimately, the experiences, the voices, and the science shared in the memoir form an urgent call for climate action. Into the Inferno stands alongside Palley’s photography to show just what kind of environmental tragedy we can expect if we do nothing.</description>
      <author>Stuart Palley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094163635.mp3" length="916952" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094163635.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Inferno: A Photographer’s Journey through California’s Megafires and Fallout
Author: Stuart Palley
Narrator: Stuart Palley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Young Men and Fire and Fire on the Mountain, Stuart Palley’s memoir Into the Inferno documents eight years of devastating wildfire in California, showing how fire can transform a landscape as well as a soul … For nearly a decade, Palley has been on the front line of fire. He has witnessed homeowners on the worst day of their lives. He’s seen puddles of aluminum where cars were once parked. He’s watched as 150-foot walls of flame cascaded down mountainsides and crashed into the Pacific Ocean. And he’s captured, time and again, the tireless commitment of firefighters as they work to save lives and homes, in terrain where fire always seems to have the upper hand. In this memoir, Palley recalls how he went from learning to be safe on the fire line to a fire-savvy documentarian of wildfire and climate change. He covers some of California’s largest, most destructive, and deadliest fires between 2012 and 2020, lugging his gear from the Wine Country Fire Siege to the Thomas Fire and ultimately to the Woolsey Fire in Malibu. And he shows how, in a relatively short span of time, fire season in California has grown into a perpetual crisis, requiring billions of dollars and thousands of firefighters each year. Ultimately, the experiences, the voices, and the science shared in the memoir form an urgent call for climate action. Into the Inferno stands alongside Palley’s photography to show just what kind of environmental tragedy we can expect if we do nothing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Into the Inferno: A Photographer’s Journey through California’s Megafires and Fallout
Author: Stuart Palley
Narrator: Stuart Palley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the tradition of Young Men and Fire and Fire on the Mountain, Stuart Palley’s memoir Into the Inferno documents eight years of devastating wildfire in California, showing how fire can transform a landscape as well as a soul … For nearly a decade, Palley has been on the front line of fire. He has witnessed homeowners on the worst day of their lives. He’s seen puddles of aluminum where cars were once parked. He’s watched as 150-foot walls of flame cascaded down mountainsides and crashed into the Pacific Ocean. And he’s captured, time and again, the tireless commitment of firefighters as they work to save lives and homes, in terrain where fire always seems to have the upper hand. In this memoir, Palley recalls how he went from learning to be safe on the fire line to a fire-savvy documentarian of wildfire and climate change. He covers some of California’s largest, most destructive, and deadliest fires between 2012 and 2020, lugging his gear from the Wine Country Fire Siege to the Thomas Fire and ultimately to the Woolsey Fire in Malibu. And he shows how, in a relatively short span of time, fire season in California has grown into a perpetual crisis, requiring billions of dollars and thousands of firefighters each year. Ultimately, the experiences, the voices, and the science shared in the memoir form an urgent call for climate action. Into the Inferno stands alongside Palley’s photography to show just what kind of environmental tragedy we can expect if we do nothing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wild Isles by Patrick Barkham, Alastair Fothergill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Isles
Author: Patrick Barkham, Alastair Fothergill
Narrator: Patrick Barkham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This beautifully illustrated overview of the wildlife of the British Isles showcases the diversity of our plant and animal life.           Wild Isles is a celebration of the wildlife found on a relatively modest collection of islands positioned at a latitude so northerly to be unattractive to many animals and plants. Despite these unpromising foundations, the islands of Britain and Ireland, together with more than 6,000 lesser islets that make up our archipelago, contain some of the most diverse, beautiful and wildlife-rich landscapes and seas on our planet. This book will explore the fascinating relationships within and between species who make their home on our beautiful isles.           Each chapter focuses on a particular kind of wild space. Britain and Ireland are dominated by a wide variety of grasslands from lowland water meadows to upland moors, and we will see how these human-shaped, semi-natural landscapes thrum with insect, bird and mammal life. Life requires water to flourish, and streams and rivers carry freshwater through our landscape, creating unique ecosystems and interrelations within and beside these waters, which are revealed in a third section. While Britain and Ireland’s woodlands are comparatively thin on the ground compared with most of continental Europe, we will see some of the forests and trees that remain are unusually ancient and, great repositories of life. Finally, of course, we are surrounded by sea, and our position on the continental shelf before it plunges into the depths of the Atlantic Ocean gives rise to an often overlooked plenty of marine life. A glorious richness divided into five breathtaking sections.</description>
      <author>Patrick Barkham, Alastair Fothergill</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008359348.mp3" length="1390741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008359348.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Isles
Author: Patrick Barkham, Alastair Fothergill
Narrator: Patrick Barkham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This beautifully illustrated overview of the wildlife of the British Isles showcases the diversity of our plant and animal life.           Wild Isles is a celebration of the wildlife found on a relatively modest collection of islands positioned at a latitude so northerly to be unattractive to many animals and plants. Despite these unpromising foundations, the islands of Britain and Ireland, together with more than 6,000 lesser islets that make up our archipelago, contain some of the most diverse, beautiful and wildlife-rich landscapes and seas on our planet. This book will explore the fascinating relationships within and between species who make their home on our beautiful isles.           Each chapter focuses on a particular kind of wild space. Britain and Ireland are dominated by a wide variety of grasslands from lowland water meadows to upland moors, and we will see how these human-shaped, semi-natural landscapes thrum with insect, bird and mammal life. Life requires water to flourish, and streams and rivers carry freshwater through our landscape, creating unique ecosystems and interrelations within and beside these waters, which are revealed in a third section. While Britain and Ireland’s woodlands are comparatively thin on the ground compared with most of continental Europe, we will see some of the forests and trees that remain are unusually ancient and, great repositories of life. Finally, of course, we are surrounded by sea, and our position on the continental shelf before it plunges into the depths of the Atlantic Ocean gives rise to an often overlooked plenty of marine life. A glorious richness divided into five breathtaking sections.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578805</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wild Isles
Author: Patrick Barkham, Alastair Fothergill
Narrator: Patrick Barkham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This beautifully illustrated overview of the wildlife of the British Isles showcases the diversity of our plant and animal life.           Wild Isles is a celebration of the wildlife found on a relatively modest collection of islands positioned at a latitude so northerly to be unattractive to many animals and plants. Despite these unpromising foundations, the islands of Britain and Ireland, together with more than 6,000 lesser islets that make up our archipelago, contain some of the most diverse, beautiful and wildlife-rich landscapes and seas on our planet. This book will explore the fascinating relationships within and between species who make their home on our beautiful isles.           Each chapter focuses on a particular kind of wild space. Britain and Ireland are dominated by a wide variety of grasslands from lowland water meadows to upland moors, and we will see how these human-shaped, semi-natural landscapes thrum with insect, bird and mammal life. Life requires water to flourish, and streams and rivers carry freshwater through our landscape, creating unique ecosystems and interrelations within and beside these waters, which are revealed in a third section. While Britain and Ireland’s woodlands are comparatively thin on the ground compared with most of continental Europe, we will see some of the forests and trees that remain are unusually ancient and, great repositories of life. Finally, of course, we are surrounded by sea, and our position on the continental shelf before it plunges into the depths of the Atlantic Ocean gives rise to an often overlooked plenty of marine life. A glorious richness divided into five breathtaking sections.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Frontier Below: The Past, Present and Future of Our Quest to Go Deeper Underwater by Jeff Maynard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Frontier Below: The Past, Present and Future of Our Quest to Go Deeper Underwater
Author: Jeff Maynard
Narrator: Adam Fitzgerald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Triumphs and disasters in the deep sea                        This is a journey through time and water, to the bottom of the ocean and the future of our planet.                      We do not see the ocean when we look at the water that blankets more than two thirds of our planet. We only see the entrance to it. Beyond that entrance is a world hostile to humans, yet critical to our survival. The first divers to enter that world held their breath and splashed beneath the surface, often clutching rocks to pull them down. Over centuries, they invented wooden diving bells, clumsy diving suits, and unwieldy contraptions in attempts to go deeper and stay longer. But each advance was fraught with danger, as the intruders had to survive the crushing weight of water, or the deadly physiological effects of breathing compressed air. The vertical odyssey continued when explorers squeezed into heavy steel balls dangling on cables, or slung beneath floats filled with flammable gasoline. Plunging into the narrow trenches between the tectonic plates of the Earth’s crust, they eventually reached the bottom of the ocean in the same decade that men first walked on the moon.           Today, as nations scramble to exploit the resources of the ocean floor, The Frontier Below recalls a story of human endeavour that took 2,000 years to travel seven miles, then investigates how we will explore the ocean in the future.           Meticulously researched and drawing extensively on unpublished sources and personal interviews, The Frontier Below is the untold story of the pioneers who had the right stuff, but were forgotten because they went in the wrong direction.</description>
      <author>Jeff Maynard</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008532758.mp3" length="1387301" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008532758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Frontier Below: The Past, Present and Future of Our Quest to Go Deeper Underwater
Author: Jeff Maynard
Narrator: Adam Fitzgerald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Triumphs and disasters in the deep sea                        This is a journey through time and water, to the bottom of the ocean and the future of our planet.                      We do not see the ocean when we look at the water that blankets more than two thirds of our planet. We only see the entrance to it. Beyond that entrance is a world hostile to humans, yet critical to our survival. The first divers to enter that world held their breath and splashed beneath the surface, often clutching rocks to pull them down. Over centuries, they invented wooden diving bells, clumsy diving suits, and unwieldy contraptions in attempts to go deeper and stay longer. But each advance was fraught with danger, as the intruders had to survive the crushing weight of water, or the deadly physiological effects of breathing compressed air. The vertical odyssey continued when explorers squeezed into heavy steel balls dangling on cables, or slung beneath floats filled with flammable gasoline. Plunging into the narrow trenches between the tectonic plates of the Earth’s crust, they eventually reached the bottom of the ocean in the same decade that men first walked on the moon.           Today, as nations scramble to exploit the resources of the ocean floor, The Frontier Below recalls a story of human endeavour that took 2,000 years to travel seven miles, then investigates how we will explore the ocean in the future.           Meticulously researched and drawing extensively on unpublished sources and personal interviews, The Frontier Below is the untold story of the pioneers who had the right stuff, but were forgotten because they went in the wrong direction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Frontier Below: The Past, Present and Future of Our Quest to Go Deeper Underwater
Author: Jeff Maynard
Narrator: Adam Fitzgerald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Triumphs and disasters in the deep sea                        This is a journey through time and water, to the bottom of the ocean and the future of our planet.                      We do not see the ocean when we look at the water that blankets more than two thirds of our planet. We only see the entrance to it. Beyond that entrance is a world hostile to humans, yet critical to our survival. The first divers to enter that world held their breath and splashed beneath the surface, often clutching rocks to pull them down. Over centuries, they invented wooden diving bells, clumsy diving suits, and unwieldy contraptions in attempts to go deeper and stay longer. But each advance was fraught with danger, as the intruders had to survive the crushing weight of water, or the deadly physiological effects of breathing compressed air. The vertical odyssey continued when explorers squeezed into heavy steel balls dangling on cables, or slung beneath floats filled with flammable gasoline. Plunging into the narrow trenches between the tectonic plates of the Earth’s crust, they eventually reached the bottom of the ocean in the same decade that men first walked on the moon.           Today, as nations scramble to exploit the resources of the ocean floor, The Frontier Below recalls a story of human endeavour that took 2,000 years to travel seven miles, then investigates how we will explore the ocean in the future.           Meticulously researched and drawing extensively on unpublished sources and personal interviews, The Frontier Below is the untold story of the pioneers who had the right stuff, but were forgotten because they went in the wrong direction.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test: How Behavior Evolves and Why It Matters by Marlene Zuk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test: How Behavior Evolves and Why It Matters
Author: Marlene Zuk
Narrator: Jaime Lamchick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Longlisted for the 2023 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award A lively exploration of animal behavior in all its glorious complexity, whether in tiny wasps, lumbering elephants, or ourselves. For centuries, people have been returning to the same tired nature-versus-nurture debate, trying to determine what we learn and what we inherit. In Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test, biologist Marlene Zuk goes beyond the binary and instead focuses on interaction, or the way that genes and environment work together. Driving her investigation is a simple but essential question: How does behavior evolve? Drawing from a wealth of research, including her own on insects, Zuk answers this question by turning to a wide range of animals and animal behavior. There are stories of cockatoos that dance to rock music, ants that heal their injured companions, dogs that exhibit signs of obsessive-compulsive disorder, and so much more. For insights into animal intelligence, mating behavior, and an organism’s ability to fight disease, she explores the behavior of smart spiders, silent crickets, and crafty crows. In each example, she clearly demonstrates how these traits were produced by the complex and diverse interactions of genes and the environment and urges us to consider how that same process evolves behavior in us humans. Filled with delightful anecdotes and fresh insights, Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test helps us see both other animals and ourselves more clearly, demonstrating that animal behavior can be remarkably similar to human behavior, and wonderfully complicated in its own right.</description>
      <author>Marlene Zuk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593667804.mp3" length="2840213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593667804.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test: How Behavior Evolves and Why It Matters
Author: Marlene Zuk
Narrator: Jaime Lamchick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Longlisted for the 2023 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award A lively exploration of animal behavior in all its glorious complexity, whether in tiny wasps, lumbering elephants, or ourselves. For centuries, people have been returning to the same tired nature-versus-nurture debate, trying to determine what we learn and what we inherit. In Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test, biologist Marlene Zuk goes beyond the binary and instead focuses on interaction, or the way that genes and environment work together. Driving her investigation is a simple but essential question: How does behavior evolve? Drawing from a wealth of research, including her own on insects, Zuk answers this question by turning to a wide range of animals and animal behavior. There are stories of cockatoos that dance to rock music, ants that heal their injured companions, dogs that exhibit signs of obsessive-compulsive disorder, and so much more. For insights into animal intelligence, mating behavior, and an organism’s ability to fight disease, she explores the behavior of smart spiders, silent crickets, and crafty crows. In each example, she clearly demonstrates how these traits were produced by the complex and diverse interactions of genes and the environment and urges us to consider how that same process evolves behavior in us humans. Filled with delightful anecdotes and fresh insights, Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test helps us see both other animals and ourselves more clearly, demonstrating that animal behavior can be remarkably similar to human behavior, and wonderfully complicated in its own right.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578789</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test: How Behavior Evolves and Why It Matters
Author: Marlene Zuk
Narrator: Jaime Lamchick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Longlisted for the 2023 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award A lively exploration of animal behavior in all its glorious complexity, whether in tiny wasps, lumbering elephants, or ourselves. For centuries, people have been returning to the same tired nature-versus-nurture debate, trying to determine what we learn and what we inherit. In Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test, biologist Marlene Zuk goes beyond the binary and instead focuses on interaction, or the way that genes and environment work together. Driving her investigation is a simple but essential question: How does behavior evolve? Drawing from a wealth of research, including her own on insects, Zuk answers this question by turning to a wide range of animals and animal behavior. There are stories of cockatoos that dance to rock music, ants that heal their injured companions, dogs that exhibit signs of obsessive-compulsive disorder, and so much more. For insights into animal intelligence, mating behavior, and an organism’s ability to fight disease, she explores the behavior of smart spiders, silent crickets, and crafty crows. In each example, she clearly demonstrates how these traits were produced by the complex and diverse interactions of genes and the environment and urges us to consider how that same process evolves behavior in us humans. Filled with delightful anecdotes and fresh insights, Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test helps us see both other animals and ourselves more clearly, demonstrating that animal behavior can be remarkably similar to human behavior, and wonderfully complicated in its own right.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Nachhaltige Ernährung by Spektrum Kompakt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Nachhaltige Ernährung
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Maren Ulrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sehr häufig lesen wir darüber, wie die Landwirtschaft unter den Folgen des Klimawandels leidet und welche Anpassungen notwendig sind, um auch bei steigenden Temperaturen und veränderten Niederschlagsverhältnissen die Lebensmittelversorgung der Weltbevölkerung zu sichern. Doch ist das nur eine Seite der Medaille. Denn die Nahrungsmittelproduktion ist nicht nur bedroht, sie ist auch selbst einer der Faktoren, die Klimawandel und Lebensraumzerstörung fördern. Zu den wichtigen Aufgaben zählt daher, nachhaltige Wirtschaftsweisen für die Zukunft zu entwickeln. Und im Sinne des wachsenden Bewusstseins bei den Menschen dabei auch den Punkt &amp;#039;Tierwohl&amp;#039; einzuschließen.Aus dem Inhalt (u.a.):- Die Milch und das Klima- Der Green Deal der EU- Wie gesund ist die klimafreundliche Ernährung?- Der Aufstieg der veganen Ersatzstoffe-</description>
      <author>Spektrum Kompakt</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726930108.mp3" length="1423690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726930108.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Nachhaltige Ernährung
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Maren Ulrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sehr häufig lesen wir darüber, wie die Landwirtschaft unter den Folgen des Klimawandels leidet und welche Anpassungen notwendig sind, um auch bei steigenden Temperaturen und veränderten Niederschlagsverhältnissen die Lebensmittelversorgung der Weltbevölkerung zu sichern. Doch ist das nur eine Seite der Medaille. Denn die Nahrungsmittelproduktion ist nicht nur bedroht, sie ist auch selbst einer der Faktoren, die Klimawandel und Lebensraumzerstörung fördern. Zu den wichtigen Aufgaben zählt daher, nachhaltige Wirtschaftsweisen für die Zukunft zu entwickeln. Und im Sinne des wachsenden Bewusstseins bei den Menschen dabei auch den Punkt &amp;#039;Tierwohl&amp;#039; einzuschließen.Aus dem Inhalt (u.a.):- Die Milch und das Klima- Der Green Deal der EU- Wie gesund ist die klimafreundliche Ernährung?- Der Aufstieg der veganen Ersatzstoffe-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Nachhaltige Ernährung
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Maren Ulrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sehr häufig lesen wir darüber, wie die Landwirtschaft unter den Folgen des Klimawandels leidet und welche Anpassungen notwendig sind, um auch bei steigenden Temperaturen und veränderten Niederschlagsverhältnissen die Lebensmittelversorgung der Weltbevölkerung zu sichern. Doch ist das nur eine Seite der Medaille. Denn die Nahrungsmittelproduktion ist nicht nur bedroht, sie ist auch selbst einer der Faktoren, die Klimawandel und Lebensraumzerstörung fördern. Zu den wichtigen Aufgaben zählt daher, nachhaltige Wirtschaftsweisen für die Zukunft zu entwickeln. Und im Sinne des wachsenden Bewusstseins bei den Menschen dabei auch den Punkt &amp;#039;Tierwohl&amp;#039; einzuschließen.Aus dem Inhalt (u.a.):- Die Milch und das Klima- Der Green Deal der EU- Wie gesund ist die klimafreundliche Ernährung?- Der Aufstieg der veganen Ersatzstoffe-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ponies At The Edge Of The World: On nature, belonging and finding home by Catherine Munro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ponies At The Edge Of The World: On nature, belonging and finding home
Author: Catherine Munro
Narrator: Catherine Munro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. I had drifted, gotten lost, strayed from the paths and places I love. I felt Shetland calling me, and in this moment, I began my slow, imperfect journey towards finding home. Catherine Munro transforms her life when she moves to Shetland to study the hardy ponies who call this archipelago home. Over the course of her first year, she is welcomed into the rhythms and routines that characterise life at the edge of the world. When faced with personal loss, Catherine finds comfort and connection in the shared lives of the people, animals and wild landscapes of Shetland. The Ponies at the Edge of the World is a heartfelt love letter to the beauty and resilience of these magical ponies and their native land. This is a stunning book on community, hope and finding home. &amp;#039;A meditation on connection between humans and animals, and the homes we make in wild places. I was completely immersed&amp;#039; Katherine May, bestselling author of Wintering © Catherine Munro 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Catherine Munro</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529199253.mp3" length="1292932" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529199253.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ponies At The Edge Of The World: On nature, belonging and finding home
Author: Catherine Munro
Narrator: Catherine Munro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. I had drifted, gotten lost, strayed from the paths and places I love. I felt Shetland calling me, and in this moment, I began my slow, imperfect journey towards finding home. Catherine Munro transforms her life when she moves to Shetland to study the hardy ponies who call this archipelago home. Over the course of her first year, she is welcomed into the rhythms and routines that characterise life at the edge of the world. When faced with personal loss, Catherine finds comfort and connection in the shared lives of the people, animals and wild landscapes of Shetland. The Ponies at the Edge of the World is a heartfelt love letter to the beauty and resilience of these magical ponies and their native land. This is a stunning book on community, hope and finding home. &amp;#039;A meditation on connection between humans and animals, and the homes we make in wild places. I was completely immersed&amp;#039; Katherine May, bestselling author of Wintering © Catherine Munro 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ponies At The Edge Of The World: On nature, belonging and finding home
Author: Catherine Munro
Narrator: Catherine Munro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. I had drifted, gotten lost, strayed from the paths and places I love. I felt Shetland calling me, and in this moment, I began my slow, imperfect journey towards finding home. Catherine Munro transforms her life when she moves to Shetland to study the hardy ponies who call this archipelago home. Over the course of her first year, she is welcomed into the rhythms and routines that characterise life at the edge of the world. When faced with personal loss, Catherine finds comfort and connection in the shared lives of the people, animals and wild landscapes of Shetland. The Ponies at the Edge of the World is a heartfelt love letter to the beauty and resilience of these magical ponies and their native land. This is a stunning book on community, hope and finding home. &amp;#039;A meditation on connection between humans and animals, and the homes we make in wild places. I was completely immersed&amp;#039; Katherine May, bestselling author of Wintering © Catherine Munro 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Carbon Almanac: It&amp;#039;s Not Too Late by Tba</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Carbon Almanac: It&amp;#039;s Not Too Late
Author: Tba
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller, Seth Godin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to the climate, we don’t need more marketing or anxiety. We need established facts and a plan for collective action. The climate is the fundamental issue of our time, and now we face a critical decision. Whether to be optimistic or fatalistic, whether to profess skepticism or to take action. Yet it seems we can barely agree on what is really going on, let alone what needs to be done. We urgently need facts, not opinions. Insights, not statistics. And a shift from thinking about climate change as a “me” problem to a “we” problem.    The Carbon Almanac is a once-in-a-lifetime collaboration between hundreds of writers, researchers, thinkers, and illustrators that focuses on what we know, what has come before, and what might happen next. Drawing on over 1,000 data points, the book uses cartoons, quotes, illustrations, tables, histories, and articles to lay out carbon’s impact on our food system, ocean acidity, agriculture, energy, biodiversity, extreme weather events, the economy, human health, and best and worst-case scenarios. Visually engaging and built to share, The Carbon Almanac is the definitive source for facts and the basis for a global movement to fight climate change.  This isn’t what the oil companies, marketers, activists, or politicians want you to believe. This is what’s really happening, right now. Our planet is in trouble, and no one concerned group, corporation, country, or hemisphere can address this on its own. Self-interest only increases the problem. We are in this together. And it’s not too late for concerted, collective action for change. * This audibook includes a downloadable PDF with charts mentioned in the text.</description>
      <author>Tba</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593666326.mp3" length="2531511" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593666326.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Carbon Almanac: It&amp;#039;s Not Too Late
Author: Tba
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller, Seth Godin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to the climate, we don’t need more marketing or anxiety. We need established facts and a plan for collective action. The climate is the fundamental issue of our time, and now we face a critical decision. Whether to be optimistic or fatalistic, whether to profess skepticism or to take action. Yet it seems we can barely agree on what is really going on, let alone what needs to be done. We urgently need facts, not opinions. Insights, not statistics. And a shift from thinking about climate change as a “me” problem to a “we” problem.    The Carbon Almanac is a once-in-a-lifetime collaboration between hundreds of writers, researchers, thinkers, and illustrators that focuses on what we know, what has come before, and what might happen next. Drawing on over 1,000 data points, the book uses cartoons, quotes, illustrations, tables, histories, and articles to lay out carbon’s impact on our food system, ocean acidity, agriculture, energy, biodiversity, extreme weather events, the economy, human health, and best and worst-case scenarios. Visually engaging and built to share, The Carbon Almanac is the definitive source for facts and the basis for a global movement to fight climate change.  This isn’t what the oil companies, marketers, activists, or politicians want you to believe. This is what’s really happening, right now. Our planet is in trouble, and no one concerned group, corporation, country, or hemisphere can address this on its own. Self-interest only increases the problem. We are in this together. And it’s not too late for concerted, collective action for change. * This audibook includes a downloadable PDF with charts mentioned in the text.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Carbon Almanac: It&amp;#039;s Not Too Late
Author: Tba
Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller, Seth Godin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to the climate, we don’t need more marketing or anxiety. We need established facts and a plan for collective action. The climate is the fundamental issue of our time, and now we face a critical decision. Whether to be optimistic or fatalistic, whether to profess skepticism or to take action. Yet it seems we can barely agree on what is really going on, let alone what needs to be done. We urgently need facts, not opinions. Insights, not statistics. And a shift from thinking about climate change as a “me” problem to a “we” problem.    The Carbon Almanac is a once-in-a-lifetime collaboration between hundreds of writers, researchers, thinkers, and illustrators that focuses on what we know, what has come before, and what might happen next. Drawing on over 1,000 data points, the book uses cartoons, quotes, illustrations, tables, histories, and articles to lay out carbon’s impact on our food system, ocean acidity, agriculture, energy, biodiversity, extreme weather events, the economy, human health, and best and worst-case scenarios. Visually engaging and built to share, The Carbon Almanac is the definitive source for facts and the basis for a global movement to fight climate change.  This isn’t what the oil companies, marketers, activists, or politicians want you to believe. This is what’s really happening, right now. Our planet is in trouble, and no one concerned group, corporation, country, or hemisphere can address this on its own. Self-interest only increases the problem. We are in this together. And it’s not too late for concerted, collective action for change. * This audibook includes a downloadable PDF with charts mentioned in the text.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Power Density: A Key to Understanding Energy Sources and Uses by Vaclav Smil</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Density: A Key to Understanding Energy Sources and Uses
Author: Vaclav Smil
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, Vaclav Smil argues that power density is a key determinant of the nature and dynamics of energy systems. Any understanding of complex energy systems must rely on quantitative measures of many fundamental variables. Power density—the rate of energy flux per unit of area—is an important but largely overlooked measure. Smil provides the first systematic, quantitative appraisal of power density, offering detailed reviews of the power densities of renewable energy flows, fossil fuels, thermal electricity generation, and all common energy uses. Smil shows that careful quantification, critical appraisals, and revealing comparisons of power densities make possible a deeper understanding of the ways we harness, convert, and use energies. Conscientious assessment of power densities, he argues, proves particularly revealing when contrasting the fossil fuel–based energy system with renewable energy conversions. Smil explains that modern civilization has evolved as a direct expression of the high power densities of fossil fuel extraction. He argues that our inevitable move to new energy arrangements involving conversions of lower-density renewable energy sources will require our society—currently dominated by megacities and concentrated industrial production—to undergo a profound spatial restructuring of its energy system.</description>
      <author>Vaclav Smil</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765022948.mp3" length="8064729" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765022948.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Density: A Key to Understanding Energy Sources and Uses
Author: Vaclav Smil
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, Vaclav Smil argues that power density is a key determinant of the nature and dynamics of energy systems. Any understanding of complex energy systems must rely on quantitative measures of many fundamental variables. Power density—the rate of energy flux per unit of area—is an important but largely overlooked measure. Smil provides the first systematic, quantitative appraisal of power density, offering detailed reviews of the power densities of renewable energy flows, fossil fuels, thermal electricity generation, and all common energy uses. Smil shows that careful quantification, critical appraisals, and revealing comparisons of power densities make possible a deeper understanding of the ways we harness, convert, and use energies. Conscientious assessment of power densities, he argues, proves particularly revealing when contrasting the fossil fuel–based energy system with renewable energy conversions. Smil explains that modern civilization has evolved as a direct expression of the high power densities of fossil fuel extraction. He argues that our inevitable move to new energy arrangements involving conversions of lower-density renewable energy sources will require our society—currently dominated by megacities and concentrated industrial production—to undergo a profound spatial restructuring of its energy system.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Density: A Key to Understanding Energy Sources and Uses
Author: Vaclav Smil
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, Vaclav Smil argues that power density is a key determinant of the nature and dynamics of energy systems. Any understanding of complex energy systems must rely on quantitative measures of many fundamental variables. Power density—the rate of energy flux per unit of area—is an important but largely overlooked measure. Smil provides the first systematic, quantitative appraisal of power density, offering detailed reviews of the power densities of renewable energy flows, fossil fuels, thermal electricity generation, and all common energy uses. Smil shows that careful quantification, critical appraisals, and revealing comparisons of power densities make possible a deeper understanding of the ways we harness, convert, and use energies. Conscientious assessment of power densities, he argues, proves particularly revealing when contrasting the fossil fuel–based energy system with renewable energy conversions. Smil explains that modern civilization has evolved as a direct expression of the high power densities of fossil fuel extraction. He argues that our inevitable move to new energy arrangements involving conversions of lower-density renewable energy sources will require our society—currently dominated by megacities and concentrated industrial production—to undergo a profound spatial restructuring of its energy system.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tweet of the Day: A Year of Bird Lovers by Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tweet of the Day: A Year of Bird Lovers
Author: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo
Narrator: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Greta Scacchi, Alison Steadman, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo, Samuel West, Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bird lovers including Will Young, Samuel West, Dermot O&amp;#039;Leary, Greta Scacchi and Sue Perkins introduce us to their favourite birds - plus, Alison Steadman presents The Twelve Tweets of Christmas Since 2013, Tweet of the Day has been a daily delight for early risers, with its 90 seconds of beautiful birdsong and fascinating ornithological stories. But what of the people who tune in to this avian chorus? In this collection, we bring to the airwaves the conversational voices of an array of wildlife enthusiasts, all eager to recount their encounters with birds - among them &amp;#039;Birdgirl&amp;#039; Mya-Rose Craig, writers Joe Harkness, Amy Liptrot, Melissa Harrison and Mark Cocker, Springwatch host Lindsey Chapman and the staff at Slimbridge Wetland Centre, the RSPB, BirdLife International and the British Trust for Ornithology. Together, they guide us through the year, from May to March, and introduce us to the birds that have inspired them. We also hear from some unexpected celebrity sources, who share stories of the birds that catch their eyes - and their ears. Will Young tells us about seeing a Woodland Kingfisher as a child in South Africa; Sue Perkins recalls coming face to face with a Great Horned Owl and Greta Scacchi reveals her fondness for the magnificent Goldfinch. Other famous names include Samuel West, who counts the turkey-like Capercaillie and the dapper, white-bibbed Dipper among his ten picks; and Dermot O&amp;#039;Leary, whose five choices include &amp;#039;the Alsatian of the skies&amp;#039;, the Greater Black-Backed Gull. Jimi Goodwin, the lead singer in Doves, swerves his band&amp;#039;s titular bird in favour of the Cuckoo and the Mallard; while musician Fyfe Dangerfield celebrates the two birds that gave his bands their names - Guillemots and Gannets - along with eight others, and uses his own birdsong recordings to experiment in music. Also featured is The Twelve Tweets of Christmas, in which Alison Steadman provides a selection of festive editions inspired by the well-known carol &amp;#039;The Twelve Days of Christmas&amp;#039;. Production credits Produced by Maggie Ayre, Miles Warde, Tom Bonnett, Eliza Lomas, Mark Ward, Karen Gregor, Tim Dee, Sarah Blunt and Andrew Dawes © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</description>
      <author>Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529142129.mp3" length="1531638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529142129.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tweet of the Day: A Year of Bird Lovers
Author: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo
Narrator: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Greta Scacchi, Alison Steadman, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo, Samuel West, Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bird lovers including Will Young, Samuel West, Dermot O&amp;#039;Leary, Greta Scacchi and Sue Perkins introduce us to their favourite birds - plus, Alison Steadman presents The Twelve Tweets of Christmas Since 2013, Tweet of the Day has been a daily delight for early risers, with its 90 seconds of beautiful birdsong and fascinating ornithological stories. But what of the people who tune in to this avian chorus? In this collection, we bring to the airwaves the conversational voices of an array of wildlife enthusiasts, all eager to recount their encounters with birds - among them &amp;#039;Birdgirl&amp;#039; Mya-Rose Craig, writers Joe Harkness, Amy Liptrot, Melissa Harrison and Mark Cocker, Springwatch host Lindsey Chapman and the staff at Slimbridge Wetland Centre, the RSPB, BirdLife International and the British Trust for Ornithology. Together, they guide us through the year, from May to March, and introduce us to the birds that have inspired them. We also hear from some unexpected celebrity sources, who share stories of the birds that catch their eyes - and their ears. Will Young tells us about seeing a Woodland Kingfisher as a child in South Africa; Sue Perkins recalls coming face to face with a Great Horned Owl and Greta Scacchi reveals her fondness for the magnificent Goldfinch. Other famous names include Samuel West, who counts the turkey-like Capercaillie and the dapper, white-bibbed Dipper among his ten picks; and Dermot O&amp;#039;Leary, whose five choices include &amp;#039;the Alsatian of the skies&amp;#039;, the Greater Black-Backed Gull. Jimi Goodwin, the lead singer in Doves, swerves his band&amp;#039;s titular bird in favour of the Cuckoo and the Mallard; while musician Fyfe Dangerfield celebrates the two birds that gave his bands their names - Guillemots and Gannets - along with eight others, and uses his own birdsong recordings to experiment in music. Also featured is The Twelve Tweets of Christmas, in which Alison Steadman provides a selection of festive editions inspired by the well-known carol &amp;#039;The Twelve Days of Christmas&amp;#039;. Production credits Produced by Maggie Ayre, Miles Warde, Tom Bonnett, Eliza Lomas, Mark Ward, Karen Gregor, Tim Dee, Sarah Blunt and Andrew Dawes © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578129</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tweet of the Day: A Year of Bird Lovers
Author: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo
Narrator: Dermot O’leary, Will Young, Sue Perkins, Chris Packham, Greta Scacchi, Alison Steadman, Monty Don, Michael Morpurgo, Samuel West, Various
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bird lovers including Will Young, Samuel West, Dermot O&amp;#039;Leary, Greta Scacchi and Sue Perkins introduce us to their favourite birds - plus, Alison Steadman presents The Twelve Tweets of Christmas Since 2013, Tweet of the Day has been a daily delight for early risers, with its 90 seconds of beautiful birdsong and fascinating ornithological stories. But what of the people who tune in to this avian chorus? In this collection, we bring to the airwaves the conversational voices of an array of wildlife enthusiasts, all eager to recount their encounters with birds - among them &amp;#039;Birdgirl&amp;#039; Mya-Rose Craig, writers Joe Harkness, Amy Liptrot, Melissa Harrison and Mark Cocker, Springwatch host Lindsey Chapman and the staff at Slimbridge Wetland Centre, the RSPB, BirdLife International and the British Trust for Ornithology. Together, they guide us through the year, from May to March, and introduce us to the birds that have inspired them. We also hear from some unexpected celebrity sources, who share stories of the birds that catch their eyes - and their ears. Will Young tells us about seeing a Woodland Kingfisher as a child in South Africa; Sue Perkins recalls coming face to face with a Great Horned Owl and Greta Scacchi reveals her fondness for the magnificent Goldfinch. Other famous names include Samuel West, who counts the turkey-like Capercaillie and the dapper, white-bibbed Dipper among his ten picks; and Dermot O&amp;#039;Leary, whose five choices include &amp;#039;the Alsatian of the skies&amp;#039;, the Greater Black-Backed Gull. Jimi Goodwin, the lead singer in Doves, swerves his band&amp;#039;s titular bird in favour of the Cuckoo and the Mallard; while musician Fyfe Dangerfield celebrates the two birds that gave his bands their names - Guillemots and Gannets - along with eight others, and uses his own birdsong recordings to experiment in music. Also featured is The Twelve Tweets of Christmas, in which Alison Steadman provides a selection of festive editions inspired by the well-known carol &amp;#039;The Twelve Days of Christmas&amp;#039;. Production credits Produced by Maggie Ayre, Miles Warde, Tom Bonnett, Eliza Lomas, Mark Ward, Karen Gregor, Tim Dee, Sarah Blunt and Andrew Dawes © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Adiestra en positivo: Guía completa para educar a tu perro desde cero by Enric Rodríguez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Adiestra en positivo: Guía completa para educar a tu perro desde cero
Author: Enric Rodríguez
Narrator: Juan Magraner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La guía imprescindible para educar a tu perro desde el respeto con Enric en positivo, el canal de adiestramiento canino más visto de España.  Si quieres adiestrar a tu perro, o corregir problemas de comportamiento sin tener que acudir a métodos basados en el miedo y en el dolor, ¡esta es tu guía! En Adiestra en positivo encontrarás nociones básicas sobre psicología canina, consejos para evitar malas conductas, y trucos y habilidades para enseñarles desde el cariño.  Enric Rodríguez, titulado en adiestramiento canino desde hace más de veinte años y creador del canal de YouTube sobre adiestramiento más visto de España, apuesta por técnicas no violentas que te serán de utilidad para entender y mejorar el comportamiento de tu perro, pero, sobre todo, para educarlo y enriquecer vuestra conexión como un miembro más de la familia.</description>
      <author>Enric Rodríguez</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788418620782.mp3" length="1439932" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788418620782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Adiestra en positivo: Guía completa para educar a tu perro desde cero
Author: Enric Rodríguez
Narrator: Juan Magraner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La guía imprescindible para educar a tu perro desde el respeto con Enric en positivo, el canal de adiestramiento canino más visto de España.  Si quieres adiestrar a tu perro, o corregir problemas de comportamiento sin tener que acudir a métodos basados en el miedo y en el dolor, ¡esta es tu guía! En Adiestra en positivo encontrarás nociones básicas sobre psicología canina, consejos para evitar malas conductas, y trucos y habilidades para enseñarles desde el cariño.  Enric Rodríguez, titulado en adiestramiento canino desde hace más de veinte años y creador del canal de YouTube sobre adiestramiento más visto de España, apuesta por técnicas no violentas que te serán de utilidad para entender y mejorar el comportamiento de tu perro, pero, sobre todo, para educarlo y enriquecer vuestra conexión como un miembro más de la familia.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/578102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Adiestra en positivo: Guía completa para educar a tu perro desde cero
Author: Enric Rodríguez
Narrator: Juan Magraner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La guía imprescindible para educar a tu perro desde el respeto con Enric en positivo, el canal de adiestramiento canino más visto de España.  Si quieres adiestrar a tu perro, o corregir problemas de comportamiento sin tener que acudir a métodos basados en el miedo y en el dolor, ¡esta es tu guía! En Adiestra en positivo encontrarás nociones básicas sobre psicología canina, consejos para evitar malas conductas, y trucos y habilidades para enseñarles desde el cariño.  Enric Rodríguez, titulado en adiestramiento canino desde hace más de veinte años y creador del canal de YouTube sobre adiestramiento más visto de España, apuesta por técnicas no violentas que te serán de utilidad para entender y mejorar el comportamiento de tu perro, pero, sobre todo, para educarlo y enriquecer vuestra conexión como un miembro más de la familia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Project Solomon: The True Story of a Lonely Horse Who Found a Home--and Became a Hero by Jodi Stuber, Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Solomon: The True Story of a Lonely Horse Who Found a Home--and Became a Hero
Author: Jodi Stuber, Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Jaimee Draper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“It’s hard to be lonely, isn’t it? To miss someone who should be here?” Jodi Stuber wasn&amp;#039;t looking for another horse for her struggling therapy ranch―let alone one like Solomon. After losing his herd, he was solitary and sad, spending his days standing near the plastic deer in his yard for company. No stranger herself to loss and heartache, Jodi knew she had to give Solomon a home. The road to recovery wouldn’t be easy. As Solomon struggled to fit in with his new herd and Jodi continued to navigate her own grief, the two developed a deep bond. But just as Jodi and Solomon were both beginning to heal, an unthinkable tragedy struck the therapy ranch. And Solomon was about to teach Jodi the greatest lesson of all. Written by Jennifer Marshall Bleakley, author of Joey: How a Blind Rescue Horse Helped Others Learn to See, Project Solomon is a powerful story of resilience, sacrifice, and love that reminds us all how much we matter―to each other and to God.</description>
      <author>Jodi Stuber, Jennifer Marshall Bleakley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781496473509.mp3" length="822920" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781496473509.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Solomon: The True Story of a Lonely Horse Who Found a Home--and Became a Hero
Author: Jodi Stuber, Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Jaimee Draper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“It’s hard to be lonely, isn’t it? To miss someone who should be here?” Jodi Stuber wasn&amp;#039;t looking for another horse for her struggling therapy ranch―let alone one like Solomon. After losing his herd, he was solitary and sad, spending his days standing near the plastic deer in his yard for company. No stranger herself to loss and heartache, Jodi knew she had to give Solomon a home. The road to recovery wouldn’t be easy. As Solomon struggled to fit in with his new herd and Jodi continued to navigate her own grief, the two developed a deep bond. But just as Jodi and Solomon were both beginning to heal, an unthinkable tragedy struck the therapy ranch. And Solomon was about to teach Jodi the greatest lesson of all. Written by Jennifer Marshall Bleakley, author of Joey: How a Blind Rescue Horse Helped Others Learn to See, Project Solomon is a powerful story of resilience, sacrifice, and love that reminds us all how much we matter―to each other and to God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577997</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Solomon: The True Story of a Lonely Horse Who Found a Home--and Became a Hero
Author: Jodi Stuber, Jennifer Marshall Bleakley
Narrator: Jaimee Draper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 17, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“It’s hard to be lonely, isn’t it? To miss someone who should be here?” Jodi Stuber wasn&amp;#039;t looking for another horse for her struggling therapy ranch―let alone one like Solomon. After losing his herd, he was solitary and sad, spending his days standing near the plastic deer in his yard for company. No stranger herself to loss and heartache, Jodi knew she had to give Solomon a home. The road to recovery wouldn’t be easy. As Solomon struggled to fit in with his new herd and Jodi continued to navigate her own grief, the two developed a deep bond. But just as Jodi and Solomon were both beginning to heal, an unthinkable tragedy struck the therapy ranch. And Solomon was about to teach Jodi the greatest lesson of all. Written by Jennifer Marshall Bleakley, author of Joey: How a Blind Rescue Horse Helped Others Learn to See, Project Solomon is a powerful story of resilience, sacrifice, and love that reminds us all how much we matter―to each other and to God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Field Notes from a Waterborne Land: Bengal Beyond the Bhadralok by Parimal Bhattacharya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Field Notes from a Waterborne Land: Bengal Beyond the Bhadralok
Author: Parimal Bhattacharya
Narrator: Anindya Chakravorty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 2000s, when the three-decade-long Left Front rule in West Bengal was crumbling, Parimal Bhattacharya began to travel outside the well-trodden urban centres to different parts of the region - from the Sundarbans to tribal Jangalmahal, from the outskirts of Kolkata to villages on the Bangladesh border, from the floodplains of the Hooghly to the forests of Simlipal in neighbouring Odisha. There, he encountered: a woman who was branded a witch because she was listed in the census as literate; an island that vanished famously, only to resurface; a paralysed communist who dreams about the death of a river; a forest community who believe they are descendants of the Harappans; an old millworker and his wife who fight the ghosts of a dead industrial town with laughter; a fisherman uprooted by a river eleven times in twenty years; and many more. This book documents the missing narratives of these &amp;#039;other&amp;#039; Bengalis, the largely invisible majority beyond the bhadralok that the rest of India knows. Moving between the personal and the political, and between travelogue, journal and memoir, Field Notes from a Waterborne Land takes the reader on a journey across a fascinating land peopled with unforgettable characters.</description>
      <author>Parimal Bhattacharya</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354894923.mp3" length="1282031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354894923.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Field Notes from a Waterborne Land: Bengal Beyond the Bhadralok
Author: Parimal Bhattacharya
Narrator: Anindya Chakravorty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 2000s, when the three-decade-long Left Front rule in West Bengal was crumbling, Parimal Bhattacharya began to travel outside the well-trodden urban centres to different parts of the region - from the Sundarbans to tribal Jangalmahal, from the outskirts of Kolkata to villages on the Bangladesh border, from the floodplains of the Hooghly to the forests of Simlipal in neighbouring Odisha. There, he encountered: a woman who was branded a witch because she was listed in the census as literate; an island that vanished famously, only to resurface; a paralysed communist who dreams about the death of a river; a forest community who believe they are descendants of the Harappans; an old millworker and his wife who fight the ghosts of a dead industrial town with laughter; a fisherman uprooted by a river eleven times in twenty years; and many more. This book documents the missing narratives of these &amp;#039;other&amp;#039; Bengalis, the largely invisible majority beyond the bhadralok that the rest of India knows. Moving between the personal and the political, and between travelogue, journal and memoir, Field Notes from a Waterborne Land takes the reader on a journey across a fascinating land peopled with unforgettable characters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Field Notes from a Waterborne Land: Bengal Beyond the Bhadralok
Author: Parimal Bhattacharya
Narrator: Anindya Chakravorty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In the late 2000s, when the three-decade-long Left Front rule in West Bengal was crumbling, Parimal Bhattacharya began to travel outside the well-trodden urban centres to different parts of the region - from the Sundarbans to tribal Jangalmahal, from the outskirts of Kolkata to villages on the Bangladesh border, from the floodplains of the Hooghly to the forests of Simlipal in neighbouring Odisha. There, he encountered: a woman who was branded a witch because she was listed in the census as literate; an island that vanished famously, only to resurface; a paralysed communist who dreams about the death of a river; a forest community who believe they are descendants of the Harappans; an old millworker and his wife who fight the ghosts of a dead industrial town with laughter; a fisherman uprooted by a river eleven times in twenty years; and many more. This book documents the missing narratives of these &amp;#039;other&amp;#039; Bengalis, the largely invisible majority beyond the bhadralok that the rest of India knows. Moving between the personal and the political, and between travelogue, journal and memoir, Field Notes from a Waterborne Land takes the reader on a journey across a fascinating land peopled with unforgettable characters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Traverse: Tragedy and Resilience in the Winter Whites by Ty Gagne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Traverse: Tragedy and Resilience in the Winter Whites
Author: Ty Gagne
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
On a mountain somewhere above treeline, in some of the coldest and worst winter conditions imaginable, two men lie unconscious in the snow as explosive winds batter the nearby summits. In The Last Traverse: Tragedy and Resilience in the Winter Whites, Ty Gagne masterfully lays out the events that led up to an epic and legendary rescue attempt in severe and dangerous winter conditions in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. More than a cautionary tale, it is a tribute to all the volunteers and professionals who willingly put themselves in harm&amp;#039;s way to save lives. This is a must-listen for anyone who hikes the Whites.</description>
      <author>Ty Gagne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765009109.mp3" length="7999877" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765009109.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Traverse: Tragedy and Resilience in the Winter Whites
Author: Ty Gagne
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
On a mountain somewhere above treeline, in some of the coldest and worst winter conditions imaginable, two men lie unconscious in the snow as explosive winds batter the nearby summits. In The Last Traverse: Tragedy and Resilience in the Winter Whites, Ty Gagne masterfully lays out the events that led up to an epic and legendary rescue attempt in severe and dangerous winter conditions in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. More than a cautionary tale, it is a tribute to all the volunteers and professionals who willingly put themselves in harm&amp;#039;s way to save lives. This is a must-listen for anyone who hikes the Whites.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Last Traverse: Tragedy and Resilience in the Winter Whites
Author: Ty Gagne
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
On a mountain somewhere above treeline, in some of the coldest and worst winter conditions imaginable, two men lie unconscious in the snow as explosive winds batter the nearby summits. In The Last Traverse: Tragedy and Resilience in the Winter Whites, Ty Gagne masterfully lays out the events that led up to an epic and legendary rescue attempt in severe and dangerous winter conditions in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. More than a cautionary tale, it is a tribute to all the volunteers and professionals who willingly put themselves in harm&amp;#039;s way to save lives. This is a must-listen for anyone who hikes the Whites.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Philosophy of Social Ecology: Essays on Dialectical Naturalism by Murray Bookchin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philosophy of Social Ecology: Essays on Dialectical Naturalism
Author: Murray Bookchin
Narrator: James R. Cheatham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What is nature? What is humanity&amp;#039;s place in nature? And what is the relationship of society to the natural world? In an era of ecological breakdown, answering these questions has become of momentous importance for our everyday lives and for the future that we and other life-forms face. In the essays of The Philosophy of Social Ecology, Murray Bookchin confronts these questions head on: invoking the ideas of mutualism, self-organization, and unity in diversity, in the service of ever expanding freedom. Refreshingly polemical and deeply philosophical, these essays take issue with technocratic and mechanistic ways of understanding and relating to, and within, nature. More importantly, they develop a solid, historically and politically based ethical foundation for social ecology, the field that Bookchin himself created and that offers us hope in the midst of our climate catastrophe.</description>
      <author>Murray Bookchin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765026960.mp3" length="8095109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765026960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philosophy of Social Ecology: Essays on Dialectical Naturalism
Author: Murray Bookchin
Narrator: James R. Cheatham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What is nature? What is humanity&amp;#039;s place in nature? And what is the relationship of society to the natural world? In an era of ecological breakdown, answering these questions has become of momentous importance for our everyday lives and for the future that we and other life-forms face. In the essays of The Philosophy of Social Ecology, Murray Bookchin confronts these questions head on: invoking the ideas of mutualism, self-organization, and unity in diversity, in the service of ever expanding freedom. Refreshingly polemical and deeply philosophical, these essays take issue with technocratic and mechanistic ways of understanding and relating to, and within, nature. More importantly, they develop a solid, historically and politically based ethical foundation for social ecology, the field that Bookchin himself created and that offers us hope in the midst of our climate catastrophe.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577875</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Philosophy of Social Ecology: Essays on Dialectical Naturalism
Author: Murray Bookchin
Narrator: James R. Cheatham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What is nature? What is humanity&amp;#039;s place in nature? And what is the relationship of society to the natural world? In an era of ecological breakdown, answering these questions has become of momentous importance for our everyday lives and for the future that we and other life-forms face. In the essays of The Philosophy of Social Ecology, Murray Bookchin confronts these questions head on: invoking the ideas of mutualism, self-organization, and unity in diversity, in the service of ever expanding freedom. Refreshingly polemical and deeply philosophical, these essays take issue with technocratic and mechanistic ways of understanding and relating to, and within, nature. More importantly, they develop a solid, historically and politically based ethical foundation for social ecology, the field that Bookchin himself created and that offers us hope in the midst of our climate catastrophe.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where You&amp;#039;ll Find Me: Risk, Decisions, and the Last Climb of Kate Matrosova by Ty Gagne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where You&amp;#039;ll Find Me: Risk, Decisions, and the Last Climb of Kate Matrosova
Author: Ty Gagne
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
On February 15, 2015, Kate Matrosova, an avid mountaineer, set off before sunrise for a traverse of the Northern Presidential Range in New Hampshire&amp;#039;s White Mountains. Late the following day, rescuers carried her frozen body out of the mountains amid some of the worst weather ever recorded on these deceptively rugged slopes. At thirty-two, Matrosova was ultra-fit and healthy and had already summited much larger mountains on several continents. Her gear included a rescue beacon and a satellite phone. Yet, despite their best efforts, more than forty expert search and rescue personnel, a New Hampshire Army National Guard Blackhawk helicopter, and a Civil Air Patrol Cessna airplane could not reach her in time to save her. What went wrong? Where You&amp;#039;ll Find Me offers possible answers to that question, demonstrating why Matrosova&amp;#039;s story—what we know and what we will never know—represents such an intriguing and informative case study in risk analysis and decision-making.</description>
      <author>Ty Gagne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765009086.mp3" length="7723734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765009086.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where You&amp;#039;ll Find Me: Risk, Decisions, and the Last Climb of Kate Matrosova
Author: Ty Gagne
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
On February 15, 2015, Kate Matrosova, an avid mountaineer, set off before sunrise for a traverse of the Northern Presidential Range in New Hampshire&amp;#039;s White Mountains. Late the following day, rescuers carried her frozen body out of the mountains amid some of the worst weather ever recorded on these deceptively rugged slopes. At thirty-two, Matrosova was ultra-fit and healthy and had already summited much larger mountains on several continents. Her gear included a rescue beacon and a satellite phone. Yet, despite their best efforts, more than forty expert search and rescue personnel, a New Hampshire Army National Guard Blackhawk helicopter, and a Civil Air Patrol Cessna airplane could not reach her in time to save her. What went wrong? Where You&amp;#039;ll Find Me offers possible answers to that question, demonstrating why Matrosova&amp;#039;s story—what we know and what we will never know—represents such an intriguing and informative case study in risk analysis and decision-making.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where You&amp;#039;ll Find Me: Risk, Decisions, and the Last Climb of Kate Matrosova
Author: Ty Gagne
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
On February 15, 2015, Kate Matrosova, an avid mountaineer, set off before sunrise for a traverse of the Northern Presidential Range in New Hampshire&amp;#039;s White Mountains. Late the following day, rescuers carried her frozen body out of the mountains amid some of the worst weather ever recorded on these deceptively rugged slopes. At thirty-two, Matrosova was ultra-fit and healthy and had already summited much larger mountains on several continents. Her gear included a rescue beacon and a satellite phone. Yet, despite their best efforts, more than forty expert search and rescue personnel, a New Hampshire Army National Guard Blackhawk helicopter, and a Civil Air Patrol Cessna airplane could not reach her in time to save her. What went wrong? Where You&amp;#039;ll Find Me offers possible answers to that question, demonstrating why Matrosova&amp;#039;s story—what we know and what we will never know—represents such an intriguing and informative case study in risk analysis and decision-making.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Löwenland: Mein Leben für Afrikas letzte Wildnis by Valentin Grüner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Löwenland: Mein Leben für Afrikas letzte Wildnis
Author: Valentin Grüner
Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Valentin Grüner lebt den Traum vieler Menschen: Mit Anfang 20 gab er seine Heimat, den Bodensee, für ein Leben als Wildhüter und Naturschützer in Afrika auf und zog in die Wüste Kalahari in Botswana. Als er vor neun Jahren ein verlassenes Löwenjunges fand, änderte sich alles: Die kleine Sirga bestimmte fortan seinen Alltag, wuchs heran, lernte auf Streifzügen, mit Valentin zu jagen und sich selbst zu versorgen. Nur durch Willenskraft, Kreativität und Durchhaltevermögen schaffte es Valentin, für Sirga ein Reservat in der afrikanischen Wildnis zu errichten. Nun streift Sirga unter Valentins wachsamem Blick durch ihr eigenes Gelände. In seinem Buch erzählt Valentin Grüner von seiner abenteuerlichen Geschichte – und der Freundschaft zu der Löwin Sirga.-</description>
      <author>Valentin Grüner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728300923.mp3" length="1429025" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728300923.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Löwenland: Mein Leben für Afrikas letzte Wildnis
Author: Valentin Grüner
Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Valentin Grüner lebt den Traum vieler Menschen: Mit Anfang 20 gab er seine Heimat, den Bodensee, für ein Leben als Wildhüter und Naturschützer in Afrika auf und zog in die Wüste Kalahari in Botswana. Als er vor neun Jahren ein verlassenes Löwenjunges fand, änderte sich alles: Die kleine Sirga bestimmte fortan seinen Alltag, wuchs heran, lernte auf Streifzügen, mit Valentin zu jagen und sich selbst zu versorgen. Nur durch Willenskraft, Kreativität und Durchhaltevermögen schaffte es Valentin, für Sirga ein Reservat in der afrikanischen Wildnis zu errichten. Nun streift Sirga unter Valentins wachsamem Blick durch ihr eigenes Gelände. In seinem Buch erzählt Valentin Grüner von seiner abenteuerlichen Geschichte – und der Freundschaft zu der Löwin Sirga.-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Löwenland: Mein Leben für Afrikas letzte Wildnis
Author: Valentin Grüner
Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Valentin Grüner lebt den Traum vieler Menschen: Mit Anfang 20 gab er seine Heimat, den Bodensee, für ein Leben als Wildhüter und Naturschützer in Afrika auf und zog in die Wüste Kalahari in Botswana. Als er vor neun Jahren ein verlassenes Löwenjunges fand, änderte sich alles: Die kleine Sirga bestimmte fortan seinen Alltag, wuchs heran, lernte auf Streifzügen, mit Valentin zu jagen und sich selbst zu versorgen. Nur durch Willenskraft, Kreativität und Durchhaltevermögen schaffte es Valentin, für Sirga ein Reservat in der afrikanischen Wildnis zu errichten. Nun streift Sirga unter Valentins wachsamem Blick durch ihr eigenes Gelände. In seinem Buch erzählt Valentin Grüner von seiner abenteuerlichen Geschichte – und der Freundschaft zu der Löwin Sirga.-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trials of Life: A Natural History of Animal Behaviour by David Attenborough</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trials of Life: A Natural History of Animal Behaviour
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The third and final updated edition of David Attenborough’s classic Life trilogy. Life on Earth covered evolution, Living Planet , ecology, and now The Trials of Life tackles ethology, the study of how animals behave.                      ‘This is, quite simply, the best thing I’ve ever done.’ Sir David Attenborough on the TV series, The Trials of Life, upon which this book is based.           This is the third and last of Sir David’s great natural history books based on his TV series and competes his survey of the animal world that began with Life on Earth and continues with Living Planet.           In Life on Earth, Sir David showed how each group of animals evolved. In Living Planet he looked at the way they have adapted to the whole range of habitats in which they live. Now, in Trials of Life, he completes the story by revealing how animals behave – and why.</description>
      <author>David Attenborough</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Nov 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008477875.mp3" length="1416813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008477875.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trials of Life: A Natural History of Animal Behaviour
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The third and final updated edition of David Attenborough’s classic Life trilogy. Life on Earth covered evolution, Living Planet , ecology, and now The Trials of Life tackles ethology, the study of how animals behave.                      ‘This is, quite simply, the best thing I’ve ever done.’ Sir David Attenborough on the TV series, The Trials of Life, upon which this book is based.           This is the third and last of Sir David’s great natural history books based on his TV series and competes his survey of the animal world that began with Life on Earth and continues with Living Planet.           In Life on Earth, Sir David showed how each group of animals evolved. In Living Planet he looked at the way they have adapted to the whole range of habitats in which they live. Now, in Trials of Life, he completes the story by revealing how animals behave – and why.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trials of Life: A Natural History of Animal Behaviour
Author: David Attenborough
Narrator: David Attenborough
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The third and final updated edition of David Attenborough’s classic Life trilogy. Life on Earth covered evolution, Living Planet , ecology, and now The Trials of Life tackles ethology, the study of how animals behave.                      ‘This is, quite simply, the best thing I’ve ever done.’ Sir David Attenborough on the TV series, The Trials of Life, upon which this book is based.           This is the third and last of Sir David’s great natural history books based on his TV series and competes his survey of the animal world that began with Life on Earth and continues with Living Planet.           In Life on Earth, Sir David showed how each group of animals evolved. In Living Planet he looked at the way they have adapted to the whole range of habitats in which they live. Now, in Trials of Life, he completes the story by revealing how animals behave – and why.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Fisch by Ulrich Magin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Fisch
Author: Ulrich Magin
Narrator: Jürgen Holdorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Im Bodensee beginnen Taucher spurlos zu verschwinden, eines Tages sinkt eine Fähre unter mysterösen Umständen. Der Forscher Carl Ghuimin stößt mit seinem Echolot auf etwas, was er für einen riesigen Fisch hält, doch als er seine Ergebnisse veröffentlichen will, wird er von den Verantwortlichen vehement gestoppt. Als Carl erkennt, was er da gerade entdeckt hat, ist es beinahe zu spät, um diese Katastrophe noch abzuwenden...-</description>
      <author>Ulrich Magin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728223314.mp3" length="1354610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728223314.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Fisch
Author: Ulrich Magin
Narrator: Jürgen Holdorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Im Bodensee beginnen Taucher spurlos zu verschwinden, eines Tages sinkt eine Fähre unter mysterösen Umständen. Der Forscher Carl Ghuimin stößt mit seinem Echolot auf etwas, was er für einen riesigen Fisch hält, doch als er seine Ergebnisse veröffentlichen will, wird er von den Verantwortlichen vehement gestoppt. Als Carl erkennt, was er da gerade entdeckt hat, ist es beinahe zu spät, um diese Katastrophe noch abzuwenden...-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577678</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Fisch
Author: Ulrich Magin
Narrator: Jürgen Holdorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Im Bodensee beginnen Taucher spurlos zu verschwinden, eines Tages sinkt eine Fähre unter mysterösen Umständen. Der Forscher Carl Ghuimin stößt mit seinem Echolot auf etwas, was er für einen riesigen Fisch hält, doch als er seine Ergebnisse veröffentlichen will, wird er von den Verantwortlichen vehement gestoppt. Als Carl erkennt, was er da gerade entdeckt hat, ist es beinahe zu spät, um diese Katastrophe noch abzuwenden...-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wind, Sturm &amp;amp; Regengeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressbewältigung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 9 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren (XXL-Bundle) by Institut Für Stressabbau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wind, Sturm &amp;amp; Regengeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressbewältigung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 9 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren (XXL-Bundle)
Author: Institut Für Stressabbau
Narrator: Institut Für Stressabbau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
***** Über 11 Stunden Naturgeräusche pur: Wind, Sturm, Gewittergeräusche, Regentropfen, mit und ohne Musik. ***** Ideal zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Konzentrieren oder Ausruhen. Dieses Hörbuch bietet dir volle neun Stunden beruhigende Naturgeräusche zur Entspannung. ***** Inhalt: 11 Melodien aus der Natur - aufgenommen mit hochmoderner Aufnahmetechnik, in einzigartiger Audioqualität. Zusätzlich 7 Kompositionen mit einer perfekten Mischung aus traumhafter Entspannungsmusik und beruhigenden Naturklängen. ***** Alle Aufnahmen sorgen augenblicklich für eine beachtliche innere Ruhe und können auch bei Tinnitus eine äußerst hilfreiche Wirkung erzielen. Tauchen Sie ein - in deine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung. ***** HINWEIS: Die Hörprobe enthält mehrere kurze Ausschnitte aus diesem XXL-Bundle! *****</description>
      <author>Institut Für Stressabbau</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066338585653.mp3" length="958543" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066338585653.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wind, Sturm &amp;amp; Regengeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressbewältigung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 9 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren (XXL-Bundle)
Author: Institut Für Stressabbau
Narrator: Institut Für Stressabbau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
***** Über 11 Stunden Naturgeräusche pur: Wind, Sturm, Gewittergeräusche, Regentropfen, mit und ohne Musik. ***** Ideal zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Konzentrieren oder Ausruhen. Dieses Hörbuch bietet dir volle neun Stunden beruhigende Naturgeräusche zur Entspannung. ***** Inhalt: 11 Melodien aus der Natur - aufgenommen mit hochmoderner Aufnahmetechnik, in einzigartiger Audioqualität. Zusätzlich 7 Kompositionen mit einer perfekten Mischung aus traumhafter Entspannungsmusik und beruhigenden Naturklängen. ***** Alle Aufnahmen sorgen augenblicklich für eine beachtliche innere Ruhe und können auch bei Tinnitus eine äußerst hilfreiche Wirkung erzielen. Tauchen Sie ein - in deine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung. ***** HINWEIS: Die Hörprobe enthält mehrere kurze Ausschnitte aus diesem XXL-Bundle! *****</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577646</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wind, Sturm &amp;amp; Regengeräusche: Beruhigende, wohltuende Naturgeräusche für Stressbewältigung &amp;amp; Stressabbau: Über 9 Stunden mit und ohne Musik zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Meditieren (XXL-Bundle)
Author: Institut Für Stressabbau
Narrator: Institut Für Stressabbau
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
***** Über 11 Stunden Naturgeräusche pur: Wind, Sturm, Gewittergeräusche, Regentropfen, mit und ohne Musik. ***** Ideal zum Entspannen, Einschlafen, Konzentrieren oder Ausruhen. Dieses Hörbuch bietet dir volle neun Stunden beruhigende Naturgeräusche zur Entspannung. ***** Inhalt: 11 Melodien aus der Natur - aufgenommen mit hochmoderner Aufnahmetechnik, in einzigartiger Audioqualität. Zusätzlich 7 Kompositionen mit einer perfekten Mischung aus traumhafter Entspannungsmusik und beruhigenden Naturklängen. ***** Alle Aufnahmen sorgen augenblicklich für eine beachtliche innere Ruhe und können auch bei Tinnitus eine äußerst hilfreiche Wirkung erzielen. Tauchen Sie ein - in deine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung. ***** HINWEIS: Die Hörprobe enthält mehrere kurze Ausschnitte aus diesem XXL-Bundle! *****</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wachteln halten - Das Wachtel 1x1: Von der Vorbereitung, über den Kauf bis zur erfolgreichen Wachtelhaltung und Wachtelzucht - inkl. Pflege, Ernährung, Stallung, gesetzliche Bestimmungen uvm. by Maximilian Kobus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wachteln halten - Das Wachtel 1x1: Von der Vorbereitung, über den Kauf bis zur erfolgreichen Wachtelhaltung und Wachtelzucht - inkl. Pflege, Ernährung, Stallung, gesetzliche Bestimmungen uvm.
Author: Maximilian Kobus
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Wachtelhaltung ist ein faszinierendes, eigenständiges und gleichzeitig nützliches Hobby mit vielen Facetten und Freuden. Und genau das entdecken immer mehr Menschen in Deutschland für sich. Sei es, weil sie sich schon immer mal etwas Landleben nach Hause holen wollten, keinen Platz für ausgewachsene Hühner haben, oder einfach, weil sie die kleinen Vögel schön und interessant finden. Wenn Sie auch dazugehören und mit dem Gedanken spielen, in die Wachtelhaltung einzusteigen, sind Sie mit diesem Buch für den Start richtig ausgestattet. Dieser speziell für Einsteiger konzipierte Ratgeber führt Sie in die Welt der Wachteln. Egal, ob Sie sie zur Zierde halten wollen, wegen ihres Artenreichtums und spannenden Verhaltens, oder als Nutztier, um Wachteleier zu legen, die als Delikatesse gelten: Von der Geschichte und Herkunft der Wachteln über den Kauf bis hin zur Unterbringung und Ausstattung kriegen Sie alle Infos, die Sie benötigen, um die artgerechte Haltung der Wachteln von Anfang an und zu allen Jahreszeiten sicherzustellen.</description>
      <author>Maximilian Kobus</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969305393.mp3" length="853676" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969305393.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wachteln halten - Das Wachtel 1x1: Von der Vorbereitung, über den Kauf bis zur erfolgreichen Wachtelhaltung und Wachtelzucht - inkl. Pflege, Ernährung, Stallung, gesetzliche Bestimmungen uvm.
Author: Maximilian Kobus
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Wachtelhaltung ist ein faszinierendes, eigenständiges und gleichzeitig nützliches Hobby mit vielen Facetten und Freuden. Und genau das entdecken immer mehr Menschen in Deutschland für sich. Sei es, weil sie sich schon immer mal etwas Landleben nach Hause holen wollten, keinen Platz für ausgewachsene Hühner haben, oder einfach, weil sie die kleinen Vögel schön und interessant finden. Wenn Sie auch dazugehören und mit dem Gedanken spielen, in die Wachtelhaltung einzusteigen, sind Sie mit diesem Buch für den Start richtig ausgestattet. Dieser speziell für Einsteiger konzipierte Ratgeber führt Sie in die Welt der Wachteln. Egal, ob Sie sie zur Zierde halten wollen, wegen ihres Artenreichtums und spannenden Verhaltens, oder als Nutztier, um Wachteleier zu legen, die als Delikatesse gelten: Von der Geschichte und Herkunft der Wachteln über den Kauf bis hin zur Unterbringung und Ausstattung kriegen Sie alle Infos, die Sie benötigen, um die artgerechte Haltung der Wachteln von Anfang an und zu allen Jahreszeiten sicherzustellen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wachteln halten - Das Wachtel 1x1: Von der Vorbereitung, über den Kauf bis zur erfolgreichen Wachtelhaltung und Wachtelzucht - inkl. Pflege, Ernährung, Stallung, gesetzliche Bestimmungen uvm.
Author: Maximilian Kobus
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Wachtelhaltung ist ein faszinierendes, eigenständiges und gleichzeitig nützliches Hobby mit vielen Facetten und Freuden. Und genau das entdecken immer mehr Menschen in Deutschland für sich. Sei es, weil sie sich schon immer mal etwas Landleben nach Hause holen wollten, keinen Platz für ausgewachsene Hühner haben, oder einfach, weil sie die kleinen Vögel schön und interessant finden. Wenn Sie auch dazugehören und mit dem Gedanken spielen, in die Wachtelhaltung einzusteigen, sind Sie mit diesem Buch für den Start richtig ausgestattet. Dieser speziell für Einsteiger konzipierte Ratgeber führt Sie in die Welt der Wachteln. Egal, ob Sie sie zur Zierde halten wollen, wegen ihres Artenreichtums und spannenden Verhaltens, oder als Nutztier, um Wachteleier zu legen, die als Delikatesse gelten: Von der Geschichte und Herkunft der Wachteln über den Kauf bis hin zur Unterbringung und Ausstattung kriegen Sie alle Infos, die Sie benötigen, um die artgerechte Haltung der Wachteln von Anfang an und zu allen Jahreszeiten sicherzustellen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pests: How Humans Create Animal Villains by Bethany Brookshire</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pests: How Humans Create Animal Villains
Author: Bethany Brookshire
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An engrossing and revealing study of why we deem certain animals “pests” and others not—from cats to rats, elephants to pigeons—and what this tells us about our own perceptions, beliefs, and actions, as well as our place in the natural world A squirrel in the garden. A rat in the wall. A pigeon on the street. Humans have spent so much of our history drawing a hard line between human spaces and wild places. When animals pop up where we don’t expect or want them, we respond with fear, rage, or simple annoyance. It’s no longer an animal. It’s a pest. At the intersection of science, history, and narrative journalism, Pests is not a simple call to look closer at our urban ecosystem. It’s not a natural history of the animals we hate. Instead, this book is about us. It’s about what calling an animal a pest says about people, how we live, and what we want. It’s a story about human nature, and how we categorize the animals in our midst, including bears and coyotes, sparrows and snakes. Pet or pest? In many cases, it’s entirely a question of perspective. Bethany Brookshire’s deeply researched and entirely entertaining book will show readers what there is to venerate in vermin, and help them appreciate how these animals have clawed their way to success as we did everything we could to ensure their failure. In the process, we will learn how the pests that annoy us tell us far more about humanity than they do about the animals themselves.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Bethany Brookshire</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063097285.mp3" length="1356276" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063097285.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pests: How Humans Create Animal Villains
Author: Bethany Brookshire
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An engrossing and revealing study of why we deem certain animals “pests” and others not—from cats to rats, elephants to pigeons—and what this tells us about our own perceptions, beliefs, and actions, as well as our place in the natural world A squirrel in the garden. A rat in the wall. A pigeon on the street. Humans have spent so much of our history drawing a hard line between human spaces and wild places. When animals pop up where we don’t expect or want them, we respond with fear, rage, or simple annoyance. It’s no longer an animal. It’s a pest. At the intersection of science, history, and narrative journalism, Pests is not a simple call to look closer at our urban ecosystem. It’s not a natural history of the animals we hate. Instead, this book is about us. It’s about what calling an animal a pest says about people, how we live, and what we want. It’s a story about human nature, and how we categorize the animals in our midst, including bears and coyotes, sparrows and snakes. Pet or pest? In many cases, it’s entirely a question of perspective. Bethany Brookshire’s deeply researched and entirely entertaining book will show readers what there is to venerate in vermin, and help them appreciate how these animals have clawed their way to success as we did everything we could to ensure their failure. In the process, we will learn how the pests that annoy us tell us far more about humanity than they do about the animals themselves.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pests: How Humans Create Animal Villains
Author: Bethany Brookshire
Narrator: Courtney Patterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An engrossing and revealing study of why we deem certain animals “pests” and others not—from cats to rats, elephants to pigeons—and what this tells us about our own perceptions, beliefs, and actions, as well as our place in the natural world A squirrel in the garden. A rat in the wall. A pigeon on the street. Humans have spent so much of our history drawing a hard line between human spaces and wild places. When animals pop up where we don’t expect or want them, we respond with fear, rage, or simple annoyance. It’s no longer an animal. It’s a pest. At the intersection of science, history, and narrative journalism, Pests is not a simple call to look closer at our urban ecosystem. It’s not a natural history of the animals we hate. Instead, this book is about us. It’s about what calling an animal a pest says about people, how we live, and what we want. It’s a story about human nature, and how we categorize the animals in our midst, including bears and coyotes, sparrows and snakes. Pet or pest? In many cases, it’s entirely a question of perspective. Bethany Brookshire’s deeply researched and entirely entertaining book will show readers what there is to venerate in vermin, and help them appreciate how these animals have clawed their way to success as we did everything we could to ensure their failure. In the process, we will learn how the pests that annoy us tell us far more about humanity than they do about the animals themselves.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Molly by Collin Butcher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Molly
Author: Collin Butcher
Narrator: Marc Lobato
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Descubre las increíbles aventuras reales de Molly, la perrita detective de mascotas. La maravillosa historia real de cómo una perrita y su amo se convirtieron en la pareja de detectives de mascotas más conocida del mundo entero. Cuando el ex policía Colin Butcher montó su propia agencia de detectives de mascotas para buscar animales perdidos o robados, rápidamente descubrió que necesitaba un socio. Colin encontró en una web de rescate de mascotas a Molly, una cocker spaniel lista y carismática, quien fue capaz de derretir el corazón de Colin y pronto se convirtieron en amigos inseparables. Combinando los conocimientos de Colin como detective, con la inteligencia, tenacidad y sentido del olfato de Molly, se convirtieron en un equipo maravilloso que rápidamente fue capaz de resolver los casos que nadie había podido hacer. Desde la búsqueda de Pablo, el pelirrojo gato secuestrado en Devon, hasta desenterrar un cofre de tesoros con joyas robadas en los bosques del norte de Londres, esta pareja tiene un sinfín de aventuras repletas de acción que les han permitido hacer miles de amigos a lo largo de su maravilloso camino. Encantadora, conmovedora y apasionante, Molly es la historia del rescate de una cocker spaniel con un pasado repleto de dolor, y que gracias al amor y a la devoción de su amo, encontró una nueva vida y un amigo para siempre. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano - Colin Butcher es un ex policía que sirvió también durante algunos años en la Royal Navy del Reino Unido. Montó su propia agencia de detectives de mascotas en 2005. Desde entonces se convirtió en líder del mercado en la investigación de crímenes contra animales, recuperando cada año a cientos de mascotas extraviadas o robadas. Como experto en el campo de la detección, su vasta experiencia como investigador le ha valido para convertirse en una de los máximos expertos sobre el comportamiento de perros y gatos extraviados.</description>
      <author>Collin Butcher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728318836.mp3" length="1429030" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728318836.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Molly
Author: Collin Butcher
Narrator: Marc Lobato
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Descubre las increíbles aventuras reales de Molly, la perrita detective de mascotas. La maravillosa historia real de cómo una perrita y su amo se convirtieron en la pareja de detectives de mascotas más conocida del mundo entero. Cuando el ex policía Colin Butcher montó su propia agencia de detectives de mascotas para buscar animales perdidos o robados, rápidamente descubrió que necesitaba un socio. Colin encontró en una web de rescate de mascotas a Molly, una cocker spaniel lista y carismática, quien fue capaz de derretir el corazón de Colin y pronto se convirtieron en amigos inseparables. Combinando los conocimientos de Colin como detective, con la inteligencia, tenacidad y sentido del olfato de Molly, se convirtieron en un equipo maravilloso que rápidamente fue capaz de resolver los casos que nadie había podido hacer. Desde la búsqueda de Pablo, el pelirrojo gato secuestrado en Devon, hasta desenterrar un cofre de tesoros con joyas robadas en los bosques del norte de Londres, esta pareja tiene un sinfín de aventuras repletas de acción que les han permitido hacer miles de amigos a lo largo de su maravilloso camino. Encantadora, conmovedora y apasionante, Molly es la historia del rescate de una cocker spaniel con un pasado repleto de dolor, y que gracias al amor y a la devoción de su amo, encontró una nueva vida y un amigo para siempre. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano - Colin Butcher es un ex policía que sirvió también durante algunos años en la Royal Navy del Reino Unido. Montó su propia agencia de detectives de mascotas en 2005. Desde entonces se convirtió en líder del mercado en la investigación de crímenes contra animales, recuperando cada año a cientos de mascotas extraviadas o robadas. Como experto en el campo de la detección, su vasta experiencia como investigador le ha valido para convertirse en una de los máximos expertos sobre el comportamiento de perros y gatos extraviados.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Molly
Author: Collin Butcher
Narrator: Marc Lobato
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 53 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Descubre las increíbles aventuras reales de Molly, la perrita detective de mascotas. La maravillosa historia real de cómo una perrita y su amo se convirtieron en la pareja de detectives de mascotas más conocida del mundo entero. Cuando el ex policía Colin Butcher montó su propia agencia de detectives de mascotas para buscar animales perdidos o robados, rápidamente descubrió que necesitaba un socio. Colin encontró en una web de rescate de mascotas a Molly, una cocker spaniel lista y carismática, quien fue capaz de derretir el corazón de Colin y pronto se convirtieron en amigos inseparables. Combinando los conocimientos de Colin como detective, con la inteligencia, tenacidad y sentido del olfato de Molly, se convirtieron en un equipo maravilloso que rápidamente fue capaz de resolver los casos que nadie había podido hacer. Desde la búsqueda de Pablo, el pelirrojo gato secuestrado en Devon, hasta desenterrar un cofre de tesoros con joyas robadas en los bosques del norte de Londres, esta pareja tiene un sinfín de aventuras repletas de acción que les han permitido hacer miles de amigos a lo largo de su maravilloso camino. Encantadora, conmovedora y apasionante, Molly es la historia del rescate de una cocker spaniel con un pasado repleto de dolor, y que gracias al amor y a la devoción de su amo, encontró una nueva vida y un amigo para siempre. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano - Colin Butcher es un ex policía que sirvió también durante algunos años en la Royal Navy del Reino Unido. Montó su propia agencia de detectives de mascotas en 2005. Desde entonces se convirtió en líder del mercado en la investigación de crímenes contra animales, recuperando cada año a cientos de mascotas extraviadas o robadas. Como experto en el campo de la detección, su vasta experiencia como investigador le ha valido para convertirse en una de los máximos expertos sobre el comportamiento de perros y gatos extraviados.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Still Hopeful: Lessons from a Lifetime of Activism by Maude Barlow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Still Hopeful: Lessons from a Lifetime of Activism
Author: Maude Barlow
Narrator: Barbara Saxberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Canada&amp;#039;s best-known voice of dissent.&amp;quot; - CBC 		&amp;quot;It&amp;#039;s time we listened to the Maude Barlows of the world.&amp;quot; - CNN 		In this timely book, Barlow counters the prevailing atmosphere of pessimism that surrounds us and offers lessons of hope that she has learned from a lifetime of activism. She has been a linchpin in three major movements in her life: second-wave feminism, the battle against free trade and globalization, and the global fight for water justice. From each of these she draws her lessons of hope, emphasizing that effective activism is not really about the goal, rather it is about building a movement and finding like-minded people to carry the load with you. Barlow knows firsthand how hard fighting for change can be. But she also knows that change does happen and that hope is the essential ingredient.</description>
      <author>Maude Barlow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773059785.mp3" length="1586326" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773059785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Still Hopeful: Lessons from a Lifetime of Activism
Author: Maude Barlow
Narrator: Barbara Saxberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Canada&amp;#039;s best-known voice of dissent.&amp;quot; - CBC 		&amp;quot;It&amp;#039;s time we listened to the Maude Barlows of the world.&amp;quot; - CNN 		In this timely book, Barlow counters the prevailing atmosphere of pessimism that surrounds us and offers lessons of hope that she has learned from a lifetime of activism. She has been a linchpin in three major movements in her life: second-wave feminism, the battle against free trade and globalization, and the global fight for water justice. From each of these she draws her lessons of hope, emphasizing that effective activism is not really about the goal, rather it is about building a movement and finding like-minded people to carry the load with you. Barlow knows firsthand how hard fighting for change can be. But she also knows that change does happen and that hope is the essential ingredient.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577254</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Still Hopeful: Lessons from a Lifetime of Activism
Author: Maude Barlow
Narrator: Barbara Saxberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March  8, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;quot;Canada&amp;#039;s best-known voice of dissent.&amp;quot; - CBC 		&amp;quot;It&amp;#039;s time we listened to the Maude Barlows of the world.&amp;quot; - CNN 		In this timely book, Barlow counters the prevailing atmosphere of pessimism that surrounds us and offers lessons of hope that she has learned from a lifetime of activism. She has been a linchpin in three major movements in her life: second-wave feminism, the battle against free trade and globalization, and the global fight for water justice. From each of these she draws her lessons of hope, emphasizing that effective activism is not really about the goal, rather it is about building a movement and finding like-minded people to carry the load with you. Barlow knows firsthand how hard fighting for change can be. But she also knows that change does happen and that hope is the essential ingredient.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Woman, Watching: Louise de Kiriline Lawrence and the Songbirds of Pimisi Bay by Merilyn Simonds</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Woman, Watching: Louise de Kiriline Lawrence and the Songbirds of Pimisi Bay
Author: Merilyn Simonds
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From award-winning author Merilyn Simonds, a remarkable biography of an extraordinary woman—a Swedish aristocrat who survived the Russian Revolution to become an internationally renowned naturalist, one of the first to track the mid-century decline of songbirds. Referred to as a Canadian Rachel Carson, Louise de Kiriline Lawrence lived and worked in an isolated log cabin near North Bay. After her husband was murdered by Bolsheviks, she refused her Swedish privilege and joined the Canadian Red Cross, visiting her northern Ontario patients by dogsled. When Elzire Dionne gave birth to five babies, Louise became nurse to the Dionne Quintuplets. Repulsed by the media circus, she retreated to her wilderness cabin, where she devoted herself to studying the birds that nested in her forest. Author of six books and scores of magazine stories, de Kiriline Lawrence and her &amp;#039;loghouse nest&amp;#039; became a Mecca for international ornithologists. Lawrence was an old woman when Merilyn Simonds moved into the woods not far away. Their paths crossed, sparking Simonds&amp;#039;s lifelong interest. A dedicated birder, Simonds brings her own songbird experiences from Canadian nesting grounds and Mexican wintering grounds to this deeply researched, engaging portrait of a uniquely fascinating woman.</description>
      <author>Merilyn Simonds</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765004760.mp3" length="8129530" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765004760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Woman, Watching: Louise de Kiriline Lawrence and the Songbirds of Pimisi Bay
Author: Merilyn Simonds
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From award-winning author Merilyn Simonds, a remarkable biography of an extraordinary woman—a Swedish aristocrat who survived the Russian Revolution to become an internationally renowned naturalist, one of the first to track the mid-century decline of songbirds. Referred to as a Canadian Rachel Carson, Louise de Kiriline Lawrence lived and worked in an isolated log cabin near North Bay. After her husband was murdered by Bolsheviks, she refused her Swedish privilege and joined the Canadian Red Cross, visiting her northern Ontario patients by dogsled. When Elzire Dionne gave birth to five babies, Louise became nurse to the Dionne Quintuplets. Repulsed by the media circus, she retreated to her wilderness cabin, where she devoted herself to studying the birds that nested in her forest. Author of six books and scores of magazine stories, de Kiriline Lawrence and her &amp;#039;loghouse nest&amp;#039; became a Mecca for international ornithologists. Lawrence was an old woman when Merilyn Simonds moved into the woods not far away. Their paths crossed, sparking Simonds&amp;#039;s lifelong interest. A dedicated birder, Simonds brings her own songbird experiences from Canadian nesting grounds and Mexican wintering grounds to this deeply researched, engaging portrait of a uniquely fascinating woman.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Woman, Watching: Louise de Kiriline Lawrence and the Songbirds of Pimisi Bay
Author: Merilyn Simonds
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From award-winning author Merilyn Simonds, a remarkable biography of an extraordinary woman—a Swedish aristocrat who survived the Russian Revolution to become an internationally renowned naturalist, one of the first to track the mid-century decline of songbirds. Referred to as a Canadian Rachel Carson, Louise de Kiriline Lawrence lived and worked in an isolated log cabin near North Bay. After her husband was murdered by Bolsheviks, she refused her Swedish privilege and joined the Canadian Red Cross, visiting her northern Ontario patients by dogsled. When Elzire Dionne gave birth to five babies, Louise became nurse to the Dionne Quintuplets. Repulsed by the media circus, she retreated to her wilderness cabin, where she devoted herself to studying the birds that nested in her forest. Author of six books and scores of magazine stories, de Kiriline Lawrence and her &amp;#039;loghouse nest&amp;#039; became a Mecca for international ornithologists. Lawrence was an old woman when Merilyn Simonds moved into the woods not far away. Their paths crossed, sparking Simonds&amp;#039;s lifelong interest. A dedicated birder, Simonds brings her own songbird experiences from Canadian nesting grounds and Mexican wintering grounds to this deeply researched, engaging portrait of a uniquely fascinating woman.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Animals Dream: The Hidden World of Animal Consciousness by David M. Pena-Guzman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Animals Dream: The Hidden World of Animal Consciousness
Author: David M. Pena-Guzman
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are humans the only dreamers on Earth? What goes on in the minds of animals when they sleep? When Animals Dream brings together behavioral and neuroscientific research on animal sleep with philosophical theories of dreaming. It shows that dreams provide an invaluable window into the cognitive and emotional lives of nonhuman animals, giving us access to a seemingly inaccessible realm of animal experience. David Peña-Guzmán uncovers evidence of animal dreaming throughout the scientific literature, suggesting that many animals run &amp;#039;reality simulations&amp;#039; while asleep, with a dream-ego moving through a dynamic and coherent dreamscape. He builds a convincing case for animals as conscious beings and examines the thorny scientific, philosophical, and ethical questions it raises. Once we accept that animals dream, we incur a host of moral obligations and have no choice but to rethink our views about who animals are and the interior lives they lead. A mesmerizing journey into the otherworldly domain of nonhuman consciousness, When Animals Dream carries profound implications for contemporary debates about animal cognition, animal ethics, and animal rights, challenging us to regard animals as beings who matter, and for whom things matter.</description>
      <author>David M. Pena-Guzman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765005743.mp3" length="7692059" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765005743.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Animals Dream: The Hidden World of Animal Consciousness
Author: David M. Pena-Guzman
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are humans the only dreamers on Earth? What goes on in the minds of animals when they sleep? When Animals Dream brings together behavioral and neuroscientific research on animal sleep with philosophical theories of dreaming. It shows that dreams provide an invaluable window into the cognitive and emotional lives of nonhuman animals, giving us access to a seemingly inaccessible realm of animal experience. David Peña-Guzmán uncovers evidence of animal dreaming throughout the scientific literature, suggesting that many animals run &amp;#039;reality simulations&amp;#039; while asleep, with a dream-ego moving through a dynamic and coherent dreamscape. He builds a convincing case for animals as conscious beings and examines the thorny scientific, philosophical, and ethical questions it raises. Once we accept that animals dream, we incur a host of moral obligations and have no choice but to rethink our views about who animals are and the interior lives they lead. A mesmerizing journey into the otherworldly domain of nonhuman consciousness, When Animals Dream carries profound implications for contemporary debates about animal cognition, animal ethics, and animal rights, challenging us to regard animals as beings who matter, and for whom things matter.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Animals Dream: The Hidden World of Animal Consciousness
Author: David M. Pena-Guzman
Narrator: Charlie Thurston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are humans the only dreamers on Earth? What goes on in the minds of animals when they sleep? When Animals Dream brings together behavioral and neuroscientific research on animal sleep with philosophical theories of dreaming. It shows that dreams provide an invaluable window into the cognitive and emotional lives of nonhuman animals, giving us access to a seemingly inaccessible realm of animal experience. David Peña-Guzmán uncovers evidence of animal dreaming throughout the scientific literature, suggesting that many animals run &amp;#039;reality simulations&amp;#039; while asleep, with a dream-ego moving through a dynamic and coherent dreamscape. He builds a convincing case for animals as conscious beings and examines the thorny scientific, philosophical, and ethical questions it raises. Once we accept that animals dream, we incur a host of moral obligations and have no choice but to rethink our views about who animals are and the interior lives they lead. A mesmerizing journey into the otherworldly domain of nonhuman consciousness, When Animals Dream carries profound implications for contemporary debates about animal cognition, animal ethics, and animal rights, challenging us to regard animals as beings who matter, and for whom things matter.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Confronting Climate Gridlock: How Diplomacy, Technology, and Policy Can Unlock a Clean Energy Future by Daniel S. Cohan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confronting Climate Gridlock: How Diplomacy, Technology, and Policy Can Unlock a Clean Energy Future
Author: Daniel S. Cohan
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An atmospheric scientist explains why global climate change mitigation and energy decarbonization demand American diplomacy, technology, and policy   Professor of environmental engineering Daniel Cohan argues that escaping the gravest perils of climate change will first require American diplomacy, technological innovation, and policy to catalyze decarbonization globally. Combining his own expertise along with insights from more than a hundred interviews with diplomats, scholars, and clean-technology pioneers, Cohan identifies flaws in previous efforts to combat climate change. He highlights opportunities for more successful strategies, including international &amp;#039;climate clubs&amp;#039; and accelerated development of clean energy technologies. Grounded in history and emerging scholarship, this book offers a forward-looking vision of solutions to confronting climate gridlock and a clear-eyed recognition of the challenges to enacting them.</description>
      <author>Daniel S. Cohan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765018705.mp3" length="7665535" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765018705.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confronting Climate Gridlock: How Diplomacy, Technology, and Policy Can Unlock a Clean Energy Future
Author: Daniel S. Cohan
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An atmospheric scientist explains why global climate change mitigation and energy decarbonization demand American diplomacy, technology, and policy   Professor of environmental engineering Daniel Cohan argues that escaping the gravest perils of climate change will first require American diplomacy, technological innovation, and policy to catalyze decarbonization globally. Combining his own expertise along with insights from more than a hundred interviews with diplomats, scholars, and clean-technology pioneers, Cohan identifies flaws in previous efforts to combat climate change. He highlights opportunities for more successful strategies, including international &amp;#039;climate clubs&amp;#039; and accelerated development of clean energy technologies. Grounded in history and emerging scholarship, this book offers a forward-looking vision of solutions to confronting climate gridlock and a clear-eyed recognition of the challenges to enacting them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/577023</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confronting Climate Gridlock: How Diplomacy, Technology, and Policy Can Unlock a Clean Energy Future
Author: Daniel S. Cohan
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An atmospheric scientist explains why global climate change mitigation and energy decarbonization demand American diplomacy, technology, and policy   Professor of environmental engineering Daniel Cohan argues that escaping the gravest perils of climate change will first require American diplomacy, technological innovation, and policy to catalyze decarbonization globally. Combining his own expertise along with insights from more than a hundred interviews with diplomats, scholars, and clean-technology pioneers, Cohan identifies flaws in previous efforts to combat climate change. He highlights opportunities for more successful strategies, including international &amp;#039;climate clubs&amp;#039; and accelerated development of clean energy technologies. Grounded in history and emerging scholarship, this book offers a forward-looking vision of solutions to confronting climate gridlock and a clear-eyed recognition of the challenges to enacting them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Heilmusik für Hunde: Frequenzbasierte Entspannungsmusik für Hunde und Welpen by Heilmusik Für Hunde</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilmusik für Hunde: Frequenzbasierte Entspannungsmusik für Hunde und Welpen
Author: Heilmusik Für Hunde
Narrator: Heilmusik Für Hunde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Viele Menschen hören heilende Musik, um sich zu entspannen: Auch Tiere können in besonderen Situationen mit dieser Musik deutlich besser regenerieren. Lange haben Hundebesitzer und selbst Tierärzte das für einen Mythos gehalten. Doch mehrere Studien haben aufgezeigt, dass Hunde sehr positiv auf besondere Frequenzen reagieren: Ihr Stress-Niveau sinkt, wenn die richtigen Klänge abgespielt werden. In 2020 wurden Hunden in Tierheimen unterschiedliche Genres vorgespielt, während mit einem EKG der Herzschlag und somit das Stress-Niveau gemessen wurde. Auf diese Weise konnten die Forscher feststellen, dass Hunde, während bestimmte Musiken abgespielt wurden, ruhiger wurden, weil ihr Kortisol-Level (Stresshormon) nachweislich sank. Für die körperliche Heilung ist das unerlässlich.  Die frequenzbasierte 528 Hz-Musik in diesem Hörbuch sorgt dafür, dass es Ihrem Liebling besser geht, wenn ungewohnte Ereignisse eintreten (fremde Umgebung, Arztbesuch, medizinische Eingriffe, OPs). Durch die sanften Klänge und Melodien mit schönen, tiefen, langanhaltenden Basstönen wird eine Wärme und Geborgenheit erzeugt, die für Mensch und Tier gleichermaßen heilsam wirkt. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: 3 wundervolle Heilmusiken für Hunde (Gesamtlaufzeit: 150 Minuten), die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass sie Ihrem treuen Freund beim Entspannen und Heilen helfen. Es gibt eine Menge Hörbücher und CDs, die das versprechen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. Dieses Programm wurde von renommierten britischen Tierärzten zusammengestellt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Audio-Frequenzen Hunde tatsächlich beruhigen und in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen. Die sanften und schwebenden Klänge … • sorgen bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung; • vermeiden Panik, unerwünschtes Bellen, Wimmern, Jammern oder Kauen; • bringen Körper, Geist und Seele Ihres treuen Freundes zurück ins Gleichgewicht. Erleben Sie Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn Ihr Hund sich in einem stressigen Heilungsprozess befindet. WICHTIGE HINWEISE ZUR ANWENDUNG: Machen Sie die Klangwelten bitte nicht zu laut. Eine reduzierte Lautstärke hat sich bewährt. Versuchen Sie störende Geräuschquellen (also beispielsweise Türklingel, Telefon, Radio oder Fernseher) möglichst auszuschalten.</description>
      <author>Heilmusik Für Hunde</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 12 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066338551023.mp3" length="977043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066338551023.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilmusik für Hunde: Frequenzbasierte Entspannungsmusik für Hunde und Welpen
Author: Heilmusik Für Hunde
Narrator: Heilmusik Für Hunde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Viele Menschen hören heilende Musik, um sich zu entspannen: Auch Tiere können in besonderen Situationen mit dieser Musik deutlich besser regenerieren. Lange haben Hundebesitzer und selbst Tierärzte das für einen Mythos gehalten. Doch mehrere Studien haben aufgezeigt, dass Hunde sehr positiv auf besondere Frequenzen reagieren: Ihr Stress-Niveau sinkt, wenn die richtigen Klänge abgespielt werden. In 2020 wurden Hunden in Tierheimen unterschiedliche Genres vorgespielt, während mit einem EKG der Herzschlag und somit das Stress-Niveau gemessen wurde. Auf diese Weise konnten die Forscher feststellen, dass Hunde, während bestimmte Musiken abgespielt wurden, ruhiger wurden, weil ihr Kortisol-Level (Stresshormon) nachweislich sank. Für die körperliche Heilung ist das unerlässlich.  Die frequenzbasierte 528 Hz-Musik in diesem Hörbuch sorgt dafür, dass es Ihrem Liebling besser geht, wenn ungewohnte Ereignisse eintreten (fremde Umgebung, Arztbesuch, medizinische Eingriffe, OPs). Durch die sanften Klänge und Melodien mit schönen, tiefen, langanhaltenden Basstönen wird eine Wärme und Geborgenheit erzeugt, die für Mensch und Tier gleichermaßen heilsam wirkt. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: 3 wundervolle Heilmusiken für Hunde (Gesamtlaufzeit: 150 Minuten), die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass sie Ihrem treuen Freund beim Entspannen und Heilen helfen. Es gibt eine Menge Hörbücher und CDs, die das versprechen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. Dieses Programm wurde von renommierten britischen Tierärzten zusammengestellt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Audio-Frequenzen Hunde tatsächlich beruhigen und in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen. Die sanften und schwebenden Klänge … • sorgen bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung; • vermeiden Panik, unerwünschtes Bellen, Wimmern, Jammern oder Kauen; • bringen Körper, Geist und Seele Ihres treuen Freundes zurück ins Gleichgewicht. Erleben Sie Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn Ihr Hund sich in einem stressigen Heilungsprozess befindet. WICHTIGE HINWEISE ZUR ANWENDUNG: Machen Sie die Klangwelten bitte nicht zu laut. Eine reduzierte Lautstärke hat sich bewährt. Versuchen Sie störende Geräuschquellen (also beispielsweise Türklingel, Telefon, Radio oder Fernseher) möglichst auszuschalten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Heilmusik für Hunde: Frequenzbasierte Entspannungsmusik für Hunde und Welpen
Author: Heilmusik Für Hunde
Narrator: Heilmusik Für Hunde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Viele Menschen hören heilende Musik, um sich zu entspannen: Auch Tiere können in besonderen Situationen mit dieser Musik deutlich besser regenerieren. Lange haben Hundebesitzer und selbst Tierärzte das für einen Mythos gehalten. Doch mehrere Studien haben aufgezeigt, dass Hunde sehr positiv auf besondere Frequenzen reagieren: Ihr Stress-Niveau sinkt, wenn die richtigen Klänge abgespielt werden. In 2020 wurden Hunden in Tierheimen unterschiedliche Genres vorgespielt, während mit einem EKG der Herzschlag und somit das Stress-Niveau gemessen wurde. Auf diese Weise konnten die Forscher feststellen, dass Hunde, während bestimmte Musiken abgespielt wurden, ruhiger wurden, weil ihr Kortisol-Level (Stresshormon) nachweislich sank. Für die körperliche Heilung ist das unerlässlich.  Die frequenzbasierte 528 Hz-Musik in diesem Hörbuch sorgt dafür, dass es Ihrem Liebling besser geht, wenn ungewohnte Ereignisse eintreten (fremde Umgebung, Arztbesuch, medizinische Eingriffe, OPs). Durch die sanften Klänge und Melodien mit schönen, tiefen, langanhaltenden Basstönen wird eine Wärme und Geborgenheit erzeugt, die für Mensch und Tier gleichermaßen heilsam wirkt. WAS SIE BEKOMMEN: 3 wundervolle Heilmusiken für Hunde (Gesamtlaufzeit: 150 Minuten), die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass sie Ihrem treuen Freund beim Entspannen und Heilen helfen. Es gibt eine Menge Hörbücher und CDs, die das versprechen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. Dieses Programm wurde von renommierten britischen Tierärzten zusammengestellt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Audio-Frequenzen Hunde tatsächlich beruhigen und in einen tiefenentspannten Zustand versetzen. Die sanften und schwebenden Klänge … • sorgen bei Ihrem Vierbeiner für maximale Entspannung; • vermeiden Panik, unerwünschtes Bellen, Wimmern, Jammern oder Kauen; • bringen Körper, Geist und Seele Ihres treuen Freundes zurück ins Gleichgewicht. Erleben Sie Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn Ihr Hund sich in einem stressigen Heilungsprozess befindet. WICHTIGE HINWEISE ZUR ANWENDUNG: Machen Sie die Klangwelten bitte nicht zu laut. Eine reduzierte Lautstärke hat sich bewährt. Versuchen Sie störende Geräuschquellen (also beispielsweise Türklingel, Telefon, Radio oder Fernseher) möglichst auszuschalten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Meerschweinchen halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Meerschweinchen ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit by Matthias Seeberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meerschweinchen halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Meerschweinchen ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit
Author: Matthias Seeberg
Narrator: Barbara Kier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Herzlich willkommen in der Welt der Meerschweinchen. In diesem Buch geht es um wunderbare, sehr soziale und sehr verfressene Nagetiere. Es soll als eine kleine, aber bei Weitem nicht vollständige Einführung in die Welt der Meerschweinchen angesehen werden, vielleicht sogar als Ratgeber für Unentschlossene. Wenn Sie sich für die Haltung von Meerschweinchen interessieren, aber nicht wissen, was die Tiere brauchen, um glücklich und annähernd artgerecht gehalten zu werden, dann sind Sie hier richtig. Sie erhalten Informationen über die Herkunft, die Kommunikation und die bekanntesten Rassen der Hausmeerschweinchen sowie ihre Pflege.</description>
      <author>Matthias Seeberg</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969305300.mp3" length="889445" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969305300.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meerschweinchen halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Meerschweinchen ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit
Author: Matthias Seeberg
Narrator: Barbara Kier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Herzlich willkommen in der Welt der Meerschweinchen. In diesem Buch geht es um wunderbare, sehr soziale und sehr verfressene Nagetiere. Es soll als eine kleine, aber bei Weitem nicht vollständige Einführung in die Welt der Meerschweinchen angesehen werden, vielleicht sogar als Ratgeber für Unentschlossene. Wenn Sie sich für die Haltung von Meerschweinchen interessieren, aber nicht wissen, was die Tiere brauchen, um glücklich und annähernd artgerecht gehalten zu werden, dann sind Sie hier richtig. Sie erhalten Informationen über die Herkunft, die Kommunikation und die bekanntesten Rassen der Hausmeerschweinchen sowie ihre Pflege.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Meerschweinchen halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Meerschweinchen ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit
Author: Matthias Seeberg
Narrator: Barbara Kier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Herzlich willkommen in der Welt der Meerschweinchen. In diesem Buch geht es um wunderbare, sehr soziale und sehr verfressene Nagetiere. Es soll als eine kleine, aber bei Weitem nicht vollständige Einführung in die Welt der Meerschweinchen angesehen werden, vielleicht sogar als Ratgeber für Unentschlossene. Wenn Sie sich für die Haltung von Meerschweinchen interessieren, aber nicht wissen, was die Tiere brauchen, um glücklich und annähernd artgerecht gehalten zu werden, dann sind Sie hier richtig. Sie erhalten Informationen über die Herkunft, die Kommunikation und die bekanntesten Rassen der Hausmeerschweinchen sowie ihre Pflege.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Papageien halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Papageien ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit eines Papagei by Matthias Schmieder</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Papageien halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Papageien ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit eines Papagei
Author: Matthias Schmieder
Narrator: Jaqueline Dernedde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wer schon einmal in einem Zoo war oder gar in einem Vogelpark, wird diese besonderen Vögel wohl kaum übersehen oder überhört haben: Papageien. Zumeist bunt, groß, klein, laut, leise, quietschend, schreiend, pfeifend oder sprechend - das ganze Aufgebot dieser wunderbaren paradiesischen ,,Piepmätze&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Beinahe jeder wünscht sich, in diesem Moment auch einen toll trainierten, kommunikativen, bunten und schönen Papageien zu Hause halten zu können. Möglich ist alles, doch sollte es auch gut durchdacht sein. In diesem Buch erkläre ich Ihnen, was Sie vor der Anschaffung erst einmal bedenken sollten. Sie lernen mit ein paar Beispielen und kurzen Vorstellungen einige Arten kennen, denn ein Papagei ist nicht gleich ein Papagei. Wie sollen die Tiere leben? Was fressen sie und was sind die typischen Macken der einzelnen Arten? Wie groß soll die Voliere sein? Welches Material darf verwendet werden?</description>
      <author>Matthias Schmieder</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969305331.mp3" length="838818" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969305331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Papageien halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Papageien ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit eines Papagei
Author: Matthias Schmieder
Narrator: Jaqueline Dernedde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wer schon einmal in einem Zoo war oder gar in einem Vogelpark, wird diese besonderen Vögel wohl kaum übersehen oder überhört haben: Papageien. Zumeist bunt, groß, klein, laut, leise, quietschend, schreiend, pfeifend oder sprechend - das ganze Aufgebot dieser wunderbaren paradiesischen ,,Piepmätze&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Beinahe jeder wünscht sich, in diesem Moment auch einen toll trainierten, kommunikativen, bunten und schönen Papageien zu Hause halten zu können. Möglich ist alles, doch sollte es auch gut durchdacht sein. In diesem Buch erkläre ich Ihnen, was Sie vor der Anschaffung erst einmal bedenken sollten. Sie lernen mit ein paar Beispielen und kurzen Vorstellungen einige Arten kennen, denn ein Papagei ist nicht gleich ein Papagei. Wie sollen die Tiere leben? Was fressen sie und was sind die typischen Macken der einzelnen Arten? Wie groß soll die Voliere sein? Welches Material darf verwendet werden?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576319</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Papageien halten für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Kauf, Haltung, Ernährung und Pflege Ihrer Papageien ohne Vorerfahrung gekonnt meistern - inkl. Tipps bei Krankheit eines Papagei
Author: Matthias Schmieder
Narrator: Jaqueline Dernedde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 38 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wer schon einmal in einem Zoo war oder gar in einem Vogelpark, wird diese besonderen Vögel wohl kaum übersehen oder überhört haben: Papageien. Zumeist bunt, groß, klein, laut, leise, quietschend, schreiend, pfeifend oder sprechend - das ganze Aufgebot dieser wunderbaren paradiesischen ,,Piepmätze&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Beinahe jeder wünscht sich, in diesem Moment auch einen toll trainierten, kommunikativen, bunten und schönen Papageien zu Hause halten zu können. Möglich ist alles, doch sollte es auch gut durchdacht sein. In diesem Buch erkläre ich Ihnen, was Sie vor der Anschaffung erst einmal bedenken sollten. Sie lernen mit ein paar Beispielen und kurzen Vorstellungen einige Arten kennen, denn ein Papagei ist nicht gleich ein Papagei. Wie sollen die Tiere leben? Was fressen sie und was sind die typischen Macken der einzelnen Arten? Wie groß soll die Voliere sein? Welches Material darf verwendet werden?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Four Fish: The Future of the Last Wild Food by Paul Greenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Four Fish: The Future of the Last Wild Food
Author: Paul Greenberg
Narrator: Christopher Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A necessary book for anyone truly interested in what we take from the sea to eat, and how, and why.” —Sam Sifton, The New York Times Book Review Acclaimed author of American Catch and The Omega Princple and life-long fisherman, Paul Greenberg takes us on a journey, examining the four fish that dominate our menus: salmon, sea bass, cod, and tuna.  Investigating the forces that get fish to our dinner tables, Greenberg reveals our damaged relationship with the ocean and its inhabitants. Just three decades ago, nearly everything we ate from the sea was wild. Today, rampant overfishing and an unprecedented biotech revolution have brought us to a point where wild and farmed fish occupy equal parts of a complex marketplace.  Four Fish offers a way for us to move toward a future in which healthy and sustainable seafood is the rule rather than the exception.</description>
      <author>Paul Greenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593662694.mp3" length="2759118" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593662694.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Four Fish: The Future of the Last Wild Food
Author: Paul Greenberg
Narrator: Christopher Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A necessary book for anyone truly interested in what we take from the sea to eat, and how, and why.” —Sam Sifton, The New York Times Book Review Acclaimed author of American Catch and The Omega Princple and life-long fisherman, Paul Greenberg takes us on a journey, examining the four fish that dominate our menus: salmon, sea bass, cod, and tuna.  Investigating the forces that get fish to our dinner tables, Greenberg reveals our damaged relationship with the ocean and its inhabitants. Just three decades ago, nearly everything we ate from the sea was wild. Today, rampant overfishing and an unprecedented biotech revolution have brought us to a point where wild and farmed fish occupy equal parts of a complex marketplace.  Four Fish offers a way for us to move toward a future in which healthy and sustainable seafood is the rule rather than the exception.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Four Fish: The Future of the Last Wild Food
Author: Paul Greenberg
Narrator: Christopher Lane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A necessary book for anyone truly interested in what we take from the sea to eat, and how, and why.” —Sam Sifton, The New York Times Book Review Acclaimed author of American Catch and The Omega Princple and life-long fisherman, Paul Greenberg takes us on a journey, examining the four fish that dominate our menus: salmon, sea bass, cod, and tuna.  Investigating the forces that get fish to our dinner tables, Greenberg reveals our damaged relationship with the ocean and its inhabitants. Just three decades ago, nearly everything we ate from the sea was wild. Today, rampant overfishing and an unprecedented biotech revolution have brought us to a point where wild and farmed fish occupy equal parts of a complex marketplace.  Four Fish offers a way for us to move toward a future in which healthy and sustainable seafood is the rule rather than the exception.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: Behind the Manufactured Scarcity of Food &amp;amp; Water.: How organizing the world with love will create a better environment by August Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: Behind the Manufactured Scarcity of Food &amp;amp; Water.: How organizing the world with love will create a better environment
Author: August Clark
Narrator: Dr. Jeff Hutchinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of hearing people constantly complain and moan about a world problem, but offer you no solutions as to what you can do to help resolve this issue? This might be from close friends or family constantly taking a negative view on this particular issue, or even from hearing about the problem on the news, but not hearing any potential solutions. Can you tell what problem I am talking about yet? Of course, I am talking about manufactured scarcity. Anyone who vaguely follows this topic will know that it is consistently increasing in the US, but many don’t know that it is also increasing across most other countries. So, what can you and I do to help improve the situation? The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems will help offer an insight into how these situations occur, in simple and understandable terms, so that you don’t get confused or demotivated by too much technical jargon. It will then also show you ways that positive change can be made, rather than just telling you about all the negative impacts of scarcity and making you feel as though all hope is lost. You will be amazed at the content included in this book, and the detail that is provided for you to digest. But what really sets this book apart from its competitors is that the information is so well presented and easy to understand.</description>
      <author>August Clark</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 12 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667944760.mp3" length="1441624" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667944760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: Behind the Manufactured Scarcity of Food &amp;amp; Water.: How organizing the world with love will create a better environment
Author: August Clark
Narrator: Dr. Jeff Hutchinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of hearing people constantly complain and moan about a world problem, but offer you no solutions as to what you can do to help resolve this issue? This might be from close friends or family constantly taking a negative view on this particular issue, or even from hearing about the problem on the news, but not hearing any potential solutions. Can you tell what problem I am talking about yet? Of course, I am talking about manufactured scarcity. Anyone who vaguely follows this topic will know that it is consistently increasing in the US, but many don’t know that it is also increasing across most other countries. So, what can you and I do to help improve the situation? The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems will help offer an insight into how these situations occur, in simple and understandable terms, so that you don’t get confused or demotivated by too much technical jargon. It will then also show you ways that positive change can be made, rather than just telling you about all the negative impacts of scarcity and making you feel as though all hope is lost. You will be amazed at the content included in this book, and the detail that is provided for you to digest. But what really sets this book apart from its competitors is that the information is so well presented and easy to understand.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576152</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power to Stop any Illusion of Problems: Behind the Manufactured Scarcity of Food &amp;amp; Water.: How organizing the world with love will create a better environment
Author: August Clark
Narrator: Dr. Jeff Hutchinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of hearing people constantly complain and moan about a world problem, but offer you no solutions as to what you can do to help resolve this issue? This might be from close friends or family constantly taking a negative view on this particular issue, or even from hearing about the problem on the news, but not hearing any potential solutions. Can you tell what problem I am talking about yet? Of course, I am talking about manufactured scarcity. Anyone who vaguely follows this topic will know that it is consistently increasing in the US, but many don’t know that it is also increasing across most other countries. So, what can you and I do to help improve the situation? The Power to Stop Any Illusion of Problems will help offer an insight into how these situations occur, in simple and understandable terms, so that you don’t get confused or demotivated by too much technical jargon. It will then also show you ways that positive change can be made, rather than just telling you about all the negative impacts of scarcity and making you feel as though all hope is lost. You will be amazed at the content included in this book, and the detail that is provided for you to digest. But what really sets this book apart from its competitors is that the information is so well presented and easy to understand.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Speak Whale: A Voyage into the Future of Animal Communication by Tom Mustill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Speak Whale: A Voyage into the Future of Animal Communication
Author: Tom Mustill
Narrator: Tom Mustill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What if animals and humans could speak to one another? Tom Mustill—the nature documentarian who went viral when a thirty‑ton humpback whale breached onto his kayak—asks this question in his thrilling investigation into whale science and animal communication. “When a whale is in the water, it is like an iceberg: you only see a fraction of it and have no conception of its size.”     On September 12, 2015, Tom Mustill was paddling in a two-person kayak with a friend just off the coast of California. It was cold, but idyllic—until a humpback whale breached, landing on top of them, releasing the energy equivalent of forty hand grenades. He was certain he was about to die, but they both survived, miraculously unscathed. In the interviews that followed the incident, Mustill was left with one question: What could this astonishing encounter teach us?     Drawing from his experience as a naturalist and wildlife filmmaker, Mustill started investigating human–whale interactions around the world when he met two tech entrepreneurs who wanted to use artificial intelligence (AI)—originally designed to translate human languages—to discover patterns in the conversations of animals and decode them. As he embarked on a journey into animal eavesdropping technologies, where big data meets big beasts, Mustill discovered that there is a revolution taking place in biology, as the technologies developed to explore our own languages are turned to nature.     From seventeenth-century Dutch inventors, to the whaling industry of the nineteenth century, to the cutting edge of Silicon Valley, How to Speak Whale examines how scientists and start-ups around the world are decoding animal communications. Whales, with their giant mammalian brains, virtuoso voices, and long, highly social lives, offer one of the most realistic opportunities for this to happen. But what would the consequences of such human animal interaction be?  We’re about to find out.</description>
      <author>Tom Mustill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668615393.mp3" length="813021" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668615393.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Speak Whale: A Voyage into the Future of Animal Communication
Author: Tom Mustill
Narrator: Tom Mustill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What if animals and humans could speak to one another? Tom Mustill—the nature documentarian who went viral when a thirty‑ton humpback whale breached onto his kayak—asks this question in his thrilling investigation into whale science and animal communication. “When a whale is in the water, it is like an iceberg: you only see a fraction of it and have no conception of its size.”     On September 12, 2015, Tom Mustill was paddling in a two-person kayak with a friend just off the coast of California. It was cold, but idyllic—until a humpback whale breached, landing on top of them, releasing the energy equivalent of forty hand grenades. He was certain he was about to die, but they both survived, miraculously unscathed. In the interviews that followed the incident, Mustill was left with one question: What could this astonishing encounter teach us?     Drawing from his experience as a naturalist and wildlife filmmaker, Mustill started investigating human–whale interactions around the world when he met two tech entrepreneurs who wanted to use artificial intelligence (AI)—originally designed to translate human languages—to discover patterns in the conversations of animals and decode them. As he embarked on a journey into animal eavesdropping technologies, where big data meets big beasts, Mustill discovered that there is a revolution taking place in biology, as the technologies developed to explore our own languages are turned to nature.     From seventeenth-century Dutch inventors, to the whaling industry of the nineteenth century, to the cutting edge of Silicon Valley, How to Speak Whale examines how scientists and start-ups around the world are decoding animal communications. Whales, with their giant mammalian brains, virtuoso voices, and long, highly social lives, offer one of the most realistic opportunities for this to happen. But what would the consequences of such human animal interaction be?  We’re about to find out.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/576001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Speak Whale: A Voyage into the Future of Animal Communication
Author: Tom Mustill
Narrator: Tom Mustill
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What if animals and humans could speak to one another? Tom Mustill—the nature documentarian who went viral when a thirty‑ton humpback whale breached onto his kayak—asks this question in his thrilling investigation into whale science and animal communication. “When a whale is in the water, it is like an iceberg: you only see a fraction of it and have no conception of its size.”     On September 12, 2015, Tom Mustill was paddling in a two-person kayak with a friend just off the coast of California. It was cold, but idyllic—until a humpback whale breached, landing on top of them, releasing the energy equivalent of forty hand grenades. He was certain he was about to die, but they both survived, miraculously unscathed. In the interviews that followed the incident, Mustill was left with one question: What could this astonishing encounter teach us?     Drawing from his experience as a naturalist and wildlife filmmaker, Mustill started investigating human–whale interactions around the world when he met two tech entrepreneurs who wanted to use artificial intelligence (AI)—originally designed to translate human languages—to discover patterns in the conversations of animals and decode them. As he embarked on a journey into animal eavesdropping technologies, where big data meets big beasts, Mustill discovered that there is a revolution taking place in biology, as the technologies developed to explore our own languages are turned to nature.     From seventeenth-century Dutch inventors, to the whaling industry of the nineteenth century, to the cutting edge of Silicon Valley, How to Speak Whale examines how scientists and start-ups around the world are decoding animal communications. Whales, with their giant mammalian brains, virtuoso voices, and long, highly social lives, offer one of the most realistic opportunities for this to happen. But what would the consequences of such human animal interaction be?  We’re about to find out.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breathe: Seven Ways to Win a Greener World by Sadiq Khan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathe: Seven Ways to Win a Greener World
Author: Sadiq Khan
Narrator: Sadiq Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A seven-step guide to winning support for tough action on climate change - the first book from the Mayor of London, Sadiq Khan For many years, Sadiq wasn&amp;#039;t fully aware of the dangers posed by air pollution, nor its connection with climate change. Then, at the age of 43, he was unexpectedly diagnosed with adult-onset asthma - brought on by the polluted London air he had been breathing for decades. Scandalised, Sadiq underwent a political transformation that would see him become one of the most prominent global politicians fighting (and winning) elections on green issues. Since becoming Mayor of London in 2016, he has declared a climate emergency, introduced the world&amp;#039;s first Ultra-Low Emission Zone, built hundreds of kilometres of new cycle lanes, led a drive for affordable insulation in council homes, and turned London into the first ever &amp;#039;National Park City&amp;#039;. But with every year bringing more wildfires, extreme temperatures and flooding - and with around 4,000 people still dying prematurely from London&amp;#039;s polluted air every year, with older, working class and ethnic minority Londoners most affected - there is so much more to do. Now, Sadiq draws on his experiences to identify the seven ways environmental action gets blown off course. And he reveals how to get it back on track, by: - Proving to sceptics that the climate crisis is a health crisis too; - Overcoming voters&amp;#039; cynicism by building coalitions across the political spectrum; - Shaking hands with everyone from your fiercest opponents to the most steadfast climate activists (even if you&amp;#039;re a bit worried they might superglue you). Breathe is a call to action demonstrating how anyone - whether voter, activist or politician - can win the argument on climate. It will help create a world where we can all breathe again. ©2023 Sadiq Khan (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Sadiq Khan</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781804941331.mp3" length="1283114" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781804941331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathe: Seven Ways to Win a Greener World
Author: Sadiq Khan
Narrator: Sadiq Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A seven-step guide to winning support for tough action on climate change - the first book from the Mayor of London, Sadiq Khan For many years, Sadiq wasn&amp;#039;t fully aware of the dangers posed by air pollution, nor its connection with climate change. Then, at the age of 43, he was unexpectedly diagnosed with adult-onset asthma - brought on by the polluted London air he had been breathing for decades. Scandalised, Sadiq underwent a political transformation that would see him become one of the most prominent global politicians fighting (and winning) elections on green issues. Since becoming Mayor of London in 2016, he has declared a climate emergency, introduced the world&amp;#039;s first Ultra-Low Emission Zone, built hundreds of kilometres of new cycle lanes, led a drive for affordable insulation in council homes, and turned London into the first ever &amp;#039;National Park City&amp;#039;. But with every year bringing more wildfires, extreme temperatures and flooding - and with around 4,000 people still dying prematurely from London&amp;#039;s polluted air every year, with older, working class and ethnic minority Londoners most affected - there is so much more to do. Now, Sadiq draws on his experiences to identify the seven ways environmental action gets blown off course. And he reveals how to get it back on track, by: - Proving to sceptics that the climate crisis is a health crisis too; - Overcoming voters&amp;#039; cynicism by building coalitions across the political spectrum; - Shaking hands with everyone from your fiercest opponents to the most steadfast climate activists (even if you&amp;#039;re a bit worried they might superglue you). Breathe is a call to action demonstrating how anyone - whether voter, activist or politician - can win the argument on climate. It will help create a world where we can all breathe again. ©2023 Sadiq Khan (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathe: Seven Ways to Win a Greener World
Author: Sadiq Khan
Narrator: Sadiq Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A seven-step guide to winning support for tough action on climate change - the first book from the Mayor of London, Sadiq Khan For many years, Sadiq wasn&amp;#039;t fully aware of the dangers posed by air pollution, nor its connection with climate change. Then, at the age of 43, he was unexpectedly diagnosed with adult-onset asthma - brought on by the polluted London air he had been breathing for decades. Scandalised, Sadiq underwent a political transformation that would see him become one of the most prominent global politicians fighting (and winning) elections on green issues. Since becoming Mayor of London in 2016, he has declared a climate emergency, introduced the world&amp;#039;s first Ultra-Low Emission Zone, built hundreds of kilometres of new cycle lanes, led a drive for affordable insulation in council homes, and turned London into the first ever &amp;#039;National Park City&amp;#039;. But with every year bringing more wildfires, extreme temperatures and flooding - and with around 4,000 people still dying prematurely from London&amp;#039;s polluted air every year, with older, working class and ethnic minority Londoners most affected - there is so much more to do. Now, Sadiq draws on his experiences to identify the seven ways environmental action gets blown off course. And he reveals how to get it back on track, by: - Proving to sceptics that the climate crisis is a health crisis too; - Overcoming voters&amp;#039; cynicism by building coalitions across the political spectrum; - Shaking hands with everyone from your fiercest opponents to the most steadfast climate activists (even if you&amp;#039;re a bit worried they might superglue you). Breathe is a call to action demonstrating how anyone - whether voter, activist or politician - can win the argument on climate. It will help create a world where we can all breathe again. ©2023 Sadiq Khan (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Kultur der wilden Tiere: WIE WALE FAMILIEN GRÜNDEN, PAPAGEIEN SCHÖNSEIN LERNEN UND SCHIMPANSEN FRIEDEN SCHLIESSEN by Carl Safina</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Kultur der wilden Tiere: WIE WALE FAMILIEN GRÜNDEN, PAPAGEIEN SCHÖNSEIN LERNEN UND SCHIMPANSEN FRIEDEN SCHLIESSEN
Author: Carl Safina
Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Manche Menschen halten Kultur ausschließlich für eine menschliche Errungenschaft. Doch das ist falsch: Auch Tiere sind nicht allein durch ihre Gene zu dem geworden, was sie sind. Auch sie ziehen Kinder auf, kennen die Schönheit oder kämpfen um den Frieden. Und auch ihre Kultur verändert sich und entwickelt sich weiter. Anzunehmen, Tiere hätten keine Kultur, weil sie keine menschliche Kultur haben, ist vergleichbar mit der Ansicht, andere Wesen kommunizierten nicht, weil sie keine menschliche Kommunikation haben. Sie haben ihre Kommunikation. Und sie haben ihre Kultur. In «Die Kultur der wilden Tiere» wirft Safina einen so neuen wie provozierenden Blick hinter den Vorhang des Lebens und fordert uns eindringlich auf, Tiere als Mitgeschöpfe und Reisegefährten auf dieser Erde zu betrachten.</description>
      <author>Carl Safina</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783944491950.mp3" length="847369" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783944491950.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Kultur der wilden Tiere: WIE WALE FAMILIEN GRÜNDEN, PAPAGEIEN SCHÖNSEIN LERNEN UND SCHIMPANSEN FRIEDEN SCHLIESSEN
Author: Carl Safina
Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Manche Menschen halten Kultur ausschließlich für eine menschliche Errungenschaft. Doch das ist falsch: Auch Tiere sind nicht allein durch ihre Gene zu dem geworden, was sie sind. Auch sie ziehen Kinder auf, kennen die Schönheit oder kämpfen um den Frieden. Und auch ihre Kultur verändert sich und entwickelt sich weiter. Anzunehmen, Tiere hätten keine Kultur, weil sie keine menschliche Kultur haben, ist vergleichbar mit der Ansicht, andere Wesen kommunizierten nicht, weil sie keine menschliche Kommunikation haben. Sie haben ihre Kommunikation. Und sie haben ihre Kultur. In «Die Kultur der wilden Tiere» wirft Safina einen so neuen wie provozierenden Blick hinter den Vorhang des Lebens und fordert uns eindringlich auf, Tiere als Mitgeschöpfe und Reisegefährten auf dieser Erde zu betrachten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575518</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Kultur der wilden Tiere: WIE WALE FAMILIEN GRÜNDEN, PAPAGEIEN SCHÖNSEIN LERNEN UND SCHIMPANSEN FRIEDEN SCHLIESSEN
Author: Carl Safina
Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 17, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Manche Menschen halten Kultur ausschließlich für eine menschliche Errungenschaft. Doch das ist falsch: Auch Tiere sind nicht allein durch ihre Gene zu dem geworden, was sie sind. Auch sie ziehen Kinder auf, kennen die Schönheit oder kämpfen um den Frieden. Und auch ihre Kultur verändert sich und entwickelt sich weiter. Anzunehmen, Tiere hätten keine Kultur, weil sie keine menschliche Kultur haben, ist vergleichbar mit der Ansicht, andere Wesen kommunizierten nicht, weil sie keine menschliche Kommunikation haben. Sie haben ihre Kommunikation. Und sie haben ihre Kultur. In «Die Kultur der wilden Tiere» wirft Safina einen so neuen wie provozierenden Blick hinter den Vorhang des Lebens und fordert uns eindringlich auf, Tiere als Mitgeschöpfe und Reisegefährten auf dieser Erde zu betrachten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Natural Horsemanship für Anfänger: Wie sie mit einfühlsamen Pferdetraining Ihr Pferd sanft aber bestimmt führen und eine tiefe Bindung aufbauen - inkl. 3-Wochen Trainingsplan by Birthe Hagen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Natural Horsemanship für Anfänger: Wie sie mit einfühlsamen Pferdetraining Ihr Pferd sanft aber bestimmt führen und eine tiefe Bindung aufbauen - inkl. 3-Wochen Trainingsplan
Author: Birthe Hagen
Narrator: Suzan Amir-Gusovius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, mit Ihrem Pferd in Kontakt zu treten? Nach einem Weg, der sanft, aber bestimmt das Verhältnis zwischen Ihnen und Ihrem Pferd verbessern kann und mit dem Sie ein Leben lang weiterlernen können? Dann werden Sie in diesem Buch fündig werden. Wer mit einem Pferd arbeitet, weiß, dass es verschiedene Stadien der Ausbildung und der Kommunikation gibt. Dass es Tage gibt, an denen man gut arbeiten kann, und Tage, an denen das Pferd nervös oder aufgeregt ist. Natural Horsemanship zeigt nun schon seit vielen Jahren einen Weg auf, bei dem immer mit und nie gegen das Pferd gearbeitet wird. In den vergangenen Jahren wurde immer deutlicher, wie wichtig es ist, sanft mit einem Pferd zu arbeiten. Während man die Pferde früher &amp;#039;gebrochen&amp;#039; hat, wollen wir heute mit ihnen gemeinsam einen friedlichen Weg durch das Leben finden. Als Pferdehalter wissen Sie, wie viel auch wir als Menschen von unserem Pferd lernen können. Natural Horsemanship zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie diesen friedlichen Weg mit Ihrem Pferd beschreiten können. Das erwartet Sie: -Was versteht man unter Natural Horsemanship? -Hintergrund und Geschichte -Die Grundprinzipien -Der Check-Up, bevor Sie starten -Ihr Drei-Wochen-Übungsplan -und vieles mehr ...</description>
      <author>Birthe Hagen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969305263.mp3" length="768602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969305263.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Natural Horsemanship für Anfänger: Wie sie mit einfühlsamen Pferdetraining Ihr Pferd sanft aber bestimmt führen und eine tiefe Bindung aufbauen - inkl. 3-Wochen Trainingsplan
Author: Birthe Hagen
Narrator: Suzan Amir-Gusovius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, mit Ihrem Pferd in Kontakt zu treten? Nach einem Weg, der sanft, aber bestimmt das Verhältnis zwischen Ihnen und Ihrem Pferd verbessern kann und mit dem Sie ein Leben lang weiterlernen können? Dann werden Sie in diesem Buch fündig werden. Wer mit einem Pferd arbeitet, weiß, dass es verschiedene Stadien der Ausbildung und der Kommunikation gibt. Dass es Tage gibt, an denen man gut arbeiten kann, und Tage, an denen das Pferd nervös oder aufgeregt ist. Natural Horsemanship zeigt nun schon seit vielen Jahren einen Weg auf, bei dem immer mit und nie gegen das Pferd gearbeitet wird. In den vergangenen Jahren wurde immer deutlicher, wie wichtig es ist, sanft mit einem Pferd zu arbeiten. Während man die Pferde früher &amp;#039;gebrochen&amp;#039; hat, wollen wir heute mit ihnen gemeinsam einen friedlichen Weg durch das Leben finden. Als Pferdehalter wissen Sie, wie viel auch wir als Menschen von unserem Pferd lernen können. Natural Horsemanship zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie diesen friedlichen Weg mit Ihrem Pferd beschreiten können. Das erwartet Sie: -Was versteht man unter Natural Horsemanship? -Hintergrund und Geschichte -Die Grundprinzipien -Der Check-Up, bevor Sie starten -Ihr Drei-Wochen-Übungsplan -und vieles mehr ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575498</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Natural Horsemanship für Anfänger: Wie sie mit einfühlsamen Pferdetraining Ihr Pferd sanft aber bestimmt führen und eine tiefe Bindung aufbauen - inkl. 3-Wochen Trainingsplan
Author: Birthe Hagen
Narrator: Suzan Amir-Gusovius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, mit Ihrem Pferd in Kontakt zu treten? Nach einem Weg, der sanft, aber bestimmt das Verhältnis zwischen Ihnen und Ihrem Pferd verbessern kann und mit dem Sie ein Leben lang weiterlernen können? Dann werden Sie in diesem Buch fündig werden. Wer mit einem Pferd arbeitet, weiß, dass es verschiedene Stadien der Ausbildung und der Kommunikation gibt. Dass es Tage gibt, an denen man gut arbeiten kann, und Tage, an denen das Pferd nervös oder aufgeregt ist. Natural Horsemanship zeigt nun schon seit vielen Jahren einen Weg auf, bei dem immer mit und nie gegen das Pferd gearbeitet wird. In den vergangenen Jahren wurde immer deutlicher, wie wichtig es ist, sanft mit einem Pferd zu arbeiten. Während man die Pferde früher &amp;#039;gebrochen&amp;#039; hat, wollen wir heute mit ihnen gemeinsam einen friedlichen Weg durch das Leben finden. Als Pferdehalter wissen Sie, wie viel auch wir als Menschen von unserem Pferd lernen können. Natural Horsemanship zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie diesen friedlichen Weg mit Ihrem Pferd beschreiten können. Das erwartet Sie: -Was versteht man unter Natural Horsemanship? -Hintergrund und Geschichte -Die Grundprinzipien -Der Check-Up, bevor Sie starten -Ihr Drei-Wochen-Übungsplan -und vieles mehr ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2022 by Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Jaime Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2022
Series: Part of Best American
Author: Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Jaime Green
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino, Ulka Simone Mohanty, Isabella Star Lablanc, Gisela Chipe, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Tracey Leigh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of the best science and nature articles written in 2021, selected by guest editor renowned marine biologist Dr. Ayana Elizabeth Johnson and series editor Jaime Green.  Dr. Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, renowned marine biologist and co-founder of the All We Can Save climate initiative, compiles the best science and nature writing of the year.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Jaime Green</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063274563.mp3" length="1355046" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063274563.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2022
Series: Part of Best American
Author: Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Jaime Green
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino, Ulka Simone Mohanty, Isabella Star Lablanc, Gisela Chipe, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Tracey Leigh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of the best science and nature articles written in 2021, selected by guest editor renowned marine biologist Dr. Ayana Elizabeth Johnson and series editor Jaime Green.  Dr. Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, renowned marine biologist and co-founder of the All We Can Save climate initiative, compiles the best science and nature writing of the year.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2022
Series: Part of Best American
Author: Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, Jaime Green
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino, Ulka Simone Mohanty, Isabella Star Lablanc, Gisela Chipe, Shaun Taylor-Corbett, Tracey Leigh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of the best science and nature articles written in 2021, selected by guest editor renowned marine biologist Dr. Ayana Elizabeth Johnson and series editor Jaime Green.  Dr. Ayana Elizabeth Johnson, renowned marine biologist and co-founder of the All We Can Save climate initiative, compiles the best science and nature writing of the year.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Slow Birding: The Art and Science of Enjoying the Birds in Your Own Backyard  by Joan E. Strassmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slow Birding: The Art and Science of Enjoying the Birds in Your Own Backyard 
Author: Joan E. Strassmann
Narrator: Joan E. Strassmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A one-of-a-kind guide to birding locally that encourages readers to slow down and notice the spectacular birds all around them. Many birders travel far and wide to popular birding destinations to catch sight of rare or “exotic” birds. In Slow Birding, evolutionary biologist Joan E. Strassmann introduces readers to the joys of birding right where they are.   In this inspiring guide to the art of slow birding, Strassmann tells colorful stories of the most common birds to be found in the United States—birds we often see but might not have considered deeply before. For example, northern cardinals thrive in the city, where they are free from predators. White brows on a male white-throated sparrow indicate that he is likely to be a philanderer. This essential guide to the fascinating world of common, everyday birds features: - detailed portraits of individual bird species and the scientists who have discovered and observed them - advice and guidance on what to look for when slow birding, so that you can uncover clues to the reasons behind specific bird behaviors - bird-focused activities that will open your eyes more to the fascinating world of birds       Slow Birding is the perfect guide for the birder looking to appreciate the beauty of the birds right in their own backyard, observing keenly how their behaviors change from day to day and season to season.</description>
      <author>Joan E. Strassmann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593632475.mp3" length="2807383" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593632475.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slow Birding: The Art and Science of Enjoying the Birds in Your Own Backyard 
Author: Joan E. Strassmann
Narrator: Joan E. Strassmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A one-of-a-kind guide to birding locally that encourages readers to slow down and notice the spectacular birds all around them. Many birders travel far and wide to popular birding destinations to catch sight of rare or “exotic” birds. In Slow Birding, evolutionary biologist Joan E. Strassmann introduces readers to the joys of birding right where they are.   In this inspiring guide to the art of slow birding, Strassmann tells colorful stories of the most common birds to be found in the United States—birds we often see but might not have considered deeply before. For example, northern cardinals thrive in the city, where they are free from predators. White brows on a male white-throated sparrow indicate that he is likely to be a philanderer. This essential guide to the fascinating world of common, everyday birds features: - detailed portraits of individual bird species and the scientists who have discovered and observed them - advice and guidance on what to look for when slow birding, so that you can uncover clues to the reasons behind specific bird behaviors - bird-focused activities that will open your eyes more to the fascinating world of birds       Slow Birding is the perfect guide for the birder looking to appreciate the beauty of the birds right in their own backyard, observing keenly how their behaviors change from day to day and season to season.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575401</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Slow Birding: The Art and Science of Enjoying the Birds in Your Own Backyard 
Author: Joan E. Strassmann
Narrator: Joan E. Strassmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A one-of-a-kind guide to birding locally that encourages readers to slow down and notice the spectacular birds all around them. Many birders travel far and wide to popular birding destinations to catch sight of rare or “exotic” birds. In Slow Birding, evolutionary biologist Joan E. Strassmann introduces readers to the joys of birding right where they are.   In this inspiring guide to the art of slow birding, Strassmann tells colorful stories of the most common birds to be found in the United States—birds we often see but might not have considered deeply before. For example, northern cardinals thrive in the city, where they are free from predators. White brows on a male white-throated sparrow indicate that he is likely to be a philanderer. This essential guide to the fascinating world of common, everyday birds features: - detailed portraits of individual bird species and the scientists who have discovered and observed them - advice and guidance on what to look for when slow birding, so that you can uncover clues to the reasons behind specific bird behaviors - bird-focused activities that will open your eyes more to the fascinating world of birds       Slow Birding is the perfect guide for the birder looking to appreciate the beauty of the birds right in their own backyard, observing keenly how their behaviors change from day to day and season to season.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>World Prehistory: The Basics by Brian M. Fagan, Nadia Durrani</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: World Prehistory: The Basics
Author: Brian M. Fagan, Nadia Durrani
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Written in a non-technical style by two archaeologists and experienced writers about the past, the story begins with human origins in Africa some six million years ago and the spread of our remote ancestors across the Old World. Then we return to Africa and describe the emergence of Homo sapiens (modern humans) over 300,000 years ago, then, much later, their permanent settlement of Europe, Eurasia, Asia, and the Americas. From hunters and foragers, we turn to the origins of farming and animal domestication in different parts of the world after about 11,000 years ago and show how these new economies changed human existence dramatically. The narratives chronicle the rise and fall of civilizations, and the devastating effects of long droughts on many of them. The closing chapter poses a question: Why is world prehistory important in the modern world? What does it tell us about ourselves? Providing a simple, but entertaining and stimulating, account of the prehistoric past from human origins to today from a global perspective, World Prehistory: The Basics is the ideal guide to the story of our early human past and its relevance to the modern world.</description>
      <author>Brian M. Fagan, Nadia Durrani</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765005446.mp3" length="8063610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765005446.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: World Prehistory: The Basics
Author: Brian M. Fagan, Nadia Durrani
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Written in a non-technical style by two archaeologists and experienced writers about the past, the story begins with human origins in Africa some six million years ago and the spread of our remote ancestors across the Old World. Then we return to Africa and describe the emergence of Homo sapiens (modern humans) over 300,000 years ago, then, much later, their permanent settlement of Europe, Eurasia, Asia, and the Americas. From hunters and foragers, we turn to the origins of farming and animal domestication in different parts of the world after about 11,000 years ago and show how these new economies changed human existence dramatically. The narratives chronicle the rise and fall of civilizations, and the devastating effects of long droughts on many of them. The closing chapter poses a question: Why is world prehistory important in the modern world? What does it tell us about ourselves? Providing a simple, but entertaining and stimulating, account of the prehistoric past from human origins to today from a global perspective, World Prehistory: The Basics is the ideal guide to the story of our early human past and its relevance to the modern world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575123</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: World Prehistory: The Basics
Author: Brian M. Fagan, Nadia Durrani
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Written in a non-technical style by two archaeologists and experienced writers about the past, the story begins with human origins in Africa some six million years ago and the spread of our remote ancestors across the Old World. Then we return to Africa and describe the emergence of Homo sapiens (modern humans) over 300,000 years ago, then, much later, their permanent settlement of Europe, Eurasia, Asia, and the Americas. From hunters and foragers, we turn to the origins of farming and animal domestication in different parts of the world after about 11,000 years ago and show how these new economies changed human existence dramatically. The narratives chronicle the rise and fall of civilizations, and the devastating effects of long droughts on many of them. The closing chapter poses a question: Why is world prehistory important in the modern world? What does it tell us about ourselves? Providing a simple, but entertaining and stimulating, account of the prehistoric past from human origins to today from a global perspective, World Prehistory: The Basics is the ideal guide to the story of our early human past and its relevance to the modern world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving Nature One Yard at a Time: How to Protect and Nurture Our Native Species by David Deardorff, Kathryn Wadsworth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Nature One Yard at a Time: How to Protect and Nurture Our Native Species
Author: David Deardorff, Kathryn Wadsworth
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover 100 ways to support endangered plant and wildlife species in your community and beyond. David Deardorff and Kathryn Wadsworth present 100 home projects designed to inspire and empower anyone who wants to help save our native flora and fauna in the face of habitat loss and climate change. This book focuses on saving creatures and plants that are especially vulnerable but that can be successfully helped by our efforts, such as bees, frogs, butterflies, birds, trees, and wildflowers. Each project meets four crucial criteria: (1) it will make a significant difference to the survival of the species, (2) has a high likelihood of success, (3) is easy to implement, and (4) is family-friendly. The book raises awareness of endangered species that readers can help by undertaking projects unique to their bioregion. Examples include building an amphibian house for salamanders, raising tadpoles, creating nesting sites for bees, and much more. Saving Nature One Yard at a Time is an inspirational and practical compendium that will give listeners the knowledge and tools they need to take an active role in nurturing the world around us, no matter we live.</description>
      <author>David Deardorff, Kathryn Wadsworth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765005149.mp3" length="7411592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765005149.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Nature One Yard at a Time: How to Protect and Nurture Our Native Species
Author: David Deardorff, Kathryn Wadsworth
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover 100 ways to support endangered plant and wildlife species in your community and beyond. David Deardorff and Kathryn Wadsworth present 100 home projects designed to inspire and empower anyone who wants to help save our native flora and fauna in the face of habitat loss and climate change. This book focuses on saving creatures and plants that are especially vulnerable but that can be successfully helped by our efforts, such as bees, frogs, butterflies, birds, trees, and wildflowers. Each project meets four crucial criteria: (1) it will make a significant difference to the survival of the species, (2) has a high likelihood of success, (3) is easy to implement, and (4) is family-friendly. The book raises awareness of endangered species that readers can help by undertaking projects unique to their bioregion. Examples include building an amphibian house for salamanders, raising tadpoles, creating nesting sites for bees, and much more. Saving Nature One Yard at a Time is an inspirational and practical compendium that will give listeners the knowledge and tools they need to take an active role in nurturing the world around us, no matter we live.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/575101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Nature One Yard at a Time: How to Protect and Nurture Our Native Species
Author: David Deardorff, Kathryn Wadsworth
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover 100 ways to support endangered plant and wildlife species in your community and beyond. David Deardorff and Kathryn Wadsworth present 100 home projects designed to inspire and empower anyone who wants to help save our native flora and fauna in the face of habitat loss and climate change. This book focuses on saving creatures and plants that are especially vulnerable but that can be successfully helped by our efforts, such as bees, frogs, butterflies, birds, trees, and wildflowers. Each project meets four crucial criteria: (1) it will make a significant difference to the survival of the species, (2) has a high likelihood of success, (3) is easy to implement, and (4) is family-friendly. The book raises awareness of endangered species that readers can help by undertaking projects unique to their bioregion. Examples include building an amphibian house for salamanders, raising tadpoles, creating nesting sites for bees, and much more. Saving Nature One Yard at a Time is an inspirational and practical compendium that will give listeners the knowledge and tools they need to take an active role in nurturing the world around us, no matter we live.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Waves and Beaches: The Powerful Dynamics of Sea and Coast by Kim Mccoy, Willard Bascom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waves and Beaches: The Powerful Dynamics of Sea and Coast
Author: Kim Mccoy, Willard Bascom
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bestselling Classic Updated for Surfers, Sailors, Oceanographers, Climate Activists, and Those Who Love the Sea First published in 1963 and updated in 1979, this classic was an essential handbook for anyone who studies, surfs, protects, or is fascinated by the ocean. Willard Bascom was a master of the subject and included a wealth of information, based on theory and statistics, but also anecdotal observation and personal experience. It brought to the general public understanding of the awesome and complex power of the waves. This revision from Kim McCoy adds recent facts and anecdotes to update the book&amp;#039;s relevance in the time of climate change. One of the most significant effects of global warming will be sea-level rise. What will this mean to waves and beaches, and what effects are we already seeing? New text covers events such as the Indian Ocean tsunami of 2004, Hurricane Katrina flooding of 2005, and the 2011 earthquake and resulting devastation in Fukishima. As well as students, surfers, and the general public, this updated edition of a beloved classic is an essential handbook for climate scientists and ocean activists, providing clear explanations and detailed resources.</description>
      <author>Kim Mccoy, Willard Bascom</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765014349.mp3" length="7796336" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765014349.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waves and Beaches: The Powerful Dynamics of Sea and Coast
Author: Kim Mccoy, Willard Bascom
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bestselling Classic Updated for Surfers, Sailors, Oceanographers, Climate Activists, and Those Who Love the Sea First published in 1963 and updated in 1979, this classic was an essential handbook for anyone who studies, surfs, protects, or is fascinated by the ocean. Willard Bascom was a master of the subject and included a wealth of information, based on theory and statistics, but also anecdotal observation and personal experience. It brought to the general public understanding of the awesome and complex power of the waves. This revision from Kim McCoy adds recent facts and anecdotes to update the book&amp;#039;s relevance in the time of climate change. One of the most significant effects of global warming will be sea-level rise. What will this mean to waves and beaches, and what effects are we already seeing? New text covers events such as the Indian Ocean tsunami of 2004, Hurricane Katrina flooding of 2005, and the 2011 earthquake and resulting devastation in Fukishima. As well as students, surfers, and the general public, this updated edition of a beloved classic is an essential handbook for climate scientists and ocean activists, providing clear explanations and detailed resources.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Waves and Beaches: The Powerful Dynamics of Sea and Coast
Author: Kim Mccoy, Willard Bascom
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 10, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bestselling Classic Updated for Surfers, Sailors, Oceanographers, Climate Activists, and Those Who Love the Sea First published in 1963 and updated in 1979, this classic was an essential handbook for anyone who studies, surfs, protects, or is fascinated by the ocean. Willard Bascom was a master of the subject and included a wealth of information, based on theory and statistics, but also anecdotal observation and personal experience. It brought to the general public understanding of the awesome and complex power of the waves. This revision from Kim McCoy adds recent facts and anecdotes to update the book&amp;#039;s relevance in the time of climate change. One of the most significant effects of global warming will be sea-level rise. What will this mean to waves and beaches, and what effects are we already seeing? New text covers events such as the Indian Ocean tsunami of 2004, Hurricane Katrina flooding of 2005, and the 2011 earthquake and resulting devastation in Fukishima. As well as students, surfers, and the general public, this updated edition of a beloved classic is an essential handbook for climate scientists and ocean activists, providing clear explanations and detailed resources.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mountain Madness: Found and Lost in the Peaks of America and Japan by Clinton Crockett Peters</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mountain Madness: Found and Lost in the Peaks of America and Japan
Author: Clinton Crockett Peters
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With Mountain Madness, Clinton Crockett Peters chronicles his travels and personal transformation from a West Texas evangelical to mountain guide-addict to humbled humanist after a near-fatal injury in Japan&amp;#039;s Chichibu Mountains. From 2007 to 2010, Peters lived in Kosuge Village (population nine hundred), nestled in central Japan&amp;#039;s peaks, where he was the only foreigner in the rugged town. Using these three years as a frame, this essay collection profiles who he was before Japan, why he became obsessed with mountains, and his fallout from mountain obsession, including an essay on Craig Arnold, the poet who disappeared on a Japanese volcano. Ultimately, the collection asks, how can landscape create and end identities?</description>
      <author>Clinton Crockett Peters</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666150841.mp3" length="8367587" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666150841.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mountain Madness: Found and Lost in the Peaks of America and Japan
Author: Clinton Crockett Peters
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With Mountain Madness, Clinton Crockett Peters chronicles his travels and personal transformation from a West Texas evangelical to mountain guide-addict to humbled humanist after a near-fatal injury in Japan&amp;#039;s Chichibu Mountains. From 2007 to 2010, Peters lived in Kosuge Village (population nine hundred), nestled in central Japan&amp;#039;s peaks, where he was the only foreigner in the rugged town. Using these three years as a frame, this essay collection profiles who he was before Japan, why he became obsessed with mountains, and his fallout from mountain obsession, including an essay on Craig Arnold, the poet who disappeared on a Japanese volcano. Ultimately, the collection asks, how can landscape create and end identities?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574226</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mountain Madness: Found and Lost in the Peaks of America and Japan
Author: Clinton Crockett Peters
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
With Mountain Madness, Clinton Crockett Peters chronicles his travels and personal transformation from a West Texas evangelical to mountain guide-addict to humbled humanist after a near-fatal injury in Japan&amp;#039;s Chichibu Mountains. From 2007 to 2010, Peters lived in Kosuge Village (population nine hundred), nestled in central Japan&amp;#039;s peaks, where he was the only foreigner in the rugged town. Using these three years as a frame, this essay collection profiles who he was before Japan, why he became obsessed with mountains, and his fallout from mountain obsession, including an essay on Craig Arnold, the poet who disappeared on a Japanese volcano. Ultimately, the collection asks, how can landscape create and end identities?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El ascenso. Kobe Bryant y la búsqueda de la inmortalidad by Mike Sielski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El ascenso. Kobe Bryant y la búsqueda de la inmortalidad
Author: Mike Sielski
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La muerte de Kobe Bryant en enero de 2020 estremeció el mundo de los deportes y las celebridades. La tragedia de ese accidente de helicóptero puso de manifiesto lo lejos que llega su influencia en nuestra cultura. El ascenso es un riguroso trabajo de investigación periodística en el que se cuenta la historia a menudo olvidada y menos conocida de los primeros años de la vida de Kobe Bryant.    En este libro los lectores viajarán desde las calles del suroeste de Filadelfia, donde el padre de Kobe, Joe, se convirtió en un destacado jugador de baloncesto, al aislamiento de la familia Bryant en Italia, donde Kobe pasó sus años de formación, a los suburbios de Lower Merion, donde nació la leyenda de Kobe. La historia seguirá su carrera y su vida en Lower Merion, donde llevó a los Aces a conseguir el campeonato estatal de Pensilvania en la temporada 1995-96, y el periodo previo al draft de la NBA de 1996, donde el sueño de Kobe de jugar en el baloncesto profesional culminó tras ser elegido por Los Angeles Lakers.    Para la documentación de este libro, Mike Sielski tuvo una gran ventaja sobre otros escritores que han intentado hacer una crónica de la vida de Kobe: tuvo acceso de manera exclusiva a una serie de entrevistas con él nunca antes publicadas durante su temporada sénior y los primeros días en la NBA. Durante veinticinco años, estas cintas y transcripciones preservaron los pensamientos, sueños y metas de Kobe, de su adolescencia, y contenían conocimientos e historias sobre él que nunca antes se habían contado.    Mucho más que un libro sobre baloncesto, El ascenso es una exploración de la identidad y la creación de un icono: la esencia del hombre antes de que realmente se convirtiera en hombre. Mucho más que un libro sobre baloncesto, El ascenso es una exploración de la identidad y la creación de un icono: la esencia del hombre antes de que realmente se convirtiera en hombre. - Mike Sielski es columnista de The Philadelphia Inquirer y autor de varios libros. The Associated Press Sports Editors lo eligió como el mejor columnista deportivo del país en 2015. Vive en Pensilvania con su esposa y sus dos hijos.</description>
      <author>Mike Sielski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728280744.mp3" length="1382861" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728280744.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El ascenso. Kobe Bryant y la búsqueda de la inmortalidad
Author: Mike Sielski
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La muerte de Kobe Bryant en enero de 2020 estremeció el mundo de los deportes y las celebridades. La tragedia de ese accidente de helicóptero puso de manifiesto lo lejos que llega su influencia en nuestra cultura. El ascenso es un riguroso trabajo de investigación periodística en el que se cuenta la historia a menudo olvidada y menos conocida de los primeros años de la vida de Kobe Bryant.    En este libro los lectores viajarán desde las calles del suroeste de Filadelfia, donde el padre de Kobe, Joe, se convirtió en un destacado jugador de baloncesto, al aislamiento de la familia Bryant en Italia, donde Kobe pasó sus años de formación, a los suburbios de Lower Merion, donde nació la leyenda de Kobe. La historia seguirá su carrera y su vida en Lower Merion, donde llevó a los Aces a conseguir el campeonato estatal de Pensilvania en la temporada 1995-96, y el periodo previo al draft de la NBA de 1996, donde el sueño de Kobe de jugar en el baloncesto profesional culminó tras ser elegido por Los Angeles Lakers.    Para la documentación de este libro, Mike Sielski tuvo una gran ventaja sobre otros escritores que han intentado hacer una crónica de la vida de Kobe: tuvo acceso de manera exclusiva a una serie de entrevistas con él nunca antes publicadas durante su temporada sénior y los primeros días en la NBA. Durante veinticinco años, estas cintas y transcripciones preservaron los pensamientos, sueños y metas de Kobe, de su adolescencia, y contenían conocimientos e historias sobre él que nunca antes se habían contado.    Mucho más que un libro sobre baloncesto, El ascenso es una exploración de la identidad y la creación de un icono: la esencia del hombre antes de que realmente se convirtiera en hombre. Mucho más que un libro sobre baloncesto, El ascenso es una exploración de la identidad y la creación de un icono: la esencia del hombre antes de que realmente se convirtiera en hombre. - Mike Sielski es columnista de The Philadelphia Inquirer y autor de varios libros. The Associated Press Sports Editors lo eligió como el mejor columnista deportivo del país en 2015. Vive en Pensilvania con su esposa y sus dos hijos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El ascenso. Kobe Bryant y la búsqueda de la inmortalidad
Author: Mike Sielski
Narrator: Emilio Bianchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 6 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
La muerte de Kobe Bryant en enero de 2020 estremeció el mundo de los deportes y las celebridades. La tragedia de ese accidente de helicóptero puso de manifiesto lo lejos que llega su influencia en nuestra cultura. El ascenso es un riguroso trabajo de investigación periodística en el que se cuenta la historia a menudo olvidada y menos conocida de los primeros años de la vida de Kobe Bryant.    En este libro los lectores viajarán desde las calles del suroeste de Filadelfia, donde el padre de Kobe, Joe, se convirtió en un destacado jugador de baloncesto, al aislamiento de la familia Bryant en Italia, donde Kobe pasó sus años de formación, a los suburbios de Lower Merion, donde nació la leyenda de Kobe. La historia seguirá su carrera y su vida en Lower Merion, donde llevó a los Aces a conseguir el campeonato estatal de Pensilvania en la temporada 1995-96, y el periodo previo al draft de la NBA de 1996, donde el sueño de Kobe de jugar en el baloncesto profesional culminó tras ser elegido por Los Angeles Lakers.    Para la documentación de este libro, Mike Sielski tuvo una gran ventaja sobre otros escritores que han intentado hacer una crónica de la vida de Kobe: tuvo acceso de manera exclusiva a una serie de entrevistas con él nunca antes publicadas durante su temporada sénior y los primeros días en la NBA. Durante veinticinco años, estas cintas y transcripciones preservaron los pensamientos, sueños y metas de Kobe, de su adolescencia, y contenían conocimientos e historias sobre él que nunca antes se habían contado.    Mucho más que un libro sobre baloncesto, El ascenso es una exploración de la identidad y la creación de un icono: la esencia del hombre antes de que realmente se convirtiera en hombre. Mucho más que un libro sobre baloncesto, El ascenso es una exploración de la identidad y la creación de un icono: la esencia del hombre antes de que realmente se convirtiera en hombre. - Mike Sielski es columnista de The Philadelphia Inquirer y autor de varios libros. The Associated Press Sports Editors lo eligió como el mejor columnista deportivo del país en 2015. Vive en Pensilvania con su esposa y sus dos hijos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American and World Geography by Rahma Gulaid, Jeremy Steen, April Sui, Arnavi Patel, Avery Kennedy, Anthony Chen, Simran Bakshi, Dr. Austin Mardon, John Christy Johnson, Peter Anto Johnson, Nasia Sheikh, Asfar Khan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American and World Geography
Author: Rahma Gulaid, Jeremy Steen, April Sui, Arnavi Patel, Avery Kennedy, Anthony Chen, Simran Bakshi, Dr. Austin Mardon, John Christy Johnson, Peter Anto Johnson, Nasia Sheikh, Asfar Khan
Narrator: Reinette Schabert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Geography has come a long way from its historical roots; from exploring foreign lands, mapping and naming territories to the multifaceted academic discipline of modern geography. Geography today is a subject that can bridge the gap between the humanities and the sciences. This book will cover everything from original indigenenous theories of geography to societal implications of our past and current understandings of geography, including social conflict, environment, and health. The book will finish by painting a broad picture of the current state of geography, its recent discoveries, strengths, controversies and future.</description>
      <author>Rahma Gulaid, Jeremy Steen, April Sui, Arnavi Patel, Avery Kennedy, Anthony Chen, Simran Bakshi, Dr. Austin Mardon, John Christy Johnson, Peter Anto Johnson, Nasia Sheikh, Asfar Khan</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773697567.mp3" length="1380385" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773697567.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American and World Geography
Author: Rahma Gulaid, Jeremy Steen, April Sui, Arnavi Patel, Avery Kennedy, Anthony Chen, Simran Bakshi, Dr. Austin Mardon, John Christy Johnson, Peter Anto Johnson, Nasia Sheikh, Asfar Khan
Narrator: Reinette Schabert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Geography has come a long way from its historical roots; from exploring foreign lands, mapping and naming territories to the multifaceted academic discipline of modern geography. Geography today is a subject that can bridge the gap between the humanities and the sciences. This book will cover everything from original indigenenous theories of geography to societal implications of our past and current understandings of geography, including social conflict, environment, and health. The book will finish by painting a broad picture of the current state of geography, its recent discoveries, strengths, controversies and future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American and World Geography
Author: Rahma Gulaid, Jeremy Steen, April Sui, Arnavi Patel, Avery Kennedy, Anthony Chen, Simran Bakshi, Dr. Austin Mardon, John Christy Johnson, Peter Anto Johnson, Nasia Sheikh, Asfar Khan
Narrator: Reinette Schabert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Geography has come a long way from its historical roots; from exploring foreign lands, mapping and naming territories to the multifaceted academic discipline of modern geography. Geography today is a subject that can bridge the gap between the humanities and the sciences. This book will cover everything from original indigenenous theories of geography to societal implications of our past and current understandings of geography, including social conflict, environment, and health. The book will finish by painting a broad picture of the current state of geography, its recent discoveries, strengths, controversies and future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Antarctica: A Polarizing Issue by Sheher-Bano Ahmed, Sameen Ali, Sam (si Cong) Zhang, Shana Quesnel, Rishi Mohan, Anusha Mappanasingham, Anittha Mappanasingham, Samira Sunderji, Pareesa Ali, Joonsoo Sean Lyeo, Shea Mcmartin, Ashna Hudani, Amir Ala&amp;#039;a, Dr. Austin Mardon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Antarctica: A Polarizing Issue
Author: Sheher-Bano Ahmed, Sameen Ali, Sam (si Cong) Zhang, Shana Quesnel, Rishi Mohan, Anusha Mappanasingham, Anittha Mappanasingham, Samira Sunderji, Pareesa Ali, Joonsoo Sean Lyeo, Shea Mcmartin, Ashna Hudani, Amir Ala&amp;#039;a, Dr. Austin Mardon
Narrator: Brenden Hiebert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Temperatures below minus thirty degrees Celsius for much of the year. Wind speeds that reach up to 54 kilometers per hour. The largest lake in the world, buried under miles of ice. A continent uninhabited except for isolated research stations. Antarctica is one of the most hostile and mysterious places on Earth. As climate change begins to devastate our planet, the importance of understanding and preserving Antarctica&amp;#039;s pristine natural environment becomes even more relevant. For the first time, read on to learn more about Antarctica: its secrets, its role in protecting our planet, the explorers who first found it, and its geopolitical importance.</description>
      <author>Sheher-Bano Ahmed, Sameen Ali, Sam (si Cong) Zhang, Shana Quesnel, Rishi Mohan, Anusha Mappanasingham, Anittha Mappanasingham, Samira Sunderji, Pareesa Ali, Joonsoo Sean Lyeo, Shea Mcmartin, Ashna Hudani, Amir Ala&amp;#039;a, Dr. Austin Mardon</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773697246.mp3" length="1451603" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773697246.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Antarctica: A Polarizing Issue
Author: Sheher-Bano Ahmed, Sameen Ali, Sam (si Cong) Zhang, Shana Quesnel, Rishi Mohan, Anusha Mappanasingham, Anittha Mappanasingham, Samira Sunderji, Pareesa Ali, Joonsoo Sean Lyeo, Shea Mcmartin, Ashna Hudani, Amir Ala&amp;#039;a, Dr. Austin Mardon
Narrator: Brenden Hiebert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Temperatures below minus thirty degrees Celsius for much of the year. Wind speeds that reach up to 54 kilometers per hour. The largest lake in the world, buried under miles of ice. A continent uninhabited except for isolated research stations. Antarctica is one of the most hostile and mysterious places on Earth. As climate change begins to devastate our planet, the importance of understanding and preserving Antarctica&amp;#039;s pristine natural environment becomes even more relevant. For the first time, read on to learn more about Antarctica: its secrets, its role in protecting our planet, the explorers who first found it, and its geopolitical importance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/574015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Antarctica: A Polarizing Issue
Author: Sheher-Bano Ahmed, Sameen Ali, Sam (si Cong) Zhang, Shana Quesnel, Rishi Mohan, Anusha Mappanasingham, Anittha Mappanasingham, Samira Sunderji, Pareesa Ali, Joonsoo Sean Lyeo, Shea Mcmartin, Ashna Hudani, Amir Ala&amp;#039;a, Dr. Austin Mardon
Narrator: Brenden Hiebert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 18 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Temperatures below minus thirty degrees Celsius for much of the year. Wind speeds that reach up to 54 kilometers per hour. The largest lake in the world, buried under miles of ice. A continent uninhabited except for isolated research stations. Antarctica is one of the most hostile and mysterious places on Earth. As climate change begins to devastate our planet, the importance of understanding and preserving Antarctica&amp;#039;s pristine natural environment becomes even more relevant. For the first time, read on to learn more about Antarctica: its secrets, its role in protecting our planet, the explorers who first found it, and its geopolitical importance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mirrors in the Earth: Reflections on Self-Healing from the Living World by Asia Suler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirrors in the Earth: Reflections on Self-Healing from the Living World
Author: Asia Suler
Narrator: Asia Suler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A nature therapy session for the soul--encounter the benevolence of the living world through 12 essays on the Earth-healing powers of self-compassion and empathy. When healing is needed at the deepest level, nature will always call us back home--not only to the oak woods or water-filled coves, but to the homes within ourselves. In a series of 12 lyrical nature essays, herbalist, writer, and Earth intuitive Asia Suler illuminates the healing power of the living Earth--and gives us permission to nurture self-compassion and empathy as forces for personal and ecological healing. In a time of unprecedented ecological devastation, it’s easy to feel hopeless and disconnected. It’s easier still to mask our inherent goodness--to imagine that our unique and precious gifts simply aren’t enough, or forget the power of our inborn empathy. For those of us who are highly sensitive, innately attuned to the workings and whispers of the natural world, it can be hard to embody the belief that we’re enough as we are--and that can heal the Earth. Here, Suler reveals the opposite: our goodness, our empathy, our intuitive connections, and our capacity for self-compassion are more than personal traits or antidotes to despair: they are, in fact, our most potent vehicles for planetary transformation. And as we learn to more deeply nurture and accept ourselves, we unlock living, healing connections to Earth. Combining poetic nature writing with exercises and reflection prompts at the end of each essay, Mirrors in the Earth coaxes us to come as we are: to discover and tend the inherent brilliance and medicine that lives in each of us. From the manatee-calm springs of wild Florida to the flower-dotted coves of the world’s most biodiverse mountains, Mirrors in the Earth is an invitation and encounter with the benevolence of the living world--and a nature therapy session for the soul.</description>
      <author>Asia Suler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623178291.mp3" length="2736139" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623178291.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirrors in the Earth: Reflections on Self-Healing from the Living World
Author: Asia Suler
Narrator: Asia Suler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A nature therapy session for the soul--encounter the benevolence of the living world through 12 essays on the Earth-healing powers of self-compassion and empathy. When healing is needed at the deepest level, nature will always call us back home--not only to the oak woods or water-filled coves, but to the homes within ourselves. In a series of 12 lyrical nature essays, herbalist, writer, and Earth intuitive Asia Suler illuminates the healing power of the living Earth--and gives us permission to nurture self-compassion and empathy as forces for personal and ecological healing. In a time of unprecedented ecological devastation, it’s easy to feel hopeless and disconnected. It’s easier still to mask our inherent goodness--to imagine that our unique and precious gifts simply aren’t enough, or forget the power of our inborn empathy. For those of us who are highly sensitive, innately attuned to the workings and whispers of the natural world, it can be hard to embody the belief that we’re enough as we are--and that can heal the Earth. Here, Suler reveals the opposite: our goodness, our empathy, our intuitive connections, and our capacity for self-compassion are more than personal traits or antidotes to despair: they are, in fact, our most potent vehicles for planetary transformation. And as we learn to more deeply nurture and accept ourselves, we unlock living, healing connections to Earth. Combining poetic nature writing with exercises and reflection prompts at the end of each essay, Mirrors in the Earth coaxes us to come as we are: to discover and tend the inherent brilliance and medicine that lives in each of us. From the manatee-calm springs of wild Florida to the flower-dotted coves of the world’s most biodiverse mountains, Mirrors in the Earth is an invitation and encounter with the benevolence of the living world--and a nature therapy session for the soul.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mirrors in the Earth: Reflections on Self-Healing from the Living World
Author: Asia Suler
Narrator: Asia Suler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A nature therapy session for the soul--encounter the benevolence of the living world through 12 essays on the Earth-healing powers of self-compassion and empathy. When healing is needed at the deepest level, nature will always call us back home--not only to the oak woods or water-filled coves, but to the homes within ourselves. In a series of 12 lyrical nature essays, herbalist, writer, and Earth intuitive Asia Suler illuminates the healing power of the living Earth--and gives us permission to nurture self-compassion and empathy as forces for personal and ecological healing. In a time of unprecedented ecological devastation, it’s easy to feel hopeless and disconnected. It’s easier still to mask our inherent goodness--to imagine that our unique and precious gifts simply aren’t enough, or forget the power of our inborn empathy. For those of us who are highly sensitive, innately attuned to the workings and whispers of the natural world, it can be hard to embody the belief that we’re enough as we are--and that can heal the Earth. Here, Suler reveals the opposite: our goodness, our empathy, our intuitive connections, and our capacity for self-compassion are more than personal traits or antidotes to despair: they are, in fact, our most potent vehicles for planetary transformation. And as we learn to more deeply nurture and accept ourselves, we unlock living, healing connections to Earth. Combining poetic nature writing with exercises and reflection prompts at the end of each essay, Mirrors in the Earth coaxes us to come as we are: to discover and tend the inherent brilliance and medicine that lives in each of us. From the manatee-calm springs of wild Florida to the flower-dotted coves of the world’s most biodiverse mountains, Mirrors in the Earth is an invitation and encounter with the benevolence of the living world--and a nature therapy session for the soul.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Land Healer: How Farming Can Save Britain’s Countryside by Jake Fiennes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land Healer: How Farming Can Save Britain’s Countryside
Author: Jake Fiennes
Narrator: Jake Fiennes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Our relationship with our land is broken: we must heal it. Jake Fiennes is on a mission to change the face of the English countryside. As Conservation Manager at Holkham in Norfolk, one of the country&amp;#039;s largest historic country estates, his radical habitat restoration and agricultural work has nurtured its species and risen its crop yields - bringing back wetlands, hedgerows, birds and butterflies over 25,000 acres of land. But this isn&amp;#039;t rewilding - there is no &amp;#039;wild&amp;#039; in Britain anymore. Mass farming, crop science and industrial chemicals have destroyed the majority of our natural landscape and wildlife over the last century. Land Healer is the story of Fiennes&amp;#039;s ambition to bring back our flora and fauna - by reclaiming our traditions and trialling new experiments which could restore our symbiosis with our land, and save our shared future. Following the farming year and the natural cycle of the seasons, Land Healer chronicles a life of conservation lived at the edges, and is a manifesto for rethinking our relationship with the natural world before it&amp;#039;s too late. &amp;#039;One of the motive forces behind this new way of looking at the land&amp;#039; - Tony Juniper, chair of Natural England &amp;#039;Jake Fiennes is changing the face of farming in Britain... a revolutionising force&amp;#039; Isabella Tree © Jake Fiennes 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Jake Fiennes</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529197457.mp3" length="1449053" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529197457.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land Healer: How Farming Can Save Britain’s Countryside
Author: Jake Fiennes
Narrator: Jake Fiennes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Our relationship with our land is broken: we must heal it. Jake Fiennes is on a mission to change the face of the English countryside. As Conservation Manager at Holkham in Norfolk, one of the country&amp;#039;s largest historic country estates, his radical habitat restoration and agricultural work has nurtured its species and risen its crop yields - bringing back wetlands, hedgerows, birds and butterflies over 25,000 acres of land. But this isn&amp;#039;t rewilding - there is no &amp;#039;wild&amp;#039; in Britain anymore. Mass farming, crop science and industrial chemicals have destroyed the majority of our natural landscape and wildlife over the last century. Land Healer is the story of Fiennes&amp;#039;s ambition to bring back our flora and fauna - by reclaiming our traditions and trialling new experiments which could restore our symbiosis with our land, and save our shared future. Following the farming year and the natural cycle of the seasons, Land Healer chronicles a life of conservation lived at the edges, and is a manifesto for rethinking our relationship with the natural world before it&amp;#039;s too late. &amp;#039;One of the motive forces behind this new way of looking at the land&amp;#039; - Tony Juniper, chair of Natural England &amp;#039;Jake Fiennes is changing the face of farming in Britain... a revolutionising force&amp;#039; Isabella Tree © Jake Fiennes 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573399</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land Healer: How Farming Can Save Britain’s Countryside
Author: Jake Fiennes
Narrator: Jake Fiennes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Our relationship with our land is broken: we must heal it. Jake Fiennes is on a mission to change the face of the English countryside. As Conservation Manager at Holkham in Norfolk, one of the country&amp;#039;s largest historic country estates, his radical habitat restoration and agricultural work has nurtured its species and risen its crop yields - bringing back wetlands, hedgerows, birds and butterflies over 25,000 acres of land. But this isn&amp;#039;t rewilding - there is no &amp;#039;wild&amp;#039; in Britain anymore. Mass farming, crop science and industrial chemicals have destroyed the majority of our natural landscape and wildlife over the last century. Land Healer is the story of Fiennes&amp;#039;s ambition to bring back our flora and fauna - by reclaiming our traditions and trialling new experiments which could restore our symbiosis with our land, and save our shared future. Following the farming year and the natural cycle of the seasons, Land Healer chronicles a life of conservation lived at the edges, and is a manifesto for rethinking our relationship with the natural world before it&amp;#039;s too late. &amp;#039;One of the motive forces behind this new way of looking at the land&amp;#039; - Tony Juniper, chair of Natural England &amp;#039;Jake Fiennes is changing the face of farming in Britain... a revolutionising force&amp;#039; Isabella Tree © Jake Fiennes 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - APICOLTURA PER  PRINCIPIANTI - Allevare le api da vero professionista: Come costruire la tua colonia di api, produrre miele di alta qualità ed aiutare l&amp;#039;ambiente allo stesso tempo + piano annuale by Animal World</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - APICOLTURA PER  PRINCIPIANTI - Allevare le api da vero professionista: Come costruire la tua colonia di api, produrre miele di alta qualità ed aiutare l&amp;#039;ambiente allo stesso tempo + piano annuale
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impara l&amp;#039;apicoltura Il mondo delle api per principianti Come allevare le api e produrre il proprio miele. Con piano annuale dettagliato ed ampie nozioni sull&amp;#039;apicoltura. Tutto ciò che devi sapere in solo libro - preparati al meglio e diventa con gioia apicoltore Sei affascinato dalle api e dalla loro complessa organizzazione nella colonia? Ti piacerebbe intervenire contro la scomparsa delle api per preservare l&amp;#039;ecosistema? Vorresti imparare come allevare nel modo giusto le tue api laboriose e come produrre del miele delizioso? Allora hai trovato il libro perfetto per te. In questo manuale troverai tutto ciò che da principiante e neofita devi sapere su questo tema. I facili e comprensibili consigli pratici contenuti all&amp;#039;interno sono facilmente replicabili e ti consentono di entrare facilmente e rapidamente nel mondo dell&amp;#039;apicoltura. - Il tuo nuovo &amp;#039;animale domestico&amp;#039;: Scopri quali tipi di api esistono e quale colonia è più adatta a te - Preparazione e requisiti: Costruisci la tua &amp;#039;arnia&amp;#039; ed equipaggiati con il giusto abbigliamento protettivo - Formalità giuridiche: Scopri quali regolamentazioni e prescrizioni devi rispettare, così che nulla possa intralciare la tua vita felice da apicoltore - Cura ed osservazione: Accompagna le tue api mese per mese attraverso l&amp;#039;anno delle api e prenditi cura che rimangano sane che si trovino bene all&amp;#039;interno dell&amp;#039;alveare - Il tuo miele: Conosci le diverse qualità di miele e raccogli il tuo stesso miele come premio delle tue fatiche Non importa che tu stia cercando un nuovo hobby, desideri sostenere attivamente il benessere ambientale o degli animali, o se desideri provvedere a te stesso con il tuo miele: questo libro completo ti prenderà per mano e ti mostrerà passo dopo passo, come imparare l&amp;#039;apicoltura in modo facile e veloce! Inizia oggi stesso il tuo percorso come apicoltore ed assicurati questo must sul tema dell&amp;#039;apicoltura!</description>
      <author>Animal World</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307472.mp3" length="838499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307472.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - APICOLTURA PER  PRINCIPIANTI - Allevare le api da vero professionista: Come costruire la tua colonia di api, produrre miele di alta qualità ed aiutare l&amp;#039;ambiente allo stesso tempo + piano annuale
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impara l&amp;#039;apicoltura Il mondo delle api per principianti Come allevare le api e produrre il proprio miele. Con piano annuale dettagliato ed ampie nozioni sull&amp;#039;apicoltura. Tutto ciò che devi sapere in solo libro - preparati al meglio e diventa con gioia apicoltore Sei affascinato dalle api e dalla loro complessa organizzazione nella colonia? Ti piacerebbe intervenire contro la scomparsa delle api per preservare l&amp;#039;ecosistema? Vorresti imparare come allevare nel modo giusto le tue api laboriose e come produrre del miele delizioso? Allora hai trovato il libro perfetto per te. In questo manuale troverai tutto ciò che da principiante e neofita devi sapere su questo tema. I facili e comprensibili consigli pratici contenuti all&amp;#039;interno sono facilmente replicabili e ti consentono di entrare facilmente e rapidamente nel mondo dell&amp;#039;apicoltura. - Il tuo nuovo &amp;#039;animale domestico&amp;#039;: Scopri quali tipi di api esistono e quale colonia è più adatta a te - Preparazione e requisiti: Costruisci la tua &amp;#039;arnia&amp;#039; ed equipaggiati con il giusto abbigliamento protettivo - Formalità giuridiche: Scopri quali regolamentazioni e prescrizioni devi rispettare, così che nulla possa intralciare la tua vita felice da apicoltore - Cura ed osservazione: Accompagna le tue api mese per mese attraverso l&amp;#039;anno delle api e prenditi cura che rimangano sane che si trovino bene all&amp;#039;interno dell&amp;#039;alveare - Il tuo miele: Conosci le diverse qualità di miele e raccogli il tuo stesso miele come premio delle tue fatiche Non importa che tu stia cercando un nuovo hobby, desideri sostenere attivamente il benessere ambientale o degli animali, o se desideri provvedere a te stesso con il tuo miele: questo libro completo ti prenderà per mano e ti mostrerà passo dopo passo, come imparare l&amp;#039;apicoltura in modo facile e veloce! Inizia oggi stesso il tuo percorso come apicoltore ed assicurati questo must sul tema dell&amp;#039;apicoltura!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573310</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - APICOLTURA PER  PRINCIPIANTI - Allevare le api da vero professionista: Come costruire la tua colonia di api, produrre miele di alta qualità ed aiutare l&amp;#039;ambiente allo stesso tempo + piano annuale
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Impara l&amp;#039;apicoltura Il mondo delle api per principianti Come allevare le api e produrre il proprio miele. Con piano annuale dettagliato ed ampie nozioni sull&amp;#039;apicoltura. Tutto ciò che devi sapere in solo libro - preparati al meglio e diventa con gioia apicoltore Sei affascinato dalle api e dalla loro complessa organizzazione nella colonia? Ti piacerebbe intervenire contro la scomparsa delle api per preservare l&amp;#039;ecosistema? Vorresti imparare come allevare nel modo giusto le tue api laboriose e come produrre del miele delizioso? Allora hai trovato il libro perfetto per te. In questo manuale troverai tutto ciò che da principiante e neofita devi sapere su questo tema. I facili e comprensibili consigli pratici contenuti all&amp;#039;interno sono facilmente replicabili e ti consentono di entrare facilmente e rapidamente nel mondo dell&amp;#039;apicoltura. - Il tuo nuovo &amp;#039;animale domestico&amp;#039;: Scopri quali tipi di api esistono e quale colonia è più adatta a te - Preparazione e requisiti: Costruisci la tua &amp;#039;arnia&amp;#039; ed equipaggiati con il giusto abbigliamento protettivo - Formalità giuridiche: Scopri quali regolamentazioni e prescrizioni devi rispettare, così che nulla possa intralciare la tua vita felice da apicoltore - Cura ed osservazione: Accompagna le tue api mese per mese attraverso l&amp;#039;anno delle api e prenditi cura che rimangano sane che si trovino bene all&amp;#039;interno dell&amp;#039;alveare - Il tuo miele: Conosci le diverse qualità di miele e raccogli il tuo stesso miele come premio delle tue fatiche Non importa che tu stia cercando un nuovo hobby, desideri sostenere attivamente il benessere ambientale o degli animali, o se desideri provvedere a te stesso con il tuo miele: questo libro completo ti prenderà per mano e ti mostrerà passo dopo passo, come imparare l&amp;#039;apicoltura in modo facile e veloce! Inizia oggi stesso il tuo percorso come apicoltore ed assicurati questo must sul tema dell&amp;#039;apicoltura!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Grümel: Band 01 by Ute Höpfner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grümel: Band 01
Author: Ute Höpfner
Narrator: Cathlen Gawlich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Grümel kommt auf die Welt, dreht Borki auf die richtige Seite, findet die Mutter vom kleinen Fuchs und rettet seinen Kumpel, den Hasen, vor dem Ertrinken im See. Moppel, der Hase  und Grümel, der … Grümel eben sind beste Freunde geworden. Und da Grümel gar nicht weiß, wo er eigentlich herkommt, nimmt Moppel die Sache in die Hand. Und dann ist da noch die Sache mit Ostern – das FAST nicht stattfinden kann, aber da gibt es zwei, die helfen können: einen Hasen und einen … Grümel.</description>
      <author>Ute Höpfner</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783947878949.mp3" length="966526" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783947878949.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grümel: Band 01
Author: Ute Höpfner
Narrator: Cathlen Gawlich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Grümel kommt auf die Welt, dreht Borki auf die richtige Seite, findet die Mutter vom kleinen Fuchs und rettet seinen Kumpel, den Hasen, vor dem Ertrinken im See. Moppel, der Hase  und Grümel, der … Grümel eben sind beste Freunde geworden. Und da Grümel gar nicht weiß, wo er eigentlich herkommt, nimmt Moppel die Sache in die Hand. Und dann ist da noch die Sache mit Ostern – das FAST nicht stattfinden kann, aber da gibt es zwei, die helfen können: einen Hasen und einen … Grümel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grümel: Band 01
Author: Ute Höpfner
Narrator: Cathlen Gawlich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Grümel kommt auf die Welt, dreht Borki auf die richtige Seite, findet die Mutter vom kleinen Fuchs und rettet seinen Kumpel, den Hasen, vor dem Ertrinken im See. Moppel, der Hase  und Grümel, der … Grümel eben sind beste Freunde geworden. Und da Grümel gar nicht weiß, wo er eigentlich herkommt, nimmt Moppel die Sache in die Hand. Und dann ist da noch die Sache mit Ostern – das FAST nicht stattfinden kann, aber da gibt es zwei, die helfen können: einen Hasen und einen … Grümel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - ولدن by ديفيد هنري ثورو</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ولدن
Author: ديفيد هنري ثورو
Narrator: كريم مسعد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
صدر حديثا عن دار العين للنشر كتاب &amp;#039;ولدن&amp;#039; تأليف ديفيد هنرى ثورو، وترجمة هالة صلاح الدين، ويتناول الكتاب رؤية فلسفية عن كيف يقضى الإنسان حياته ما بين الواقع والحلم. ويقول ديفيد هنرى، في كتابه: &amp;#039;إلى متى سنجلس في أروقتنا المُعَمَّدة، نمارس فضائل بالية عديمة الجدوى، أي عمل سيجعل لا صلة لها بالموضوع المتناول؟ وكأن المرء سيستهل يومه بالصبر على احتمال الأذى ويوظف رجلًا لعزق بطاطسه، وفي الظهيرة يذهب لممارسة الحِلْم والإحسان المسيحيين على حين ينتوي تعمد الخير! تفكَّر في الفخر الصيني ورضا البشرية الراكد عن ذاتها، يتكئ هذا الجيل قليلًا ليهنئ نفسه على أنه آخر سلالة شهيرة، وفي بوسطن ولندن وباريس وروما يفكر في نَسَبه المديد، ويتحدث عن تطوره في الفن والعلم والأدب بلهجة متقدة الحماسة. هناك &amp;#039;سجلات المجتمعات الفلسفية&amp;#039; والمديح العام لرجال عظماء، آدم الطيب يتأمل فضيلته، &amp;#039;أجل، لقد أنجزنا مآثر عظيمة، وغنينا أغانٍ في منتهى الروعة، لن تموت قط طالما يسعنا تذكرها. المجتمعات المثقفة ورجال آشورية العظماء أين هم؟ أي فلاسفة وتجريبيين شبان نحن! لا يوجد واحد من قرائي عاش حياة إنسانية كاملة بعد، علها ليست إلا شهور الربيع في حياة الجنس البشري. لو أصابتنا حكة السنة السابعة، فنحن لم نر جراد السنة السابعة عشرة بعد في كونكورد، لسنا مطلعين إلا على غشاء الكون الرقيق الذي نعيش عليه، لم ينقب أغلب الناس ست أقدام أسفل السطح، ولا قفزوا ست أقدام عليه، نجهل موقعنا، بالإضافة إلى أننا نغط في النوم نصف حياتنا تقريبًا، ومع ذلك نعتبر أنفسنا حكماء، ولدينا نظام راسخ على السطح، إننا حقًا مفكرون عميقون إننا أرواح طموح!</description>
      <author>ديفيد هنري ثورو</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179390105.mp3" length="810313" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179390105.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ولدن
Author: ديفيد هنري ثورو
Narrator: كريم مسعد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
صدر حديثا عن دار العين للنشر كتاب &amp;#039;ولدن&amp;#039; تأليف ديفيد هنرى ثورو، وترجمة هالة صلاح الدين، ويتناول الكتاب رؤية فلسفية عن كيف يقضى الإنسان حياته ما بين الواقع والحلم. ويقول ديفيد هنرى، في كتابه: &amp;#039;إلى متى سنجلس في أروقتنا المُعَمَّدة، نمارس فضائل بالية عديمة الجدوى، أي عمل سيجعل لا صلة لها بالموضوع المتناول؟ وكأن المرء سيستهل يومه بالصبر على احتمال الأذى ويوظف رجلًا لعزق بطاطسه، وفي الظهيرة يذهب لممارسة الحِلْم والإحسان المسيحيين على حين ينتوي تعمد الخير! تفكَّر في الفخر الصيني ورضا البشرية الراكد عن ذاتها، يتكئ هذا الجيل قليلًا ليهنئ نفسه على أنه آخر سلالة شهيرة، وفي بوسطن ولندن وباريس وروما يفكر في نَسَبه المديد، ويتحدث عن تطوره في الفن والعلم والأدب بلهجة متقدة الحماسة. هناك &amp;#039;سجلات المجتمعات الفلسفية&amp;#039; والمديح العام لرجال عظماء، آدم الطيب يتأمل فضيلته، &amp;#039;أجل، لقد أنجزنا مآثر عظيمة، وغنينا أغانٍ في منتهى الروعة، لن تموت قط طالما يسعنا تذكرها. المجتمعات المثقفة ورجال آشورية العظماء أين هم؟ أي فلاسفة وتجريبيين شبان نحن! لا يوجد واحد من قرائي عاش حياة إنسانية كاملة بعد، علها ليست إلا شهور الربيع في حياة الجنس البشري. لو أصابتنا حكة السنة السابعة، فنحن لم نر جراد السنة السابعة عشرة بعد في كونكورد، لسنا مطلعين إلا على غشاء الكون الرقيق الذي نعيش عليه، لم ينقب أغلب الناس ست أقدام أسفل السطح، ولا قفزوا ست أقدام عليه، نجهل موقعنا، بالإضافة إلى أننا نغط في النوم نصف حياتنا تقريبًا، ومع ذلك نعتبر أنفسنا حكماء، ولدينا نظام راسخ على السطح، إننا حقًا مفكرون عميقون إننا أرواح طموح!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/572235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - ولدن
Author: ديفيد هنري ثورو
Narrator: كريم مسعد
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
صدر حديثا عن دار العين للنشر كتاب &amp;#039;ولدن&amp;#039; تأليف ديفيد هنرى ثورو، وترجمة هالة صلاح الدين، ويتناول الكتاب رؤية فلسفية عن كيف يقضى الإنسان حياته ما بين الواقع والحلم. ويقول ديفيد هنرى، في كتابه: &amp;#039;إلى متى سنجلس في أروقتنا المُعَمَّدة، نمارس فضائل بالية عديمة الجدوى، أي عمل سيجعل لا صلة لها بالموضوع المتناول؟ وكأن المرء سيستهل يومه بالصبر على احتمال الأذى ويوظف رجلًا لعزق بطاطسه، وفي الظهيرة يذهب لممارسة الحِلْم والإحسان المسيحيين على حين ينتوي تعمد الخير! تفكَّر في الفخر الصيني ورضا البشرية الراكد عن ذاتها، يتكئ هذا الجيل قليلًا ليهنئ نفسه على أنه آخر سلالة شهيرة، وفي بوسطن ولندن وباريس وروما يفكر في نَسَبه المديد، ويتحدث عن تطوره في الفن والعلم والأدب بلهجة متقدة الحماسة. هناك &amp;#039;سجلات المجتمعات الفلسفية&amp;#039; والمديح العام لرجال عظماء، آدم الطيب يتأمل فضيلته، &amp;#039;أجل، لقد أنجزنا مآثر عظيمة، وغنينا أغانٍ في منتهى الروعة، لن تموت قط طالما يسعنا تذكرها. المجتمعات المثقفة ورجال آشورية العظماء أين هم؟ أي فلاسفة وتجريبيين شبان نحن! لا يوجد واحد من قرائي عاش حياة إنسانية كاملة بعد، علها ليست إلا شهور الربيع في حياة الجنس البشري. لو أصابتنا حكة السنة السابعة، فنحن لم نر جراد السنة السابعة عشرة بعد في كونكورد، لسنا مطلعين إلا على غشاء الكون الرقيق الذي نعيش عليه، لم ينقب أغلب الناس ست أقدام أسفل السطح، ولا قفزوا ست أقدام عليه، نجهل موقعنا، بالإضافة إلى أننا نغط في النوم نصف حياتنا تقريبًا، ومع ذلك نعتبر أنفسنا حكماء، ولدينا نظام راسخ على السطح، إننا حقًا مفكرون عميقون إننا أرواح طموح!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forever Home: How We Turned Our House into a Haven for Abandoned, Abused, and Misunderstood Dogs—and Each Other by Danny Robertshaw, Ron Danta, Larry Lindner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forever Home: How We Turned Our House into a Haven for Abandoned, Abused, and Misunderstood Dogs—and Each Other
Author: Danny Robertshaw, Ron Danta, Larry Lindner
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the stars of the Netflix documentary Life in the Doghouse and founders of one of the most recognized rescue organizations in the world, the poignant story of how Danny and Ron found each other during a time they each needed rescuing, and how they transformed their home into a haven for dogs in need. Danny &amp;amp; Ron’s Dog Rescue is an organization like no other. Because an abused or neglected dog can only recover and learn to trust again when it is in a loving home, Danny and Ron decided to open their doors. Danny and Ron treat each neglected, abused, and misunderstood animal like a member of the family; the dogs eat organic food from their own bowls and are even allowed to sleep in the bed. In this heartwarming book, Danny and Ron chronicle their journey helping more than 13,000 dogs in need, telling the stories of many furry friends that have come into their lives and of their own “rescue” as they came out together late in life. At any given time, there are upwards of 70 dogs lounging, frolicking, recovering, and cuddling under their own roof. For many of these wonderful canines, their house saved them from death. For Danny and Ron, saving and protecting innocent and defenseless canines and finding them forever homes is their passion and life mission. Forever Home is their story—a message of acceptance, kindness, and, of course, love. It is a reminder that hope and joy can arise from the darkest circumstances, and that we all can make the world a better place for ourselves and our animal friends—it starts at home, with patience, empathy, and an open heart. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Danny Robertshaw, Ron Danta, Larry Lindner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063112902.mp3" length="1370807" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063112902.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forever Home: How We Turned Our House into a Haven for Abandoned, Abused, and Misunderstood Dogs—and Each Other
Author: Danny Robertshaw, Ron Danta, Larry Lindner
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the stars of the Netflix documentary Life in the Doghouse and founders of one of the most recognized rescue organizations in the world, the poignant story of how Danny and Ron found each other during a time they each needed rescuing, and how they transformed their home into a haven for dogs in need. Danny &amp;amp; Ron’s Dog Rescue is an organization like no other. Because an abused or neglected dog can only recover and learn to trust again when it is in a loving home, Danny and Ron decided to open their doors. Danny and Ron treat each neglected, abused, and misunderstood animal like a member of the family; the dogs eat organic food from their own bowls and are even allowed to sleep in the bed. In this heartwarming book, Danny and Ron chronicle their journey helping more than 13,000 dogs in need, telling the stories of many furry friends that have come into their lives and of their own “rescue” as they came out together late in life. At any given time, there are upwards of 70 dogs lounging, frolicking, recovering, and cuddling under their own roof. For many of these wonderful canines, their house saved them from death. For Danny and Ron, saving and protecting innocent and defenseless canines and finding them forever homes is their passion and life mission. Forever Home is their story—a message of acceptance, kindness, and, of course, love. It is a reminder that hope and joy can arise from the darkest circumstances, and that we all can make the world a better place for ourselves and our animal friends—it starts at home, with patience, empathy, and an open heart. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/571467</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forever Home: How We Turned Our House into a Haven for Abandoned, Abused, and Misunderstood Dogs—and Each Other
Author: Danny Robertshaw, Ron Danta, Larry Lindner
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From the stars of the Netflix documentary Life in the Doghouse and founders of one of the most recognized rescue organizations in the world, the poignant story of how Danny and Ron found each other during a time they each needed rescuing, and how they transformed their home into a haven for dogs in need. Danny &amp;amp; Ron’s Dog Rescue is an organization like no other. Because an abused or neglected dog can only recover and learn to trust again when it is in a loving home, Danny and Ron decided to open their doors. Danny and Ron treat each neglected, abused, and misunderstood animal like a member of the family; the dogs eat organic food from their own bowls and are even allowed to sleep in the bed. In this heartwarming book, Danny and Ron chronicle their journey helping more than 13,000 dogs in need, telling the stories of many furry friends that have come into their lives and of their own “rescue” as they came out together late in life. At any given time, there are upwards of 70 dogs lounging, frolicking, recovering, and cuddling under their own roof. For many of these wonderful canines, their house saved them from death. For Danny and Ron, saving and protecting innocent and defenseless canines and finding them forever homes is their passion and life mission. Forever Home is their story—a message of acceptance, kindness, and, of course, love. It is a reminder that hope and joy can arise from the darkest circumstances, and that we all can make the world a better place for ourselves and our animal friends—it starts at home, with patience, empathy, and an open heart. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis by James Gustave Speth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis
Author: James Gustave Speth
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a group of twenty-one young people sued the federal government for violating their constitutional rights by promoting the climate catastrophe, depriving them of life, liberty, and property without due process of law. They Knew offers evidence for their claims, presenting a devastating, play-by-play account of the federal government&amp;#039;s role in bringing about today&amp;#039;s climate crisis. James Speth, tapped by the plaintiffs as an expert on climate, documents how administrations from Carter to Trump—despite having information about climate change and the connection to fossil fuels—continued aggressive support of a fossil fuel based energy system.   What did the federal government know and when did it know it? Speth asks, echoing another famous cover up. What did the federal government do and what did it not do? They Knew (an updated version of the Expert Report Speth prepared for the lawsuit) presents the most compelling indictment yet of the government&amp;#039;s role in the climate crisis, showing a forty-year failure to take action. Since Juliana v. United States was filed, the federal government has repeatedly delayed the case. Yet even in legal limbo, it has helped inspire a generation of youthful climate activists.</description>
      <author>James Gustave Speth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666193343.mp3" length="8615602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666193343.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis
Author: James Gustave Speth
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a group of twenty-one young people sued the federal government for violating their constitutional rights by promoting the climate catastrophe, depriving them of life, liberty, and property without due process of law. They Knew offers evidence for their claims, presenting a devastating, play-by-play account of the federal government&amp;#039;s role in bringing about today&amp;#039;s climate crisis. James Speth, tapped by the plaintiffs as an expert on climate, documents how administrations from Carter to Trump—despite having information about climate change and the connection to fossil fuels—continued aggressive support of a fossil fuel based energy system.   What did the federal government know and when did it know it? Speth asks, echoing another famous cover up. What did the federal government do and what did it not do? They Knew (an updated version of the Expert Report Speth prepared for the lawsuit) presents the most compelling indictment yet of the government&amp;#039;s role in the climate crisis, showing a forty-year failure to take action. Since Juliana v. United States was filed, the federal government has repeatedly delayed the case. Yet even in legal limbo, it has helped inspire a generation of youthful climate activists.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: They Knew: The US Federal Government’s Fifty-Year Role in Causing the Climate Crisis
Author: James Gustave Speth
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2015, a group of twenty-one young people sued the federal government for violating their constitutional rights by promoting the climate catastrophe, depriving them of life, liberty, and property without due process of law. They Knew offers evidence for their claims, presenting a devastating, play-by-play account of the federal government&amp;#039;s role in bringing about today&amp;#039;s climate crisis. James Speth, tapped by the plaintiffs as an expert on climate, documents how administrations from Carter to Trump—despite having information about climate change and the connection to fossil fuels—continued aggressive support of a fossil fuel based energy system.   What did the federal government know and when did it know it? Speth asks, echoing another famous cover up. What did the federal government do and what did it not do? They Knew (an updated version of the Expert Report Speth prepared for the lawsuit) presents the most compelling indictment yet of the government&amp;#039;s role in the climate crisis, showing a forty-year failure to take action. Since Juliana v. United States was filed, the federal government has repeatedly delayed the case. Yet even in legal limbo, it has helped inspire a generation of youthful climate activists.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Soul of the Hurricane: The Perfect Storm and an Accidental Sailor by Nelson Simon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soul of the Hurricane: The Perfect Storm and an Accidental Sailor
Author: Nelson Simon
Narrator: Nelson Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing true story of an inexperienced crew member on a ship that sailed into the perfect storm. Nelson Simon didn’t want to sign up as a last-minute crew member to transport a Norwegian schooner from Brooklyn to Bermuda. But one thing led to another, and there he was. He told himself that it would be a sort of pleasure cruise: a week in the Gulf Stream with a gourmet chef on board, some down time on a tropical island, then a quick flight home. What did it matter that he had practically no sailing experience? The eight other crew members had plenty—they just needed an extra pair of hands. What could possibly go wrong? It was October 1991, and the ship was Anne Kristine, the oldest continuously sailing vessel in the world. What awaited them was Hurricane Grace, the southern end of what came to be known as the “Perfect Storm.” Soul of the Hurricane tells an unlikely tale that begins with an unexpected invitation and ends in the dead of night somewhere far from home, with a Coast Guard helicopter above and a dark, angry sea below.</description>
      <author>Nelson Simon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200748747.mp3" length="780096" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200748747.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soul of the Hurricane: The Perfect Storm and an Accidental Sailor
Author: Nelson Simon
Narrator: Nelson Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing true story of an inexperienced crew member on a ship that sailed into the perfect storm. Nelson Simon didn’t want to sign up as a last-minute crew member to transport a Norwegian schooner from Brooklyn to Bermuda. But one thing led to another, and there he was. He told himself that it would be a sort of pleasure cruise: a week in the Gulf Stream with a gourmet chef on board, some down time on a tropical island, then a quick flight home. What did it matter that he had practically no sailing experience? The eight other crew members had plenty—they just needed an extra pair of hands. What could possibly go wrong? It was October 1991, and the ship was Anne Kristine, the oldest continuously sailing vessel in the world. What awaited them was Hurricane Grace, the southern end of what came to be known as the “Perfect Storm.” Soul of the Hurricane tells an unlikely tale that begins with an unexpected invitation and ends in the dead of night somewhere far from home, with a Coast Guard helicopter above and a dark, angry sea below.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soul of the Hurricane: The Perfect Storm and an Accidental Sailor
Author: Nelson Simon
Narrator: Nelson Simon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The harrowing true story of an inexperienced crew member on a ship that sailed into the perfect storm. Nelson Simon didn’t want to sign up as a last-minute crew member to transport a Norwegian schooner from Brooklyn to Bermuda. But one thing led to another, and there he was. He told himself that it would be a sort of pleasure cruise: a week in the Gulf Stream with a gourmet chef on board, some down time on a tropical island, then a quick flight home. What did it matter that he had practically no sailing experience? The eight other crew members had plenty—they just needed an extra pair of hands. What could possibly go wrong? It was October 1991, and the ship was Anne Kristine, the oldest continuously sailing vessel in the world. What awaited them was Hurricane Grace, the southern end of what came to be known as the “Perfect Storm.” Soul of the Hurricane tells an unlikely tale that begins with an unexpected invitation and ends in the dead of night somewhere far from home, with a Coast Guard helicopter above and a dark, angry sea below.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lapidarium: The Secret Lives of Stones by Hettie Judah</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lapidarium: The Secret Lives of Stones
Author: Hettie Judah
Narrator: Nina Wadia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by the lapidaries of the ancient world, this audiobook is a beautiful collection of true stories about sixty different stones that have influenced our shared history The earliest scientists ground and processed minerals in a centuries-long quest for a mythic stone that would prolong human life. Michelangelo climbed mountains in Tuscany searching for the sugar-white marble that would yield his sculptures. Catherine the Great wore the wealth of Russia stitched in gemstones onto the front of her bodices.   Through the realms of art, myth, geology, philosophy and power, the story of humanity can be told through the minerals and materials that have allowed us to evolve and create. From the Taiwanese national treasure known as the Meat-Shaped Stone to Malta’s prehistoric “fat lady” temples carved in globigerina limestone to the amethyst crystals still believed to have healing powers, Lapidarium is a jewel box of sixty far-flung stones and the stories that accompany them. Together, they explore how human culture has formed stone, and the roles stone has played in forming human culture.</description>
      <author>Hettie Judah</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593613030.mp3" length="2838050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593613030.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lapidarium: The Secret Lives of Stones
Author: Hettie Judah
Narrator: Nina Wadia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by the lapidaries of the ancient world, this audiobook is a beautiful collection of true stories about sixty different stones that have influenced our shared history The earliest scientists ground and processed minerals in a centuries-long quest for a mythic stone that would prolong human life. Michelangelo climbed mountains in Tuscany searching for the sugar-white marble that would yield his sculptures. Catherine the Great wore the wealth of Russia stitched in gemstones onto the front of her bodices.   Through the realms of art, myth, geology, philosophy and power, the story of humanity can be told through the minerals and materials that have allowed us to evolve and create. From the Taiwanese national treasure known as the Meat-Shaped Stone to Malta’s prehistoric “fat lady” temples carved in globigerina limestone to the amethyst crystals still believed to have healing powers, Lapidarium is a jewel box of sixty far-flung stones and the stories that accompany them. Together, they explore how human culture has formed stone, and the roles stone has played in forming human culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570269</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lapidarium: The Secret Lives of Stones
Author: Hettie Judah
Narrator: Nina Wadia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by the lapidaries of the ancient world, this audiobook is a beautiful collection of true stories about sixty different stones that have influenced our shared history The earliest scientists ground and processed minerals in a centuries-long quest for a mythic stone that would prolong human life. Michelangelo climbed mountains in Tuscany searching for the sugar-white marble that would yield his sculptures. Catherine the Great wore the wealth of Russia stitched in gemstones onto the front of her bodices.   Through the realms of art, myth, geology, philosophy and power, the story of humanity can be told through the minerals and materials that have allowed us to evolve and create. From the Taiwanese national treasure known as the Meat-Shaped Stone to Malta’s prehistoric “fat lady” temples carved in globigerina limestone to the amethyst crystals still believed to have healing powers, Lapidarium is a jewel box of sixty far-flung stones and the stories that accompany them. Together, they explore how human culture has formed stone, and the roles stone has played in forming human culture.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Geflochtenes Süßgras. Die Weisheit der Pflanzen: inklusive &amp;#039;Die ehrenhafte Ernte&amp;#039; by Robin Wall Kimmerer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geflochtenes Süßgras. Die Weisheit der Pflanzen: inklusive &amp;#039;Die ehrenhafte Ernte&amp;#039;
Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Narrator: Eva Mattes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
»Es ist die Art und Weise, wie sie Schönheit einfängt, die ich am meisten liebe, die Bilder von riesigen Zedern und wilden Erdbeeren, ein Wald im Regen und eine Wiese aus duftendem Süßgras werden bei Ihnen bleiben, lange nachdem Sie die letzte Seite gelesen haben.« Jane Goodall Die Botanikerin Robin Wall Kimmerer zeigt in ihrem Überraschungsbestseller, wie jedes andere Lebewesen Geschenke und Lektionen für uns bereithält. Auch wenn wir vergessen haben, den Stimmen von Astern und Goldrute, Erdbeeren und Kürbis, Salamander, Algen und Süßgras zu lauschen und sie zu verstehen. Sie alle sind auch Lebewesen. Wenn wir unsere wechselseitige Beziehung zum Rest der lebenden Welt anerkennen und wertschätzen, finden wir endlich einen Weg aus der ökologischen Misere. &amp;#039;Obwohl der Akt der Dankbarkeit vielleicht harmlos wirken mag, so ist es doch ein revolutionärer Gedanke. In einer Konsumgesellschaft ist Zufriedenheit ein radikaler Vorschlag. Wenn wir Überfluss erkennen statt Knappheit, untergräbt das eine Wirtschaft, die darauf beruht, dass stets neue Bedürfnisse geweckt werden. Dankbarkeit stiftet eine Ethik der Fülle, während die Wirtschaft Leere braucht.&amp;#039;Die Produktion wurde mit Mitteln des Programms NEUSTART KULTUR/Die Beauftragte der Bundesregierung für Kultur und Medien gefördert.</description>
      <author>Robin Wall Kimmerer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064067832673.mp3" length="857440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064067832673.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geflochtenes Süßgras. Die Weisheit der Pflanzen: inklusive &amp;#039;Die ehrenhafte Ernte&amp;#039;
Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Narrator: Eva Mattes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
»Es ist die Art und Weise, wie sie Schönheit einfängt, die ich am meisten liebe, die Bilder von riesigen Zedern und wilden Erdbeeren, ein Wald im Regen und eine Wiese aus duftendem Süßgras werden bei Ihnen bleiben, lange nachdem Sie die letzte Seite gelesen haben.« Jane Goodall Die Botanikerin Robin Wall Kimmerer zeigt in ihrem Überraschungsbestseller, wie jedes andere Lebewesen Geschenke und Lektionen für uns bereithält. Auch wenn wir vergessen haben, den Stimmen von Astern und Goldrute, Erdbeeren und Kürbis, Salamander, Algen und Süßgras zu lauschen und sie zu verstehen. Sie alle sind auch Lebewesen. Wenn wir unsere wechselseitige Beziehung zum Rest der lebenden Welt anerkennen und wertschätzen, finden wir endlich einen Weg aus der ökologischen Misere. &amp;#039;Obwohl der Akt der Dankbarkeit vielleicht harmlos wirken mag, so ist es doch ein revolutionärer Gedanke. In einer Konsumgesellschaft ist Zufriedenheit ein radikaler Vorschlag. Wenn wir Überfluss erkennen statt Knappheit, untergräbt das eine Wirtschaft, die darauf beruht, dass stets neue Bedürfnisse geweckt werden. Dankbarkeit stiftet eine Ethik der Fülle, während die Wirtschaft Leere braucht.&amp;#039;Die Produktion wurde mit Mitteln des Programms NEUSTART KULTUR/Die Beauftragte der Bundesregierung für Kultur und Medien gefördert.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570189</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geflochtenes Süßgras. Die Weisheit der Pflanzen: inklusive &amp;#039;Die ehrenhafte Ernte&amp;#039;
Author: Robin Wall Kimmerer
Narrator: Eva Mattes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
»Es ist die Art und Weise, wie sie Schönheit einfängt, die ich am meisten liebe, die Bilder von riesigen Zedern und wilden Erdbeeren, ein Wald im Regen und eine Wiese aus duftendem Süßgras werden bei Ihnen bleiben, lange nachdem Sie die letzte Seite gelesen haben.« Jane Goodall Die Botanikerin Robin Wall Kimmerer zeigt in ihrem Überraschungsbestseller, wie jedes andere Lebewesen Geschenke und Lektionen für uns bereithält. Auch wenn wir vergessen haben, den Stimmen von Astern und Goldrute, Erdbeeren und Kürbis, Salamander, Algen und Süßgras zu lauschen und sie zu verstehen. Sie alle sind auch Lebewesen. Wenn wir unsere wechselseitige Beziehung zum Rest der lebenden Welt anerkennen und wertschätzen, finden wir endlich einen Weg aus der ökologischen Misere. &amp;#039;Obwohl der Akt der Dankbarkeit vielleicht harmlos wirken mag, so ist es doch ein revolutionärer Gedanke. In einer Konsumgesellschaft ist Zufriedenheit ein radikaler Vorschlag. Wenn wir Überfluss erkennen statt Knappheit, untergräbt das eine Wirtschaft, die darauf beruht, dass stets neue Bedürfnisse geweckt werden. Dankbarkeit stiftet eine Ethik der Fülle, während die Wirtschaft Leere braucht.&amp;#039;Die Produktion wurde mit Mitteln des Programms NEUSTART KULTUR/Die Beauftragte der Bundesregierung für Kultur und Medien gefördert.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Japanese] - Michi: The Cat (Japanese Edition) by Bruno Barbosa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Japanese] - Michi: The Cat (Japanese Edition)
Author: Bruno Barbosa
Narrator: Nimu Gindokuya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ミチは飼い主が家に引っ越したときに残した子猫です。 冬の真っ只中、寂しくて悲しい気持ち、ミチ パートナーと愛を求めて家を出ることにしました。 忘れられない小さな瞬間に満ちたこの本で、あなたの旅全体をたどってください。 Michi is a kitten left by the owner when he moved home. In the middle of winter, I felt lonely and sad, and decided to leave the house in search of love with Michi&amp;#039;s partner. Follow your entire journey with this book full of unforgettable little moments.</description>
      <author>Bruno Barbosa</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667939964.mp3" length="304989" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667939964.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Japanese] - Michi: The Cat (Japanese Edition)
Author: Bruno Barbosa
Narrator: Nimu Gindokuya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ミチは飼い主が家に引っ越したときに残した子猫です。 冬の真っ只中、寂しくて悲しい気持ち、ミチ パートナーと愛を求めて家を出ることにしました。 忘れられない小さな瞬間に満ちたこの本で、あなたの旅全体をたどってください。 Michi is a kitten left by the owner when he moved home. In the middle of winter, I felt lonely and sad, and decided to leave the house in search of love with Michi&amp;#039;s partner. Follow your entire journey with this book full of unforgettable little moments.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/570032</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Japanese] - Michi: The Cat (Japanese Edition)
Author: Bruno Barbosa
Narrator: Nimu Gindokuya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
ミチは飼い主が家に引っ越したときに残した子猫です。 冬の真っ只中、寂しくて悲しい気持ち、ミチ パートナーと愛を求めて家を出ることにしました。 忘れられない小さな瞬間に満ちたこの本で、あなたの旅全体をたどってください。 Michi is a kitten left by the owner when he moved home. In the middle of winter, I felt lonely and sad, and decided to leave the house in search of love with Michi&amp;#039;s partner. Follow your entire journey with this book full of unforgettable little moments.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility by Martha C. Nussbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A “brilliant” (Chicago Review of Books), “elegantly written, and compelling” (National Review) new theory and call to action on animal rights, ethics, and law from the renowned philosopher Martha C. Nussbaum. Animals are in trouble all over the world. Whether through the cruelties of the factory meat industry, poaching and game hunting, habitat destruction, or neglect of the companion animals that people purport to love, animals suffer injustice and horrors at our hands every day.   The world needs an ethical awakening, a consciousness-raising movement of international proportions. In Justice for Animals, one of the world’s most renowned philosophers and humanists, Martha C. Nussbaum, provides “the most important book on animal ethics written to date” (Thomas I. White, author of In Defense of Dolphins).   From dolphins to crows, elephants to octopuses, Nussbaum examines the entire animal kingdom, showcasing the lives of animals with wonder, awe, and compassion to understand how we can create a world in which human beings are truly friends of animals, not exploiters or users. All animals should have a shot at flourishing in their own way. Humans have a collective duty to face and solve animal harm. An urgent call to action and a manual for change, Nussbaum’s groundbreaking theory directs politics and law to help us meet our ethical responsibilities as no book has done before.</description>
      <author>Martha C. Nussbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797146843.mp3" length="883908" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797146843.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A “brilliant” (Chicago Review of Books), “elegantly written, and compelling” (National Review) new theory and call to action on animal rights, ethics, and law from the renowned philosopher Martha C. Nussbaum. Animals are in trouble all over the world. Whether through the cruelties of the factory meat industry, poaching and game hunting, habitat destruction, or neglect of the companion animals that people purport to love, animals suffer injustice and horrors at our hands every day.   The world needs an ethical awakening, a consciousness-raising movement of international proportions. In Justice for Animals, one of the world’s most renowned philosophers and humanists, Martha C. Nussbaum, provides “the most important book on animal ethics written to date” (Thomas I. White, author of In Defense of Dolphins).   From dolphins to crows, elephants to octopuses, Nussbaum examines the entire animal kingdom, showcasing the lives of animals with wonder, awe, and compassion to understand how we can create a world in which human beings are truly friends of animals, not exploiters or users. All animals should have a shot at flourishing in their own way. Humans have a collective duty to face and solve animal harm. An urgent call to action and a manual for change, Nussbaum’s groundbreaking theory directs politics and law to help us meet our ethical responsibilities as no book has done before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569874</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice for Animals: Our Collective Responsibility
Author: Martha C. Nussbaum
Narrator: Amanda Carlin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  3, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A “brilliant” (Chicago Review of Books), “elegantly written, and compelling” (National Review) new theory and call to action on animal rights, ethics, and law from the renowned philosopher Martha C. Nussbaum. Animals are in trouble all over the world. Whether through the cruelties of the factory meat industry, poaching and game hunting, habitat destruction, or neglect of the companion animals that people purport to love, animals suffer injustice and horrors at our hands every day.   The world needs an ethical awakening, a consciousness-raising movement of international proportions. In Justice for Animals, one of the world’s most renowned philosophers and humanists, Martha C. Nussbaum, provides “the most important book on animal ethics written to date” (Thomas I. White, author of In Defense of Dolphins).   From dolphins to crows, elephants to octopuses, Nussbaum examines the entire animal kingdom, showcasing the lives of animals with wonder, awe, and compassion to understand how we can create a world in which human beings are truly friends of animals, not exploiters or users. All animals should have a shot at flourishing in their own way. Humans have a collective duty to face and solve animal harm. An urgent call to action and a manual for change, Nussbaum’s groundbreaking theory directs politics and law to help us meet our ethical responsibilities as no book has done before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Surviving The Apocalypse: Understanding and Fighting Through the Coming Emergency by Thomas J. Pawlick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Surviving The Apocalypse: Understanding and Fighting Through the Coming Emergency
Series: #27 of Miroland
Author: Thomas J. Pawlick
Narrator: Ivan Sherry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Almost daily scientists are sounding dire warnings about the effects of climate change. Our young will bear an unprecedented burden. They are eager to discover what can be done, as time slips away. But few of them - or us - are aware that global warming is but one facet of a looming planetary catastrophe. Most of the natural and social systems humans depend on for survival are also in various stages of collapse. Each failure will impact the other systems, including climate, in a series of feedback loops that can unleash a virtual tsunami of destruction, and do so far sooner than climate scientists, looking only at their own discipline, predict. The corona virus pandemic has shown how unprepared we are. Multiply its effects times 10, times 50, to get an idea of what&amp;#039;s coming. We have entered what scientists term a &amp;quot;critical state,&amp;quot; at the brink of an unstable precipice. The smallest push or pull, from any direction, could suddenly topple us. Despite the global scale of the emergency, its root causes are predominantly human and surprisingly simple. With courage to act, we can slow the devastating cascade and, perhaps, even reverse some of the worst impacts.</description>
      <author>Thomas J. Pawlick</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 30 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771836678.mp3" length="1252603" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771836678.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Surviving The Apocalypse: Understanding and Fighting Through the Coming Emergency
Series: #27 of Miroland
Author: Thomas J. Pawlick
Narrator: Ivan Sherry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Almost daily scientists are sounding dire warnings about the effects of climate change. Our young will bear an unprecedented burden. They are eager to discover what can be done, as time slips away. But few of them - or us - are aware that global warming is but one facet of a looming planetary catastrophe. Most of the natural and social systems humans depend on for survival are also in various stages of collapse. Each failure will impact the other systems, including climate, in a series of feedback loops that can unleash a virtual tsunami of destruction, and do so far sooner than climate scientists, looking only at their own discipline, predict. The corona virus pandemic has shown how unprepared we are. Multiply its effects times 10, times 50, to get an idea of what&amp;#039;s coming. We have entered what scientists term a &amp;quot;critical state,&amp;quot; at the brink of an unstable precipice. The smallest push or pull, from any direction, could suddenly topple us. Despite the global scale of the emergency, its root causes are predominantly human and surprisingly simple. With courage to act, we can slow the devastating cascade and, perhaps, even reverse some of the worst impacts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Surviving The Apocalypse: Understanding and Fighting Through the Coming Emergency
Series: #27 of Miroland
Author: Thomas J. Pawlick
Narrator: Ivan Sherry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 0 minutes
Release date: January 30, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Almost daily scientists are sounding dire warnings about the effects of climate change. Our young will bear an unprecedented burden. They are eager to discover what can be done, as time slips away. But few of them - or us - are aware that global warming is but one facet of a looming planetary catastrophe. Most of the natural and social systems humans depend on for survival are also in various stages of collapse. Each failure will impact the other systems, including climate, in a series of feedback loops that can unleash a virtual tsunami of destruction, and do so far sooner than climate scientists, looking only at their own discipline, predict. The corona virus pandemic has shown how unprepared we are. Multiply its effects times 10, times 50, to get an idea of what&amp;#039;s coming. We have entered what scientists term a &amp;quot;critical state,&amp;quot; at the brink of an unstable precipice. The smallest push or pull, from any direction, could suddenly topple us. Despite the global scale of the emergency, its root causes are predominantly human and surprisingly simple. With courage to act, we can slow the devastating cascade and, perhaps, even reverse some of the worst impacts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Returning Light: Thirty Years on the Island of Skellig Michael by Robert L. Harris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Returning Light: Thirty Years on the Island of Skellig Michael
Author: Robert L. Harris
Narrator: Robert L. Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Acclaimed International Bestseller  “It is impossible to do justice to the beauty of Returning Light. The whole book is a poem.” — New York Times Book Review By the lighthouse keeper on the remote, otherworldly Irish island of Skellig Michael, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;profound memoir about the importance of place and what it really means to belong&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Belfast Telegraph) “On Skellig Michael, thousands of birds appear and disappear, erecting towers, coming together in wings of movement which build and unravel over the empty sea. Often, no one else is there to stand beside me on the island. The mind wanders; links with the past are easily made; ancient ways of viewing things come alive.” In 1987, Robert Harris happened upon an unusual job posting in the local paper—a new warden service was being set up on the island of Skellig Michael, and the deadline was imminent. Just weeks later he was on his way to set up camp in one of Ireland’s most remote locations, unaware that he would be making that same journey every May for the next 30 years. Here he transports us to the otherworldly island, a place that is teeming with natural life, including curious puffins that like to visit his hut. From the precipice he has observed a coastline that is relatively unchanged for the last thousand years—a beacon of equilibrium in an ever-changing world. But the island can be fierce too. It’s inhabitable for only five months of the year, and solitude can quickly become isolation as bad weather rolls in to create a veil between Skellig Michael and the rest of the world, when the dizzying terrain can become a very real threat to life. A beautiful and evocative work of nature writing, Returning Light is an extraordinary memoir about the profound effect a place can have on us, and how a remote location can bring with it a great sense of belonging.</description>
      <author>Robert L. Harris</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063268319.mp3" length="1462534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063268319.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Returning Light: Thirty Years on the Island of Skellig Michael
Author: Robert L. Harris
Narrator: Robert L. Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Acclaimed International Bestseller  “It is impossible to do justice to the beauty of Returning Light. The whole book is a poem.” — New York Times Book Review By the lighthouse keeper on the remote, otherworldly Irish island of Skellig Michael, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;profound memoir about the importance of place and what it really means to belong&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Belfast Telegraph) “On Skellig Michael, thousands of birds appear and disappear, erecting towers, coming together in wings of movement which build and unravel over the empty sea. Often, no one else is there to stand beside me on the island. The mind wanders; links with the past are easily made; ancient ways of viewing things come alive.” In 1987, Robert Harris happened upon an unusual job posting in the local paper—a new warden service was being set up on the island of Skellig Michael, and the deadline was imminent. Just weeks later he was on his way to set up camp in one of Ireland’s most remote locations, unaware that he would be making that same journey every May for the next 30 years. Here he transports us to the otherworldly island, a place that is teeming with natural life, including curious puffins that like to visit his hut. From the precipice he has observed a coastline that is relatively unchanged for the last thousand years—a beacon of equilibrium in an ever-changing world. But the island can be fierce too. It’s inhabitable for only five months of the year, and solitude can quickly become isolation as bad weather rolls in to create a veil between Skellig Michael and the rest of the world, when the dizzying terrain can become a very real threat to life. A beautiful and evocative work of nature writing, Returning Light is an extraordinary memoir about the profound effect a place can have on us, and how a remote location can bring with it a great sense of belonging.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Returning Light: Thirty Years on the Island of Skellig Michael
Author: Robert L. Harris
Narrator: Robert L. Harris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Acclaimed International Bestseller  “It is impossible to do justice to the beauty of Returning Light. The whole book is a poem.” — New York Times Book Review By the lighthouse keeper on the remote, otherworldly Irish island of Skellig Michael, a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;profound memoir about the importance of place and what it really means to belong&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Belfast Telegraph) “On Skellig Michael, thousands of birds appear and disappear, erecting towers, coming together in wings of movement which build and unravel over the empty sea. Often, no one else is there to stand beside me on the island. The mind wanders; links with the past are easily made; ancient ways of viewing things come alive.” In 1987, Robert Harris happened upon an unusual job posting in the local paper—a new warden service was being set up on the island of Skellig Michael, and the deadline was imminent. Just weeks later he was on his way to set up camp in one of Ireland’s most remote locations, unaware that he would be making that same journey every May for the next 30 years. Here he transports us to the otherworldly island, a place that is teeming with natural life, including curious puffins that like to visit his hut. From the precipice he has observed a coastline that is relatively unchanged for the last thousand years—a beacon of equilibrium in an ever-changing world. But the island can be fierce too. It’s inhabitable for only five months of the year, and solitude can quickly become isolation as bad weather rolls in to create a veil between Skellig Michael and the rest of the world, when the dizzying terrain can become a very real threat to life. A beautiful and evocative work of nature writing, Returning Light is an extraordinary memoir about the profound effect a place can have on us, and how a remote location can bring with it a great sense of belonging.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Year of the Puppy: How Dogs Become Themselves by Alexandra Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of the Puppy: How Dogs Become Themselves
Author: Alexandra Horowitz
Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“What Mr. Rogers was to children, Alexandra Horowitz is to dogs: a wise and patient observer who seeks to intimately know a creature... Her chapters, packed with close observations about canine cognition and behavior, are mini-mood lifters.&amp;#039; —NPR, Maureen Corrigan on Fresh Air What is it like to be a puppy? Author of the classic Inside of a Dog, Alexandra Horowitz tries to find out, spending a year scrutinizing her puppy’s daily existence and poring over the science of early dog development Few of us meet our dogs at Day One. The dog who will, eventually, become an integral part of our family, our constant companion and best friend, is born without us into a family of her own. A puppy&amp;#039;s critical early development into the dog we come to know is usually missed entirely. Dog researcher Alexandra Horowitz aimed to change that with her family&amp;#039;s new pup, Quiddity (Quid). In this scientific memoir, she charts Quid&amp;#039;s growth from wee grub to boisterous sprite, from her birth to her first birthday. Horowitz follows Quid&amp;#039;s first weeks with her mother and ten roly-poly littermates, and then each week after the puppy joins her household of three humans, two large dogs, and a wary cat. She documents the social and cognitive milestones that so many of us miss in our puppies&amp;#039; lives, when caught up in the housetraining and behavioral training that easily overwhelms the first months of a dog&amp;#039;s life with a new family. In focusing on training a dog to behave, we mostly miss the radical development of a puppy into themselves—through the equivalent of infancy, childhood, young adolescence, and teenager-hood. By slowing down to observe Quid from week to week, The Year of the Puppy makes new sense of a dog&amp;#039;s behavior in a way that is missed when the focus is only on training. Horowitz keeps a lens on the puppy&amp;#039;s point of view—how they (begin to) see and smell the world, make meaning of it, and become an individual personality. She&amp;#039;s there when the puppies first open their eyes, first start to recognize one another and learn about cats, sheep, and people; she sees them from their first play bows to puberty. Horowitz also draws from the ample research in the fields of dog and human development to draw analogies between a dog&amp;#039;s first year and the growing child—and to note where they diverge. The Year of the Puppy is indispensable for anyone navigating their way through the frustrating, amusing, and ultimately delightful first year of a puppy’s life.</description>
      <author>Alexandra Horowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593628928.mp3" length="2716821" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593628928.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of the Puppy: How Dogs Become Themselves
Author: Alexandra Horowitz
Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“What Mr. Rogers was to children, Alexandra Horowitz is to dogs: a wise and patient observer who seeks to intimately know a creature... Her chapters, packed with close observations about canine cognition and behavior, are mini-mood lifters.&amp;#039; —NPR, Maureen Corrigan on Fresh Air What is it like to be a puppy? Author of the classic Inside of a Dog, Alexandra Horowitz tries to find out, spending a year scrutinizing her puppy’s daily existence and poring over the science of early dog development Few of us meet our dogs at Day One. The dog who will, eventually, become an integral part of our family, our constant companion and best friend, is born without us into a family of her own. A puppy&amp;#039;s critical early development into the dog we come to know is usually missed entirely. Dog researcher Alexandra Horowitz aimed to change that with her family&amp;#039;s new pup, Quiddity (Quid). In this scientific memoir, she charts Quid&amp;#039;s growth from wee grub to boisterous sprite, from her birth to her first birthday. Horowitz follows Quid&amp;#039;s first weeks with her mother and ten roly-poly littermates, and then each week after the puppy joins her household of three humans, two large dogs, and a wary cat. She documents the social and cognitive milestones that so many of us miss in our puppies&amp;#039; lives, when caught up in the housetraining and behavioral training that easily overwhelms the first months of a dog&amp;#039;s life with a new family. In focusing on training a dog to behave, we mostly miss the radical development of a puppy into themselves—through the equivalent of infancy, childhood, young adolescence, and teenager-hood. By slowing down to observe Quid from week to week, The Year of the Puppy makes new sense of a dog&amp;#039;s behavior in a way that is missed when the focus is only on training. Horowitz keeps a lens on the puppy&amp;#039;s point of view—how they (begin to) see and smell the world, make meaning of it, and become an individual personality. She&amp;#039;s there when the puppies first open their eyes, first start to recognize one another and learn about cats, sheep, and people; she sees them from their first play bows to puberty. Horowitz also draws from the ample research in the fields of dog and human development to draw analogies between a dog&amp;#039;s first year and the growing child—and to note where they diverge. The Year of the Puppy is indispensable for anyone navigating their way through the frustrating, amusing, and ultimately delightful first year of a puppy’s life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569495</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year of the Puppy: How Dogs Become Themselves
Author: Alexandra Horowitz
Narrator: Alexandra Horowitz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“What Mr. Rogers was to children, Alexandra Horowitz is to dogs: a wise and patient observer who seeks to intimately know a creature... Her chapters, packed with close observations about canine cognition and behavior, are mini-mood lifters.&amp;#039; —NPR, Maureen Corrigan on Fresh Air What is it like to be a puppy? Author of the classic Inside of a Dog, Alexandra Horowitz tries to find out, spending a year scrutinizing her puppy’s daily existence and poring over the science of early dog development Few of us meet our dogs at Day One. The dog who will, eventually, become an integral part of our family, our constant companion and best friend, is born without us into a family of her own. A puppy&amp;#039;s critical early development into the dog we come to know is usually missed entirely. Dog researcher Alexandra Horowitz aimed to change that with her family&amp;#039;s new pup, Quiddity (Quid). In this scientific memoir, she charts Quid&amp;#039;s growth from wee grub to boisterous sprite, from her birth to her first birthday. Horowitz follows Quid&amp;#039;s first weeks with her mother and ten roly-poly littermates, and then each week after the puppy joins her household of three humans, two large dogs, and a wary cat. She documents the social and cognitive milestones that so many of us miss in our puppies&amp;#039; lives, when caught up in the housetraining and behavioral training that easily overwhelms the first months of a dog&amp;#039;s life with a new family. In focusing on training a dog to behave, we mostly miss the radical development of a puppy into themselves—through the equivalent of infancy, childhood, young adolescence, and teenager-hood. By slowing down to observe Quid from week to week, The Year of the Puppy makes new sense of a dog&amp;#039;s behavior in a way that is missed when the focus is only on training. Horowitz keeps a lens on the puppy&amp;#039;s point of view—how they (begin to) see and smell the world, make meaning of it, and become an individual personality. She&amp;#039;s there when the puppies first open their eyes, first start to recognize one another and learn about cats, sheep, and people; she sees them from their first play bows to puberty. Horowitz also draws from the ample research in the fields of dog and human development to draw analogies between a dog&amp;#039;s first year and the growing child—and to note where they diverge. The Year of the Puppy is indispensable for anyone navigating their way through the frustrating, amusing, and ultimately delightful first year of a puppy’s life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Go Gently: Actionable Steps to Nurture Yourself and the Planet by Bonnie Wright</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go Gently: Actionable Steps to Nurture Yourself and the Planet
Author: Bonnie Wright
Narrator: Bonnie Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspiring and approachable tip-filled guide to changing your habits, living more sustainably, and taking action, by Greenpeace ambassador Bonnie Wright (Ginny Weasley in the Harry Potter movies) Go Gently is a guide for sustainability at home that offers simple, tangible steps toward reducing our environmental impact by looking at what we consume and the waste we create, as well as how to take action for environmental change. The title reflects Bonnie Wright’s belief that the best way to change our planet and ourselves is through a gentle approach, rather than a judgmental one. This is a book of do’s rather than don’ts. It’s also an invitation to Wright’s followers to join her on this journey to sustainability. Going through every room in her home, Wright helps us assess which products are sustainable, and alternatives for those that are not. She shares recipes to avoid waste, homemade self-care products to avoid packaging, small space-friendly gardening ideas, and a template for creating your own compost system. Finally, to sustain yourself, there are exercises and meditation prompts to keep you energized, plus info on how to get involved in community and organizations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Bonnie Wright</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358623397.mp3" length="856545" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358623397.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go Gently: Actionable Steps to Nurture Yourself and the Planet
Author: Bonnie Wright
Narrator: Bonnie Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspiring and approachable tip-filled guide to changing your habits, living more sustainably, and taking action, by Greenpeace ambassador Bonnie Wright (Ginny Weasley in the Harry Potter movies) Go Gently is a guide for sustainability at home that offers simple, tangible steps toward reducing our environmental impact by looking at what we consume and the waste we create, as well as how to take action for environmental change. The title reflects Bonnie Wright’s belief that the best way to change our planet and ourselves is through a gentle approach, rather than a judgmental one. This is a book of do’s rather than don’ts. It’s also an invitation to Wright’s followers to join her on this journey to sustainability. Going through every room in her home, Wright helps us assess which products are sustainable, and alternatives for those that are not. She shares recipes to avoid waste, homemade self-care products to avoid packaging, small space-friendly gardening ideas, and a template for creating your own compost system. Finally, to sustain yourself, there are exercises and meditation prompts to keep you energized, plus info on how to get involved in community and organizations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go Gently: Actionable Steps to Nurture Yourself and the Planet
Author: Bonnie Wright
Narrator: Bonnie Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspiring and approachable tip-filled guide to changing your habits, living more sustainably, and taking action, by Greenpeace ambassador Bonnie Wright (Ginny Weasley in the Harry Potter movies) Go Gently is a guide for sustainability at home that offers simple, tangible steps toward reducing our environmental impact by looking at what we consume and the waste we create, as well as how to take action for environmental change. The title reflects Bonnie Wright’s belief that the best way to change our planet and ourselves is through a gentle approach, rather than a judgmental one. This is a book of do’s rather than don’ts. It’s also an invitation to Wright’s followers to join her on this journey to sustainability. Going through every room in her home, Wright helps us assess which products are sustainable, and alternatives for those that are not. She shares recipes to avoid waste, homemade self-care products to avoid packaging, small space-friendly gardening ideas, and a template for creating your own compost system. Finally, to sustain yourself, there are exercises and meditation prompts to keep you energized, plus info on how to get involved in community and organizations. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Animals Make Us Human: Creating the Best Life for Animals by Catherine Johnson, Temple  Speaker Grandin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animals Make Us Human: Creating the Best Life for Animals
Author: Catherine Johnson, Temple  Speaker Grandin
Narrator: Andrea Gallo, Temple  Speaker Grandin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The best-selling animal advocate Temple Grandin offers the most exciting exploration of how animals feel since The Hidden Life of Dogs.  In her groundbreaking and best-selling book Animals in Translation, Temple Grandin drew on her own experience with autism as well as her distinguished career as an animal scientist to deliver extraordinary insights into how animals think, act, and feel. Now she builds on those insights to show us how to give our animals the best and happiest life—on their terms, not ours.  It’s usually easy to pinpoint the cause of physical pain in animals, but to know what is causing them emotional distress is much harder. Drawing on the latest research and her own work, Grandin identifies the core emotional needs of animals. Then she explains how to fulfill them for dogs and cats, horses, farm animals, and zoo animals. Whether it’s how to make the healthiest environment for the dog you must leave alone most of the day, how to keep pigs from being bored, or how to know if the lion pacing in the zoo is miserable or just exercising, Grandin teaches us to challenge our assumptions about animal contentment and honor our bond with our fellow creatures.  Animals Make Us Human is the culmination of almost thirty years of research, experimentation, and experience.  This is essential reading for anyone who’s ever owned, cared for, or simply cared about an animal.</description>
      <author>Catherine Johnson, Temple  Speaker Grandin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2019 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358324461.mp3" length="778253" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358324461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animals Make Us Human: Creating the Best Life for Animals
Author: Catherine Johnson, Temple  Speaker Grandin
Narrator: Andrea Gallo, Temple  Speaker Grandin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The best-selling animal advocate Temple Grandin offers the most exciting exploration of how animals feel since The Hidden Life of Dogs.  In her groundbreaking and best-selling book Animals in Translation, Temple Grandin drew on her own experience with autism as well as her distinguished career as an animal scientist to deliver extraordinary insights into how animals think, act, and feel. Now she builds on those insights to show us how to give our animals the best and happiest life—on their terms, not ours.  It’s usually easy to pinpoint the cause of physical pain in animals, but to know what is causing them emotional distress is much harder. Drawing on the latest research and her own work, Grandin identifies the core emotional needs of animals. Then she explains how to fulfill them for dogs and cats, horses, farm animals, and zoo animals. Whether it’s how to make the healthiest environment for the dog you must leave alone most of the day, how to keep pigs from being bored, or how to know if the lion pacing in the zoo is miserable or just exercising, Grandin teaches us to challenge our assumptions about animal contentment and honor our bond with our fellow creatures.  Animals Make Us Human is the culmination of almost thirty years of research, experimentation, and experience.  This is essential reading for anyone who’s ever owned, cared for, or simply cared about an animal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Animals Make Us Human: Creating the Best Life for Animals
Author: Catherine Johnson, Temple  Speaker Grandin
Narrator: Andrea Gallo, Temple  Speaker Grandin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The best-selling animal advocate Temple Grandin offers the most exciting exploration of how animals feel since The Hidden Life of Dogs.  In her groundbreaking and best-selling book Animals in Translation, Temple Grandin drew on her own experience with autism as well as her distinguished career as an animal scientist to deliver extraordinary insights into how animals think, act, and feel. Now she builds on those insights to show us how to give our animals the best and happiest life—on their terms, not ours.  It’s usually easy to pinpoint the cause of physical pain in animals, but to know what is causing them emotional distress is much harder. Drawing on the latest research and her own work, Grandin identifies the core emotional needs of animals. Then she explains how to fulfill them for dogs and cats, horses, farm animals, and zoo animals. Whether it’s how to make the healthiest environment for the dog you must leave alone most of the day, how to keep pigs from being bored, or how to know if the lion pacing in the zoo is miserable or just exercising, Grandin teaches us to challenge our assumptions about animal contentment and honor our bond with our fellow creatures.  Animals Make Us Human is the culmination of almost thirty years of research, experimentation, and experience.  This is essential reading for anyone who’s ever owned, cared for, or simply cared about an animal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Big Burn: Teddy Roosevelt and the Fire that Saved America by Timothy Egan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Burn: Teddy Roosevelt and the Fire that Saved America
Author: Timothy Egan
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In THE WORST HARD TIME, Timothy Egan put the environmental disaster of the Dust Bowl at the center of a rich history, told through characters he brought to indelible life. Now he performs the same alchemy with the Big Burn, the largest-ever forest fire in America and the tragedy that cemented Teddy Roosevelt&amp;#039;s legacy in the land.  On the afternoon of August 20, 1910, a battering ram of wind moved through the drought-stricken national forests of Washington, Idaho, Montana, whipping the hundreds of small blazes burning across the forest floor into a roaring inferno that jumped from treetop to ridge as it raged, destroying towns and timber in an eyeblink. Forest rangers had assembled nearly ten thousand men -- college boys, day-workers, immigrants from mining camps -- to fight the fires. But no living person had seen anything like those flames, and neither the rangers nor anyone else knew how to subdue them.  Egan narrates the struggles of the overmatched rangers against the implacable fire with unstoppable dramatic force, through the eyes of the people who lived it. Equally dramatic, though, is the larger story he tells of outsized president Teddy Roosevelt and his chief forester Gifford Pinchot. Pioneering the notion of conservation, Roosevelt and Pinchot did nothing less than create the idea of public land as our national treasure, owned by every citizen. The robber barons fought him and the rangers charged with protecting the reserves, but even as TR&amp;#039;s national forests were smoldering they were saved: The heroism shown by those same rangers turned public opinion permanently in favor of the forests, though it changed the mission of the forest service with consequences felt in the fires of today.  THE BIG BURN tells an epic story, paints a moving portrait of the people who lived it, and offers a critical cautionary tale for our time.</description>
      <author>Timothy Egan</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2020 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358418047.mp3" length="882342" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358418047.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Burn: Teddy Roosevelt and the Fire that Saved America
Author: Timothy Egan
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In THE WORST HARD TIME, Timothy Egan put the environmental disaster of the Dust Bowl at the center of a rich history, told through characters he brought to indelible life. Now he performs the same alchemy with the Big Burn, the largest-ever forest fire in America and the tragedy that cemented Teddy Roosevelt&amp;#039;s legacy in the land.  On the afternoon of August 20, 1910, a battering ram of wind moved through the drought-stricken national forests of Washington, Idaho, Montana, whipping the hundreds of small blazes burning across the forest floor into a roaring inferno that jumped from treetop to ridge as it raged, destroying towns and timber in an eyeblink. Forest rangers had assembled nearly ten thousand men -- college boys, day-workers, immigrants from mining camps -- to fight the fires. But no living person had seen anything like those flames, and neither the rangers nor anyone else knew how to subdue them.  Egan narrates the struggles of the overmatched rangers against the implacable fire with unstoppable dramatic force, through the eyes of the people who lived it. Equally dramatic, though, is the larger story he tells of outsized president Teddy Roosevelt and his chief forester Gifford Pinchot. Pioneering the notion of conservation, Roosevelt and Pinchot did nothing less than create the idea of public land as our national treasure, owned by every citizen. The robber barons fought him and the rangers charged with protecting the reserves, but even as TR&amp;#039;s national forests were smoldering they were saved: The heroism shown by those same rangers turned public opinion permanently in favor of the forests, though it changed the mission of the forest service with consequences felt in the fires of today.  THE BIG BURN tells an epic story, paints a moving portrait of the people who lived it, and offers a critical cautionary tale for our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569101</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Burn: Teddy Roosevelt and the Fire that Saved America
Author: Timothy Egan
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In THE WORST HARD TIME, Timothy Egan put the environmental disaster of the Dust Bowl at the center of a rich history, told through characters he brought to indelible life. Now he performs the same alchemy with the Big Burn, the largest-ever forest fire in America and the tragedy that cemented Teddy Roosevelt&amp;#039;s legacy in the land.  On the afternoon of August 20, 1910, a battering ram of wind moved through the drought-stricken national forests of Washington, Idaho, Montana, whipping the hundreds of small blazes burning across the forest floor into a roaring inferno that jumped from treetop to ridge as it raged, destroying towns and timber in an eyeblink. Forest rangers had assembled nearly ten thousand men -- college boys, day-workers, immigrants from mining camps -- to fight the fires. But no living person had seen anything like those flames, and neither the rangers nor anyone else knew how to subdue them.  Egan narrates the struggles of the overmatched rangers against the implacable fire with unstoppable dramatic force, through the eyes of the people who lived it. Equally dramatic, though, is the larger story he tells of outsized president Teddy Roosevelt and his chief forester Gifford Pinchot. Pioneering the notion of conservation, Roosevelt and Pinchot did nothing less than create the idea of public land as our national treasure, owned by every citizen. The robber barons fought him and the rangers charged with protecting the reserves, but even as TR&amp;#039;s national forests were smoldering they were saved: The heroism shown by those same rangers turned public opinion permanently in favor of the forests, though it changed the mission of the forest service with consequences felt in the fires of today.  THE BIG BURN tells an epic story, paints a moving portrait of the people who lived it, and offers a critical cautionary tale for our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Appalachian Trail: A Biography by Philip D&amp;#039;anieri</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Appalachian Trail: A Biography
Author: Philip D&amp;#039;anieri
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Appalachian Trail is America’s most beloved trek, with millions of hikers setting foot on it every year. Yet few are aware of the fascinating backstory of the dreamers and builders who helped bring it to life over the past century.  The conception and building of the Appalachian Trail is a story of unforgettable characters who explored it, defined it, and captured national attention by hiking it. From Grandma Gatewood—a mother of eleven who thru-hiked in canvas sneakers and a drawstring duffle—to Bill Bryson, author of the best-selling A Walk in the Woods, the AT has seized the American imagination like no other hiking path. The 2,000-mile-long hike from Georgia to Maine is not just a trail through the woods, but a set of ideas about nature etched in the forest floor. This character-driven biography of the trail is a must-read not just for ambitious hikers, but for anyone who wonders about our relationship with the great outdoors and dreams of getting away from urban life for a pilgrimage in the wild.</description>
      <author>Philip D&amp;#039;anieri</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358449416.mp3" length="848013" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358449416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Appalachian Trail: A Biography
Author: Philip D&amp;#039;anieri
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Appalachian Trail is America’s most beloved trek, with millions of hikers setting foot on it every year. Yet few are aware of the fascinating backstory of the dreamers and builders who helped bring it to life over the past century.  The conception and building of the Appalachian Trail is a story of unforgettable characters who explored it, defined it, and captured national attention by hiking it. From Grandma Gatewood—a mother of eleven who thru-hiked in canvas sneakers and a drawstring duffle—to Bill Bryson, author of the best-selling A Walk in the Woods, the AT has seized the American imagination like no other hiking path. The 2,000-mile-long hike from Georgia to Maine is not just a trail through the woods, but a set of ideas about nature etched in the forest floor. This character-driven biography of the trail is a must-read not just for ambitious hikers, but for anyone who wonders about our relationship with the great outdoors and dreams of getting away from urban life for a pilgrimage in the wild.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569098</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Appalachian Trail: A Biography
Author: Philip D&amp;#039;anieri
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The Appalachian Trail is America’s most beloved trek, with millions of hikers setting foot on it every year. Yet few are aware of the fascinating backstory of the dreamers and builders who helped bring it to life over the past century.  The conception and building of the Appalachian Trail is a story of unforgettable characters who explored it, defined it, and captured national attention by hiking it. From Grandma Gatewood—a mother of eleven who thru-hiked in canvas sneakers and a drawstring duffle—to Bill Bryson, author of the best-selling A Walk in the Woods, the AT has seized the American imagination like no other hiking path. The 2,000-mile-long hike from Georgia to Maine is not just a trail through the woods, but a set of ideas about nature etched in the forest floor. This character-driven biography of the trail is a must-read not just for ambitious hikers, but for anyone who wonders about our relationship with the great outdoors and dreams of getting away from urban life for a pilgrimage in the wild.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Decoding Your Cat: The Ultimate Experts Explain Common Cat Behaviors and Reveal How to Prevent or Change Unwanted Ones by American College Of Veterinary Beha</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decoding Your Cat: The Ultimate Experts Explain Common Cat Behaviors and Reveal How to Prevent or Change Unwanted Ones
Author: American College Of Veterinary Beha
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The cutting-edge, scientifically accurate, definitive book on the most popular behavioral issues that cats face  In the United States, one of the predominant reasons that owners abandon or give up their pets (often leading to euthanasia) is because of unwanted behaviors. Many have tried to instruct proper cat training, but this is the first book of its kind to provide an in-depth understanding of the underlying reasons for a cat’s problem behavior, the essential key to unlocking the best for your cat and avoiding pitfalls. Decoding Your Cat gives owners new insight on promoting their cat’s physical and psychological health and wellness and maintaining a long and fulfilling relationship together.   Written by the leading experts in cat behavior from the American College of Veterinary Behaviorists, with an introduction by animal expert Steve Dale, this book conveys the newest and best information on cat behavioral science in a fun, interesting, and understandable way. Together with anecdotes from real life situations and the science behind how cats relate to their world, Decoding Your Cat empowers owners to provide a home environment that is happy, safe, and functional, to identify and seek treatment for medical health problems, to understand how to deal with unwanted behaviors, and in general to help cats live longer and fuller lives.    Narrated by Lisa Flanagan. Lisa Flanagan is an award-winning narrator, voice actor, stage director, improviser, opera librettist and classical singer. Her VO work includes animation, video games, and commercials. Lisa has received multiple AudioFile Earphones Awards, Voice Arts Awards, and the 2019 Audie Award winner for Fantasy (Spinning Silver). She lives in Brooklyn, NY with her cats.</description>
      <author>American College Of Veterinary Beha</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358310358.mp3" length="852680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358310358.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decoding Your Cat: The Ultimate Experts Explain Common Cat Behaviors and Reveal How to Prevent or Change Unwanted Ones
Author: American College Of Veterinary Beha
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The cutting-edge, scientifically accurate, definitive book on the most popular behavioral issues that cats face  In the United States, one of the predominant reasons that owners abandon or give up their pets (often leading to euthanasia) is because of unwanted behaviors. Many have tried to instruct proper cat training, but this is the first book of its kind to provide an in-depth understanding of the underlying reasons for a cat’s problem behavior, the essential key to unlocking the best for your cat and avoiding pitfalls. Decoding Your Cat gives owners new insight on promoting their cat’s physical and psychological health and wellness and maintaining a long and fulfilling relationship together.   Written by the leading experts in cat behavior from the American College of Veterinary Behaviorists, with an introduction by animal expert Steve Dale, this book conveys the newest and best information on cat behavioral science in a fun, interesting, and understandable way. Together with anecdotes from real life situations and the science behind how cats relate to their world, Decoding Your Cat empowers owners to provide a home environment that is happy, safe, and functional, to identify and seek treatment for medical health problems, to understand how to deal with unwanted behaviors, and in general to help cats live longer and fuller lives.    Narrated by Lisa Flanagan. Lisa Flanagan is an award-winning narrator, voice actor, stage director, improviser, opera librettist and classical singer. Her VO work includes animation, video games, and commercials. Lisa has received multiple AudioFile Earphones Awards, Voice Arts Awards, and the 2019 Audie Award winner for Fantasy (Spinning Silver). She lives in Brooklyn, NY with her cats.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569050</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decoding Your Cat: The Ultimate Experts Explain Common Cat Behaviors and Reveal How to Prevent or Change Unwanted Ones
Author: American College Of Veterinary Beha
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The cutting-edge, scientifically accurate, definitive book on the most popular behavioral issues that cats face  In the United States, one of the predominant reasons that owners abandon or give up their pets (often leading to euthanasia) is because of unwanted behaviors. Many have tried to instruct proper cat training, but this is the first book of its kind to provide an in-depth understanding of the underlying reasons for a cat’s problem behavior, the essential key to unlocking the best for your cat and avoiding pitfalls. Decoding Your Cat gives owners new insight on promoting their cat’s physical and psychological health and wellness and maintaining a long and fulfilling relationship together.   Written by the leading experts in cat behavior from the American College of Veterinary Behaviorists, with an introduction by animal expert Steve Dale, this book conveys the newest and best information on cat behavioral science in a fun, interesting, and understandable way. Together with anecdotes from real life situations and the science behind how cats relate to their world, Decoding Your Cat empowers owners to provide a home environment that is happy, safe, and functional, to identify and seek treatment for medical health problems, to understand how to deal with unwanted behaviors, and in general to help cats live longer and fuller lives.    Narrated by Lisa Flanagan. Lisa Flanagan is an award-winning narrator, voice actor, stage director, improviser, opera librettist and classical singer. Her VO work includes animation, video games, and commercials. Lisa has received multiple AudioFile Earphones Awards, Voice Arts Awards, and the 2019 Audie Award winner for Fantasy (Spinning Silver). She lives in Brooklyn, NY with her cats.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White Feathers: The Nesting Lives of Tree Swallows by Bernd Heinrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Feathers: The Nesting Lives of Tree Swallows
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The surprising, rich life of tree swallows in nesting season—with Heinrich’s beautiful illustrations and photographs—by the acclaimed naturalist.  Heinrich is sparked one early spring day by a question: Why does a pair of swallows in a nest-box close to his Maine cabin show an unvarying preference for white feathers—not easily available nearby—as nest lining? He notices, too, the extreme aggressiveness of “his” swallows toward some other swallows of their own kind. And he wonders, given swallows’ reputation for feistiness, at the extraordinary tameness and close contact he experiences with his nesting birds.  From the author of the beloved books Ravens in Winter and A Naturalist at Large, this richly engaging view of the lives of wild birds, as always with Heinrich, yields “marvelous, mind-altering” insight and discoveries. —Los Angeles Times  Narrator Rick Adamson is proud to have presented several titles from author Bernd Heinrich. He is an Audie Award winner for his voicing of IN A HEARTBEAT, from the authors of the true story that became the film THE BLIND SIDE.  Around NYC and his home studio in New Jersey, he has worked in commercials, corporate and medical media, as well as educational content worldwide, for more than thirty years.</description>
      <author>Bernd Heinrich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358172338.mp3" length="813276" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358172338.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Feathers: The Nesting Lives of Tree Swallows
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The surprising, rich life of tree swallows in nesting season—with Heinrich’s beautiful illustrations and photographs—by the acclaimed naturalist.  Heinrich is sparked one early spring day by a question: Why does a pair of swallows in a nest-box close to his Maine cabin show an unvarying preference for white feathers—not easily available nearby—as nest lining? He notices, too, the extreme aggressiveness of “his” swallows toward some other swallows of their own kind. And he wonders, given swallows’ reputation for feistiness, at the extraordinary tameness and close contact he experiences with his nesting birds.  From the author of the beloved books Ravens in Winter and A Naturalist at Large, this richly engaging view of the lives of wild birds, as always with Heinrich, yields “marvelous, mind-altering” insight and discoveries. —Los Angeles Times  Narrator Rick Adamson is proud to have presented several titles from author Bernd Heinrich. He is an Audie Award winner for his voicing of IN A HEARTBEAT, from the authors of the true story that became the film THE BLIND SIDE.  Around NYC and his home studio in New Jersey, he has worked in commercials, corporate and medical media, as well as educational content worldwide, for more than thirty years.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Feathers: The Nesting Lives of Tree Swallows
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 8 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The surprising, rich life of tree swallows in nesting season—with Heinrich’s beautiful illustrations and photographs—by the acclaimed naturalist.  Heinrich is sparked one early spring day by a question: Why does a pair of swallows in a nest-box close to his Maine cabin show an unvarying preference for white feathers—not easily available nearby—as nest lining? He notices, too, the extreme aggressiveness of “his” swallows toward some other swallows of their own kind. And he wonders, given swallows’ reputation for feistiness, at the extraordinary tameness and close contact he experiences with his nesting birds.  From the author of the beloved books Ravens in Winter and A Naturalist at Large, this richly engaging view of the lives of wild birds, as always with Heinrich, yields “marvelous, mind-altering” insight and discoveries. —Los Angeles Times  Narrator Rick Adamson is proud to have presented several titles from author Bernd Heinrich. He is an Audie Award winner for his voicing of IN A HEARTBEAT, from the authors of the true story that became the film THE BLIND SIDE.  Around NYC and his home studio in New Jersey, he has worked in commercials, corporate and medical media, as well as educational content worldwide, for more than thirty years.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life Everlasting: The Animal Way of Death by Bernd Heinrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Everlasting: The Animal Way of Death
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the finest naturalists and writers of our time, a fascinating investigation of Nature’s inspiring death-to-life cycle. How does the animal world deal with death? And what ecological and spiritual lessons can we learn from examining this? Bernd Heinrich has long been fascinated by these questions, and when a good friend with a terminal illness asked if he might have his “green burial” at Heinrich’s hunting camp in Maine, it inspired the acclaimed biologist and author to investigate. Life Everlasting is the fruit of those investigations, illuminating what happens to animals great and small after death. From beetles to bald eagles, ravens to wolves, Heinrich reveals the fascinating and mostly hidden post-death world that occurs around us constantly, while examining the ancient and important role we too play as scavengers, connecting death to life. “Bernd Heinrich is one of the finest naturalists of our time. Life Everlasting shines with the authenticity and originality that are unique to a life devoted to natural history in the field.”—Edward O. Wilson, author of The Future of Life and The Social Conquest of Earth &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Despite focusing on death and decay, Life Everlasting is far from morbid; instead, it is life-affirming . . . convincing the reader that physical demise is not an end to life, but an opportunity for renewal.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Nature “A worldwide tour of the role of death in nature that is consistently fascinating and fun to read.”—Seattle Times</description>
      <author>Bernd Heinrich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358243977.mp3" length="831880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358243977.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Everlasting: The Animal Way of Death
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the finest naturalists and writers of our time, a fascinating investigation of Nature’s inspiring death-to-life cycle. How does the animal world deal with death? And what ecological and spiritual lessons can we learn from examining this? Bernd Heinrich has long been fascinated by these questions, and when a good friend with a terminal illness asked if he might have his “green burial” at Heinrich’s hunting camp in Maine, it inspired the acclaimed biologist and author to investigate. Life Everlasting is the fruit of those investigations, illuminating what happens to animals great and small after death. From beetles to bald eagles, ravens to wolves, Heinrich reveals the fascinating and mostly hidden post-death world that occurs around us constantly, while examining the ancient and important role we too play as scavengers, connecting death to life. “Bernd Heinrich is one of the finest naturalists of our time. Life Everlasting shines with the authenticity and originality that are unique to a life devoted to natural history in the field.”—Edward O. Wilson, author of The Future of Life and The Social Conquest of Earth &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Despite focusing on death and decay, Life Everlasting is far from morbid; instead, it is life-affirming . . . convincing the reader that physical demise is not an end to life, but an opportunity for renewal.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Nature “A worldwide tour of the role of death in nature that is consistently fascinating and fun to read.”—Seattle Times</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life Everlasting: The Animal Way of Death
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the finest naturalists and writers of our time, a fascinating investigation of Nature’s inspiring death-to-life cycle. How does the animal world deal with death? And what ecological and spiritual lessons can we learn from examining this? Bernd Heinrich has long been fascinated by these questions, and when a good friend with a terminal illness asked if he might have his “green burial” at Heinrich’s hunting camp in Maine, it inspired the acclaimed biologist and author to investigate. Life Everlasting is the fruit of those investigations, illuminating what happens to animals great and small after death. From beetles to bald eagles, ravens to wolves, Heinrich reveals the fascinating and mostly hidden post-death world that occurs around us constantly, while examining the ancient and important role we too play as scavengers, connecting death to life. “Bernd Heinrich is one of the finest naturalists of our time. Life Everlasting shines with the authenticity and originality that are unique to a life devoted to natural history in the field.”—Edward O. Wilson, author of The Future of Life and The Social Conquest of Earth &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Despite focusing on death and decay, Life Everlasting is far from morbid; instead, it is life-affirming . . . convincing the reader that physical demise is not an end to life, but an opportunity for renewal.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;—Nature “A worldwide tour of the role of death in nature that is consistently fascinating and fun to read.”—Seattle Times</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Homing Instinct: Meaning and Mystery in Animal Migration by Bernd Heinrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Homing Instinct: Meaning and Mystery in Animal Migration
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating exploration of the homing instinct in animals, and what it means for human happiness and survival, from the celebrated naturalist and author of Mind of the Raven, Why We Run, and Life Everlasting. Acclaimed scientist and author Bernd Heinrich has returned every year since boyhood to a beloved patch of western Maine woods. What is the biology in humans of this deep-in-the-bones pull toward a particular place, and how is it related to animal homing? Heinrich explores the fascinating science chipping away at the mysteries of animal migration: how geese imprint true visual landscape memory; how scent trails are used by many creatures, from fish to insects to amphibians, to pinpoint their home if they are displaced from it; and how the tiniest of songbirds are equipped for solar and magnetic orienteering over vast distances. Most movingly, Heinrich chronicles the spring return of a pair of sandhill cranes to their home pond in the Alaska tundra.  With his trademark “marvelous, mind-altering” prose (Los Angeles Times), he portrays the unmistakable signs of deep psychological emotion in the newly arrived birds—and reminds us that to discount our own emotions toward home is to ignore biology itself.</description>
      <author>Bernd Heinrich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358243984.mp3" length="929771" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358243984.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Homing Instinct: Meaning and Mystery in Animal Migration
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating exploration of the homing instinct in animals, and what it means for human happiness and survival, from the celebrated naturalist and author of Mind of the Raven, Why We Run, and Life Everlasting. Acclaimed scientist and author Bernd Heinrich has returned every year since boyhood to a beloved patch of western Maine woods. What is the biology in humans of this deep-in-the-bones pull toward a particular place, and how is it related to animal homing? Heinrich explores the fascinating science chipping away at the mysteries of animal migration: how geese imprint true visual landscape memory; how scent trails are used by many creatures, from fish to insects to amphibians, to pinpoint their home if they are displaced from it; and how the tiniest of songbirds are equipped for solar and magnetic orienteering over vast distances. Most movingly, Heinrich chronicles the spring return of a pair of sandhill cranes to their home pond in the Alaska tundra.  With his trademark “marvelous, mind-altering” prose (Los Angeles Times), he portrays the unmistakable signs of deep psychological emotion in the newly arrived birds—and reminds us that to discount our own emotions toward home is to ignore biology itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569008</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Homing Instinct: Meaning and Mystery in Animal Migration
Author: Bernd Heinrich
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A captivating exploration of the homing instinct in animals, and what it means for human happiness and survival, from the celebrated naturalist and author of Mind of the Raven, Why We Run, and Life Everlasting. Acclaimed scientist and author Bernd Heinrich has returned every year since boyhood to a beloved patch of western Maine woods. What is the biology in humans of this deep-in-the-bones pull toward a particular place, and how is it related to animal homing? Heinrich explores the fascinating science chipping away at the mysteries of animal migration: how geese imprint true visual landscape memory; how scent trails are used by many creatures, from fish to insects to amphibians, to pinpoint their home if they are displaced from it; and how the tiniest of songbirds are equipped for solar and magnetic orienteering over vast distances. Most movingly, Heinrich chronicles the spring return of a pair of sandhill cranes to their home pond in the Alaska tundra.  With his trademark “marvelous, mind-altering” prose (Los Angeles Times), he portrays the unmistakable signs of deep psychological emotion in the newly arrived birds—and reminds us that to discount our own emotions toward home is to ignore biology itself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lion Tracker&amp;#039;s Guide to Life by Boyd Varty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lion Tracker&amp;#039;s Guide to Life
Author: Boyd Varty
Narrator: Boyd Varty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Somewhere deep inside, you know what your gift, purpose, and mission are. Boyd Varty, a lion tracker and life coach, reveals how the wisdom from the ancient art of tracking can teach you how to recognize these essential ingredients in a meaningful life.  Know how to navigate, don’t worry about the destination, and stay alert. These are just a few of the strategies that contribute to both successful lion tracking and a life of fulfillment. When we join Boyd Varty and his two friends tracking lions, we are immersed in the South African bush, and, although we learn some of the skills required for actual tracking, the takeaways are the strategies that can be applied to our everyday lives. Trackers learn how to use all of their senses to read the environment and enter into a state of “greater aliveness.” When we learn to find and follow our inner tracks, we learn to see what is deeply important to us. In the same way the trip in the classic Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance was a vehicle to examine how to live out our values, the story of this one-day adventure—with danger and suspense along the way—uses the ancient art of tracking to convey profound lessons on how to live a purposeful, meaningful life of greater harmony.</description>
      <author>Boyd Varty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358172154.mp3" length="861861" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358172154.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lion Tracker&amp;#039;s Guide to Life
Author: Boyd Varty
Narrator: Boyd Varty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Somewhere deep inside, you know what your gift, purpose, and mission are. Boyd Varty, a lion tracker and life coach, reveals how the wisdom from the ancient art of tracking can teach you how to recognize these essential ingredients in a meaningful life.  Know how to navigate, don’t worry about the destination, and stay alert. These are just a few of the strategies that contribute to both successful lion tracking and a life of fulfillment. When we join Boyd Varty and his two friends tracking lions, we are immersed in the South African bush, and, although we learn some of the skills required for actual tracking, the takeaways are the strategies that can be applied to our everyday lives. Trackers learn how to use all of their senses to read the environment and enter into a state of “greater aliveness.” When we learn to find and follow our inner tracks, we learn to see what is deeply important to us. In the same way the trip in the classic Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance was a vehicle to examine how to live out our values, the story of this one-day adventure—with danger and suspense along the way—uses the ancient art of tracking to convey profound lessons on how to live a purposeful, meaningful life of greater harmony.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lion Tracker&amp;#039;s Guide to Life
Author: Boyd Varty
Narrator: Boyd Varty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 22, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Somewhere deep inside, you know what your gift, purpose, and mission are. Boyd Varty, a lion tracker and life coach, reveals how the wisdom from the ancient art of tracking can teach you how to recognize these essential ingredients in a meaningful life.  Know how to navigate, don’t worry about the destination, and stay alert. These are just a few of the strategies that contribute to both successful lion tracking and a life of fulfillment. When we join Boyd Varty and his two friends tracking lions, we are immersed in the South African bush, and, although we learn some of the skills required for actual tracking, the takeaways are the strategies that can be applied to our everyday lives. Trackers learn how to use all of their senses to read the environment and enter into a state of “greater aliveness.” When we learn to find and follow our inner tracks, we learn to see what is deeply important to us. In the same way the trip in the classic Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance was a vehicle to examine how to live out our values, the story of this one-day adventure—with danger and suspense along the way—uses the ancient art of tracking to convey profound lessons on how to live a purposeful, meaningful life of greater harmony.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving Jemima: Life and Love with a Hard-Luck Jay by Julie Zickefoose</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Jemima: Life and Love with a Hard-Luck Jay
Author: Julie Zickefoose
Narrator: Julie Zickefoose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Wesley the Owl and The Soul of an Octopus, the story of a sick baby bird nursed back to health and into the wild by renowned writer/artist Julie Zickefoose.  When Jemima, a young orphaned blue jay, is brought to wildlife rehabilitator Julie Zickefoose, she is a virtually tailless, palm-sized bundle of gray-blue fluff. But she is starved and very sick. Julie’s constant care brings her around, and as Jemima is raised for eventual release, she takes over the house and the rest of the author&amp;#039;s summer.     Shortly after release, Jemima turns up with a deadly disease. But medicating a free-flying wild bird is a challenge. When the PBS show Nature expresses interest in filming Jemima, Julie must train her to behave on camera, as the bird gets ever wilder. Jemima bonds with a wild jay, stretching her ties with the family. Throughout, Julie grapples with the fallout of Jemima’s illness, studies molt and migration, and does her best to keep Jemima strong and wild. She falls hard for this engaging, feisty and funny bird, a creative muse and source of strength through the author’s own heartbreaking changes.  Emotional and honest, Saving Jemima is a universal story of the communion between a wild creature and the human chosen to raise it. Read by the author.</description>
      <author>Julie Zickefoose</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2019 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358177890.mp3" length="819634" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358177890.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Jemima: Life and Love with a Hard-Luck Jay
Author: Julie Zickefoose
Narrator: Julie Zickefoose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Wesley the Owl and The Soul of an Octopus, the story of a sick baby bird nursed back to health and into the wild by renowned writer/artist Julie Zickefoose.  When Jemima, a young orphaned blue jay, is brought to wildlife rehabilitator Julie Zickefoose, she is a virtually tailless, palm-sized bundle of gray-blue fluff. But she is starved and very sick. Julie’s constant care brings her around, and as Jemima is raised for eventual release, she takes over the house and the rest of the author&amp;#039;s summer.     Shortly after release, Jemima turns up with a deadly disease. But medicating a free-flying wild bird is a challenge. When the PBS show Nature expresses interest in filming Jemima, Julie must train her to behave on camera, as the bird gets ever wilder. Jemima bonds with a wild jay, stretching her ties with the family. Throughout, Julie grapples with the fallout of Jemima’s illness, studies molt and migration, and does her best to keep Jemima strong and wild. She falls hard for this engaging, feisty and funny bird, a creative muse and source of strength through the author’s own heartbreaking changes.  Emotional and honest, Saving Jemima is a universal story of the communion between a wild creature and the human chosen to raise it. Read by the author.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving Jemima: Life and Love with a Hard-Luck Jay
Author: Julie Zickefoose
Narrator: Julie Zickefoose
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2019
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Wesley the Owl and The Soul of an Octopus, the story of a sick baby bird nursed back to health and into the wild by renowned writer/artist Julie Zickefoose.  When Jemima, a young orphaned blue jay, is brought to wildlife rehabilitator Julie Zickefoose, she is a virtually tailless, palm-sized bundle of gray-blue fluff. But she is starved and very sick. Julie’s constant care brings her around, and as Jemima is raised for eventual release, she takes over the house and the rest of the author&amp;#039;s summer.     Shortly after release, Jemima turns up with a deadly disease. But medicating a free-flying wild bird is a challenge. When the PBS show Nature expresses interest in filming Jemima, Julie must train her to behave on camera, as the bird gets ever wilder. Jemima bonds with a wild jay, stretching her ties with the family. Throughout, Julie grapples with the fallout of Jemima’s illness, studies molt and migration, and does her best to keep Jemima strong and wild. She falls hard for this engaging, feisty and funny bird, a creative muse and source of strength through the author’s own heartbreaking changes.  Emotional and honest, Saving Jemima is a universal story of the communion between a wild creature and the human chosen to raise it. Read by the author.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sacred Nature: Restoring Our Ancient Bond with the Natural World by Karen Armstrong</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Nature: Restoring Our Ancient Bond with the Natural World
Author: Karen Armstrong
Narrator: Karen Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the most original thinkers on the role of religion in the modern world, a profound exploration of the spiritual power of nature—and an urgent call to reclaim that power in everyday life.  &amp;#039;Much has been       written on the scientific and technological aspects of climate change....       But Armstrong’s book is both more personal and more profound. Its urgent       message is that hearts and minds need to change if we are to once more       learn to revere our beautiful and fragile planet.&amp;#039; —The Guardian Since the beginning of time, humankind has looked upon nature and seen the divine. In the writings of the great thinkers across religions, the natural world inspires everything from fear, to awe, to tranquil contemplation; God, or however one defined the sublime, was present in everything. Yet today, even as we admire a tree or take in a striking landscape, we rarely see nature as sacred. In this short but deeply powerful book, the best-selling historian of religion Karen Armstrong re-sacralizes nature for modern times. Drawing on her vast knowledge of the world’s religious traditions, she vividly describes nature’s central place in spirituality across the centuries. In bringing this age-old wisdom to life, Armstrong shows modern readers how to rediscover nature’s potency and form a connection to something greater than ourselves.</description>
      <author>Karen Armstrong</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593627846.mp3" length="2805995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593627846.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Nature: Restoring Our Ancient Bond with the Natural World
Author: Karen Armstrong
Narrator: Karen Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the most original thinkers on the role of religion in the modern world, a profound exploration of the spiritual power of nature—and an urgent call to reclaim that power in everyday life.  &amp;#039;Much has been       written on the scientific and technological aspects of climate change....       But Armstrong’s book is both more personal and more profound. Its urgent       message is that hearts and minds need to change if we are to once more       learn to revere our beautiful and fragile planet.&amp;#039; —The Guardian Since the beginning of time, humankind has looked upon nature and seen the divine. In the writings of the great thinkers across religions, the natural world inspires everything from fear, to awe, to tranquil contemplation; God, or however one defined the sublime, was present in everything. Yet today, even as we admire a tree or take in a striking landscape, we rarely see nature as sacred. In this short but deeply powerful book, the best-selling historian of religion Karen Armstrong re-sacralizes nature for modern times. Drawing on her vast knowledge of the world’s religious traditions, she vividly describes nature’s central place in spirituality across the centuries. In bringing this age-old wisdom to life, Armstrong shows modern readers how to rediscover nature’s potency and form a connection to something greater than ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Nature: Restoring Our Ancient Bond with the Natural World
Author: Karen Armstrong
Narrator: Karen Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of the most original thinkers on the role of religion in the modern world, a profound exploration of the spiritual power of nature—and an urgent call to reclaim that power in everyday life.  &amp;#039;Much has been       written on the scientific and technological aspects of climate change....       But Armstrong’s book is both more personal and more profound. Its urgent       message is that hearts and minds need to change if we are to once more       learn to revere our beautiful and fragile planet.&amp;#039; —The Guardian Since the beginning of time, humankind has looked upon nature and seen the divine. In the writings of the great thinkers across religions, the natural world inspires everything from fear, to awe, to tranquil contemplation; God, or however one defined the sublime, was present in everything. Yet today, even as we admire a tree or take in a striking landscape, we rarely see nature as sacred. In this short but deeply powerful book, the best-selling historian of religion Karen Armstrong re-sacralizes nature for modern times. Drawing on her vast knowledge of the world’s religious traditions, she vividly describes nature’s central place in spirituality across the centuries. In bringing this age-old wisdom to life, Armstrong shows modern readers how to rediscover nature’s potency and form a connection to something greater than ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Inland Island by Josephine Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inland Island
Author: Josephine Johnson
Narrator: Madeleine Maby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A beautiful book...about nature the way Walden was a book about nature. It should be read by everyone who still retains the capacity to feel anything” (The New York Times).   Stunningly written and fiercely observed, a new edition of a classic work of nature writing about a year on an Ohio farm, by Pulitzer Prize–winning author Josephine Johnson. Originally published in 1969, The Inland Island is Josephine W. Johnson’s startling and brilliant chronicle of nature and the seasons at her rambling thirty-seven-acre farm in Ohio, which she and her husband reverted to wilderness with the help of a state forester. Over the course of twelve months, she observes the changing landscape with a naturalist’s precision and a poet’s evocative language. Readers will marvel at the way she brings to life flashes of beauty, the inexorable cycle of growth and decay, and the creatures who live alongside her, great and small.   A forerunner of iconic American women nature writers and a champion of civil rights who marched in Washington against the Vietnam war, Johnson intersperses these “delicate marvels” (The New York Times) with profound reflections about racial inequality, urbanization, social justice, and environmental destruction that speak powerfully to our time.   Ready to be rediscovered by a new generation, The Inland Island is a vital and relevant meditation on nature and time, capturing the wonder, beauty, hope—and flaws—of our turbulent world.</description>
      <author>Josephine Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797145990.mp3" length="852275" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797145990.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inland Island
Author: Josephine Johnson
Narrator: Madeleine Maby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A beautiful book...about nature the way Walden was a book about nature. It should be read by everyone who still retains the capacity to feel anything” (The New York Times).   Stunningly written and fiercely observed, a new edition of a classic work of nature writing about a year on an Ohio farm, by Pulitzer Prize–winning author Josephine Johnson. Originally published in 1969, The Inland Island is Josephine W. Johnson’s startling and brilliant chronicle of nature and the seasons at her rambling thirty-seven-acre farm in Ohio, which she and her husband reverted to wilderness with the help of a state forester. Over the course of twelve months, she observes the changing landscape with a naturalist’s precision and a poet’s evocative language. Readers will marvel at the way she brings to life flashes of beauty, the inexorable cycle of growth and decay, and the creatures who live alongside her, great and small.   A forerunner of iconic American women nature writers and a champion of civil rights who marched in Washington against the Vietnam war, Johnson intersperses these “delicate marvels” (The New York Times) with profound reflections about racial inequality, urbanization, social justice, and environmental destruction that speak powerfully to our time.   Ready to be rediscovered by a new generation, The Inland Island is a vital and relevant meditation on nature and time, capturing the wonder, beauty, hope—and flaws—of our turbulent world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568516</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Inland Island
Author: Josephine Johnson
Narrator: Madeleine Maby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“A beautiful book...about nature the way Walden was a book about nature. It should be read by everyone who still retains the capacity to feel anything” (The New York Times).   Stunningly written and fiercely observed, a new edition of a classic work of nature writing about a year on an Ohio farm, by Pulitzer Prize–winning author Josephine Johnson. Originally published in 1969, The Inland Island is Josephine W. Johnson’s startling and brilliant chronicle of nature and the seasons at her rambling thirty-seven-acre farm in Ohio, which she and her husband reverted to wilderness with the help of a state forester. Over the course of twelve months, she observes the changing landscape with a naturalist’s precision and a poet’s evocative language. Readers will marvel at the way she brings to life flashes of beauty, the inexorable cycle of growth and decay, and the creatures who live alongside her, great and small.   A forerunner of iconic American women nature writers and a champion of civil rights who marched in Washington against the Vietnam war, Johnson intersperses these “delicate marvels” (The New York Times) with profound reflections about racial inequality, urbanization, social justice, and environmental destruction that speak powerfully to our time.   Ready to be rediscovered by a new generation, The Inland Island is a vital and relevant meditation on nature and time, capturing the wonder, beauty, hope—and flaws—of our turbulent world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Evolutionary Edge: A BBC Radio 4 nature series by Lucy Cooke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Evolutionary Edge: A BBC Radio 4 nature series
Author: Lucy Cooke
Narrator: Lucy Cooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lucy Cooke examines the survival strategies adopted by animals to gain an evolutionary advantage Award-winning broadcaster, bestselling author and zoologist Lucy Cooke has produced and presented numerous natural history shows on TV and radio, and has been tipped by The Times as &amp;#039;the next David Attenborough&amp;#039;. In this BBC Radio 4 series, first broadcast under the title The Power Of..., she delves into the animal kingdom, exploring what gives certain species the evolutionary edge over their rivals. Over the course of 8 episodes, she probes the science behind our seeming obsession with all things cute; unleashes her inner sloth to discover the surprising benefits of being slow; learns that honesty isn&amp;#039;t always the best policy, whether you&amp;#039;re a chimp, a squid or even a human being; and finds out why being small can give you step up on the evolutionary ladder. She also investigates the animal communities that thrive on co-operation and peaceful behaviour, and considers why it works for them; looks at the power of celibacy and meets nature&amp;#039;s ultimate self-cloning sisters; discovers how some species make a success out of going solo; and asks why it can pay to stir once the sun goes down - and whether future survival for many diurnal animals may depend on a nightlife. Production credits Presented by Lucy Cooke Produced by Alexandra Feachem, Beth Eastwood and Adrian Washbourne First broadcast on BBC Radio 4 on the following dates: The Power of Cute                              17 May 2016 The Power of Sloth                             26 December 2017 Power of Deceit                                  6 August 2019 Power of Petite                                   13 August 2019 Power of Peace                                  20 August 2019 The Power of Celibacy                       4 January 2021 The Power of One                              11 January 2021 The Power of Night                             18 January 2021 © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</description>
      <author>Lucy Cooke</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529188264.mp3" length="1573807" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529188264.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Evolutionary Edge: A BBC Radio 4 nature series
Author: Lucy Cooke
Narrator: Lucy Cooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lucy Cooke examines the survival strategies adopted by animals to gain an evolutionary advantage Award-winning broadcaster, bestselling author and zoologist Lucy Cooke has produced and presented numerous natural history shows on TV and radio, and has been tipped by The Times as &amp;#039;the next David Attenborough&amp;#039;. In this BBC Radio 4 series, first broadcast under the title The Power Of..., she delves into the animal kingdom, exploring what gives certain species the evolutionary edge over their rivals. Over the course of 8 episodes, she probes the science behind our seeming obsession with all things cute; unleashes her inner sloth to discover the surprising benefits of being slow; learns that honesty isn&amp;#039;t always the best policy, whether you&amp;#039;re a chimp, a squid or even a human being; and finds out why being small can give you step up on the evolutionary ladder. She also investigates the animal communities that thrive on co-operation and peaceful behaviour, and considers why it works for them; looks at the power of celibacy and meets nature&amp;#039;s ultimate self-cloning sisters; discovers how some species make a success out of going solo; and asks why it can pay to stir once the sun goes down - and whether future survival for many diurnal animals may depend on a nightlife. Production credits Presented by Lucy Cooke Produced by Alexandra Feachem, Beth Eastwood and Adrian Washbourne First broadcast on BBC Radio 4 on the following dates: The Power of Cute                              17 May 2016 The Power of Sloth                             26 December 2017 Power of Deceit                                  6 August 2019 Power of Petite                                   13 August 2019 Power of Peace                                  20 August 2019 The Power of Celibacy                       4 January 2021 The Power of One                              11 January 2021 The Power of Night                             18 January 2021 © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/568201</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Evolutionary Edge: A BBC Radio 4 nature series
Author: Lucy Cooke
Narrator: Lucy Cooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Lucy Cooke examines the survival strategies adopted by animals to gain an evolutionary advantage Award-winning broadcaster, bestselling author and zoologist Lucy Cooke has produced and presented numerous natural history shows on TV and radio, and has been tipped by The Times as &amp;#039;the next David Attenborough&amp;#039;. In this BBC Radio 4 series, first broadcast under the title The Power Of..., she delves into the animal kingdom, exploring what gives certain species the evolutionary edge over their rivals. Over the course of 8 episodes, she probes the science behind our seeming obsession with all things cute; unleashes her inner sloth to discover the surprising benefits of being slow; learns that honesty isn&amp;#039;t always the best policy, whether you&amp;#039;re a chimp, a squid or even a human being; and finds out why being small can give you step up on the evolutionary ladder. She also investigates the animal communities that thrive on co-operation and peaceful behaviour, and considers why it works for them; looks at the power of celibacy and meets nature&amp;#039;s ultimate self-cloning sisters; discovers how some species make a success out of going solo; and asks why it can pay to stir once the sun goes down - and whether future survival for many diurnal animals may depend on a nightlife. Production credits Presented by Lucy Cooke Produced by Alexandra Feachem, Beth Eastwood and Adrian Washbourne First broadcast on BBC Radio 4 on the following dates: The Power of Cute                              17 May 2016 The Power of Sloth                             26 December 2017 Power of Deceit                                  6 August 2019 Power of Petite                                   13 August 2019 Power of Peace                                  20 August 2019 The Power of Celibacy                       4 January 2021 The Power of One                              11 January 2021 The Power of Night                             18 January 2021 © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. (P) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ever Green: Saving Big Forests to Save the Planet by Thomas E. Lovejoy, John W. Reid</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ever Green: Saving Big Forests to Save the Planet
Author: Thomas E. Lovejoy, John W. Reid
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Five stunningly large forests remain on Earth: the Taiga, extending from the Pacific Ocean across all of Russia and far-northern Europe; the North American boreal, ranging from Alaska&amp;#039;s Bering seacoast to Canada&amp;#039;s Atlantic shore; the Amazon, covering almost the entirety of South America&amp;#039;s bulge; the Congo, occupying parts of six nations in Africa&amp;#039;s wet equatorial middle; and the island forest of New Guinea, twice the size of California. These megaforests are vital to preserving global biodiversity, thousands of cultures, and a stable climate, as John W. Reid and Thomas E. Lovejoy argue convincingly in Ever Green. Megaforests serve an essential role in decarbonizing the atmosphere—the boreal alone holds 1.8 trillion metric tons of carbon in its deep soils and peat layers, 190 years&amp;#039; worth of global emissions at 2019 levels—and saving them is the most immediate and affordable large-scale solution to our planet&amp;#039;s most formidable ongoing crisis. Reid and Lovejoy offer practical solutions to address the biggest challenges these forests face, from vastly expanding protected areas, to supporting Indigenous forest stewards, to planning smarter road networks. In gorgeous prose that evokes the majesty of these ancient forests along with the people and animals who inhabit them, Reid and Lovejoy take us on an exhilarating global journey.</description>
      <author>Thomas E. Lovejoy, John W. Reid</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696607476.mp3" length="7657956" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696607476.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ever Green: Saving Big Forests to Save the Planet
Author: Thomas E. Lovejoy, John W. Reid
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Five stunningly large forests remain on Earth: the Taiga, extending from the Pacific Ocean across all of Russia and far-northern Europe; the North American boreal, ranging from Alaska&amp;#039;s Bering seacoast to Canada&amp;#039;s Atlantic shore; the Amazon, covering almost the entirety of South America&amp;#039;s bulge; the Congo, occupying parts of six nations in Africa&amp;#039;s wet equatorial middle; and the island forest of New Guinea, twice the size of California. These megaforests are vital to preserving global biodiversity, thousands of cultures, and a stable climate, as John W. Reid and Thomas E. Lovejoy argue convincingly in Ever Green. Megaforests serve an essential role in decarbonizing the atmosphere—the boreal alone holds 1.8 trillion metric tons of carbon in its deep soils and peat layers, 190 years&amp;#039; worth of global emissions at 2019 levels—and saving them is the most immediate and affordable large-scale solution to our planet&amp;#039;s most formidable ongoing crisis. Reid and Lovejoy offer practical solutions to address the biggest challenges these forests face, from vastly expanding protected areas, to supporting Indigenous forest stewards, to planning smarter road networks. In gorgeous prose that evokes the majesty of these ancient forests along with the people and animals who inhabit them, Reid and Lovejoy take us on an exhilarating global journey.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ever Green: Saving Big Forests to Save the Planet
Author: Thomas E. Lovejoy, John W. Reid
Narrator: Roger Wayne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Five stunningly large forests remain on Earth: the Taiga, extending from the Pacific Ocean across all of Russia and far-northern Europe; the North American boreal, ranging from Alaska&amp;#039;s Bering seacoast to Canada&amp;#039;s Atlantic shore; the Amazon, covering almost the entirety of South America&amp;#039;s bulge; the Congo, occupying parts of six nations in Africa&amp;#039;s wet equatorial middle; and the island forest of New Guinea, twice the size of California. These megaforests are vital to preserving global biodiversity, thousands of cultures, and a stable climate, as John W. Reid and Thomas E. Lovejoy argue convincingly in Ever Green. Megaforests serve an essential role in decarbonizing the atmosphere—the boreal alone holds 1.8 trillion metric tons of carbon in its deep soils and peat layers, 190 years&amp;#039; worth of global emissions at 2019 levels—and saving them is the most immediate and affordable large-scale solution to our planet&amp;#039;s most formidable ongoing crisis. Reid and Lovejoy offer practical solutions to address the biggest challenges these forests face, from vastly expanding protected areas, to supporting Indigenous forest stewards, to planning smarter road networks. In gorgeous prose that evokes the majesty of these ancient forests along with the people and animals who inhabit them, Reid and Lovejoy take us on an exhilarating global journey.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Bees Want: Beekeeping as Nature Intended by Jacqueline Freeman, Susan Knilans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Bees Want: Beekeeping as Nature Intended
Author: Jacqueline Freeman, Susan Knilans
Narrator: Petrea Burchard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bee populations are plummeting. The solution? Give them what they need to live naturally, and they&amp;#039;ll handle the rest. Susan Knilans and Jacqueline Freeman are in love with bees. So in love that they observe their bees—their work, communication, seasonal activity, and more—for hours each day. And with observation came realization: when bees are allowed to live as they would in nature (with smaller hives, no chemicals, freedom to swarm, and little-to-no human interference), they will thrive. Accordingly, Knilans and Freeman have spent decades perfecting the revolutionary practice of preservation beekeeping, guided by the simple question, &amp;#039;What do the bees want?&amp;#039; A must-listen, this instructional book tells the story of their successes and failures, demonstrating what was learned along the way. Sharing preservation beekeeping&amp;#039;s key tenets, the authors provide concrete, simple ways to implement their approach, from finding the right hive location to honing observation skills. This preservation manifesto is a vital addition to any beekeeper&amp;#039;s library, imparting all the joys of a beekeeper&amp;#039;s life.</description>
      <author>Jacqueline Freeman, Susan Knilans</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765001783.mp3" length="8013198" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765001783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Bees Want: Beekeeping as Nature Intended
Author: Jacqueline Freeman, Susan Knilans
Narrator: Petrea Burchard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bee populations are plummeting. The solution? Give them what they need to live naturally, and they&amp;#039;ll handle the rest. Susan Knilans and Jacqueline Freeman are in love with bees. So in love that they observe their bees—their work, communication, seasonal activity, and more—for hours each day. And with observation came realization: when bees are allowed to live as they would in nature (with smaller hives, no chemicals, freedom to swarm, and little-to-no human interference), they will thrive. Accordingly, Knilans and Freeman have spent decades perfecting the revolutionary practice of preservation beekeeping, guided by the simple question, &amp;#039;What do the bees want?&amp;#039; A must-listen, this instructional book tells the story of their successes and failures, demonstrating what was learned along the way. Sharing preservation beekeeping&amp;#039;s key tenets, the authors provide concrete, simple ways to implement their approach, from finding the right hive location to honing observation skills. This preservation manifesto is a vital addition to any beekeeper&amp;#039;s library, imparting all the joys of a beekeeper&amp;#039;s life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Bees Want: Beekeeping as Nature Intended
Author: Jacqueline Freeman, Susan Knilans
Narrator: Petrea Burchard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bee populations are plummeting. The solution? Give them what they need to live naturally, and they&amp;#039;ll handle the rest. Susan Knilans and Jacqueline Freeman are in love with bees. So in love that they observe their bees—their work, communication, seasonal activity, and more—for hours each day. And with observation came realization: when bees are allowed to live as they would in nature (with smaller hives, no chemicals, freedom to swarm, and little-to-no human interference), they will thrive. Accordingly, Knilans and Freeman have spent decades perfecting the revolutionary practice of preservation beekeeping, guided by the simple question, &amp;#039;What do the bees want?&amp;#039; A must-listen, this instructional book tells the story of their successes and failures, demonstrating what was learned along the way. Sharing preservation beekeeping&amp;#039;s key tenets, the authors provide concrete, simple ways to implement their approach, from finding the right hive location to honing observation skills. This preservation manifesto is a vital addition to any beekeeper&amp;#039;s library, imparting all the joys of a beekeeper&amp;#039;s life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - Dudu salva la foresta di Kuluki by C.J. Polychroniou</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Dudu salva la foresta di Kuluki
Author: C.J. Polychroniou
Narrator: Marco Beccari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
L’orso Dudu è il simpatico e coraggioso protagonista di una serie di storie avvincenti ed educative per aiutare i bambini, ma anche gli adulti, a comprendere quanto sia importante la salvaguardia dell’ambiente e il rispetto delle regole di civile convivenza. Racconti adatti sia per la buonanotte che come momento di relax in compagnia dei propri figli o nipoti.  Le avventure dell&amp;#039;orso Dudu sono storie educative per insegnare ai bambini - e non solo - l&amp;#039;importanza di proteggere l&amp;#039;ambiente e di rispettare le regole e gli altri. In questa avventura l&amp;#039;orso Dudu salva la foresta di Kuluki da chi vuole deturpare la natura trasformandola nell&amp;#039;ennesima, inutile e dannosa colata di cemento. Una storia per ragazzi coraggiosi come Kiki che aiuta Dudu a salvare la foresta Kuluki da chi vuole distruggere l&amp;#039;ambiente per uno sviluppo non più sostenibile. Da chi pensa al denaro e al potere e dimentica di dare un futuro migliore ai propri figli. Perché i bambini hanno bisogno di più natura e meno centri commerciali.  Perché leggere le storie di Dudu  Una favola della buonanotte ispiratrice e affascinante  Insegna ai bambini l&amp;#039;importanza di proteggere l&amp;#039;ambiente  Ispira il rispetto delle regole  Insegna il valore di aiutare gli altri</description>
      <author>C.J. Polychroniou</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667938721.mp3" length="1324807" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667938721.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Dudu salva la foresta di Kuluki
Author: C.J. Polychroniou
Narrator: Marco Beccari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
L’orso Dudu è il simpatico e coraggioso protagonista di una serie di storie avvincenti ed educative per aiutare i bambini, ma anche gli adulti, a comprendere quanto sia importante la salvaguardia dell’ambiente e il rispetto delle regole di civile convivenza. Racconti adatti sia per la buonanotte che come momento di relax in compagnia dei propri figli o nipoti.  Le avventure dell&amp;#039;orso Dudu sono storie educative per insegnare ai bambini - e non solo - l&amp;#039;importanza di proteggere l&amp;#039;ambiente e di rispettare le regole e gli altri. In questa avventura l&amp;#039;orso Dudu salva la foresta di Kuluki da chi vuole deturpare la natura trasformandola nell&amp;#039;ennesima, inutile e dannosa colata di cemento. Una storia per ragazzi coraggiosi come Kiki che aiuta Dudu a salvare la foresta Kuluki da chi vuole distruggere l&amp;#039;ambiente per uno sviluppo non più sostenibile. Da chi pensa al denaro e al potere e dimentica di dare un futuro migliore ai propri figli. Perché i bambini hanno bisogno di più natura e meno centri commerciali.  Perché leggere le storie di Dudu  Una favola della buonanotte ispiratrice e affascinante  Insegna ai bambini l&amp;#039;importanza di proteggere l&amp;#039;ambiente  Ispira il rispetto delle regole  Insegna il valore di aiutare gli altri</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/567264</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Dudu salva la foresta di Kuluki
Author: C.J. Polychroniou
Narrator: Marco Beccari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
L’orso Dudu è il simpatico e coraggioso protagonista di una serie di storie avvincenti ed educative per aiutare i bambini, ma anche gli adulti, a comprendere quanto sia importante la salvaguardia dell’ambiente e il rispetto delle regole di civile convivenza. Racconti adatti sia per la buonanotte che come momento di relax in compagnia dei propri figli o nipoti.  Le avventure dell&amp;#039;orso Dudu sono storie educative per insegnare ai bambini - e non solo - l&amp;#039;importanza di proteggere l&amp;#039;ambiente e di rispettare le regole e gli altri. In questa avventura l&amp;#039;orso Dudu salva la foresta di Kuluki da chi vuole deturpare la natura trasformandola nell&amp;#039;ennesima, inutile e dannosa colata di cemento. Una storia per ragazzi coraggiosi come Kiki che aiuta Dudu a salvare la foresta Kuluki da chi vuole distruggere l&amp;#039;ambiente per uno sviluppo non più sostenibile. Da chi pensa al denaro e al potere e dimentica di dare un futuro migliore ai propri figli. Perché i bambini hanno bisogno di più natura e meno centri commerciali.  Perché leggere le storie di Dudu  Una favola della buonanotte ispiratrice e affascinante  Insegna ai bambini l&amp;#039;importanza di proteggere l&amp;#039;ambiente  Ispira il rispetto delle regole  Insegna il valore di aiutare gli altri</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meat Me Halfway: How Changing the Way We Eat Can Improve Our Lives and Save Our Planet by Brian Kateman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meat Me Halfway: How Changing the Way We Eat Can Improve Our Lives and Save Our Planet
Author: Brian Kateman
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We know that eating animals is bad for the planet and bad for our health, and yet we do it anyway. Ask anyone in the plant-based movement and the solution seems obvious: stop eating meat. But, for many people, that stark solution is neither appealing nor practical. In Meat Me Halfway, author and founder of the reducetarian movement Brian Kateman puts forth a realistic and balanced goal: mindfully reduce your meat consumption. It might seem strange for a leader of the plant-based movement to say, but meat is here to stay. The question is not how to ween society off meat but how to make meat more healthy, more humane, and more sustainable. In this book, Kateman answers the question that has plagued vegans for years: why are we so resistant to changing the way we eat, and what can we do about it? Exploring our historical relationship with meat, from the domestication of animals to the early industrialization of meatpacking, to the advent of the one-stop grocery store, the science of taste, and the laws that impact our access to food, Meat Me Halfway reveals how humans have evolved as meat-eaters. Featuring interviews with pioneers in the science of meat alternatives, investigations into new types of farming designed to lessen environmental impact, and innovations in ethical and sustainable agriculture, this down-to-earth book shows that we all can change the way we create and consume food.</description>
      <author>Brian Kateman</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666558937.mp3" length="757613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666558937.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meat Me Halfway: How Changing the Way We Eat Can Improve Our Lives and Save Our Planet
Author: Brian Kateman
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We know that eating animals is bad for the planet and bad for our health, and yet we do it anyway. Ask anyone in the plant-based movement and the solution seems obvious: stop eating meat. But, for many people, that stark solution is neither appealing nor practical. In Meat Me Halfway, author and founder of the reducetarian movement Brian Kateman puts forth a realistic and balanced goal: mindfully reduce your meat consumption. It might seem strange for a leader of the plant-based movement to say, but meat is here to stay. The question is not how to ween society off meat but how to make meat more healthy, more humane, and more sustainable. In this book, Kateman answers the question that has plagued vegans for years: why are we so resistant to changing the way we eat, and what can we do about it? Exploring our historical relationship with meat, from the domestication of animals to the early industrialization of meatpacking, to the advent of the one-stop grocery store, the science of taste, and the laws that impact our access to food, Meat Me Halfway reveals how humans have evolved as meat-eaters. Featuring interviews with pioneers in the science of meat alternatives, investigations into new types of farming designed to lessen environmental impact, and innovations in ethical and sustainable agriculture, this down-to-earth book shows that we all can change the way we create and consume food.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566872</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meat Me Halfway: How Changing the Way We Eat Can Improve Our Lives and Save Our Planet
Author: Brian Kateman
Narrator: Pete Cross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
We know that eating animals is bad for the planet and bad for our health, and yet we do it anyway. Ask anyone in the plant-based movement and the solution seems obvious: stop eating meat. But, for many people, that stark solution is neither appealing nor practical. In Meat Me Halfway, author and founder of the reducetarian movement Brian Kateman puts forth a realistic and balanced goal: mindfully reduce your meat consumption. It might seem strange for a leader of the plant-based movement to say, but meat is here to stay. The question is not how to ween society off meat but how to make meat more healthy, more humane, and more sustainable. In this book, Kateman answers the question that has plagued vegans for years: why are we so resistant to changing the way we eat, and what can we do about it? Exploring our historical relationship with meat, from the domestication of animals to the early industrialization of meatpacking, to the advent of the one-stop grocery store, the science of taste, and the laws that impact our access to food, Meat Me Halfway reveals how humans have evolved as meat-eaters. Featuring interviews with pioneers in the science of meat alternatives, investigations into new types of farming designed to lessen environmental impact, and innovations in ethical and sustainable agriculture, this down-to-earth book shows that we all can change the way we create and consume food.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>British Woodland: How to explore the secret world of our forests by Ray Mears</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: British Woodland: How to explore the secret world of our forests
Author: Ray Mears
Narrator: Ray Mears
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Nobody sees and understands woodland better than Ray Mears. With deep natural history knowledge and practical woodcraft skills, gained over a lifetime of learning from the world&amp;#039;s last remaining indigenous peoples, Ray offers a different way to experience our wooded landscapes. He challenges the old concepts. He looks to our ancestors and shows how man&amp;#039;s hand in shaping woodland is critical. We are not separate from nature, we just need to ensure that our interactions have a positive impact. With the emphasis on interaction, British Woodland is structured by usage. We learn that sycamore and clematis are among the best woods for burning, pine and oak help us navigate, and hawthorn and beech have edible leaves. Rope can be made from willow, utensils and tools from hazel, and historically, weapons were made from yew and wych elm. With Ray as our guide, encouraging this aboriginal sense of connection to individual trees, our appreciation of wooded landscapes will change. We can learn how to live inclusively in nature, for our own wellbeing and enjoyment, and also for the future of our planet. ©2023 Ray Mears (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Ray Mears</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529192025.mp3" length="1332669" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529192025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: British Woodland: How to explore the secret world of our forests
Author: Ray Mears
Narrator: Ray Mears
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Nobody sees and understands woodland better than Ray Mears. With deep natural history knowledge and practical woodcraft skills, gained over a lifetime of learning from the world&amp;#039;s last remaining indigenous peoples, Ray offers a different way to experience our wooded landscapes. He challenges the old concepts. He looks to our ancestors and shows how man&amp;#039;s hand in shaping woodland is critical. We are not separate from nature, we just need to ensure that our interactions have a positive impact. With the emphasis on interaction, British Woodland is structured by usage. We learn that sycamore and clematis are among the best woods for burning, pine and oak help us navigate, and hawthorn and beech have edible leaves. Rope can be made from willow, utensils and tools from hazel, and historically, weapons were made from yew and wych elm. With Ray as our guide, encouraging this aboriginal sense of connection to individual trees, our appreciation of wooded landscapes will change. We can learn how to live inclusively in nature, for our own wellbeing and enjoyment, and also for the future of our planet. ©2023 Ray Mears (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: British Woodland: How to explore the secret world of our forests
Author: Ray Mears
Narrator: Ray Mears
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Nobody sees and understands woodland better than Ray Mears. With deep natural history knowledge and practical woodcraft skills, gained over a lifetime of learning from the world&amp;#039;s last remaining indigenous peoples, Ray offers a different way to experience our wooded landscapes. He challenges the old concepts. He looks to our ancestors and shows how man&amp;#039;s hand in shaping woodland is critical. We are not separate from nature, we just need to ensure that our interactions have a positive impact. With the emphasis on interaction, British Woodland is structured by usage. We learn that sycamore and clematis are among the best woods for burning, pine and oak help us navigate, and hawthorn and beech have edible leaves. Rope can be made from willow, utensils and tools from hazel, and historically, weapons were made from yew and wych elm. With Ray as our guide, encouraging this aboriginal sense of connection to individual trees, our appreciation of wooded landscapes will change. We can learn how to live inclusively in nature, for our own wellbeing and enjoyment, and also for the future of our planet. ©2023 Ray Mears (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This America Of Ours: Bernard and Avis DeVoto and the Forgotten Fight to Save the Wild by Nate Schweber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This America Of Ours: Bernard and Avis DeVoto and the Forgotten Fight to Save the Wild
Author: Nate Schweber
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The untold story of the extraordinary fight to defend American wilderness from McCarthyism, and the radical couple who led the charge—and inspired a future of conservation  In late-1940s America, few writers commanded attention like Bernard DeVoto. Alongside his brilliant wife and editor, Avis, DeVoto was a firebrand of American liberty, free speech, and perhaps our greatest national treasure: public lands. But when a corrupt band of lawmakers, led by Senator Pat McCarran, sought to quietly cede millions of acres of national parks and other western lands to logging, mining, and private industry, the DeVotos entered the fight of their lives. Bernard and Avis built a broad grassroots coalition to sound the alarm—from Julia and Paul Child to Ansel Adams, Arthur Schlesinger Jr., Alfred Knopf, Adlai Stevenson, and Wallace Stegner—while the very pillars of American democracy, embodied in free and public access to Western lands, hung in the balance. Their dramatic crusade would earn them censorship and blacklisting by Joe McCarthy, J. Edgar Hoover, and Roy Cohn, and it even cost Bernard his life.  In This America of Ours, award-winning journalist Nate Schweber uncovers the forgotten story of a progressive alliance that altered the course of twentieth-century history and saved American wilderness—and our country’s most fundamental ideals—from ruin. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Nate Schweber</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358672951.mp3" length="1344292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358672951.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This America Of Ours: Bernard and Avis DeVoto and the Forgotten Fight to Save the Wild
Author: Nate Schweber
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The untold story of the extraordinary fight to defend American wilderness from McCarthyism, and the radical couple who led the charge—and inspired a future of conservation  In late-1940s America, few writers commanded attention like Bernard DeVoto. Alongside his brilliant wife and editor, Avis, DeVoto was a firebrand of American liberty, free speech, and perhaps our greatest national treasure: public lands. But when a corrupt band of lawmakers, led by Senator Pat McCarran, sought to quietly cede millions of acres of national parks and other western lands to logging, mining, and private industry, the DeVotos entered the fight of their lives. Bernard and Avis built a broad grassroots coalition to sound the alarm—from Julia and Paul Child to Ansel Adams, Arthur Schlesinger Jr., Alfred Knopf, Adlai Stevenson, and Wallace Stegner—while the very pillars of American democracy, embodied in free and public access to Western lands, hung in the balance. Their dramatic crusade would earn them censorship and blacklisting by Joe McCarthy, J. Edgar Hoover, and Roy Cohn, and it even cost Bernard his life.  In This America of Ours, award-winning journalist Nate Schweber uncovers the forgotten story of a progressive alliance that altered the course of twentieth-century history and saved American wilderness—and our country’s most fundamental ideals—from ruin. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566747</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This America Of Ours: Bernard and Avis DeVoto and the Forgotten Fight to Save the Wild
Author: Nate Schweber
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  5, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The untold story of the extraordinary fight to defend American wilderness from McCarthyism, and the radical couple who led the charge—and inspired a future of conservation  In late-1940s America, few writers commanded attention like Bernard DeVoto. Alongside his brilliant wife and editor, Avis, DeVoto was a firebrand of American liberty, free speech, and perhaps our greatest national treasure: public lands. But when a corrupt band of lawmakers, led by Senator Pat McCarran, sought to quietly cede millions of acres of national parks and other western lands to logging, mining, and private industry, the DeVotos entered the fight of their lives. Bernard and Avis built a broad grassroots coalition to sound the alarm—from Julia and Paul Child to Ansel Adams, Arthur Schlesinger Jr., Alfred Knopf, Adlai Stevenson, and Wallace Stegner—while the very pillars of American democracy, embodied in free and public access to Western lands, hung in the balance. Their dramatic crusade would earn them censorship and blacklisting by Joe McCarthy, J. Edgar Hoover, and Roy Cohn, and it even cost Bernard his life.  In This America of Ours, award-winning journalist Nate Schweber uncovers the forgotten story of a progressive alliance that altered the course of twentieth-century history and saved American wilderness—and our country’s most fundamental ideals—from ruin. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good Grief: On Loving Pets, Here and Hereafter by E.B. Bartels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Grief: On Loving Pets, Here and Hereafter
Author: E.B. Bartels
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An unexpected, poignant, and personal account of loving and losing pets, exploring the singular bonds we have with our companion animals, and how to grieve them once they’ve passed. E.B. Bartels has had a lot of pets—dogs, birds, fish, tortoises. As varied a bunch as they are, they’ve taught her one universal truth: to own a pet is to love a pet, and to own a pet is also—with rare exception—to lose that pet in time. But while we have codified traditions to mark the passing of our fellow humans, most cultures don’t have the same for pets. Bartels takes us from Massachusetts to Japan, from ancient Egypt to the modern era, in search of the good pet death. We meet veterinarians, archaeologists, ministers, and more, offering an idiosyncratic, inspiring array of rituals—from the traditional (scattering ashes, commissioning a portrait), to the grand (funereal processions, mausoleums), to the unexpected (taxidermy, cloning). The central lesson: there is no best practice when it comes to mourning your pet, except to care for them in death as you did in life, and find the space to participate in their end as fully as you can. Punctuated by wry, bighearted accounts of Bartels’s own pets and their deaths, Good Grief is a cathartic companion through loving and losing our animal family. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>E.B. Bartels</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358449430.mp3" length="1384596" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358449430.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Grief: On Loving Pets, Here and Hereafter
Author: E.B. Bartels
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An unexpected, poignant, and personal account of loving and losing pets, exploring the singular bonds we have with our companion animals, and how to grieve them once they’ve passed. E.B. Bartels has had a lot of pets—dogs, birds, fish, tortoises. As varied a bunch as they are, they’ve taught her one universal truth: to own a pet is to love a pet, and to own a pet is also—with rare exception—to lose that pet in time. But while we have codified traditions to mark the passing of our fellow humans, most cultures don’t have the same for pets. Bartels takes us from Massachusetts to Japan, from ancient Egypt to the modern era, in search of the good pet death. We meet veterinarians, archaeologists, ministers, and more, offering an idiosyncratic, inspiring array of rituals—from the traditional (scattering ashes, commissioning a portrait), to the grand (funereal processions, mausoleums), to the unexpected (taxidermy, cloning). The central lesson: there is no best practice when it comes to mourning your pet, except to care for them in death as you did in life, and find the space to participate in their end as fully as you can. Punctuated by wry, bighearted accounts of Bartels’s own pets and their deaths, Good Grief is a cathartic companion through loving and losing our animal family. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566735</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good Grief: On Loving Pets, Here and Hereafter
Author: E.B. Bartels
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
An unexpected, poignant, and personal account of loving and losing pets, exploring the singular bonds we have with our companion animals, and how to grieve them once they’ve passed. E.B. Bartels has had a lot of pets—dogs, birds, fish, tortoises. As varied a bunch as they are, they’ve taught her one universal truth: to own a pet is to love a pet, and to own a pet is also—with rare exception—to lose that pet in time. But while we have codified traditions to mark the passing of our fellow humans, most cultures don’t have the same for pets. Bartels takes us from Massachusetts to Japan, from ancient Egypt to the modern era, in search of the good pet death. We meet veterinarians, archaeologists, ministers, and more, offering an idiosyncratic, inspiring array of rituals—from the traditional (scattering ashes, commissioning a portrait), to the grand (funereal processions, mausoleums), to the unexpected (taxidermy, cloning). The central lesson: there is no best practice when it comes to mourning your pet, except to care for them in death as you did in life, and find the space to participate in their end as fully as you can. Punctuated by wry, bighearted accounts of Bartels’s own pets and their deaths, Good Grief is a cathartic companion through loving and losing our animal family. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Bigger Picture: My Fight to Bring a New African Voice to the Climate Crisis by Vanessa Nakate</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Bigger Picture: My Fight to Bring a New African Voice to the Climate Crisis
Author: Vanessa Nakate
Narrator: Vanessa Nakate
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A manifesto and memoir about climate justice and how we can—and must—build a livable future for all, inclusive to all, by a rising star of the global climate movement  Leading climate justice activist Vanessa Nakate brings her fierce, fearless spirit, new perspective, and superstar bona fides to the biggest issue of our time. In A Bigger Picture, her first book, she shares her story as a young Ugandan woman who sees that her community bears disproportionate consequences to the climate crisis. At the same time, she sees that activists from African nations and the global south are not being heard in the same way as activists from white nations are heard. Inspired by Sweden’s Greta Thunberg, in 2019 Nakate became Uganda’s first Fridays for Future protestor, awakening to her personal power and summoning within herself a commanding political voice.     Nakate’s mere presence has revealed rampant inequalities within the climate justice movement. In January 2020, while attending the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, as one of five international delegates, including Thunberg, Nakate’s image was cropped out of a photo by the Associated Press. The photo featured the four other activists, who were all white. It highlighted the call Nakate has been making all along: for both environmental and social justice on behalf of those who have been omitted from the climate discussion and who are now demanding to be heard.     From a shy little girl in Kampala to a leader on the world stage, A Bigger Picture is part rousing manifesto and part poignant memoir, and it presents a new vision for the climate movement based on resilience, sustainability, and genuine equity.</description>
      <author>Vanessa Nakate</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358694939.mp3" length="1171561" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358694939.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Bigger Picture: My Fight to Bring a New African Voice to the Climate Crisis
Author: Vanessa Nakate
Narrator: Vanessa Nakate
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A manifesto and memoir about climate justice and how we can—and must—build a livable future for all, inclusive to all, by a rising star of the global climate movement  Leading climate justice activist Vanessa Nakate brings her fierce, fearless spirit, new perspective, and superstar bona fides to the biggest issue of our time. In A Bigger Picture, her first book, she shares her story as a young Ugandan woman who sees that her community bears disproportionate consequences to the climate crisis. At the same time, she sees that activists from African nations and the global south are not being heard in the same way as activists from white nations are heard. Inspired by Sweden’s Greta Thunberg, in 2019 Nakate became Uganda’s first Fridays for Future protestor, awakening to her personal power and summoning within herself a commanding political voice.     Nakate’s mere presence has revealed rampant inequalities within the climate justice movement. In January 2020, while attending the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, as one of five international delegates, including Thunberg, Nakate’s image was cropped out of a photo by the Associated Press. The photo featured the four other activists, who were all white. It highlighted the call Nakate has been making all along: for both environmental and social justice on behalf of those who have been omitted from the climate discussion and who are now demanding to be heard.     From a shy little girl in Kampala to a leader on the world stage, A Bigger Picture is part rousing manifesto and part poignant memoir, and it presents a new vision for the climate movement based on resilience, sustainability, and genuine equity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Bigger Picture: My Fight to Bring a New African Voice to the Climate Crisis
Author: Vanessa Nakate
Narrator: Vanessa Nakate
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A manifesto and memoir about climate justice and how we can—and must—build a livable future for all, inclusive to all, by a rising star of the global climate movement  Leading climate justice activist Vanessa Nakate brings her fierce, fearless spirit, new perspective, and superstar bona fides to the biggest issue of our time. In A Bigger Picture, her first book, she shares her story as a young Ugandan woman who sees that her community bears disproportionate consequences to the climate crisis. At the same time, she sees that activists from African nations and the global south are not being heard in the same way as activists from white nations are heard. Inspired by Sweden’s Greta Thunberg, in 2019 Nakate became Uganda’s first Fridays for Future protestor, awakening to her personal power and summoning within herself a commanding political voice.     Nakate’s mere presence has revealed rampant inequalities within the climate justice movement. In January 2020, while attending the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, as one of five international delegates, including Thunberg, Nakate’s image was cropped out of a photo by the Associated Press. The photo featured the four other activists, who were all white. It highlighted the call Nakate has been making all along: for both environmental and social justice on behalf of those who have been omitted from the climate discussion and who are now demanding to be heard.     From a shy little girl in Kampala to a leader on the world stage, A Bigger Picture is part rousing manifesto and part poignant memoir, and it presents a new vision for the climate movement based on resilience, sustainability, and genuine equity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Wolf Called Romeo by Nick Jans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wolf Called Romeo
Author: Nick Jans
Narrator: Fleet Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The unlikely true story of a six-year friendship between a wild, oddly gentle black wolf and the people and dogs of Juneau, Alaska  “Jans is an exceptional storyteller — no nature writer can top him in terms of sheer emotional force.”—The New York Times  No stranger to wildlife, Nick Jans had lived in Alaska for nearly thirty years. But when one evening at twilight a lone black wolf ambled into view not far from his doorstep, Nick would finally come to know this mystical species—up close as never before. A Wolf Called Romeo is the remarkable story of a wolf who returned again and again to interact with the people and dogs of Juneau, living on the edges of their community, engaging in an improbable, awe-inspiring interspecies dance and bringing the wild into sharp focus. At first the people of Juneau were guarded, torn between shoot first, ask questions later instincts and curiosity. But as Romeo began to tag along with cross-country skiers on their daily jaunts, play fetch with local dogs, or simply lie near Nick and nap under the sun, they came to accept Romeo, and he them. For Nick it was about trying to understand Romeo, then it was about winning his trust, and ultimately it was about watching over him, for as long as he or anyone could. Written with a deft hand and a searching heart, A Wolf Called Romeo is an unforgettable tale of a creature who defied nature and thus gave humans a chance to understand it a little more.</description>
      <author>Nick Jans</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780358718956.mp3" length="1405856" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780358718956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wolf Called Romeo
Author: Nick Jans
Narrator: Fleet Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The unlikely true story of a six-year friendship between a wild, oddly gentle black wolf and the people and dogs of Juneau, Alaska  “Jans is an exceptional storyteller — no nature writer can top him in terms of sheer emotional force.”—The New York Times  No stranger to wildlife, Nick Jans had lived in Alaska for nearly thirty years. But when one evening at twilight a lone black wolf ambled into view not far from his doorstep, Nick would finally come to know this mystical species—up close as never before. A Wolf Called Romeo is the remarkable story of a wolf who returned again and again to interact with the people and dogs of Juneau, living on the edges of their community, engaging in an improbable, awe-inspiring interspecies dance and bringing the wild into sharp focus. At first the people of Juneau were guarded, torn between shoot first, ask questions later instincts and curiosity. But as Romeo began to tag along with cross-country skiers on their daily jaunts, play fetch with local dogs, or simply lie near Nick and nap under the sun, they came to accept Romeo, and he them. For Nick it was about trying to understand Romeo, then it was about winning his trust, and ultimately it was about watching over him, for as long as he or anyone could. Written with a deft hand and a searching heart, A Wolf Called Romeo is an unforgettable tale of a creature who defied nature and thus gave humans a chance to understand it a little more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Wolf Called Romeo
Author: Nick Jans
Narrator: Fleet Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
The unlikely true story of a six-year friendship between a wild, oddly gentle black wolf and the people and dogs of Juneau, Alaska  “Jans is an exceptional storyteller — no nature writer can top him in terms of sheer emotional force.”—The New York Times  No stranger to wildlife, Nick Jans had lived in Alaska for nearly thirty years. But when one evening at twilight a lone black wolf ambled into view not far from his doorstep, Nick would finally come to know this mystical species—up close as never before. A Wolf Called Romeo is the remarkable story of a wolf who returned again and again to interact with the people and dogs of Juneau, living on the edges of their community, engaging in an improbable, awe-inspiring interspecies dance and bringing the wild into sharp focus. At first the people of Juneau were guarded, torn between shoot first, ask questions later instincts and curiosity. But as Romeo began to tag along with cross-country skiers on their daily jaunts, play fetch with local dogs, or simply lie near Nick and nap under the sun, they came to accept Romeo, and he them. For Nick it was about trying to understand Romeo, then it was about winning his trust, and ultimately it was about watching over him, for as long as he or anyone could. Written with a deft hand and a searching heart, A Wolf Called Romeo is an unforgettable tale of a creature who defied nature and thus gave humans a chance to understand it a little more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Better Ape: The Evolution of the Moral Mind and How it Made us Human by Victor Kumar, Richmond Campbell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Better Ape: The Evolution of the Moral Mind and How it Made us Human
Author: Victor Kumar, Richmond Campbell
Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are moral creatures. Among all life on Earth, we alone experience rich moral emotions, follow complex rules governing how we treat one another, and engage in moral dialogue. But how did human morality evolve? And can humans become morally evolved?In A Better Ape, Victor Kumar and Richmond Campbell draw on the latest research in the biological and social sciences to explain the key role that morality has played in human evolution. They explore the moral traits that humans share with chimpanzees, how a more complex moral mind enabled Homo sapiens to arise and outcompete other human species, and the place of morality alongside historic revolutions in technology and social organization. Throughout the book, Kumar and Campbell argue that morality co-evolved with intelligence and complex sociality. Morality prevents societal collapse and enables complex knowledge.After unearthing the ancient origins of human morality, Kumar and Campbell use evolutionary theory to deliver profound insights about how to advance moral progress and resist moral regress, such as reducing animal suffering on industrial farms; capitalizing on the recent revolution in gay rights to foster a nascent revolution in transgender rights; opposing intersectional inequality that impacts women and people of color in lower socioeconomic classes; and addressing major problems of global inequality, especially impending crises of injustice caused by anthropogenic climate change. Understanding how we evolved—and how we continue to evolve—can help us become a better ape.</description>
      <author>Victor Kumar, Richmond Campbell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705063682.mp3" length="1335866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705063682.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Better Ape: The Evolution of the Moral Mind and How it Made us Human
Author: Victor Kumar, Richmond Campbell
Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are moral creatures. Among all life on Earth, we alone experience rich moral emotions, follow complex rules governing how we treat one another, and engage in moral dialogue. But how did human morality evolve? And can humans become morally evolved?In A Better Ape, Victor Kumar and Richmond Campbell draw on the latest research in the biological and social sciences to explain the key role that morality has played in human evolution. They explore the moral traits that humans share with chimpanzees, how a more complex moral mind enabled Homo sapiens to arise and outcompete other human species, and the place of morality alongside historic revolutions in technology and social organization. Throughout the book, Kumar and Campbell argue that morality co-evolved with intelligence and complex sociality. Morality prevents societal collapse and enables complex knowledge.After unearthing the ancient origins of human morality, Kumar and Campbell use evolutionary theory to deliver profound insights about how to advance moral progress and resist moral regress, such as reducing animal suffering on industrial farms; capitalizing on the recent revolution in gay rights to foster a nascent revolution in transgender rights; opposing intersectional inequality that impacts women and people of color in lower socioeconomic classes; and addressing major problems of global inequality, especially impending crises of injustice caused by anthropogenic climate change. Understanding how we evolved—and how we continue to evolve—can help us become a better ape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566228</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Better Ape: The Evolution of the Moral Mind and How it Made us Human
Author: Victor Kumar, Richmond Campbell
Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Humans are moral creatures. Among all life on Earth, we alone experience rich moral emotions, follow complex rules governing how we treat one another, and engage in moral dialogue. But how did human morality evolve? And can humans become morally evolved?In A Better Ape, Victor Kumar and Richmond Campbell draw on the latest research in the biological and social sciences to explain the key role that morality has played in human evolution. They explore the moral traits that humans share with chimpanzees, how a more complex moral mind enabled Homo sapiens to arise and outcompete other human species, and the place of morality alongside historic revolutions in technology and social organization. Throughout the book, Kumar and Campbell argue that morality co-evolved with intelligence and complex sociality. Morality prevents societal collapse and enables complex knowledge.After unearthing the ancient origins of human morality, Kumar and Campbell use evolutionary theory to deliver profound insights about how to advance moral progress and resist moral regress, such as reducing animal suffering on industrial farms; capitalizing on the recent revolution in gay rights to foster a nascent revolution in transgender rights; opposing intersectional inequality that impacts women and people of color in lower socioeconomic classes; and addressing major problems of global inequality, especially impending crises of injustice caused by anthropogenic climate change. Understanding how we evolved—and how we continue to evolve—can help us become a better ape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Sharks Matter: A Deep Dive with the World&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Predator by David Shiffman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Sharks Matter: A Deep Dive with the World&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Predator
Author: David Shiffman
Narrator: Brian Wiggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sharks are some of the most fascinating and ecologically important, yet most threatened and misunderstood animals on Earth. More often feared than revered, their role as predators of the deep has earned them a reputation as a major threat to humans. But the truth is that sharks are not a danger to us—they’re in danger from us.In Why Sharks Matter, marine conservation biologist Dr. David Shiffman urges us to overcome our misconceptions and embrace sharks as the imperiled and elegant ocean guardians they really are. Touching on everything from Shark Week to shark fin soup, overfishing to marine sanctuaries, Shiffman reveals why sharks are in trouble, why we should care, and how we can save them.A witty narrative highlighting the author’s fascinating experiences working with sharks, this exploration of the essential principles of shark conservation science and policy is full of amazing facts about both little-known and iconic shark species. It spells out how healthy shark populations support marine ecosystems—and the coastal economies that depend on them—while carefully explaining what scientists, conservationists, and readers can do to help. With his signature pragmatism and irreverence, Shiffman doesn’t shy away from explaining why much of what you’ve heard about sharks and how to save them is wrong.Perfect for shark enthusiasts, Why Sharks Matter provides an approachable, informative guide to the world of shark conservation, and an insider’s introduction to the passionate, brilliant people who work to protect our oceans. This fun read will have you looking at sharks with a fresh perspective and an understanding that their survival is crucial to the survival of another apex predator—ourselves.</description>
      <author>David Shiffman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705063354.mp3" length="1341290" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705063354.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Sharks Matter: A Deep Dive with the World&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Predator
Author: David Shiffman
Narrator: Brian Wiggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sharks are some of the most fascinating and ecologically important, yet most threatened and misunderstood animals on Earth. More often feared than revered, their role as predators of the deep has earned them a reputation as a major threat to humans. But the truth is that sharks are not a danger to us—they’re in danger from us.In Why Sharks Matter, marine conservation biologist Dr. David Shiffman urges us to overcome our misconceptions and embrace sharks as the imperiled and elegant ocean guardians they really are. Touching on everything from Shark Week to shark fin soup, overfishing to marine sanctuaries, Shiffman reveals why sharks are in trouble, why we should care, and how we can save them.A witty narrative highlighting the author’s fascinating experiences working with sharks, this exploration of the essential principles of shark conservation science and policy is full of amazing facts about both little-known and iconic shark species. It spells out how healthy shark populations support marine ecosystems—and the coastal economies that depend on them—while carefully explaining what scientists, conservationists, and readers can do to help. With his signature pragmatism and irreverence, Shiffman doesn’t shy away from explaining why much of what you’ve heard about sharks and how to save them is wrong.Perfect for shark enthusiasts, Why Sharks Matter provides an approachable, informative guide to the world of shark conservation, and an insider’s introduction to the passionate, brilliant people who work to protect our oceans. This fun read will have you looking at sharks with a fresh perspective and an understanding that their survival is crucial to the survival of another apex predator—ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/566202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Sharks Matter: A Deep Dive with the World&amp;#039;s Most Misunderstood Predator
Author: David Shiffman
Narrator: Brian Wiggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sharks are some of the most fascinating and ecologically important, yet most threatened and misunderstood animals on Earth. More often feared than revered, their role as predators of the deep has earned them a reputation as a major threat to humans. But the truth is that sharks are not a danger to us—they’re in danger from us.In Why Sharks Matter, marine conservation biologist Dr. David Shiffman urges us to overcome our misconceptions and embrace sharks as the imperiled and elegant ocean guardians they really are. Touching on everything from Shark Week to shark fin soup, overfishing to marine sanctuaries, Shiffman reveals why sharks are in trouble, why we should care, and how we can save them.A witty narrative highlighting the author’s fascinating experiences working with sharks, this exploration of the essential principles of shark conservation science and policy is full of amazing facts about both little-known and iconic shark species. It spells out how healthy shark populations support marine ecosystems—and the coastal economies that depend on them—while carefully explaining what scientists, conservationists, and readers can do to help. With his signature pragmatism and irreverence, Shiffman doesn’t shy away from explaining why much of what you’ve heard about sharks and how to save them is wrong.Perfect for shark enthusiasts, Why Sharks Matter provides an approachable, informative guide to the world of shark conservation, and an insider’s introduction to the passionate, brilliant people who work to protect our oceans. This fun read will have you looking at sharks with a fresh perspective and an understanding that their survival is crucial to the survival of another apex predator—ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sanfte Naturgeräusche ohne Musik: Traumhafte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Wohlfühlen &amp;amp; Entspannen by Yella A. Deeken</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sanfte Naturgeräusche ohne Musik: Traumhafte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Wohlfühlen &amp;amp; Entspannen
Author: Yella A. Deeken
Narrator: Magnus Von Löwenstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Entspanne am weißen Traumstrand von Barbados oder lasse dich mit dem gleichmässigen Rauschen eines Wasserfalls in Australien in einen erholsamen Schlaf führen. Lege dich in Gedanken auf eine gemütliche Decke und lausche dem Gesang der Vögel in der Vulkaneifel. Der Soundtrack der Natur hat eine ganz erstaunliche Wirkung auf unseren Körper. Er bringt uns zur Ruhe, löst uns aus den Grübelzwängen des Alltags, hilft uns endlich loszulassen. Naturgeräusche können Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken sowie Körper und Geist nachhaltig entspannen. Lass dich von diesen wunderschönen Naturklängen mit einer Gesamtlaufzeit von über sanft in deine Träume wiegen.  WAS DU BEKOMMST: - Ostsee - Wellenrauschen, Möwen, frische  Brise, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Wüste in Saudi-Arabien, warmer Wüstenwind, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Sanftes Grillenzirpen in der Toskana, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Friedvolle Waldgeräusche in der Vulkaneifel, Länge: 120 Minuten, - Gewitterregen in Schweden mit entferntem Donnergrollen, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Ruhiger Bachlauf in den schottischen Highlands, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Regennacht im australischen Outback, Länge: 60 Minuten,   - Barbados: Weisser Strand am Walkers Beach, Länge: 45 Minuten, - Windspiel am Strand von Bali, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Wasserfall im Norden von Australien: sanftes und gleichmässiges Rauschen , Länge: 60 Minuten, - Ruhiger See in den Alpen, Plätschern der Uferwellen, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Vögel in der Vulkaneifel zwitschern leise im Regen, Länge: 60 Minuten,  - Singvögel in der Vulkaneifel beim Morgengesang, perfekt zum Aufwachen, Länge: 60 Minuten,  - Thermalpool von Mataranka in Australien, sanftes Blubbern, Länge: 60 Minuten, Alle Aufnahmen zeichnen sich durch perfekte Audioqualität, eine extrem hohe Klangtreue und das Einfangen der gesamten räumlichen Atmosphäre aus. Tauche jetzt ein - in eine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung.  Über die Autorin: Die gebürtige Osnabrückerin Yella A. Deeken ist mit Leidenschaft Autorin, Yoga-Lehrerin und Weltenbummlerin. Seit 2004 reist sie als &amp;#039;digitale Nomadin&amp;#039; um die Welt und kreiert auf ihren Reisen wundervolle Hörbücher, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern.</description>
      <author>Yella A. Deeken</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066338358097.mp3" length="950744" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066338358097.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sanfte Naturgeräusche ohne Musik: Traumhafte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Wohlfühlen &amp;amp; Entspannen
Author: Yella A. Deeken
Narrator: Magnus Von Löwenstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Entspanne am weißen Traumstrand von Barbados oder lasse dich mit dem gleichmässigen Rauschen eines Wasserfalls in Australien in einen erholsamen Schlaf führen. Lege dich in Gedanken auf eine gemütliche Decke und lausche dem Gesang der Vögel in der Vulkaneifel. Der Soundtrack der Natur hat eine ganz erstaunliche Wirkung auf unseren Körper. Er bringt uns zur Ruhe, löst uns aus den Grübelzwängen des Alltags, hilft uns endlich loszulassen. Naturgeräusche können Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken sowie Körper und Geist nachhaltig entspannen. Lass dich von diesen wunderschönen Naturklängen mit einer Gesamtlaufzeit von über sanft in deine Träume wiegen.  WAS DU BEKOMMST: - Ostsee - Wellenrauschen, Möwen, frische  Brise, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Wüste in Saudi-Arabien, warmer Wüstenwind, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Sanftes Grillenzirpen in der Toskana, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Friedvolle Waldgeräusche in der Vulkaneifel, Länge: 120 Minuten, - Gewitterregen in Schweden mit entferntem Donnergrollen, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Ruhiger Bachlauf in den schottischen Highlands, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Regennacht im australischen Outback, Länge: 60 Minuten,   - Barbados: Weisser Strand am Walkers Beach, Länge: 45 Minuten, - Windspiel am Strand von Bali, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Wasserfall im Norden von Australien: sanftes und gleichmässiges Rauschen , Länge: 60 Minuten, - Ruhiger See in den Alpen, Plätschern der Uferwellen, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Vögel in der Vulkaneifel zwitschern leise im Regen, Länge: 60 Minuten,  - Singvögel in der Vulkaneifel beim Morgengesang, perfekt zum Aufwachen, Länge: 60 Minuten,  - Thermalpool von Mataranka in Australien, sanftes Blubbern, Länge: 60 Minuten, Alle Aufnahmen zeichnen sich durch perfekte Audioqualität, eine extrem hohe Klangtreue und das Einfangen der gesamten räumlichen Atmosphäre aus. Tauche jetzt ein - in eine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung.  Über die Autorin: Die gebürtige Osnabrückerin Yella A. Deeken ist mit Leidenschaft Autorin, Yoga-Lehrerin und Weltenbummlerin. Seit 2004 reist sie als &amp;#039;digitale Nomadin&amp;#039; um die Welt und kreiert auf ihren Reisen wundervolle Hörbücher, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565884</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sanfte Naturgeräusche ohne Musik: Traumhafte Naturgeräusche zum Einschlafen, Wohlfühlen &amp;amp; Entspannen
Author: Yella A. Deeken
Narrator: Magnus Von Löwenstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Entspanne am weißen Traumstrand von Barbados oder lasse dich mit dem gleichmässigen Rauschen eines Wasserfalls in Australien in einen erholsamen Schlaf führen. Lege dich in Gedanken auf eine gemütliche Decke und lausche dem Gesang der Vögel in der Vulkaneifel. Der Soundtrack der Natur hat eine ganz erstaunliche Wirkung auf unseren Körper. Er bringt uns zur Ruhe, löst uns aus den Grübelzwängen des Alltags, hilft uns endlich loszulassen. Naturgeräusche können Empfindungen auslösen, die unseren Pulsschlag senken sowie Körper und Geist nachhaltig entspannen. Lass dich von diesen wunderschönen Naturklängen mit einer Gesamtlaufzeit von über sanft in deine Träume wiegen.  WAS DU BEKOMMST: - Ostsee - Wellenrauschen, Möwen, frische  Brise, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Wüste in Saudi-Arabien, warmer Wüstenwind, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Sanftes Grillenzirpen in der Toskana, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Friedvolle Waldgeräusche in der Vulkaneifel, Länge: 120 Minuten, - Gewitterregen in Schweden mit entferntem Donnergrollen, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Ruhiger Bachlauf in den schottischen Highlands, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Regennacht im australischen Outback, Länge: 60 Minuten,   - Barbados: Weisser Strand am Walkers Beach, Länge: 45 Minuten, - Windspiel am Strand von Bali, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Wasserfall im Norden von Australien: sanftes und gleichmässiges Rauschen , Länge: 60 Minuten, - Ruhiger See in den Alpen, Plätschern der Uferwellen, Länge: 60 Minuten, - Vögel in der Vulkaneifel zwitschern leise im Regen, Länge: 60 Minuten,  - Singvögel in der Vulkaneifel beim Morgengesang, perfekt zum Aufwachen, Länge: 60 Minuten,  - Thermalpool von Mataranka in Australien, sanftes Blubbern, Länge: 60 Minuten, Alle Aufnahmen zeichnen sich durch perfekte Audioqualität, eine extrem hohe Klangtreue und das Einfangen der gesamten räumlichen Atmosphäre aus. Tauche jetzt ein - in eine Welt der grenzenlosen Entspannung.  Über die Autorin: Die gebürtige Osnabrückerin Yella A. Deeken ist mit Leidenschaft Autorin, Yoga-Lehrerin und Weltenbummlerin. Seit 2004 reist sie als &amp;#039;digitale Nomadin&amp;#039; um die Welt und kreiert auf ihren Reisen wundervolle Hörbücher, die berühren, inspirieren und das Leben vieler Menschen nachhaltig verändern.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Natural Horsemanship gekonnt anwenden: Wie Sie die Körpersprache der Pferde richtig lesen und mit einfühlsamer Bodenarbeit eine tiefe Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd aufbauen by Annika Pütz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Natural Horsemanship gekonnt anwenden: Wie Sie die Körpersprache der Pferde richtig lesen und mit einfühlsamer Bodenarbeit eine tiefe Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd aufbauen
Author: Annika Pütz
Narrator: Barbara Kier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bei 70 kg Mensch gegen 700 kg Fluchttier müsste von Anfang an klar sein, wer diesen Kampf gewinnt. Nicht jedoch, wenn der Mensch dieses majestätische Tier unter sich einsperrt und so lange schmerzvoll auf es einwirkt, bis es nicht mehr anders kann, als nachzugeben, sich seinem Schicksal hinzugeben und vermeintlich atemberaubend schön all das zu tun, was von ihm verlangt wird, nur, um diesem Leiden zu entrinnen und es schnellstmöglich zu beenden. Doch wie viel hat das noch mit Tierliebe und artgerechtem Umgang zu tun? Was wäre, wenn es einen Weg gäbe, all die Ästhetik, welche diese Tiere mit sich bringen, auch ohne Zwang hervorzuheben? Wenn aus dem Kampf ein Spiel werden würde? Ein Spiel auf Basis gegenseitigen Vertrauens und Achtung. Wenn Ihr Pferd sich Ihnen freiwillig anschließt und mit wachem Blick auf Sie achtet? Sie als gerechtes Leittier akzeptiert und mit einem zufriedenen Blick aus dem Training geht? All das ist mit Natural Horsemanship möglich. Ganz egal, ob Sie die Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd stärken oder ganz neu in das Thema eintauchen möchten, in diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie alle theoretischen Grundlagen sowie Tipps und Übungen, welche Sie direkt in die Praxis umsetzen können. Das erwartet Sie: - Das Grundprinzip - Die Körpersprache des Menschen - Die Körpersprache der Pferde - 7 Spiele nach Pat Parelli - Probleme lösen - und vieles mehr...</description>
      <author>Annika Pütz</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969308943.mp3" length="875779" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969308943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Natural Horsemanship gekonnt anwenden: Wie Sie die Körpersprache der Pferde richtig lesen und mit einfühlsamer Bodenarbeit eine tiefe Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd aufbauen
Author: Annika Pütz
Narrator: Barbara Kier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bei 70 kg Mensch gegen 700 kg Fluchttier müsste von Anfang an klar sein, wer diesen Kampf gewinnt. Nicht jedoch, wenn der Mensch dieses majestätische Tier unter sich einsperrt und so lange schmerzvoll auf es einwirkt, bis es nicht mehr anders kann, als nachzugeben, sich seinem Schicksal hinzugeben und vermeintlich atemberaubend schön all das zu tun, was von ihm verlangt wird, nur, um diesem Leiden zu entrinnen und es schnellstmöglich zu beenden. Doch wie viel hat das noch mit Tierliebe und artgerechtem Umgang zu tun? Was wäre, wenn es einen Weg gäbe, all die Ästhetik, welche diese Tiere mit sich bringen, auch ohne Zwang hervorzuheben? Wenn aus dem Kampf ein Spiel werden würde? Ein Spiel auf Basis gegenseitigen Vertrauens und Achtung. Wenn Ihr Pferd sich Ihnen freiwillig anschließt und mit wachem Blick auf Sie achtet? Sie als gerechtes Leittier akzeptiert und mit einem zufriedenen Blick aus dem Training geht? All das ist mit Natural Horsemanship möglich. Ganz egal, ob Sie die Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd stärken oder ganz neu in das Thema eintauchen möchten, in diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie alle theoretischen Grundlagen sowie Tipps und Übungen, welche Sie direkt in die Praxis umsetzen können. Das erwartet Sie: - Das Grundprinzip - Die Körpersprache des Menschen - Die Körpersprache der Pferde - 7 Spiele nach Pat Parelli - Probleme lösen - und vieles mehr...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Natural Horsemanship gekonnt anwenden: Wie Sie die Körpersprache der Pferde richtig lesen und mit einfühlsamer Bodenarbeit eine tiefe Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd aufbauen
Author: Annika Pütz
Narrator: Barbara Kier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Bei 70 kg Mensch gegen 700 kg Fluchttier müsste von Anfang an klar sein, wer diesen Kampf gewinnt. Nicht jedoch, wenn der Mensch dieses majestätische Tier unter sich einsperrt und so lange schmerzvoll auf es einwirkt, bis es nicht mehr anders kann, als nachzugeben, sich seinem Schicksal hinzugeben und vermeintlich atemberaubend schön all das zu tun, was von ihm verlangt wird, nur, um diesem Leiden zu entrinnen und es schnellstmöglich zu beenden. Doch wie viel hat das noch mit Tierliebe und artgerechtem Umgang zu tun? Was wäre, wenn es einen Weg gäbe, all die Ästhetik, welche diese Tiere mit sich bringen, auch ohne Zwang hervorzuheben? Wenn aus dem Kampf ein Spiel werden würde? Ein Spiel auf Basis gegenseitigen Vertrauens und Achtung. Wenn Ihr Pferd sich Ihnen freiwillig anschließt und mit wachem Blick auf Sie achtet? Sie als gerechtes Leittier akzeptiert und mit einem zufriedenen Blick aus dem Training geht? All das ist mit Natural Horsemanship möglich. Ganz egal, ob Sie die Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd stärken oder ganz neu in das Thema eintauchen möchten, in diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie alle theoretischen Grundlagen sowie Tipps und Übungen, welche Sie direkt in die Praxis umsetzen können. Das erwartet Sie: - Das Grundprinzip - Die Körpersprache des Menschen - Die Körpersprache der Pferde - 7 Spiele nach Pat Parelli - Probleme lösen - und vieles mehr...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Kampffische für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Ihren Kampffisch Betta splendens sicher kaufen, artgerecht halten und richtig füttern by Jakob De Boer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kampffische für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Ihren Kampffisch Betta splendens sicher kaufen, artgerecht halten und richtig füttern
Author: Jakob De Boer
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Hörbuch erwartet Sie eine spannende Reise in die Welt der Kampffische, speziell des beliebtesten und am weitesten verbreiteten Kampffisches, dem Betta splendens. Dies ist der am häufigsten gehaltene und gepflegte Kampffisch aus der Familie der Labyrinthfische. Alles Wissenswerte und Spektakuläre über die beliebten, fernöstlichen Exoten können Sie in diesem Hörbuch erfahren. Faszination Kampffisch: Nicht nur durch ihr besonderes, unvergleichliches Aussehen mit den großen Rücken- und Schwanzflossen, den langen Brustflossen und den bemerkenswerten bunten, schillernden Farben überzeugt der Kampffisch, sondern auch durch sein außergewöhnliches Verhalten. Wussten Sie bereits, dass die Fische proaktiv Brutpflege betreiben und dafür extra vorgesehene Schaumnester an der Wasseroberfläche bauen? Oder dass sie in der Lage sind, in sehr sauerstoffarmen Gewässern zu überleben, dank eines speziellen Organs, dem Labyrinth-Organ? Spätestens nach dem Lesen dieses Buches werden Sie einen völlig neuen Blick und einen erweiterten Horizont auf den Kampffisch haben. Das erwartet Sie: - Was ist ein Kampffisch? - Ein Vertreter der Labyrinthfische - Der Erwerb des Fisches - Praktischer Aquarium-Guide - Was gibt es bei der Ernährung zu beachten? - und vieles mehr...</description>
      <author>Jakob De Boer</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969308967.mp3" length="888900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969308967.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kampffische für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Ihren Kampffisch Betta splendens sicher kaufen, artgerecht halten und richtig füttern
Author: Jakob De Boer
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Hörbuch erwartet Sie eine spannende Reise in die Welt der Kampffische, speziell des beliebtesten und am weitesten verbreiteten Kampffisches, dem Betta splendens. Dies ist der am häufigsten gehaltene und gepflegte Kampffisch aus der Familie der Labyrinthfische. Alles Wissenswerte und Spektakuläre über die beliebten, fernöstlichen Exoten können Sie in diesem Hörbuch erfahren. Faszination Kampffisch: Nicht nur durch ihr besonderes, unvergleichliches Aussehen mit den großen Rücken- und Schwanzflossen, den langen Brustflossen und den bemerkenswerten bunten, schillernden Farben überzeugt der Kampffisch, sondern auch durch sein außergewöhnliches Verhalten. Wussten Sie bereits, dass die Fische proaktiv Brutpflege betreiben und dafür extra vorgesehene Schaumnester an der Wasseroberfläche bauen? Oder dass sie in der Lage sind, in sehr sauerstoffarmen Gewässern zu überleben, dank eines speziellen Organs, dem Labyrinth-Organ? Spätestens nach dem Lesen dieses Buches werden Sie einen völlig neuen Blick und einen erweiterten Horizont auf den Kampffisch haben. Das erwartet Sie: - Was ist ein Kampffisch? - Ein Vertreter der Labyrinthfische - Der Erwerb des Fisches - Praktischer Aquarium-Guide - Was gibt es bei der Ernährung zu beachten? - und vieles mehr...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kampffische für Einsteiger: Wie Sie Ihren Kampffisch Betta splendens sicher kaufen, artgerecht halten und richtig füttern
Author: Jakob De Boer
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Hörbuch erwartet Sie eine spannende Reise in die Welt der Kampffische, speziell des beliebtesten und am weitesten verbreiteten Kampffisches, dem Betta splendens. Dies ist der am häufigsten gehaltene und gepflegte Kampffisch aus der Familie der Labyrinthfische. Alles Wissenswerte und Spektakuläre über die beliebten, fernöstlichen Exoten können Sie in diesem Hörbuch erfahren. Faszination Kampffisch: Nicht nur durch ihr besonderes, unvergleichliches Aussehen mit den großen Rücken- und Schwanzflossen, den langen Brustflossen und den bemerkenswerten bunten, schillernden Farben überzeugt der Kampffisch, sondern auch durch sein außergewöhnliches Verhalten. Wussten Sie bereits, dass die Fische proaktiv Brutpflege betreiben und dafür extra vorgesehene Schaumnester an der Wasseroberfläche bauen? Oder dass sie in der Lage sind, in sehr sauerstoffarmen Gewässern zu überleben, dank eines speziellen Organs, dem Labyrinth-Organ? Spätestens nach dem Lesen dieses Buches werden Sie einen völlig neuen Blick und einen erweiterten Horizont auf den Kampffisch haben. Das erwartet Sie: - Was ist ein Kampffisch? - Ein Vertreter der Labyrinthfische - Der Erwerb des Fisches - Praktischer Aquarium-Guide - Was gibt es bei der Ernährung zu beachten? - und vieles mehr...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Bienen halten wie ein Profi: Wie Sie sich in kürzester Zeit ein eigenes Bienenvolk aufbauen, hochwertigen Honig produzieren und zugleich die Umwelt schonen + Jahresplan by Animal World</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Bienen halten wie ein Profi: Wie Sie sich in kürzester Zeit ein eigenes Bienenvolk aufbauen, hochwertigen Honig produzieren und zugleich die Umwelt schonen + Jahresplan
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das komplette Wissen in einem Hörbuch - Bestens vorbereitet und mit Freude Imker werden. Sind Sie fasziniert von den intelligenten Bienen und ihrer komplexen Organisation im Bienenvolk? Möchten Sie gerne etwas gegen das Bienensterben unternehmen, um das Ökosystem aufrecht zu erhalten? Wollen Sie lernen, Ihre eigenen fleißigen Bienen artgerecht zu halten und Ihren eignen leckeren Honig herzustellen? Dann haben Sie das perfekte Hörbuch gefunden. In diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie wirklich alles, was Sie als Anfänger und Einsteiger zum Thema Imkern wissen müssen. Die verständlichen und leicht umzusetzenden Praxistipps ermöglichen Ihnen einen schnellen und unkomplizierten Einstieg in die Welt der Bienenhaltung. - Ihr neues &amp;#039;Haustier&amp;#039;: Erfahren Sie, welche Bienenarten es gibt und welches Bienenvolk am besten für Sie geeignet ist. - Vorbereitung und Imkereibedarf: Bauen Sie sich Ihre eigene &amp;#039;Beute&amp;#039; und rüsten Sie sich mit der passenden Schutzkleidung aus. - Rechtliche Formalitäten: Erfahren Sie, welche Regelungen und Vorschriften Sie einhalten müssen, damit Ihrem Imker-Glück nichts mehr im Weg steht. - Pflege und Beobachtung: Begleiten Sie Ihre Bienen Monat für Monat durch das Bienenjahr und sorgen Sie dafür, dass sie gesund bleiben und sich im Bienenstock rundum wohl fühlen. - Ihr eigener Honig: Lernen Sie die verschiedenen Honigsorten kennen und ernten Sie als Preis für Ihre Mühen Ihren ganz eigenen Honig. Egal, ob Sie ein neues Hobby suchen, sich aktiv für den Umwelt- oder Tierschutz einsetzen möchten oder sich als Selbstversorger mit eigenem Honig verpflegen möchten: Dieses umfangreiche Hörbuch nimmt Sie an der Hand und zeigt Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, wie auch Sie mühelos und ganz einfach Imkern lernen! Starten Sie noch heute Ihren Weg zur eigenen Bienenhaltung und sichern Sie sich jetzt dieses ultimative Must-Have zum Thema Imkern!</description>
      <author>Animal World</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969308226.mp3" length="962169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969308226.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Bienen halten wie ein Profi: Wie Sie sich in kürzester Zeit ein eigenes Bienenvolk aufbauen, hochwertigen Honig produzieren und zugleich die Umwelt schonen + Jahresplan
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das komplette Wissen in einem Hörbuch - Bestens vorbereitet und mit Freude Imker werden. Sind Sie fasziniert von den intelligenten Bienen und ihrer komplexen Organisation im Bienenvolk? Möchten Sie gerne etwas gegen das Bienensterben unternehmen, um das Ökosystem aufrecht zu erhalten? Wollen Sie lernen, Ihre eigenen fleißigen Bienen artgerecht zu halten und Ihren eignen leckeren Honig herzustellen? Dann haben Sie das perfekte Hörbuch gefunden. In diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie wirklich alles, was Sie als Anfänger und Einsteiger zum Thema Imkern wissen müssen. Die verständlichen und leicht umzusetzenden Praxistipps ermöglichen Ihnen einen schnellen und unkomplizierten Einstieg in die Welt der Bienenhaltung. - Ihr neues &amp;#039;Haustier&amp;#039;: Erfahren Sie, welche Bienenarten es gibt und welches Bienenvolk am besten für Sie geeignet ist. - Vorbereitung und Imkereibedarf: Bauen Sie sich Ihre eigene &amp;#039;Beute&amp;#039; und rüsten Sie sich mit der passenden Schutzkleidung aus. - Rechtliche Formalitäten: Erfahren Sie, welche Regelungen und Vorschriften Sie einhalten müssen, damit Ihrem Imker-Glück nichts mehr im Weg steht. - Pflege und Beobachtung: Begleiten Sie Ihre Bienen Monat für Monat durch das Bienenjahr und sorgen Sie dafür, dass sie gesund bleiben und sich im Bienenstock rundum wohl fühlen. - Ihr eigener Honig: Lernen Sie die verschiedenen Honigsorten kennen und ernten Sie als Preis für Ihre Mühen Ihren ganz eigenen Honig. Egal, ob Sie ein neues Hobby suchen, sich aktiv für den Umwelt- oder Tierschutz einsetzen möchten oder sich als Selbstversorger mit eigenem Honig verpflegen möchten: Dieses umfangreiche Hörbuch nimmt Sie an der Hand und zeigt Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, wie auch Sie mühelos und ganz einfach Imkern lernen! Starten Sie noch heute Ihren Weg zur eigenen Bienenhaltung und sichern Sie sich jetzt dieses ultimative Must-Have zum Thema Imkern!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565654</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Anfänger - Bienen halten wie ein Profi: Wie Sie sich in kürzester Zeit ein eigenes Bienenvolk aufbauen, hochwertigen Honig produzieren und zugleich die Umwelt schonen + Jahresplan
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Das komplette Wissen in einem Hörbuch - Bestens vorbereitet und mit Freude Imker werden. Sind Sie fasziniert von den intelligenten Bienen und ihrer komplexen Organisation im Bienenvolk? Möchten Sie gerne etwas gegen das Bienensterben unternehmen, um das Ökosystem aufrecht zu erhalten? Wollen Sie lernen, Ihre eigenen fleißigen Bienen artgerecht zu halten und Ihren eignen leckeren Honig herzustellen? Dann haben Sie das perfekte Hörbuch gefunden. In diesem Ratgeber erfahren Sie wirklich alles, was Sie als Anfänger und Einsteiger zum Thema Imkern wissen müssen. Die verständlichen und leicht umzusetzenden Praxistipps ermöglichen Ihnen einen schnellen und unkomplizierten Einstieg in die Welt der Bienenhaltung. - Ihr neues &amp;#039;Haustier&amp;#039;: Erfahren Sie, welche Bienenarten es gibt und welches Bienenvolk am besten für Sie geeignet ist. - Vorbereitung und Imkereibedarf: Bauen Sie sich Ihre eigene &amp;#039;Beute&amp;#039; und rüsten Sie sich mit der passenden Schutzkleidung aus. - Rechtliche Formalitäten: Erfahren Sie, welche Regelungen und Vorschriften Sie einhalten müssen, damit Ihrem Imker-Glück nichts mehr im Weg steht. - Pflege und Beobachtung: Begleiten Sie Ihre Bienen Monat für Monat durch das Bienenjahr und sorgen Sie dafür, dass sie gesund bleiben und sich im Bienenstock rundum wohl fühlen. - Ihr eigener Honig: Lernen Sie die verschiedenen Honigsorten kennen und ernten Sie als Preis für Ihre Mühen Ihren ganz eigenen Honig. Egal, ob Sie ein neues Hobby suchen, sich aktiv für den Umwelt- oder Tierschutz einsetzen möchten oder sich als Selbstversorger mit eigenem Honig verpflegen möchten: Dieses umfangreiche Hörbuch nimmt Sie an der Hand und zeigt Ihnen Schritt für Schritt, wie auch Sie mühelos und ganz einfach Imkern lernen! Starten Sie noch heute Ihren Weg zur eigenen Bienenhaltung und sichern Sie sich jetzt dieses ultimative Must-Have zum Thema Imkern!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Energierevolution jetzt!: Mobilität, Wohnen, grüner Strom und Wasserstoff: Was führt uns aus der Klimakrise – und was nicht? by Volker Quaschning, Cornelia Quaschning</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Energierevolution jetzt!: Mobilität, Wohnen, grüner Strom und Wasserstoff: Was führt uns aus der Klimakrise – und was nicht?
Author: Volker Quaschning, Cornelia Quaschning
Narrator: Uta Dänekamp, Mark Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie kommen wir aus der Klimakrise? Reicht die Energie von Sonne und Wind? Sind Elektroautos wirklich umweltfreundlich? Ist Wasserstoff der Heilsbringer? Was können wir selber tun, auch wenn es uns schwerfällt, unsere Lebensgewohnheiten zu ändern? Solche Fragen stellt man am besten Volker Quaschning, einem der weltweit führenden Experten für regenerative Energien. Mit seiner Frau Cornelia Quaschning erklärt er an konkreten Beispielen, wie der Umstieg auf eine nachhaltige Wirtschaft gelingen kann. Aber eines machen die beiden auch klar: Die Zeit wird knapp. Eine Energiewende reicht nicht, es braucht eine Energierevolution.</description>
      <author>Volker Quaschning, Cornelia Quaschning</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783948343811.mp3" length="852612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783948343811.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Energierevolution jetzt!: Mobilität, Wohnen, grüner Strom und Wasserstoff: Was führt uns aus der Klimakrise – und was nicht?
Author: Volker Quaschning, Cornelia Quaschning
Narrator: Uta Dänekamp, Mark Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie kommen wir aus der Klimakrise? Reicht die Energie von Sonne und Wind? Sind Elektroautos wirklich umweltfreundlich? Ist Wasserstoff der Heilsbringer? Was können wir selber tun, auch wenn es uns schwerfällt, unsere Lebensgewohnheiten zu ändern? Solche Fragen stellt man am besten Volker Quaschning, einem der weltweit führenden Experten für regenerative Energien. Mit seiner Frau Cornelia Quaschning erklärt er an konkreten Beispielen, wie der Umstieg auf eine nachhaltige Wirtschaft gelingen kann. Aber eines machen die beiden auch klar: Die Zeit wird knapp. Eine Energiewende reicht nicht, es braucht eine Energierevolution.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565419</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Energierevolution jetzt!: Mobilität, Wohnen, grüner Strom und Wasserstoff: Was führt uns aus der Klimakrise – und was nicht?
Author: Volker Quaschning, Cornelia Quaschning
Narrator: Uta Dänekamp, Mark Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie kommen wir aus der Klimakrise? Reicht die Energie von Sonne und Wind? Sind Elektroautos wirklich umweltfreundlich? Ist Wasserstoff der Heilsbringer? Was können wir selber tun, auch wenn es uns schwerfällt, unsere Lebensgewohnheiten zu ändern? Solche Fragen stellt man am besten Volker Quaschning, einem der weltweit führenden Experten für regenerative Energien. Mit seiner Frau Cornelia Quaschning erklärt er an konkreten Beispielen, wie der Umstieg auf eine nachhaltige Wirtschaft gelingen kann. Aber eines machen die beiden auch klar: Die Zeit wird knapp. Eine Energiewende reicht nicht, es braucht eine Energierevolution.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Daddles by Ruth Sawyer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Daddles
Author: Ruth Sawyer
Narrator: Stark Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Daddles delightfully captures the innocence of childhood as a brother and sister fall in love with a plain hound dog during their summer vacations in Maine.  Though owned by the “meanest, dirtiest and most shiftless family in Haddock Harbor,” the young siblings “adopt” Daddles for two glorious summers.  The intelligent, endearing hound dog wins the hearts of all as he joins in with capturing a thief, escaping a house fire, and dodging trouble at a local circus.  All dog lovers will warmly embrace this book that rekindles the memories of the tenderness only a child and dog can share.  Author Ruth Sawyer, 1937 Newbery Medal recipient, penned her last book, Daddles, in 1964.</description>
      <author>Ruth Sawyer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781637349359.mp3" length="841102" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781637349359.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Daddles
Author: Ruth Sawyer
Narrator: Stark Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Daddles delightfully captures the innocence of childhood as a brother and sister fall in love with a plain hound dog during their summer vacations in Maine.  Though owned by the “meanest, dirtiest and most shiftless family in Haddock Harbor,” the young siblings “adopt” Daddles for two glorious summers.  The intelligent, endearing hound dog wins the hearts of all as he joins in with capturing a thief, escaping a house fire, and dodging trouble at a local circus.  All dog lovers will warmly embrace this book that rekindles the memories of the tenderness only a child and dog can share.  Author Ruth Sawyer, 1937 Newbery Medal recipient, penned her last book, Daddles, in 1964.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Daddles
Author: Ruth Sawyer
Narrator: Stark Wilson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Daddles delightfully captures the innocence of childhood as a brother and sister fall in love with a plain hound dog during their summer vacations in Maine.  Though owned by the “meanest, dirtiest and most shiftless family in Haddock Harbor,” the young siblings “adopt” Daddles for two glorious summers.  The intelligent, endearing hound dog wins the hearts of all as he joins in with capturing a thief, escaping a house fire, and dodging trouble at a local circus.  All dog lovers will warmly embrace this book that rekindles the memories of the tenderness only a child and dog can share.  Author Ruth Sawyer, 1937 Newbery Medal recipient, penned her last book, Daddles, in 1964.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Hundehalter 2.0: Die Alfatier-Methode by Rebecca Alf, Stefan Alf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundehalter 2.0: Die Alfatier-Methode
Author: Rebecca Alf, Stefan Alf
Narrator: Rebecca Alf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: December 16, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Büchlein ist all jenen gewidmet, die wirklich eine  Veränderung in ihrer Mensch-Hund-Beziehung leben wollen und sich auf den Weg gemacht haben, um das zukünftige Alfatier im eigenen Rudel zu werden! Wir haben keinen geringeren Anspruch, als dir auf eine einfache, eingängige und erfolgreiche Art und Weise in kleinen, wirkungsvollen Schritten die Alfatier-Methode zu vermitteln und dich ergebnisorientiert aufzuklären, worauf es in der &amp;#039;Führung&amp;#039;  deines Hundes wirklich ankommt. Unser oberstes Ziel ist es, die gesamte Hundewelt auf den Kopf zu stellen, die unzähligen Hundetrainingsmethoden zu revolutionieren, die Hundeausbildung nachhaltig zu verändern und die alltägliche Erziehung des Hundes, die routinierten, eingeschliffenen Muster aufzubrechen – dich in deine Kraft zu bringen und deinem Hund eine stimmige, stabile Position innerhalb eures Rudels zu gewährleisten!!!</description>
      <author>Rebecca Alf, Stefan Alf</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783986462123.mp3" length="831742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783986462123.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundehalter 2.0: Die Alfatier-Methode
Author: Rebecca Alf, Stefan Alf
Narrator: Rebecca Alf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: December 16, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Büchlein ist all jenen gewidmet, die wirklich eine  Veränderung in ihrer Mensch-Hund-Beziehung leben wollen und sich auf den Weg gemacht haben, um das zukünftige Alfatier im eigenen Rudel zu werden! Wir haben keinen geringeren Anspruch, als dir auf eine einfache, eingängige und erfolgreiche Art und Weise in kleinen, wirkungsvollen Schritten die Alfatier-Methode zu vermitteln und dich ergebnisorientiert aufzuklären, worauf es in der &amp;#039;Führung&amp;#039;  deines Hundes wirklich ankommt. Unser oberstes Ziel ist es, die gesamte Hundewelt auf den Kopf zu stellen, die unzähligen Hundetrainingsmethoden zu revolutionieren, die Hundeausbildung nachhaltig zu verändern und die alltägliche Erziehung des Hundes, die routinierten, eingeschliffenen Muster aufzubrechen – dich in deine Kraft zu bringen und deinem Hund eine stimmige, stabile Position innerhalb eures Rudels zu gewährleisten!!!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hundehalter 2.0: Die Alfatier-Methode
Author: Rebecca Alf, Stefan Alf
Narrator: Rebecca Alf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: December 16, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Büchlein ist all jenen gewidmet, die wirklich eine  Veränderung in ihrer Mensch-Hund-Beziehung leben wollen und sich auf den Weg gemacht haben, um das zukünftige Alfatier im eigenen Rudel zu werden! Wir haben keinen geringeren Anspruch, als dir auf eine einfache, eingängige und erfolgreiche Art und Weise in kleinen, wirkungsvollen Schritten die Alfatier-Methode zu vermitteln und dich ergebnisorientiert aufzuklären, worauf es in der &amp;#039;Führung&amp;#039;  deines Hundes wirklich ankommt. Unser oberstes Ziel ist es, die gesamte Hundewelt auf den Kopf zu stellen, die unzähligen Hundetrainingsmethoden zu revolutionieren, die Hundeausbildung nachhaltig zu verändern und die alltägliche Erziehung des Hundes, die routinierten, eingeschliffenen Muster aufzubrechen – dich in deine Kraft zu bringen und deinem Hund eine stimmige, stabile Position innerhalb eures Rudels zu gewährleisten!!!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Impulskontrolle bei Hunden: Wie Sie das Verhalten Ihres Hundes leicht verstehen und steuern – inkl. Clickertraining, Leinenführungstraining &amp;amp; Antijagdtraining by Annika Hindrichs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Impulskontrolle bei Hunden: Wie Sie das Verhalten Ihres Hundes leicht verstehen und steuern – inkl. Clickertraining, Leinenführungstraining &amp;amp; Antijagdtraining
Author: Annika Hindrichs
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Haben Sie sich schon immer einen Hund gewünscht oder haben Sie sich bereits einen kleinen Welpen zugelegt? Denken Sie darüber nach, wie die Zeit mit Ihrem neuen Gefährten wohl sein wird? Ob er Ihren Befehlen Folge leistet oder ob er nicht zu bändigen ist? Dann haben Sie beim Kauf dieses Buches die richtige Entscheidung getroffen. Viele Menschen haben das Bedürfnis nach einem Kameraden, welcher ihnen zu jeder Tages- und Nachtzeit, in guten wie in schlechten Zeiten zur Seite steht. Einige machen sich oft nicht die Gedanken, die man sich machen sollte, bevor man einen Hund aufnimmt. Sie haben die Vorstellung, dass der Hund, den sie bekommen, ein Idealexemplar ist. Er ist von Anfang an folgsam, freundlich, sozialisiert und beim Spazierengehen findet er schnell Spielgefährten, mit denen er sich auf Anhieb versteht. Leider sieht die Realität oft genau andersherum aus. Ein Hund hat genau dieselben Bedürfnisse wie der Mensch selbst: Liebe und Zuneigung. Um diese zu bekommen, sollte der Hund jedoch auch auf seinen neuen Besitzer hören und diesen verstehen. Das Stichwort lautet ,,Impulskontrolle beim Hund&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>Annika Hindrichs</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307571.mp3" length="789507" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307571.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Impulskontrolle bei Hunden: Wie Sie das Verhalten Ihres Hundes leicht verstehen und steuern – inkl. Clickertraining, Leinenführungstraining &amp;amp; Antijagdtraining
Author: Annika Hindrichs
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Haben Sie sich schon immer einen Hund gewünscht oder haben Sie sich bereits einen kleinen Welpen zugelegt? Denken Sie darüber nach, wie die Zeit mit Ihrem neuen Gefährten wohl sein wird? Ob er Ihren Befehlen Folge leistet oder ob er nicht zu bändigen ist? Dann haben Sie beim Kauf dieses Buches die richtige Entscheidung getroffen. Viele Menschen haben das Bedürfnis nach einem Kameraden, welcher ihnen zu jeder Tages- und Nachtzeit, in guten wie in schlechten Zeiten zur Seite steht. Einige machen sich oft nicht die Gedanken, die man sich machen sollte, bevor man einen Hund aufnimmt. Sie haben die Vorstellung, dass der Hund, den sie bekommen, ein Idealexemplar ist. Er ist von Anfang an folgsam, freundlich, sozialisiert und beim Spazierengehen findet er schnell Spielgefährten, mit denen er sich auf Anhieb versteht. Leider sieht die Realität oft genau andersherum aus. Ein Hund hat genau dieselben Bedürfnisse wie der Mensch selbst: Liebe und Zuneigung. Um diese zu bekommen, sollte der Hund jedoch auch auf seinen neuen Besitzer hören und diesen verstehen. Das Stichwort lautet ,,Impulskontrolle beim Hund&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Impulskontrolle bei Hunden: Wie Sie das Verhalten Ihres Hundes leicht verstehen und steuern – inkl. Clickertraining, Leinenführungstraining &amp;amp; Antijagdtraining
Author: Annika Hindrichs
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Haben Sie sich schon immer einen Hund gewünscht oder haben Sie sich bereits einen kleinen Welpen zugelegt? Denken Sie darüber nach, wie die Zeit mit Ihrem neuen Gefährten wohl sein wird? Ob er Ihren Befehlen Folge leistet oder ob er nicht zu bändigen ist? Dann haben Sie beim Kauf dieses Buches die richtige Entscheidung getroffen. Viele Menschen haben das Bedürfnis nach einem Kameraden, welcher ihnen zu jeder Tages- und Nachtzeit, in guten wie in schlechten Zeiten zur Seite steht. Einige machen sich oft nicht die Gedanken, die man sich machen sollte, bevor man einen Hund aufnimmt. Sie haben die Vorstellung, dass der Hund, den sie bekommen, ein Idealexemplar ist. Er ist von Anfang an folgsam, freundlich, sozialisiert und beim Spazierengehen findet er schnell Spielgefährten, mit denen er sich auf Anhieb versteht. Leider sieht die Realität oft genau andersherum aus. Ein Hund hat genau dieselben Bedürfnisse wie der Mensch selbst: Liebe und Zuneigung. Um diese zu bekommen, sollte der Hund jedoch auch auf seinen neuen Besitzer hören und diesen verstehen. Das Stichwort lautet ,,Impulskontrolle beim Hund&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Geckos halten für Anfänger: Wie die Geckohaltung leicht gelingt und Sie die häufigsten Fehler sicher vermeiden - inkl. Tipps für den Gecko Kauf by Saskia Meydorn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geckos halten für Anfänger: Wie die Geckohaltung leicht gelingt und Sie die häufigsten Fehler sicher vermeiden - inkl. Tipps für den Gecko Kauf
Author: Saskia Meydorn
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Gecko gehört zu den ältesten und vielseitigsten Kreaturen auf diesem Planeten. Wie ein Zauberkünstler kann er über Wasser oder kopfüber an der Decke laufen. In diesem Buch erhalten Sie einen Einblick über den Gecko als solches, seine körperlichen Eigenschaften sowie die Unterschiede der einzelnen Arten. Für Reptilienhalter und die, die es werden wollen, liefert dieses Buch alle nötigen Informationen, die für die Haltung und Vermehrung dieser erstaunlichen Geschöpfe notwendig sind. Sind Sie neu in der Terraristik, können Sie in diesem Buch erfahren, welche Grundvoraussetzungen und finanziellen Mittel Sie für die Haltung eines Geckos erfüllen müssen. Außerdem gibt es praktische Tipps für den Umgang mit lebenden Futterinsekten.</description>
      <author>Saskia Meydorn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307748.mp3" length="870636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307748.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geckos halten für Anfänger: Wie die Geckohaltung leicht gelingt und Sie die häufigsten Fehler sicher vermeiden - inkl. Tipps für den Gecko Kauf
Author: Saskia Meydorn
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Gecko gehört zu den ältesten und vielseitigsten Kreaturen auf diesem Planeten. Wie ein Zauberkünstler kann er über Wasser oder kopfüber an der Decke laufen. In diesem Buch erhalten Sie einen Einblick über den Gecko als solches, seine körperlichen Eigenschaften sowie die Unterschiede der einzelnen Arten. Für Reptilienhalter und die, die es werden wollen, liefert dieses Buch alle nötigen Informationen, die für die Haltung und Vermehrung dieser erstaunlichen Geschöpfe notwendig sind. Sind Sie neu in der Terraristik, können Sie in diesem Buch erfahren, welche Grundvoraussetzungen und finanziellen Mittel Sie für die Haltung eines Geckos erfüllen müssen. Außerdem gibt es praktische Tipps für den Umgang mit lebenden Futterinsekten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geckos halten für Anfänger: Wie die Geckohaltung leicht gelingt und Sie die häufigsten Fehler sicher vermeiden - inkl. Tipps für den Gecko Kauf
Author: Saskia Meydorn
Narrator: Ramona Menrath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Gecko gehört zu den ältesten und vielseitigsten Kreaturen auf diesem Planeten. Wie ein Zauberkünstler kann er über Wasser oder kopfüber an der Decke laufen. In diesem Buch erhalten Sie einen Einblick über den Gecko als solches, seine körperlichen Eigenschaften sowie die Unterschiede der einzelnen Arten. Für Reptilienhalter und die, die es werden wollen, liefert dieses Buch alle nötigen Informationen, die für die Haltung und Vermehrung dieser erstaunlichen Geschöpfe notwendig sind. Sind Sie neu in der Terraristik, können Sie in diesem Buch erfahren, welche Grundvoraussetzungen und finanziellen Mittel Sie für die Haltung eines Geckos erfüllen müssen. Außerdem gibt es praktische Tipps für den Umgang mit lebenden Futterinsekten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katzenerziehung: Wie Sie Ihre britische Kurzhaarkatze Schritt für Schritt erziehen und verstehen – inkl. der besten Tipps für die Haltung Ihrer Katze by Britta Fährmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katzenerziehung: Wie Sie Ihre britische Kurzhaarkatze Schritt für Schritt erziehen und verstehen – inkl. der besten Tipps für die Haltung Ihrer Katze
Author: Britta Fährmann
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sie interessieren sich für einen felinen Begleiter? Haben Sie Vorstellungen davon, wie die Katze sein soll? Sind Sie erfahren, was den Umgang mit den Britisch Kurzhaarkatzen angeht? Oder wollen Sie einfach etwas über die beliebteste Katzenrasse Deutschlands lernen, um sich eventuell selbst solch ein Tier zu holen? Möchten Sie adoptieren oder kaufen? Muss es immer ein Kitten sein oder ist eine erwachsene Katze vielleicht sogar passender? Suchen Sie vielleicht nur neue Informationen? Dann ist Ihnen mit diesem Buch sehr geholfen. Ich stelle Ihnen hier die Katze, allen voran die Britisch Kurzhaarkatze, vor und gebe Ihnen ein umfassendes Rasseportrait, um Ihnen die Entscheidung leichter zu machen, ob eine Katze zu Ihnen passt. Ohne Umschweife wird erklärt, wie die Haltung der hübschen Katze am besten gelingen kann. Außerdem gibt es in diesem Buch Tipps und Tricks für Anfänger, Sie lernen alles, was Sie wissen müssen, um sich von vornherein bestmöglich auf Ihren neuen Weggefährten einzustellen. Zudem liefert dieses Buch auch passende Lösungen für einige mögliche Probleme, die eine Katze mit sich bringen kann.</description>
      <author>Britta Fährmann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307502.mp3" length="851517" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307502.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katzenerziehung: Wie Sie Ihre britische Kurzhaarkatze Schritt für Schritt erziehen und verstehen – inkl. der besten Tipps für die Haltung Ihrer Katze
Author: Britta Fährmann
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sie interessieren sich für einen felinen Begleiter? Haben Sie Vorstellungen davon, wie die Katze sein soll? Sind Sie erfahren, was den Umgang mit den Britisch Kurzhaarkatzen angeht? Oder wollen Sie einfach etwas über die beliebteste Katzenrasse Deutschlands lernen, um sich eventuell selbst solch ein Tier zu holen? Möchten Sie adoptieren oder kaufen? Muss es immer ein Kitten sein oder ist eine erwachsene Katze vielleicht sogar passender? Suchen Sie vielleicht nur neue Informationen? Dann ist Ihnen mit diesem Buch sehr geholfen. Ich stelle Ihnen hier die Katze, allen voran die Britisch Kurzhaarkatze, vor und gebe Ihnen ein umfassendes Rasseportrait, um Ihnen die Entscheidung leichter zu machen, ob eine Katze zu Ihnen passt. Ohne Umschweife wird erklärt, wie die Haltung der hübschen Katze am besten gelingen kann. Außerdem gibt es in diesem Buch Tipps und Tricks für Anfänger, Sie lernen alles, was Sie wissen müssen, um sich von vornherein bestmöglich auf Ihren neuen Weggefährten einzustellen. Zudem liefert dieses Buch auch passende Lösungen für einige mögliche Probleme, die eine Katze mit sich bringen kann.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564507</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Britisch Kurzhaar Katzenerziehung: Wie Sie Ihre britische Kurzhaarkatze Schritt für Schritt erziehen und verstehen – inkl. der besten Tipps für die Haltung Ihrer Katze
Author: Britta Fährmann
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sie interessieren sich für einen felinen Begleiter? Haben Sie Vorstellungen davon, wie die Katze sein soll? Sind Sie erfahren, was den Umgang mit den Britisch Kurzhaarkatzen angeht? Oder wollen Sie einfach etwas über die beliebteste Katzenrasse Deutschlands lernen, um sich eventuell selbst solch ein Tier zu holen? Möchten Sie adoptieren oder kaufen? Muss es immer ein Kitten sein oder ist eine erwachsene Katze vielleicht sogar passender? Suchen Sie vielleicht nur neue Informationen? Dann ist Ihnen mit diesem Buch sehr geholfen. Ich stelle Ihnen hier die Katze, allen voran die Britisch Kurzhaarkatze, vor und gebe Ihnen ein umfassendes Rasseportrait, um Ihnen die Entscheidung leichter zu machen, ob eine Katze zu Ihnen passt. Ohne Umschweife wird erklärt, wie die Haltung der hübschen Katze am besten gelingen kann. Außerdem gibt es in diesem Buch Tipps und Tricks für Anfänger, Sie lernen alles, was Sie wissen müssen, um sich von vornherein bestmöglich auf Ihren neuen Weggefährten einzustellen. Zudem liefert dieses Buch auch passende Lösungen für einige mögliche Probleme, die eine Katze mit sich bringen kann.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wonderdog by Jules Howard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wonderdog
Author: Jules Howard
Narrator: Jules Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What do dogs really think of us? What do dogs know and understand of the world? Do their emotions feel like our own? Do they love like we do? Driven by his own love of dogs, Charles Darwin was nagged by questions like these. To root out answers, his contemporaries toyed with dog sign language, and they made special puzzle boxes and elaborate sniff tests using old socks to spill out clues. Later, the same perennial questions about the minds of dogs drove Pavlov and Pasteur to unspeakable cruelty in their search for truth. These big names in science influenced leagues of psychologists and animal behaviourists, each building upon the ideas and received wisdom of previous generations but failing to see what was staring them in the face - that the very methods humans used to study dogs&amp;#039; minds were influencing the insights reflected back. To discover the impressive cognitive feats that dogs are capable of, a new approach was needed. Treated with love and compassion, dogs would open up their unique perspective on the world, and a new breed of scientists would be provided answers to life&amp;#039;s biggest questions. Wonderdog is the story of those dogs - a historical account of how we came to know what dogs are capable of. It&amp;#039;s a celebration of the dogs with answers in mind, just waiting for the right questions from humans in their care. And it&amp;#039;s a love-letter to science, through the good times and the bad.</description>
      <author>Jules Howard</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004072323.mp3" length="782496" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004072323.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wonderdog
Author: Jules Howard
Narrator: Jules Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What do dogs really think of us? What do dogs know and understand of the world? Do their emotions feel like our own? Do they love like we do? Driven by his own love of dogs, Charles Darwin was nagged by questions like these. To root out answers, his contemporaries toyed with dog sign language, and they made special puzzle boxes and elaborate sniff tests using old socks to spill out clues. Later, the same perennial questions about the minds of dogs drove Pavlov and Pasteur to unspeakable cruelty in their search for truth. These big names in science influenced leagues of psychologists and animal behaviourists, each building upon the ideas and received wisdom of previous generations but failing to see what was staring them in the face - that the very methods humans used to study dogs&amp;#039; minds were influencing the insights reflected back. To discover the impressive cognitive feats that dogs are capable of, a new approach was needed. Treated with love and compassion, dogs would open up their unique perspective on the world, and a new breed of scientists would be provided answers to life&amp;#039;s biggest questions. Wonderdog is the story of those dogs - a historical account of how we came to know what dogs are capable of. It&amp;#039;s a celebration of the dogs with answers in mind, just waiting for the right questions from humans in their care. And it&amp;#039;s a love-letter to science, through the good times and the bad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wonderdog
Author: Jules Howard
Narrator: Jules Howard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What do dogs really think of us? What do dogs know and understand of the world? Do their emotions feel like our own? Do they love like we do? Driven by his own love of dogs, Charles Darwin was nagged by questions like these. To root out answers, his contemporaries toyed with dog sign language, and they made special puzzle boxes and elaborate sniff tests using old socks to spill out clues. Later, the same perennial questions about the minds of dogs drove Pavlov and Pasteur to unspeakable cruelty in their search for truth. These big names in science influenced leagues of psychologists and animal behaviourists, each building upon the ideas and received wisdom of previous generations but failing to see what was staring them in the face - that the very methods humans used to study dogs&amp;#039; minds were influencing the insights reflected back. To discover the impressive cognitive feats that dogs are capable of, a new approach was needed. Treated with love and compassion, dogs would open up their unique perspective on the world, and a new breed of scientists would be provided answers to life&amp;#039;s biggest questions. Wonderdog is the story of those dogs - a historical account of how we came to know what dogs are capable of. It&amp;#039;s a celebration of the dogs with answers in mind, just waiting for the right questions from humans in their care. And it&amp;#039;s a love-letter to science, through the good times and the bad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Creatures Small and Great: How Insects Make the World by Dr George Mcgavin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Creatures Small and Great: How Insects Make the World
Author: Dr George Mcgavin
Narrator: Dr George Mcgavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“George McGavin is a rarity” Sir David Attenborough   Entomologist and broadcaster Dr George McGavin presents All Creatures Great and Small: How Insects Make the World, an Original Audiobook Production by W F Howes If you are at all interested in life on our planet, then you need to know about insects.  They are the most successful group of animals ever to have lived on Earth. Making up three quarters of all animal species, insects conquered the planet long ago. They were among the very first animals to appear on land and were the first to take to the air. Their total biomass is at least ten times that of all humans and our livestock combined. This world is not ours alone. We are newcomers on a planet made and maintained by insects. If we are going to appreciate the massive part that insects play in the ecology of our planet we need to understand where they came from and how they became so successful. The survival of insects is key to our own survival.  Join Dr George McGavin on an exciting audio journey to help us understand the fascinating world of insects. Along the way we are transported from bee-filled meadows to the forest floor, following Dr McGavin as he meets national treasures Sir David Attenborough, Alison Steadman and Jane Horrocks, and a range of experts such as Professors Stephen Simpson, Helen Roy, Phil Stevenson and Erica McAlister to understand more about their passion for these incredible creatures.   All Creatures Small and Great is an important and timely work to engage people with wildlife, when the world is rapidly losing its biodiversity. Features bonus audio content including full-length interviews and immersive binaural nature sounds for focus and relaxation. Dr George McGavin is a regular TV and radio presenter for the BBC and others. He is an Honorary Research Associate at the Oxford University Museum of Natural History and a Research Associate of The Department of Zoology of Oxford University as well as a Senior Principal Research Fellow of  Imperial College. George’s work has taken him from the tropical forests of Papua New Guinea to the caves of Thailand and from the jungles of Belize to the savannas of Tanzania. Dr George McGavin has several insect species named in his honour and hopes they survive him. “In this remarkable audiobook George McGavin combines his comprehensive understanding of the biology of insects with his own personal tales and those of experts to explain the extraordinary success of the insects, and to show their fundamental importance to life on earth - past, present and future. This audiobook is a paean to insects and a salutary story for our times. McGavin speaks with a passion that is founded in deep expertise of these small creatures but with an eye to the big picture.” PROFESSOR STEPHEN SIMPSON       Guest contributors include:    Sir David Attenborough – Broadcaster and Natural Historian Alison Steadman – Actress and Ambassador for the London Wildlife Trust Dr Erica McAlister – Senior Curator, Natural History Museum Professor Philip C. Stevenson – Kew Gardens Professor Stephen Simpson – Biologist and Biomedical Scientist Professor Helen Roy – President of the Royal Entomological Society Professor Karim Vahed – Entomologist specializing in insect behaviour Anne Riley – President of the Wharfedale Naturalists’ Society   Jane Horrocks – Actress and co-host of the podcast Queen Bees</description>
      <author>Dr George Mcgavin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004073221.mp3" length="815816" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004073221.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Creatures Small and Great: How Insects Make the World
Author: Dr George Mcgavin
Narrator: Dr George Mcgavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“George McGavin is a rarity” Sir David Attenborough   Entomologist and broadcaster Dr George McGavin presents All Creatures Great and Small: How Insects Make the World, an Original Audiobook Production by W F Howes If you are at all interested in life on our planet, then you need to know about insects.  They are the most successful group of animals ever to have lived on Earth. Making up three quarters of all animal species, insects conquered the planet long ago. They were among the very first animals to appear on land and were the first to take to the air. Their total biomass is at least ten times that of all humans and our livestock combined. This world is not ours alone. We are newcomers on a planet made and maintained by insects. If we are going to appreciate the massive part that insects play in the ecology of our planet we need to understand where they came from and how they became so successful. The survival of insects is key to our own survival.  Join Dr George McGavin on an exciting audio journey to help us understand the fascinating world of insects. Along the way we are transported from bee-filled meadows to the forest floor, following Dr McGavin as he meets national treasures Sir David Attenborough, Alison Steadman and Jane Horrocks, and a range of experts such as Professors Stephen Simpson, Helen Roy, Phil Stevenson and Erica McAlister to understand more about their passion for these incredible creatures.   All Creatures Small and Great is an important and timely work to engage people with wildlife, when the world is rapidly losing its biodiversity. Features bonus audio content including full-length interviews and immersive binaural nature sounds for focus and relaxation. Dr George McGavin is a regular TV and radio presenter for the BBC and others. He is an Honorary Research Associate at the Oxford University Museum of Natural History and a Research Associate of The Department of Zoology of Oxford University as well as a Senior Principal Research Fellow of  Imperial College. George’s work has taken him from the tropical forests of Papua New Guinea to the caves of Thailand and from the jungles of Belize to the savannas of Tanzania. Dr George McGavin has several insect species named in his honour and hopes they survive him. “In this remarkable audiobook George McGavin combines his comprehensive understanding of the biology of insects with his own personal tales and those of experts to explain the extraordinary success of the insects, and to show their fundamental importance to life on earth - past, present and future. This audiobook is a paean to insects and a salutary story for our times. McGavin speaks with a passion that is founded in deep expertise of these small creatures but with an eye to the big picture.” PROFESSOR STEPHEN SIMPSON       Guest contributors include:    Sir David Attenborough – Broadcaster and Natural Historian Alison Steadman – Actress and Ambassador for the London Wildlife Trust Dr Erica McAlister – Senior Curator, Natural History Museum Professor Philip C. Stevenson – Kew Gardens Professor Stephen Simpson – Biologist and Biomedical Scientist Professor Helen Roy – President of the Royal Entomological Society Professor Karim Vahed – Entomologist specializing in insect behaviour Anne Riley – President of the Wharfedale Naturalists’ Society   Jane Horrocks – Actress and co-host of the podcast Queen Bees</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Creatures Small and Great: How Insects Make the World
Author: Dr George Mcgavin
Narrator: Dr George Mcgavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“George McGavin is a rarity” Sir David Attenborough   Entomologist and broadcaster Dr George McGavin presents All Creatures Great and Small: How Insects Make the World, an Original Audiobook Production by W F Howes If you are at all interested in life on our planet, then you need to know about insects.  They are the most successful group of animals ever to have lived on Earth. Making up three quarters of all animal species, insects conquered the planet long ago. They were among the very first animals to appear on land and were the first to take to the air. Their total biomass is at least ten times that of all humans and our livestock combined. This world is not ours alone. We are newcomers on a planet made and maintained by insects. If we are going to appreciate the massive part that insects play in the ecology of our planet we need to understand where they came from and how they became so successful. The survival of insects is key to our own survival.  Join Dr George McGavin on an exciting audio journey to help us understand the fascinating world of insects. Along the way we are transported from bee-filled meadows to the forest floor, following Dr McGavin as he meets national treasures Sir David Attenborough, Alison Steadman and Jane Horrocks, and a range of experts such as Professors Stephen Simpson, Helen Roy, Phil Stevenson and Erica McAlister to understand more about their passion for these incredible creatures.   All Creatures Small and Great is an important and timely work to engage people with wildlife, when the world is rapidly losing its biodiversity. Features bonus audio content including full-length interviews and immersive binaural nature sounds for focus and relaxation. Dr George McGavin is a regular TV and radio presenter for the BBC and others. He is an Honorary Research Associate at the Oxford University Museum of Natural History and a Research Associate of The Department of Zoology of Oxford University as well as a Senior Principal Research Fellow of  Imperial College. George’s work has taken him from the tropical forests of Papua New Guinea to the caves of Thailand and from the jungles of Belize to the savannas of Tanzania. Dr George McGavin has several insect species named in his honour and hopes they survive him. “In this remarkable audiobook George McGavin combines his comprehensive understanding of the biology of insects with his own personal tales and those of experts to explain the extraordinary success of the insects, and to show their fundamental importance to life on earth - past, present and future. This audiobook is a paean to insects and a salutary story for our times. McGavin speaks with a passion that is founded in deep expertise of these small creatures but with an eye to the big picture.” PROFESSOR STEPHEN SIMPSON       Guest contributors include:    Sir David Attenborough – Broadcaster and Natural Historian Alison Steadman – Actress and Ambassador for the London Wildlife Trust Dr Erica McAlister – Senior Curator, Natural History Museum Professor Philip C. Stevenson – Kew Gardens Professor Stephen Simpson – Biologist and Biomedical Scientist Professor Helen Roy – President of the Royal Entomological Society Professor Karim Vahed – Entomologist specializing in insect behaviour Anne Riley – President of the Wharfedale Naturalists’ Society   Jane Horrocks – Actress and co-host of the podcast Queen Bees</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Musik für Katzen zum Beruhigen, Entspannen und Einschlafen: Friedvolle Melodien, sanfte Naturgeräusche und Wohlfühl-Frequenzen by Verein Der Katzenfreunde</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Musik für Katzen zum Beruhigen, Entspannen und Einschlafen: Friedvolle Melodien, sanfte Naturgeräusche und Wohlfühl-Frequenzen
Author: Verein Der Katzenfreunde
Narrator: Verein Der Katzenfreunde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses besondere Hörbuch (Laufzeit: weit über 7 Std.) enthält beruhigende Klangwelten, die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass diese Ihrer Katze mit all ihrer Sensitivität beim Entspannen helfen, während Sie daheim oder unterwegs sind.  Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zeigen, dass bestimmte Frequenzen nachweislich und nachhaltig Einfluss auf den Gemütszustand von Hauskatzen haben können. Tierärzte nutzen daher in ihrer Praxen und vor Operationen diese ausgewählten Musiken, um damit den Stress der Tiere deutlich zu reduzieren.  Leider gibt es zahlreiche Videos, Hörbücher und CDs, die versprechen, Ihre Katze über den Klang zu beruhigen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. Deswegen wurde dieses Hörbuch vom Verein der Katzenfreunde gemeinsam mit erfahrenen Ton-Ingenieuren entwickelt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Frequenzen Katzen tatsächlich beruhigen können und das Gehirn in einen tiefen entspannten Zustand versetzen. Nicht nur der Ton macht die Musik – auch die Dynamik und das Tempo sind entscheidend! Angenehme Musik für Katzen orientiert sich an der Struktur des Schnurrens, was Frequenz und Tempo angeht. Diese &amp;#039;Schnurr-Geschwindigkeit&amp;#039; synchronisiert nämlich den Herzrhythmus der Katze und führt dazu, dass sie sich so richtig entspannen kann.  Und so sorgen die beruhigenden, sanften, schwebenden Klänge in diesem Hörbuch in ganz vielen Situationen (Autofahren, Silvester, Alleinsein) bei Ihrem Vierbeiner… +++ für maximale Entspannung. +++ Sie vermeiden beispielsweise unerwünschtes Kratzen oder Scharren in Ihrer Wohnung. +++ Erleben Sie diese Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn es draußen gewittert oder bei Anstrengung nach einer Operation.   Warten Sie nicht länger! Scrollen Sie nach oben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche &amp;#039;Kaufen&amp;#039; und gönnen Sie sich und Ihrem Haustier diese bewährten, entspannenden Klangwelten!</description>
      <author>Verein Der Katzenfreunde</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066338449306.mp3" length="987074" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066338449306.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Musik für Katzen zum Beruhigen, Entspannen und Einschlafen: Friedvolle Melodien, sanfte Naturgeräusche und Wohlfühl-Frequenzen
Author: Verein Der Katzenfreunde
Narrator: Verein Der Katzenfreunde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses besondere Hörbuch (Laufzeit: weit über 7 Std.) enthält beruhigende Klangwelten, die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass diese Ihrer Katze mit all ihrer Sensitivität beim Entspannen helfen, während Sie daheim oder unterwegs sind.  Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zeigen, dass bestimmte Frequenzen nachweislich und nachhaltig Einfluss auf den Gemütszustand von Hauskatzen haben können. Tierärzte nutzen daher in ihrer Praxen und vor Operationen diese ausgewählten Musiken, um damit den Stress der Tiere deutlich zu reduzieren.  Leider gibt es zahlreiche Videos, Hörbücher und CDs, die versprechen, Ihre Katze über den Klang zu beruhigen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. Deswegen wurde dieses Hörbuch vom Verein der Katzenfreunde gemeinsam mit erfahrenen Ton-Ingenieuren entwickelt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Frequenzen Katzen tatsächlich beruhigen können und das Gehirn in einen tiefen entspannten Zustand versetzen. Nicht nur der Ton macht die Musik – auch die Dynamik und das Tempo sind entscheidend! Angenehme Musik für Katzen orientiert sich an der Struktur des Schnurrens, was Frequenz und Tempo angeht. Diese &amp;#039;Schnurr-Geschwindigkeit&amp;#039; synchronisiert nämlich den Herzrhythmus der Katze und führt dazu, dass sie sich so richtig entspannen kann.  Und so sorgen die beruhigenden, sanften, schwebenden Klänge in diesem Hörbuch in ganz vielen Situationen (Autofahren, Silvester, Alleinsein) bei Ihrem Vierbeiner… +++ für maximale Entspannung. +++ Sie vermeiden beispielsweise unerwünschtes Kratzen oder Scharren in Ihrer Wohnung. +++ Erleben Sie diese Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn es draußen gewittert oder bei Anstrengung nach einer Operation.   Warten Sie nicht länger! Scrollen Sie nach oben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche &amp;#039;Kaufen&amp;#039; und gönnen Sie sich und Ihrem Haustier diese bewährten, entspannenden Klangwelten!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Musik für Katzen zum Beruhigen, Entspannen und Einschlafen: Friedvolle Melodien, sanfte Naturgeräusche und Wohlfühl-Frequenzen
Author: Verein Der Katzenfreunde
Narrator: Verein Der Katzenfreunde
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: December 12, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses besondere Hörbuch (Laufzeit: weit über 7 Std.) enthält beruhigende Klangwelten, die so zusammengestellt wurden, dass diese Ihrer Katze mit all ihrer Sensitivität beim Entspannen helfen, während Sie daheim oder unterwegs sind.  Wissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zeigen, dass bestimmte Frequenzen nachweislich und nachhaltig Einfluss auf den Gemütszustand von Hauskatzen haben können. Tierärzte nutzen daher in ihrer Praxen und vor Operationen diese ausgewählten Musiken, um damit den Stress der Tiere deutlich zu reduzieren.  Leider gibt es zahlreiche Videos, Hörbücher und CDs, die versprechen, Ihre Katze über den Klang zu beruhigen. Die Rezensionen belegen jedoch häufig das Gegenteil. Entweder ist die musikalische Grundfrequenz falsch gewählt oder die Spielzeit ist zu kurz. Deswegen wurde dieses Hörbuch vom Verein der Katzenfreunde gemeinsam mit erfahrenen Ton-Ingenieuren entwickelt, weil es wissenschaftlich erwiesen ist, dass nur bestimmte Frequenzen Katzen tatsächlich beruhigen können und das Gehirn in einen tiefen entspannten Zustand versetzen. Nicht nur der Ton macht die Musik – auch die Dynamik und das Tempo sind entscheidend! Angenehme Musik für Katzen orientiert sich an der Struktur des Schnurrens, was Frequenz und Tempo angeht. Diese &amp;#039;Schnurr-Geschwindigkeit&amp;#039; synchronisiert nämlich den Herzrhythmus der Katze und führt dazu, dass sie sich so richtig entspannen kann.  Und so sorgen die beruhigenden, sanften, schwebenden Klänge in diesem Hörbuch in ganz vielen Situationen (Autofahren, Silvester, Alleinsein) bei Ihrem Vierbeiner… +++ für maximale Entspannung. +++ Sie vermeiden beispielsweise unerwünschtes Kratzen oder Scharren in Ihrer Wohnung. +++ Erleben Sie diese Ruhe und Entspannung selbst dann, wenn es draußen gewittert oder bei Anstrengung nach einer Operation.   Warten Sie nicht länger! Scrollen Sie nach oben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche &amp;#039;Kaufen&amp;#039; und gönnen Sie sich und Ihrem Haustier diese bewährten, entspannenden Klangwelten!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis by Arno Kopecky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis
Author: Arno Kopecky
Narrator: Marvin Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Ronald Wright, Rebecca Solnit, and Yuval Noah Harari, comes a compelling inquiry into our relationship with humanity&amp;#039;s latest and greatest calamity 		In The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma, award-winning journalist Arno Kopecky zeroes in on the core predicament of our times: the planet may be dying, but humanity&amp;#039;s doing better than ever. To acknowledge both sides of this paradox is to enter a realm of difficult decisions: Should we take down the government, or try to change it from the inside? Is it okay to compare climate change to Hitler? Is hope naive or indispensable? How do you tackle collective delusion? Should we still have kids? And can we take them to Disneyland? 		Inquisitive and relatable, Kopecky strikes a rare note of optimistic realism as he guides us through the moral minefields of our polarized world. From start to finish, The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma returns to the central question: How should we engage with the story of our times?</description>
      <author>Arno Kopecky</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773058894.mp3" length="1326999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773058894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis
Author: Arno Kopecky
Narrator: Marvin Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Ronald Wright, Rebecca Solnit, and Yuval Noah Harari, comes a compelling inquiry into our relationship with humanity&amp;#039;s latest and greatest calamity 		In The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma, award-winning journalist Arno Kopecky zeroes in on the core predicament of our times: the planet may be dying, but humanity&amp;#039;s doing better than ever. To acknowledge both sides of this paradox is to enter a realm of difficult decisions: Should we take down the government, or try to change it from the inside? Is it okay to compare climate change to Hitler? Is hope naive or indispensable? How do you tackle collective delusion? Should we still have kids? And can we take them to Disneyland? 		Inquisitive and relatable, Kopecky strikes a rare note of optimistic realism as he guides us through the moral minefields of our polarized world. From start to finish, The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma returns to the central question: How should we engage with the story of our times?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563737</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma: Promise and Peril in an Age of Climate Crisis
Author: Arno Kopecky
Narrator: Marvin Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Ronald Wright, Rebecca Solnit, and Yuval Noah Harari, comes a compelling inquiry into our relationship with humanity&amp;#039;s latest and greatest calamity 		In The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma, award-winning journalist Arno Kopecky zeroes in on the core predicament of our times: the planet may be dying, but humanity&amp;#039;s doing better than ever. To acknowledge both sides of this paradox is to enter a realm of difficult decisions: Should we take down the government, or try to change it from the inside? Is it okay to compare climate change to Hitler? Is hope naive or indispensable? How do you tackle collective delusion? Should we still have kids? And can we take them to Disneyland? 		Inquisitive and relatable, Kopecky strikes a rare note of optimistic realism as he guides us through the moral minefields of our polarized world. From start to finish, The Environmentalist&amp;#039;s Dilemma returns to the central question: How should we engage with the story of our times?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Soul Cats: How Our Feline Friends Teach Us to Live from the Heart by Tamara Schenk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soul Cats: How Our Feline Friends Teach Us to Live from the Heart
Author: Tamara Schenk
Narrator: Chauncey Trask
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Life often offers miracles; you just have to see them and take action.” – Max Sometimes life calls upon us to take matters into our own paws. Soul Cats is a book that carries with it a very special and personal mission. The dying wish of “soul cat” Max was for his human guardian to write this very book, as he passed away just a few short weeks after. Within the pages lies a story overflowing with deep love between Max, Flix, Howy, and their human guardians. Together, their love is the prevailing force that sees them through times of significant challenges. Our animal-human relationships exist on a plane of consciousness that transcends that of our relationships between other humans. Soul Cats puts the reader in the perfect center of our animal-human relationship, engaging in a journey about communication, true connection, distress, and the light that gets us all through it. We all come with our own mental and physical baggage, something that older cats from the animal shelter share in common with us. Soul Cats explores the symbiotic healing power of cats and their humans caring for one another until they one day cross the rainbow bridge on their own terms. Soul Cats is teeming with stories—following the alpha cat Max, cerebral thinker Flix, and the ever-bright Howy. The cats and their human guardians experience situations laced with joy and emotion, but also those of profound and sobering reality. At its core, Soul Cats makes an indisputable case for how conventional medicine, natural healing methods, and energy clearing work can create a powerful trinity of relief and deep meaning in our lives. The experience of reading Soul Cats is one that touches the soul of the reader. It’s a beautiful story that weaves together courage, deep care, and shows the power that a legacy of love can produce. “Let love and joy be your guiding principles.” – Howy</description>
      <author>Tamara Schenk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200900749.mp3" length="841222" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200900749.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soul Cats: How Our Feline Friends Teach Us to Live from the Heart
Author: Tamara Schenk
Narrator: Chauncey Trask
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Life often offers miracles; you just have to see them and take action.” – Max Sometimes life calls upon us to take matters into our own paws. Soul Cats is a book that carries with it a very special and personal mission. The dying wish of “soul cat” Max was for his human guardian to write this very book, as he passed away just a few short weeks after. Within the pages lies a story overflowing with deep love between Max, Flix, Howy, and their human guardians. Together, their love is the prevailing force that sees them through times of significant challenges. Our animal-human relationships exist on a plane of consciousness that transcends that of our relationships between other humans. Soul Cats puts the reader in the perfect center of our animal-human relationship, engaging in a journey about communication, true connection, distress, and the light that gets us all through it. We all come with our own mental and physical baggage, something that older cats from the animal shelter share in common with us. Soul Cats explores the symbiotic healing power of cats and their humans caring for one another until they one day cross the rainbow bridge on their own terms. Soul Cats is teeming with stories—following the alpha cat Max, cerebral thinker Flix, and the ever-bright Howy. The cats and their human guardians experience situations laced with joy and emotion, but also those of profound and sobering reality. At its core, Soul Cats makes an indisputable case for how conventional medicine, natural healing methods, and energy clearing work can create a powerful trinity of relief and deep meaning in our lives. The experience of reading Soul Cats is one that touches the soul of the reader. It’s a beautiful story that weaves together courage, deep care, and shows the power that a legacy of love can produce. “Let love and joy be your guiding principles.” – Howy</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Soul Cats: How Our Feline Friends Teach Us to Live from the Heart
Author: Tamara Schenk
Narrator: Chauncey Trask
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: January 11, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“Life often offers miracles; you just have to see them and take action.” – Max Sometimes life calls upon us to take matters into our own paws. Soul Cats is a book that carries with it a very special and personal mission. The dying wish of “soul cat” Max was for his human guardian to write this very book, as he passed away just a few short weeks after. Within the pages lies a story overflowing with deep love between Max, Flix, Howy, and their human guardians. Together, their love is the prevailing force that sees them through times of significant challenges. Our animal-human relationships exist on a plane of consciousness that transcends that of our relationships between other humans. Soul Cats puts the reader in the perfect center of our animal-human relationship, engaging in a journey about communication, true connection, distress, and the light that gets us all through it. We all come with our own mental and physical baggage, something that older cats from the animal shelter share in common with us. Soul Cats explores the symbiotic healing power of cats and their humans caring for one another until they one day cross the rainbow bridge on their own terms. Soul Cats is teeming with stories—following the alpha cat Max, cerebral thinker Flix, and the ever-bright Howy. The cats and their human guardians experience situations laced with joy and emotion, but also those of profound and sobering reality. At its core, Soul Cats makes an indisputable case for how conventional medicine, natural healing methods, and energy clearing work can create a powerful trinity of relief and deep meaning in our lives. The experience of reading Soul Cats is one that touches the soul of the reader. It’s a beautiful story that weaves together courage, deep care, and shows the power that a legacy of love can produce. “Let love and joy be your guiding principles.” – Howy</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Salmon Wars: The Dark Underbelly of Our Favorite Fish by Douglas Frantz, Catherine Collins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Salmon Wars: The Dark Underbelly of Our Favorite Fish
Author: Douglas Frantz, Catherine Collins
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;After listening to Amy McFadden&amp;#039;s narration of this exposé, salmon croquettes may never taste the same. McFadden uses a podcaster- style of storytelling, friendly and righteous, to animate the history of farmed salmon&amp;#039;s calculated rise to prominence.&amp;#039;- AudioFile A Pulitzer Prize-winning correspondent and a former private investigator dive deep into the murky waters of the international salmon farming industry, exposing the unappetizing truth about a fish that is not as good for you as you have been told. A decade ago, farmed Atlantic salmon replaced tuna as the most popular fish on America’s dinner tables. We are told salmon is healthy and environmentally friendly. The reality is disturbingly different. In Salmon Wars, investigative journalists Douglas Frantz and Catherine Collins bring readers to massive ocean feedlots where millions of salmon are crammed into parasite-plagued cages and fed a chemical-laced diet. The authors reveal the conditions inside hatcheries, where young salmon are treated like garbage, and at the farms that threaten our fragile coasts. They draw colorful portraits of characters, such as the big salmon farmer who poisoned his own backyard, the fly-fishing activist who risked everything to ban salmon farms in Puget Sound, and the American researcher driven out of Norway for raising the alarm about dangerous contaminants in the fish. Frantz and Collins document how the industrialization of Atlantic salmon threatens this keystone species, endangers our health and environment, and lines the pockets of our generation&amp;#039;s version of Big Tobacco. And they show how it doesn&amp;#039;t need to be this way. Just as Eric Schlosser’s Fast Food Nation forced a reckoning with the Big Mac, the vivid stories, scientific research, and high-stakes finance at the heart of Salmon Wars will inspire readers to make choices that protect our health and our planet. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company.</description>
      <author>Douglas Frantz, Catherine Collins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250856487.mp3" length="1321294" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250856487.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Salmon Wars: The Dark Underbelly of Our Favorite Fish
Author: Douglas Frantz, Catherine Collins
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;After listening to Amy McFadden&amp;#039;s narration of this exposé, salmon croquettes may never taste the same. McFadden uses a podcaster- style of storytelling, friendly and righteous, to animate the history of farmed salmon&amp;#039;s calculated rise to prominence.&amp;#039;- AudioFile A Pulitzer Prize-winning correspondent and a former private investigator dive deep into the murky waters of the international salmon farming industry, exposing the unappetizing truth about a fish that is not as good for you as you have been told. A decade ago, farmed Atlantic salmon replaced tuna as the most popular fish on America’s dinner tables. We are told salmon is healthy and environmentally friendly. The reality is disturbingly different. In Salmon Wars, investigative journalists Douglas Frantz and Catherine Collins bring readers to massive ocean feedlots where millions of salmon are crammed into parasite-plagued cages and fed a chemical-laced diet. The authors reveal the conditions inside hatcheries, where young salmon are treated like garbage, and at the farms that threaten our fragile coasts. They draw colorful portraits of characters, such as the big salmon farmer who poisoned his own backyard, the fly-fishing activist who risked everything to ban salmon farms in Puget Sound, and the American researcher driven out of Norway for raising the alarm about dangerous contaminants in the fish. Frantz and Collins document how the industrialization of Atlantic salmon threatens this keystone species, endangers our health and environment, and lines the pockets of our generation&amp;#039;s version of Big Tobacco. And they show how it doesn&amp;#039;t need to be this way. Just as Eric Schlosser’s Fast Food Nation forced a reckoning with the Big Mac, the vivid stories, scientific research, and high-stakes finance at the heart of Salmon Wars will inspire readers to make choices that protect our health and our planet. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Salmon Wars: The Dark Underbelly of Our Favorite Fish
Author: Douglas Frantz, Catherine Collins
Narrator: Amy Mcfadden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 45 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;After listening to Amy McFadden&amp;#039;s narration of this exposé, salmon croquettes may never taste the same. McFadden uses a podcaster- style of storytelling, friendly and righteous, to animate the history of farmed salmon&amp;#039;s calculated rise to prominence.&amp;#039;- AudioFile A Pulitzer Prize-winning correspondent and a former private investigator dive deep into the murky waters of the international salmon farming industry, exposing the unappetizing truth about a fish that is not as good for you as you have been told. A decade ago, farmed Atlantic salmon replaced tuna as the most popular fish on America’s dinner tables. We are told salmon is healthy and environmentally friendly. The reality is disturbingly different. In Salmon Wars, investigative journalists Douglas Frantz and Catherine Collins bring readers to massive ocean feedlots where millions of salmon are crammed into parasite-plagued cages and fed a chemical-laced diet. The authors reveal the conditions inside hatcheries, where young salmon are treated like garbage, and at the farms that threaten our fragile coasts. They draw colorful portraits of characters, such as the big salmon farmer who poisoned his own backyard, the fly-fishing activist who risked everything to ban salmon farms in Puget Sound, and the American researcher driven out of Norway for raising the alarm about dangerous contaminants in the fish. Frantz and Collins document how the industrialization of Atlantic salmon threatens this keystone species, endangers our health and environment, and lines the pockets of our generation&amp;#039;s version of Big Tobacco. And they show how it doesn&amp;#039;t need to be this way. Just as Eric Schlosser’s Fast Food Nation forced a reckoning with the Big Mac, the vivid stories, scientific research, and high-stakes finance at the heart of Salmon Wars will inspire readers to make choices that protect our health and our planet. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Company.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Incredible Kratu: The happy-go-lucky rescue dog who changed his owner&amp;#039;s life by Lynne Barrett-Lee, Tess Eagle Swan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Incredible Kratu: The happy-go-lucky rescue dog who changed his owner&amp;#039;s life
Author: Lynne Barrett-Lee, Tess Eagle Swan
Narrator: Charlie Norfolk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is a book for anyone who has ever thought they didn&amp;#039;t quite fit in&amp;#039; -- Beverley Cuddy, Dogs Today &amp;#039;An inspirational story that is told with humour, candour and humility that I am sure will offer hope to others who also struggle with their mental health&amp;#039; -- Mark Winstanley Chief Executive, Rethink Mental Illness Incredible Kratu tells the story of the lovable rascal from Crufts who became the peoples&amp;#039; champion worldwide and, in so doing, healed his owner&amp;#039;s heart.  A solitary child who only really found solace in nature, Tess Eagle Swan ran away from home aged sixteen and, by her late twenties, had already survived violence and drug addiction. In the following decade, life spiralled further out of control. Something had to change. Tess had always loved animals, so when she saw a post on Facebook about the plight of two dogs in Romania, she was moved to take action, helping find homes for both. It was the first step on the road that led her to Kratu - the Carpathian/Mioritic Shepherd cross she adopted in 2014. From his humble beginnings on a Roma camp in Transylvania, Kratu has gone on to become a canine international treasure. Now a trained assistance and therapy dog, he has brought joy to millions with his lovable antics - not least with his legendary appearances at Crufts. But the role he has played in Tess&amp;#039;s story is more compelling still. After a lifetime of distress, Tess and Kratu&amp;#039;s bond allowed Tess to finally learn to love herself and answer some of the questions behind her troubled beginnings.  Incredible Kratu is the inspirational true story of this unlikely pair, who found in each other the love and support they needed to beat the odds and turn both their lives around.</description>
      <author>Lynne Barrett-Lee, Tess Eagle Swan</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789465891.mp3" length="1241121" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789465891.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Incredible Kratu: The happy-go-lucky rescue dog who changed his owner&amp;#039;s life
Author: Lynne Barrett-Lee, Tess Eagle Swan
Narrator: Charlie Norfolk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is a book for anyone who has ever thought they didn&amp;#039;t quite fit in&amp;#039; -- Beverley Cuddy, Dogs Today &amp;#039;An inspirational story that is told with humour, candour and humility that I am sure will offer hope to others who also struggle with their mental health&amp;#039; -- Mark Winstanley Chief Executive, Rethink Mental Illness Incredible Kratu tells the story of the lovable rascal from Crufts who became the peoples&amp;#039; champion worldwide and, in so doing, healed his owner&amp;#039;s heart.  A solitary child who only really found solace in nature, Tess Eagle Swan ran away from home aged sixteen and, by her late twenties, had already survived violence and drug addiction. In the following decade, life spiralled further out of control. Something had to change. Tess had always loved animals, so when she saw a post on Facebook about the plight of two dogs in Romania, she was moved to take action, helping find homes for both. It was the first step on the road that led her to Kratu - the Carpathian/Mioritic Shepherd cross she adopted in 2014. From his humble beginnings on a Roma camp in Transylvania, Kratu has gone on to become a canine international treasure. Now a trained assistance and therapy dog, he has brought joy to millions with his lovable antics - not least with his legendary appearances at Crufts. But the role he has played in Tess&amp;#039;s story is more compelling still. After a lifetime of distress, Tess and Kratu&amp;#039;s bond allowed Tess to finally learn to love herself and answer some of the questions behind her troubled beginnings.  Incredible Kratu is the inspirational true story of this unlikely pair, who found in each other the love and support they needed to beat the odds and turn both their lives around.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/563031</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Incredible Kratu: The happy-go-lucky rescue dog who changed his owner&amp;#039;s life
Author: Lynne Barrett-Lee, Tess Eagle Swan
Narrator: Charlie Norfolk
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;This is a book for anyone who has ever thought they didn&amp;#039;t quite fit in&amp;#039; -- Beverley Cuddy, Dogs Today &amp;#039;An inspirational story that is told with humour, candour and humility that I am sure will offer hope to others who also struggle with their mental health&amp;#039; -- Mark Winstanley Chief Executive, Rethink Mental Illness Incredible Kratu tells the story of the lovable rascal from Crufts who became the peoples&amp;#039; champion worldwide and, in so doing, healed his owner&amp;#039;s heart.  A solitary child who only really found solace in nature, Tess Eagle Swan ran away from home aged sixteen and, by her late twenties, had already survived violence and drug addiction. In the following decade, life spiralled further out of control. Something had to change. Tess had always loved animals, so when she saw a post on Facebook about the plight of two dogs in Romania, she was moved to take action, helping find homes for both. It was the first step on the road that led her to Kratu - the Carpathian/Mioritic Shepherd cross she adopted in 2014. From his humble beginnings on a Roma camp in Transylvania, Kratu has gone on to become a canine international treasure. Now a trained assistance and therapy dog, he has brought joy to millions with his lovable antics - not least with his legendary appearances at Crufts. But the role he has played in Tess&amp;#039;s story is more compelling still. After a lifetime of distress, Tess and Kratu&amp;#039;s bond allowed Tess to finally learn to love herself and answer some of the questions behind her troubled beginnings.  Incredible Kratu is the inspirational true story of this unlikely pair, who found in each other the love and support they needed to beat the odds and turn both their lives around.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Welpenerziehung für Einsteiger - Das Praxisbuch für die Welpenaufzucht: Wie Sie Ihren Welpen liebevoll aufziehen, ernähren und pflegen - alles über Fellpflege, Krankheiten, Zweithund uvw. by Sascha Bergmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung für Einsteiger - Das Praxisbuch für die Welpenaufzucht: Wie Sie Ihren Welpen liebevoll aufziehen, ernähren und pflegen - alles über Fellpflege, Krankheiten, Zweithund uvw.
Author: Sascha Bergmann
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Überlegen Sie momentan, einen Welpen zu kaufen? Oder haben Sie sich schon für einen Vierbeiner entschieden, der bald bei Ihnen einzieht oder vielleicht schon bei Ihnen wohnt? Dann soll dieser Ratgeber Ihnen helfen, eine gute Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufzubauen und Tipps geben, wie Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst artgerecht und erfolgreich erziehen sowie ganz nebenbei eine großartige Beziehung zu ihm aufbauen können. Hundeerziehung ist kein Hexenwerk, dennoch gibt es einiges, was Sie beachten sollten, damit ein harmonisches Zusammenleben problemlos funktioniert. Gerade am Anfang kommen viele Fragen auf, neben Euphorie und Freude über den neuen Mitbewohner entsteht gerade in den ersten Wochen oft auch Unsicherheit und Angst. Wird sich Ihr Hundekind bei Ihnen wohlfühlen? Ist es gesund? Wird Ihr Welpe Sie genauso lieben wie Sie ihn? Dieser Ratgeber soll die wichtigsten Fragen klären und eine hilfreiche Unterstützung in den ersten aufregenden Monaten sein. Das erwartet Sie: -Was ist vor dem Hundekauf zu beachten? -Kinder und Hunde - funktioniert das? -Der großte Tag: Der Welpe zieht ein -Die richtige Ernährung -Urlaub mit und ohne dem Hund -und vieles mehr ...</description>
      <author>Sascha Bergmann</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307397.mp3" length="867587" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307397.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung für Einsteiger - Das Praxisbuch für die Welpenaufzucht: Wie Sie Ihren Welpen liebevoll aufziehen, ernähren und pflegen - alles über Fellpflege, Krankheiten, Zweithund uvw.
Author: Sascha Bergmann
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Überlegen Sie momentan, einen Welpen zu kaufen? Oder haben Sie sich schon für einen Vierbeiner entschieden, der bald bei Ihnen einzieht oder vielleicht schon bei Ihnen wohnt? Dann soll dieser Ratgeber Ihnen helfen, eine gute Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufzubauen und Tipps geben, wie Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst artgerecht und erfolgreich erziehen sowie ganz nebenbei eine großartige Beziehung zu ihm aufbauen können. Hundeerziehung ist kein Hexenwerk, dennoch gibt es einiges, was Sie beachten sollten, damit ein harmonisches Zusammenleben problemlos funktioniert. Gerade am Anfang kommen viele Fragen auf, neben Euphorie und Freude über den neuen Mitbewohner entsteht gerade in den ersten Wochen oft auch Unsicherheit und Angst. Wird sich Ihr Hundekind bei Ihnen wohlfühlen? Ist es gesund? Wird Ihr Welpe Sie genauso lieben wie Sie ihn? Dieser Ratgeber soll die wichtigsten Fragen klären und eine hilfreiche Unterstützung in den ersten aufregenden Monaten sein. Das erwartet Sie: -Was ist vor dem Hundekauf zu beachten? -Kinder und Hunde - funktioniert das? -Der großte Tag: Der Welpe zieht ein -Die richtige Ernährung -Urlaub mit und ohne dem Hund -und vieles mehr ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562848</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Welpenerziehung für Einsteiger - Das Praxisbuch für die Welpenaufzucht: Wie Sie Ihren Welpen liebevoll aufziehen, ernähren und pflegen - alles über Fellpflege, Krankheiten, Zweithund uvw.
Author: Sascha Bergmann
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Überlegen Sie momentan, einen Welpen zu kaufen? Oder haben Sie sich schon für einen Vierbeiner entschieden, der bald bei Ihnen einzieht oder vielleicht schon bei Ihnen wohnt? Dann soll dieser Ratgeber Ihnen helfen, eine gute Beziehung zu Ihrem Hund aufzubauen und Tipps geben, wie Sie Ihren Vierbeiner möglichst artgerecht und erfolgreich erziehen sowie ganz nebenbei eine großartige Beziehung zu ihm aufbauen können. Hundeerziehung ist kein Hexenwerk, dennoch gibt es einiges, was Sie beachten sollten, damit ein harmonisches Zusammenleben problemlos funktioniert. Gerade am Anfang kommen viele Fragen auf, neben Euphorie und Freude über den neuen Mitbewohner entsteht gerade in den ersten Wochen oft auch Unsicherheit und Angst. Wird sich Ihr Hundekind bei Ihnen wohlfühlen? Ist es gesund? Wird Ihr Welpe Sie genauso lieben wie Sie ihn? Dieser Ratgeber soll die wichtigsten Fragen klären und eine hilfreiche Unterstützung in den ersten aufregenden Monaten sein. Das erwartet Sie: -Was ist vor dem Hundekauf zu beachten? -Kinder und Hunde - funktioniert das? -Der großte Tag: Der Welpe zieht ein -Die richtige Ernährung -Urlaub mit und ohne dem Hund -und vieles mehr ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Insect Crisis: The Fall of the Tiny Empires That Run the World by Oliver Milman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Insect Crisis: The Fall of the Tiny Empires That Run the World
Author: Oliver Milman
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From ants scurrying under leaf litter to bees able to fly higher than Mount Kilimanjaro, insects are everywhere. Three out of every four of our planet&amp;#039;s known animal species are insects. In The Insect Crisis, Oliver Milman dives into the torrent of recent evidence that suggests this kaleidoscopic group of creatures is suffering the greatest existential crisis in its remarkable 400-million-year history. What is causing the collapse of the insect world? And what can be done to stem the loss of the miniature empires that hold aloft life as we know it? Milman explores this hidden emergency, arguing that its consequences could even rival climate change. He joins the scientists tracking the decline of insect populations across the globe, including the mountains of Mexico that host an epic, yet dwindling, migration of monarch butterflies; the verdant countryside of England that has been emptied of insect life; the gargantuan fields of US agriculture that have proved a killing ground for bees; and an offbeat experiment in Denmark that shows there aren&amp;#039;t that many bugs splattering into your car windshield these days. These losses not only further tear at the tapestry of life on our degraded planet; they imperil everything we hold dear, from the food on our supermarket shelves to the medicines in our cabinets to the riot of nature that thrills and enlivens us.</description>
      <author>Oliver Milman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696607445.mp3" length="8096957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696607445.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Insect Crisis: The Fall of the Tiny Empires That Run the World
Author: Oliver Milman
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From ants scurrying under leaf litter to bees able to fly higher than Mount Kilimanjaro, insects are everywhere. Three out of every four of our planet&amp;#039;s known animal species are insects. In The Insect Crisis, Oliver Milman dives into the torrent of recent evidence that suggests this kaleidoscopic group of creatures is suffering the greatest existential crisis in its remarkable 400-million-year history. What is causing the collapse of the insect world? And what can be done to stem the loss of the miniature empires that hold aloft life as we know it? Milman explores this hidden emergency, arguing that its consequences could even rival climate change. He joins the scientists tracking the decline of insect populations across the globe, including the mountains of Mexico that host an epic, yet dwindling, migration of monarch butterflies; the verdant countryside of England that has been emptied of insect life; the gargantuan fields of US agriculture that have proved a killing ground for bees; and an offbeat experiment in Denmark that shows there aren&amp;#039;t that many bugs splattering into your car windshield these days. These losses not only further tear at the tapestry of life on our degraded planet; they imperil everything we hold dear, from the food on our supermarket shelves to the medicines in our cabinets to the riot of nature that thrills and enlivens us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Insect Crisis: The Fall of the Tiny Empires That Run the World
Author: Oliver Milman
Narrator: Liam Gerrard
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From ants scurrying under leaf litter to bees able to fly higher than Mount Kilimanjaro, insects are everywhere. Three out of every four of our planet&amp;#039;s known animal species are insects. In The Insect Crisis, Oliver Milman dives into the torrent of recent evidence that suggests this kaleidoscopic group of creatures is suffering the greatest existential crisis in its remarkable 400-million-year history. What is causing the collapse of the insect world? And what can be done to stem the loss of the miniature empires that hold aloft life as we know it? Milman explores this hidden emergency, arguing that its consequences could even rival climate change. He joins the scientists tracking the decline of insect populations across the globe, including the mountains of Mexico that host an epic, yet dwindling, migration of monarch butterflies; the verdant countryside of England that has been emptied of insect life; the gargantuan fields of US agriculture that have proved a killing ground for bees; and an offbeat experiment in Denmark that shows there aren&amp;#039;t that many bugs splattering into your car windshield these days. These losses not only further tear at the tapestry of life on our degraded planet; they imperil everything we hold dear, from the food on our supermarket shelves to the medicines in our cabinets to the riot of nature that thrills and enlivens us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Secret Life of Fungi: Discoveries from a Hidden World by Aliya Whiteley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Life of Fungi: Discoveries from a Hidden World
Author: Aliya Whiteley
Narrator: Alison Larkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fungi are unlike any other living thing—they’re almost magically unique. Welcome to this astonishing world … Fungi can appear anywhere, from desert dunes to frozen tundra. They can invade our bodies and live between our toes or our floorboards. They are unwelcome intruders or vastly expensive treats, and symbols of both death and eternal life. But despite their familiar presence, there’s still much to learn about the eruption, growth, and decay of their secret, interconnected world. Aliya Whiteley has always been in love with fungi—from her childhood taking blurry photographs of strange fungal eruptions on Exmoor to a career as a writer inspired by their surreal and alien beauty. This love for fungi is a love for life, from single-cell spores to the largest living organism on the planet; a story stretching from Aliya’s lawn into orbit and back again via every continent. From fields, feasts, and fairy rings to death caps, puffballs, and ambrosia beetles, this is an intoxicating journey into the life of an extraordinary organism, one that we have barely begun to understand.</description>
      <author>Aliya Whiteley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200798728.mp3" length="804413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200798728.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Life of Fungi: Discoveries from a Hidden World
Author: Aliya Whiteley
Narrator: Alison Larkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fungi are unlike any other living thing—they’re almost magically unique. Welcome to this astonishing world … Fungi can appear anywhere, from desert dunes to frozen tundra. They can invade our bodies and live between our toes or our floorboards. They are unwelcome intruders or vastly expensive treats, and symbols of both death and eternal life. But despite their familiar presence, there’s still much to learn about the eruption, growth, and decay of their secret, interconnected world. Aliya Whiteley has always been in love with fungi—from her childhood taking blurry photographs of strange fungal eruptions on Exmoor to a career as a writer inspired by their surreal and alien beauty. This love for fungi is a love for life, from single-cell spores to the largest living organism on the planet; a story stretching from Aliya’s lawn into orbit and back again via every continent. From fields, feasts, and fairy rings to death caps, puffballs, and ambrosia beetles, this is an intoxicating journey into the life of an extraordinary organism, one that we have barely begun to understand.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562600</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Life of Fungi: Discoveries from a Hidden World
Author: Aliya Whiteley
Narrator: Alison Larkin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Fungi are unlike any other living thing—they’re almost magically unique. Welcome to this astonishing world … Fungi can appear anywhere, from desert dunes to frozen tundra. They can invade our bodies and live between our toes or our floorboards. They are unwelcome intruders or vastly expensive treats, and symbols of both death and eternal life. But despite their familiar presence, there’s still much to learn about the eruption, growth, and decay of their secret, interconnected world. Aliya Whiteley has always been in love with fungi—from her childhood taking blurry photographs of strange fungal eruptions on Exmoor to a career as a writer inspired by their surreal and alien beauty. This love for fungi is a love for life, from single-cell spores to the largest living organism on the planet; a story stretching from Aliya’s lawn into orbit and back again via every continent. From fields, feasts, and fairy rings to death caps, puffballs, and ambrosia beetles, this is an intoxicating journey into the life of an extraordinary organism, one that we have barely begun to understand.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Pferde naturgemäß halten, erziehen und trainieren: Das Pferdebuch für mehr Freude am Reiten und eine enge Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd – inkl. Gesundheits Ratgeber, Natural Horsemanship, Bodenarbeit, Longie by Paula Meyerhoff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Pferde naturgemäß halten, erziehen und trainieren: Das Pferdebuch für mehr Freude am Reiten und eine enge Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd – inkl. Gesundheits Ratgeber, Natural Horsemanship, Bodenarbeit, Longie
Author: Paula Meyerhoff
Narrator: Elisabeth Bodenschatz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Ratgeber möchte ich Ihnen einen Einblick in die Haltung, die Erziehung und das Training mit dem Partner Pferd geben. Dabei wird der Faktor des naturgemäßen Umgangs im Vordergrund stehen. Vermittelt wird das theoretische Basiswissen mit entsprechenden Anregungen zur Praxis. Unterdessen werden Themen wie die Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Pferd und die artgerechte Haltung angeschnitten. Neulinge auf dem Gebiet ,,Reiten&amp;#039;&amp;#039; bekommen einen ausgiebigen Einblick in die Denkweise der Vierbeiner und das reiterliche ,,Know-how&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Aber auch für erfahrene Reiter, die mit ihrem Pferd schon in die Richtung der Turniere gehen, ist von Abwechslung durch einen Tapetenwechsel im Training bis zu Dressurlektionen alles dabei. Für die Arbeit mit jungen Pferden wird die Thematik der Erziehung ausgiebig behandelt. Wie ,,richtig&amp;#039;&amp;#039; oder ,,falsch&amp;#039;&amp;#039; geritten wird, schreibe ich nicht vor. Dieser Ratgeber ist lediglich eine Empfehlung zu einem artgerechten Umgang mit dem Pferd. Ich möchte vermitteln, wie man Pferde fördern kann, ohne sie zu etwas Unnatürlichen zu zwingen, und wie man sich neben dem Reiten mit ihnen beschäftigen kann. Das übergeordnete Ziel soll bei allen Themen die Freude am Reiten und die Harmonie mit dem Partner Pferd sein. Das erwartet Sie: -Das Pferd als Tier verstehen -Die Erziehung -Pferde beschäftigen, motivieren und lehren -Natural Horsemanship -Naturgemäßes Dressieren -und vieles mehr ...</description>
      <author>Paula Meyerhoff</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969309384.mp3" length="835080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969309384.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Pferde naturgemäß halten, erziehen und trainieren: Das Pferdebuch für mehr Freude am Reiten und eine enge Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd – inkl. Gesundheits Ratgeber, Natural Horsemanship, Bodenarbeit, Longie
Author: Paula Meyerhoff
Narrator: Elisabeth Bodenschatz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Ratgeber möchte ich Ihnen einen Einblick in die Haltung, die Erziehung und das Training mit dem Partner Pferd geben. Dabei wird der Faktor des naturgemäßen Umgangs im Vordergrund stehen. Vermittelt wird das theoretische Basiswissen mit entsprechenden Anregungen zur Praxis. Unterdessen werden Themen wie die Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Pferd und die artgerechte Haltung angeschnitten. Neulinge auf dem Gebiet ,,Reiten&amp;#039;&amp;#039; bekommen einen ausgiebigen Einblick in die Denkweise der Vierbeiner und das reiterliche ,,Know-how&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Aber auch für erfahrene Reiter, die mit ihrem Pferd schon in die Richtung der Turniere gehen, ist von Abwechslung durch einen Tapetenwechsel im Training bis zu Dressurlektionen alles dabei. Für die Arbeit mit jungen Pferden wird die Thematik der Erziehung ausgiebig behandelt. Wie ,,richtig&amp;#039;&amp;#039; oder ,,falsch&amp;#039;&amp;#039; geritten wird, schreibe ich nicht vor. Dieser Ratgeber ist lediglich eine Empfehlung zu einem artgerechten Umgang mit dem Pferd. Ich möchte vermitteln, wie man Pferde fördern kann, ohne sie zu etwas Unnatürlichen zu zwingen, und wie man sich neben dem Reiten mit ihnen beschäftigen kann. Das übergeordnete Ziel soll bei allen Themen die Freude am Reiten und die Harmonie mit dem Partner Pferd sein. Das erwartet Sie: -Das Pferd als Tier verstehen -Die Erziehung -Pferde beschäftigen, motivieren und lehren -Natural Horsemanship -Naturgemäßes Dressieren -und vieles mehr ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Pferde naturgemäß halten, erziehen und trainieren: Das Pferdebuch für mehr Freude am Reiten und eine enge Bindung zu Ihrem Pferd – inkl. Gesundheits Ratgeber, Natural Horsemanship, Bodenarbeit, Longie
Author: Paula Meyerhoff
Narrator: Elisabeth Bodenschatz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
In diesem Ratgeber möchte ich Ihnen einen Einblick in die Haltung, die Erziehung und das Training mit dem Partner Pferd geben. Dabei wird der Faktor des naturgemäßen Umgangs im Vordergrund stehen. Vermittelt wird das theoretische Basiswissen mit entsprechenden Anregungen zur Praxis. Unterdessen werden Themen wie die Kommunikation zwischen Mensch und Pferd und die artgerechte Haltung angeschnitten. Neulinge auf dem Gebiet ,,Reiten&amp;#039;&amp;#039; bekommen einen ausgiebigen Einblick in die Denkweise der Vierbeiner und das reiterliche ,,Know-how&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Aber auch für erfahrene Reiter, die mit ihrem Pferd schon in die Richtung der Turniere gehen, ist von Abwechslung durch einen Tapetenwechsel im Training bis zu Dressurlektionen alles dabei. Für die Arbeit mit jungen Pferden wird die Thematik der Erziehung ausgiebig behandelt. Wie ,,richtig&amp;#039;&amp;#039; oder ,,falsch&amp;#039;&amp;#039; geritten wird, schreibe ich nicht vor. Dieser Ratgeber ist lediglich eine Empfehlung zu einem artgerechten Umgang mit dem Pferd. Ich möchte vermitteln, wie man Pferde fördern kann, ohne sie zu etwas Unnatürlichen zu zwingen, und wie man sich neben dem Reiten mit ihnen beschäftigen kann. Das übergeordnete Ziel soll bei allen Themen die Freude am Reiten und die Harmonie mit dem Partner Pferd sein. Das erwartet Sie: -Das Pferd als Tier verstehen -Die Erziehung -Pferde beschäftigen, motivieren und lehren -Natural Horsemanship -Naturgemäßes Dressieren -und vieles mehr ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Klimaneutral leben: Wie Sie Ihren ökologischen Fußabdruck reduzieren, nachhaltig Plastik einsparen und Schritt für Schritt klimaneutraler leben by Sandra Wallenstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Klimaneutral leben: Wie Sie Ihren ökologischen Fußabdruck reduzieren, nachhaltig Plastik einsparen und Schritt für Schritt klimaneutraler leben
Author: Sandra Wallenstein
Narrator: Marie Blumenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wussten Sie eigentlich, dass selbst unser täglich oft ausgeführtes Ausatmen CO2 produziert? Richtig gelesen, wenn wir atmen, verbraucht jeder von uns zwischen 168 und 2.040 Kilogramm CO2 pro Jahr. In diesem ganzen Artikel ist mit der Ansprache jede lesende Person gemeint, egal, welcher Rasse, Herkunft oder Geschlecht Sie angehören. Die Formulierung soll niemanden diskriminieren, sondern dient lediglich der besseren Lesbarkeit dieses Ratgebers. In diesem Buch erfahren Sie nicht nur, wie viel Plastikmüll in Deutschland jedes Jahr verbraucht wird, sondern auch, wie Sie zu einer Reduzierung des Plastikmülls in Ihrem Leben und eigenen Haushalt beitragen können. Lassen Sie sich darauf ein, lesen Sie aufmerksam und fangen Sie an, bei sich selbst etwas zu ändern, denn der Satz, ,,Was bringt es schon, wenn ich Plastik spare, müssten doch erst die anderen damit anfangen&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, bringt nichts. Wenn Sie anfangen und anderen davon erzählen, setzen diese möglicherweise auch Maßnahmen um und berichten wieder anderen davon. Somit kann sich schneller als Sie denken eine Kette ergeben und immer mehr Menschen setzen Maßnahmen um, da Sie angefangen haben, diese in Ihrem Alltag umzusetzen. Das erwartet Sie: -Wieviel Plastik verbrauchen wir? -Plastik sparen im Alltag -Einkaufstipps -Nachhaltig kochen -Zuhause plastik sparen -und vieles mehr ...</description>
      <author>Sandra Wallenstein</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969309094.mp3" length="829782" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969309094.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Klimaneutral leben: Wie Sie Ihren ökologischen Fußabdruck reduzieren, nachhaltig Plastik einsparen und Schritt für Schritt klimaneutraler leben
Author: Sandra Wallenstein
Narrator: Marie Blumenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wussten Sie eigentlich, dass selbst unser täglich oft ausgeführtes Ausatmen CO2 produziert? Richtig gelesen, wenn wir atmen, verbraucht jeder von uns zwischen 168 und 2.040 Kilogramm CO2 pro Jahr. In diesem ganzen Artikel ist mit der Ansprache jede lesende Person gemeint, egal, welcher Rasse, Herkunft oder Geschlecht Sie angehören. Die Formulierung soll niemanden diskriminieren, sondern dient lediglich der besseren Lesbarkeit dieses Ratgebers. In diesem Buch erfahren Sie nicht nur, wie viel Plastikmüll in Deutschland jedes Jahr verbraucht wird, sondern auch, wie Sie zu einer Reduzierung des Plastikmülls in Ihrem Leben und eigenen Haushalt beitragen können. Lassen Sie sich darauf ein, lesen Sie aufmerksam und fangen Sie an, bei sich selbst etwas zu ändern, denn der Satz, ,,Was bringt es schon, wenn ich Plastik spare, müssten doch erst die anderen damit anfangen&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, bringt nichts. Wenn Sie anfangen und anderen davon erzählen, setzen diese möglicherweise auch Maßnahmen um und berichten wieder anderen davon. Somit kann sich schneller als Sie denken eine Kette ergeben und immer mehr Menschen setzen Maßnahmen um, da Sie angefangen haben, diese in Ihrem Alltag umzusetzen. Das erwartet Sie: -Wieviel Plastik verbrauchen wir? -Plastik sparen im Alltag -Einkaufstipps -Nachhaltig kochen -Zuhause plastik sparen -und vieles mehr ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Klimaneutral leben: Wie Sie Ihren ökologischen Fußabdruck reduzieren, nachhaltig Plastik einsparen und Schritt für Schritt klimaneutraler leben
Author: Sandra Wallenstein
Narrator: Marie Blumenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wussten Sie eigentlich, dass selbst unser täglich oft ausgeführtes Ausatmen CO2 produziert? Richtig gelesen, wenn wir atmen, verbraucht jeder von uns zwischen 168 und 2.040 Kilogramm CO2 pro Jahr. In diesem ganzen Artikel ist mit der Ansprache jede lesende Person gemeint, egal, welcher Rasse, Herkunft oder Geschlecht Sie angehören. Die Formulierung soll niemanden diskriminieren, sondern dient lediglich der besseren Lesbarkeit dieses Ratgebers. In diesem Buch erfahren Sie nicht nur, wie viel Plastikmüll in Deutschland jedes Jahr verbraucht wird, sondern auch, wie Sie zu einer Reduzierung des Plastikmülls in Ihrem Leben und eigenen Haushalt beitragen können. Lassen Sie sich darauf ein, lesen Sie aufmerksam und fangen Sie an, bei sich selbst etwas zu ändern, denn der Satz, ,,Was bringt es schon, wenn ich Plastik spare, müssten doch erst die anderen damit anfangen&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, bringt nichts. Wenn Sie anfangen und anderen davon erzählen, setzen diese möglicherweise auch Maßnahmen um und berichten wieder anderen davon. Somit kann sich schneller als Sie denken eine Kette ergeben und immer mehr Menschen setzen Maßnahmen um, da Sie angefangen haben, diese in Ihrem Alltag umzusetzen. Das erwartet Sie: -Wieviel Plastik verbrauchen wir? -Plastik sparen im Alltag -Einkaufstipps -Nachhaltig kochen -Zuhause plastik sparen -und vieles mehr ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If Nietzsche Were a Narwhal: What Animal Intelligence Reveals About Human Stupidity by Justin Gregg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If Nietzsche Were a Narwhal: What Animal Intelligence Reveals About Human Stupidity
Author: Justin Gregg
Narrator: Justin Gregg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This funny, &amp;quot;extraordinary and thought-provoking&amp;quot; (The Wall Street Journal) book asks whether we are in fact the superior species. As it turns out, the truth is stranger—and far more interesting—than we have been led to believe.  At first glance, human history is full of remarkable feats of intelligence. We invented writing. Produced incredible achievements in music, the arts, and the sciences. We’ve built sprawling cities and traveled across oceans—and space—and expanded to every part of the globe.     Yet, human exceptionalism can be a double-edged sword. With our unique cognitive prowess comes severe consequences, including existential angst, violence, discrimination, and the creation of a world teetering towards climate catastrophe. Understood side-by-side, human exceptionalism begins to look more like a curse.      As scientist Justin Gregg persuasively argues, there’s an evolutionary reason why human intelligence isn’t more prevalent in the animal kingdom. Simply put, non-human animals don’t need it to be successful. And, miraculously, their success arrives without the added baggage of destroying themselves and the planet in the process.   In seven mind-bending and hilarious chapters, Gregg highlights one feature seemingly unique to humans—our use of language, our rationality, our moral systems, our so-called sophisticated consciousness—and compares it to our animal brethren. What emerges is both demystifying and remarkable, and will change how you look at animals, humans, and the meaning of life itself.   Destined to become a classic, If Nietzsche Were a Narwhal asks whether we are in fact the superior species. It turns out, the truth is stranger—and far more interesting—than we have been led to believe.</description>
      <author>Justin Gregg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668605684.mp3" length="873282" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668605684.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If Nietzsche Were a Narwhal: What Animal Intelligence Reveals About Human Stupidity
Author: Justin Gregg
Narrator: Justin Gregg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This funny, &amp;quot;extraordinary and thought-provoking&amp;quot; (The Wall Street Journal) book asks whether we are in fact the superior species. As it turns out, the truth is stranger—and far more interesting—than we have been led to believe.  At first glance, human history is full of remarkable feats of intelligence. We invented writing. Produced incredible achievements in music, the arts, and the sciences. We’ve built sprawling cities and traveled across oceans—and space—and expanded to every part of the globe.     Yet, human exceptionalism can be a double-edged sword. With our unique cognitive prowess comes severe consequences, including existential angst, violence, discrimination, and the creation of a world teetering towards climate catastrophe. Understood side-by-side, human exceptionalism begins to look more like a curse.      As scientist Justin Gregg persuasively argues, there’s an evolutionary reason why human intelligence isn’t more prevalent in the animal kingdom. Simply put, non-human animals don’t need it to be successful. And, miraculously, their success arrives without the added baggage of destroying themselves and the planet in the process.   In seven mind-bending and hilarious chapters, Gregg highlights one feature seemingly unique to humans—our use of language, our rationality, our moral systems, our so-called sophisticated consciousness—and compares it to our animal brethren. What emerges is both demystifying and remarkable, and will change how you look at animals, humans, and the meaning of life itself.   Destined to become a classic, If Nietzsche Were a Narwhal asks whether we are in fact the superior species. It turns out, the truth is stranger—and far more interesting—than we have been led to believe.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: If Nietzsche Were a Narwhal: What Animal Intelligence Reveals About Human Stupidity
Author: Justin Gregg
Narrator: Justin Gregg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
This funny, &amp;quot;extraordinary and thought-provoking&amp;quot; (The Wall Street Journal) book asks whether we are in fact the superior species. As it turns out, the truth is stranger—and far more interesting—than we have been led to believe.  At first glance, human history is full of remarkable feats of intelligence. We invented writing. Produced incredible achievements in music, the arts, and the sciences. We’ve built sprawling cities and traveled across oceans—and space—and expanded to every part of the globe.     Yet, human exceptionalism can be a double-edged sword. With our unique cognitive prowess comes severe consequences, including existential angst, violence, discrimination, and the creation of a world teetering towards climate catastrophe. Understood side-by-side, human exceptionalism begins to look more like a curse.      As scientist Justin Gregg persuasively argues, there’s an evolutionary reason why human intelligence isn’t more prevalent in the animal kingdom. Simply put, non-human animals don’t need it to be successful. And, miraculously, their success arrives without the added baggage of destroying themselves and the planet in the process.   In seven mind-bending and hilarious chapters, Gregg highlights one feature seemingly unique to humans—our use of language, our rationality, our moral systems, our so-called sophisticated consciousness—and compares it to our animal brethren. What emerges is both demystifying and remarkable, and will change how you look at animals, humans, and the meaning of life itself.   Destined to become a classic, If Nietzsche Were a Narwhal asks whether we are in fact the superior species. It turns out, the truth is stranger—and far more interesting—than we have been led to believe.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Vögel ganzjährig füttern: Wie Sie jeden Vogel richtig füttern und jede Vogelart gekonnt bestimmen – inkl. Futter Tipps für jede Jahreszeit und Anleitung, um Meisen-Knödel selber zu machen by Martin Gustmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vögel ganzjährig füttern: Wie Sie jeden Vogel richtig füttern und jede Vogelart gekonnt bestimmen – inkl. Futter Tipps für jede Jahreszeit und Anleitung, um Meisen-Knödel selber zu machen
Author: Martin Gustmann
Narrator: Axel Jomeyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sie stellen sich die Frage, wie man jeden Vogel am besten füttert - von der Meise bis zum Zaunkönig? Viele Vögel sind das ganze Jahr über vor Ort, andere fliegen während der kalten Wintermonate in den Süden. Im heimischen Garten sind sie ständig auf der Suche nach Essbarem, egal, ob im Frühling, Sommer, Herbst oder Winter, schließlich haben auch sie Hunger. Sie, als Leser bzw. Hörer, haben sich dazu entschieden, den gefiederten Freunden unter die Flügel greifen zu wollen und möchten dazu wissen, wer gern was frisst und wie Sie welchem Vogel das Futter am besten zugänglich machen. Sie sind auf der Suche nach einem Ratgeber, der nicht nur Theoretisches erklärt und Wissen liefert, sondern auch Theorie und Praxis verknüpft und zum Mitmachen einlädt? Dann sind Sie hier richtig. In diesem Buch erfahren Sie zuerst grundlegende Informationen rund um das Thema ,,Vögel füttern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Welche Tipps lohnt es zu beachten? Was sollen Vögel lieber nicht fressen und was könnte gefährlich werden? Und: Welche ist die jeweilige ,,Leibspeise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; der verschiedenen Vogelarten im heimischen Garten? Das erwartet Sie: -Narzissmus als Diagnose stellen -Narzissmus in der Kindheit -Arten des Narzissmus -Wie Sie einen Narzissten entlarven -Therapieansätze bei Narzissten -und vieles mehr ...</description>
      <author>Martin Gustmann</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969309414.mp3" length="900020" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969309414.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vögel ganzjährig füttern: Wie Sie jeden Vogel richtig füttern und jede Vogelart gekonnt bestimmen – inkl. Futter Tipps für jede Jahreszeit und Anleitung, um Meisen-Knödel selber zu machen
Author: Martin Gustmann
Narrator: Axel Jomeyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sie stellen sich die Frage, wie man jeden Vogel am besten füttert - von der Meise bis zum Zaunkönig? Viele Vögel sind das ganze Jahr über vor Ort, andere fliegen während der kalten Wintermonate in den Süden. Im heimischen Garten sind sie ständig auf der Suche nach Essbarem, egal, ob im Frühling, Sommer, Herbst oder Winter, schließlich haben auch sie Hunger. Sie, als Leser bzw. Hörer, haben sich dazu entschieden, den gefiederten Freunden unter die Flügel greifen zu wollen und möchten dazu wissen, wer gern was frisst und wie Sie welchem Vogel das Futter am besten zugänglich machen. Sie sind auf der Suche nach einem Ratgeber, der nicht nur Theoretisches erklärt und Wissen liefert, sondern auch Theorie und Praxis verknüpft und zum Mitmachen einlädt? Dann sind Sie hier richtig. In diesem Buch erfahren Sie zuerst grundlegende Informationen rund um das Thema ,,Vögel füttern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Welche Tipps lohnt es zu beachten? Was sollen Vögel lieber nicht fressen und was könnte gefährlich werden? Und: Welche ist die jeweilige ,,Leibspeise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; der verschiedenen Vogelarten im heimischen Garten? Das erwartet Sie: -Narzissmus als Diagnose stellen -Narzissmus in der Kindheit -Arten des Narzissmus -Wie Sie einen Narzissten entlarven -Therapieansätze bei Narzissten -und vieles mehr ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vögel ganzjährig füttern: Wie Sie jeden Vogel richtig füttern und jede Vogelart gekonnt bestimmen – inkl. Futter Tipps für jede Jahreszeit und Anleitung, um Meisen-Knödel selber zu machen
Author: Martin Gustmann
Narrator: Axel Jomeyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Sie stellen sich die Frage, wie man jeden Vogel am besten füttert - von der Meise bis zum Zaunkönig? Viele Vögel sind das ganze Jahr über vor Ort, andere fliegen während der kalten Wintermonate in den Süden. Im heimischen Garten sind sie ständig auf der Suche nach Essbarem, egal, ob im Frühling, Sommer, Herbst oder Winter, schließlich haben auch sie Hunger. Sie, als Leser bzw. Hörer, haben sich dazu entschieden, den gefiederten Freunden unter die Flügel greifen zu wollen und möchten dazu wissen, wer gern was frisst und wie Sie welchem Vogel das Futter am besten zugänglich machen. Sie sind auf der Suche nach einem Ratgeber, der nicht nur Theoretisches erklärt und Wissen liefert, sondern auch Theorie und Praxis verknüpft und zum Mitmachen einlädt? Dann sind Sie hier richtig. In diesem Buch erfahren Sie zuerst grundlegende Informationen rund um das Thema ,,Vögel füttern&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Welche Tipps lohnt es zu beachten? Was sollen Vögel lieber nicht fressen und was könnte gefährlich werden? Und: Welche ist die jeweilige ,,Leibspeise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; der verschiedenen Vogelarten im heimischen Garten? Das erwartet Sie: -Narzissmus als Diagnose stellen -Narzissmus in der Kindheit -Arten des Narzissmus -Wie Sie einen Narzissten entlarven -Therapieansätze bei Narzissten -und vieles mehr ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Imkern lernen für Einsteiger – Bienen halten Step by Step: Wie Sie die Bienenhaltung leicht erlernen und Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren by Frank Schmidt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Einsteiger – Bienen halten Step by Step: Wie Sie die Bienenhaltung leicht erlernen und Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren
Author: Frank Schmidt
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 22 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn man sich für die Haltung von Honigbienen interessiert und mit dem Gedanken spielt, die Imkerei als Hobby oder Beruf zu erlernen, kommen gerade am Anfang viele verschiedene Fragen auf. Diese beziehen sich sowohl auf die Biologie und das Leben der Honigbiene als auch auf die Tätigkeiten eines Imkers. In diesem Ratgeber sind alle wichtigen Informationen enthalten, darunter Antworten auf die Fragen: -Was sind die ersten Schritte, wenn man mit dem Imkern beginnen möchte? -Welche Arbeitsgeräte und Materialien müssen angeschafft werden? -Woher bekommt man die Bienen? -Welche Arbeiten fallen über das Jahr am Bienenvolk an? Doch auch die Biologie und das Leben einer Honigbiene werden näher beleuchtet. Dabei gibt es viel Spannendes zu entdecken, so werden zum Beispiel folgende Themen behandelt: -Die biologischen Merkmale einer Honigbiene -Die verschiedenen Arten der Honigbiene und der Aufbau des Bienenvolkes -Der jahreszeitliche Verlauf im Leben eines Bienenvolkes -Die Produkte der Honigbiene, z. B. wie Bienen ihren Honig gewinnen.</description>
      <author>Frank Schmidt</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307038.mp3" length="870490" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307038.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Einsteiger – Bienen halten Step by Step: Wie Sie die Bienenhaltung leicht erlernen und Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren
Author: Frank Schmidt
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 22 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn man sich für die Haltung von Honigbienen interessiert und mit dem Gedanken spielt, die Imkerei als Hobby oder Beruf zu erlernen, kommen gerade am Anfang viele verschiedene Fragen auf. Diese beziehen sich sowohl auf die Biologie und das Leben der Honigbiene als auch auf die Tätigkeiten eines Imkers. In diesem Ratgeber sind alle wichtigen Informationen enthalten, darunter Antworten auf die Fragen: -Was sind die ersten Schritte, wenn man mit dem Imkern beginnen möchte? -Welche Arbeitsgeräte und Materialien müssen angeschafft werden? -Woher bekommt man die Bienen? -Welche Arbeiten fallen über das Jahr am Bienenvolk an? Doch auch die Biologie und das Leben einer Honigbiene werden näher beleuchtet. Dabei gibt es viel Spannendes zu entdecken, so werden zum Beispiel folgende Themen behandelt: -Die biologischen Merkmale einer Honigbiene -Die verschiedenen Arten der Honigbiene und der Aufbau des Bienenvolkes -Der jahreszeitliche Verlauf im Leben eines Bienenvolkes -Die Produkte der Honigbiene, z. B. wie Bienen ihren Honig gewinnen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Imkern lernen für Einsteiger – Bienen halten Step by Step: Wie Sie die Bienenhaltung leicht erlernen und Ihren eigenen Honig produzieren
Author: Frank Schmidt
Narrator: Celina Bender
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 22 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn man sich für die Haltung von Honigbienen interessiert und mit dem Gedanken spielt, die Imkerei als Hobby oder Beruf zu erlernen, kommen gerade am Anfang viele verschiedene Fragen auf. Diese beziehen sich sowohl auf die Biologie und das Leben der Honigbiene als auch auf die Tätigkeiten eines Imkers. In diesem Ratgeber sind alle wichtigen Informationen enthalten, darunter Antworten auf die Fragen: -Was sind die ersten Schritte, wenn man mit dem Imkern beginnen möchte? -Welche Arbeitsgeräte und Materialien müssen angeschafft werden? -Woher bekommt man die Bienen? -Welche Arbeiten fallen über das Jahr am Bienenvolk an? Doch auch die Biologie und das Leben einer Honigbiene werden näher beleuchtet. Dabei gibt es viel Spannendes zu entdecken, so werden zum Beispiel folgende Themen behandelt: -Die biologischen Merkmale einer Honigbiene -Die verschiedenen Arten der Honigbiene und der Aufbau des Bienenvolkes -Der jahreszeitliche Verlauf im Leben eines Bienenvolkes -Die Produkte der Honigbiene, z. B. wie Bienen ihren Honig gewinnen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - L&amp;#039;APICULTURE POUR LES DÉBUTANTS - S&amp;#039;occuper des abeilles comme un pro: Construisez rapidement votre propre colonie et produisez du miel de qualité, en respectant l&amp;#039;environnement (calendrier inclus) by Animal World</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - L&amp;#039;APICULTURE POUR LES DÉBUTANTS - S&amp;#039;occuper des abeilles comme un pro: Construisez rapidement votre propre colonie et produisez du miel de qualité, en respectant l&amp;#039;environnement (calendrier inclus)
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Thibaud Auere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tout ce que vous devez savoir dans un seul livre – être préparé au mieux pour commencer avec plaisir et sérénité votre aventure d&amp;#039;apiculteur Vous êtes fascinés de l&amp;#039;intelligence des abeilles et de leur organisation complexe dans la colonie ? Vous aimeriez vous investir pour sauver les abeilles et protéger l&amp;#039;écosystème ? Vous voulez apprendre à vous occuper de vos abeilles en respectant la nature et produire un miel délicieux ? Dans ce cas, vous avez trouvé le livre idéal. Dans cet ouvrage, vous allez découvrir tout ce que vous avez besoin de savoir sur l&amp;#039;apiculture, en tant que débutant dans ce domaine. Les conseils donnés sont faciles à comprendre et à mettre en pratique. Ainsi, vos débuts dans le monde des abeilles seront facilités. - Votre nouvel &amp;#039;animal de compagnie&amp;#039; : Découvrez les différentes espèces d&amp;#039;abeilles et choisissez la mieux adaptée pour votre ruche - Préparation et matériel nécessaire : Construisez votre propre ruche et équipez vous avec les vêtements de protection adaptés - Formalités juridiques : Découvrez quelles règles vous devez respecter, pour que votre aventure ne soit pas entravée par un souci juridique facilement évitable - Soin et observation : Accompagnez vos abeilles au cours des différents mois de l&amp;#039;année et faites en sorte qu&amp;#039;elles restent en bonne santé et s&amp;#039;épanouissent dans leur colonie - Votre propre miel : Apprenez à différencier les différentes sortes de miel et récompensez tous vos efforts par votre première propre récolte Si vous cherchez un nouveau passe-temps, que vous souhaitez vous investir dans le protection de la faune et de la flore ou produire votre propre miel, ce livre vous prendra par la main et vous montrera, pas à pas, comment l&amp;#039;apprentissage de l&amp;#039;apiculture peut se faire simplement et sans prise de tête ! Commencez dès aujourd&amp;#039;hui votre chemin vers votre propre rucher et procurez-vous ce livre incontournable pour les débuts en apiculture !</description>
      <author>Animal World</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307229.mp3" length="770932" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307229.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - L&amp;#039;APICULTURE POUR LES DÉBUTANTS - S&amp;#039;occuper des abeilles comme un pro: Construisez rapidement votre propre colonie et produisez du miel de qualité, en respectant l&amp;#039;environnement (calendrier inclus)
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Thibaud Auere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tout ce que vous devez savoir dans un seul livre – être préparé au mieux pour commencer avec plaisir et sérénité votre aventure d&amp;#039;apiculteur Vous êtes fascinés de l&amp;#039;intelligence des abeilles et de leur organisation complexe dans la colonie ? Vous aimeriez vous investir pour sauver les abeilles et protéger l&amp;#039;écosystème ? Vous voulez apprendre à vous occuper de vos abeilles en respectant la nature et produire un miel délicieux ? Dans ce cas, vous avez trouvé le livre idéal. Dans cet ouvrage, vous allez découvrir tout ce que vous avez besoin de savoir sur l&amp;#039;apiculture, en tant que débutant dans ce domaine. Les conseils donnés sont faciles à comprendre et à mettre en pratique. Ainsi, vos débuts dans le monde des abeilles seront facilités. - Votre nouvel &amp;#039;animal de compagnie&amp;#039; : Découvrez les différentes espèces d&amp;#039;abeilles et choisissez la mieux adaptée pour votre ruche - Préparation et matériel nécessaire : Construisez votre propre ruche et équipez vous avec les vêtements de protection adaptés - Formalités juridiques : Découvrez quelles règles vous devez respecter, pour que votre aventure ne soit pas entravée par un souci juridique facilement évitable - Soin et observation : Accompagnez vos abeilles au cours des différents mois de l&amp;#039;année et faites en sorte qu&amp;#039;elles restent en bonne santé et s&amp;#039;épanouissent dans leur colonie - Votre propre miel : Apprenez à différencier les différentes sortes de miel et récompensez tous vos efforts par votre première propre récolte Si vous cherchez un nouveau passe-temps, que vous souhaitez vous investir dans le protection de la faune et de la flore ou produire votre propre miel, ce livre vous prendra par la main et vous montrera, pas à pas, comment l&amp;#039;apprentissage de l&amp;#039;apiculture peut se faire simplement et sans prise de tête ! Commencez dès aujourd&amp;#039;hui votre chemin vers votre propre rucher et procurez-vous ce livre incontournable pour les débuts en apiculture !</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562197</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - L&amp;#039;APICULTURE POUR LES DÉBUTANTS - S&amp;#039;occuper des abeilles comme un pro: Construisez rapidement votre propre colonie et produisez du miel de qualité, en respectant l&amp;#039;environnement (calendrier inclus)
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Thibaud Auere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Tout ce que vous devez savoir dans un seul livre – être préparé au mieux pour commencer avec plaisir et sérénité votre aventure d&amp;#039;apiculteur Vous êtes fascinés de l&amp;#039;intelligence des abeilles et de leur organisation complexe dans la colonie ? Vous aimeriez vous investir pour sauver les abeilles et protéger l&amp;#039;écosystème ? Vous voulez apprendre à vous occuper de vos abeilles en respectant la nature et produire un miel délicieux ? Dans ce cas, vous avez trouvé le livre idéal. Dans cet ouvrage, vous allez découvrir tout ce que vous avez besoin de savoir sur l&amp;#039;apiculture, en tant que débutant dans ce domaine. Les conseils donnés sont faciles à comprendre et à mettre en pratique. Ainsi, vos débuts dans le monde des abeilles seront facilités. - Votre nouvel &amp;#039;animal de compagnie&amp;#039; : Découvrez les différentes espèces d&amp;#039;abeilles et choisissez la mieux adaptée pour votre ruche - Préparation et matériel nécessaire : Construisez votre propre ruche et équipez vous avec les vêtements de protection adaptés - Formalités juridiques : Découvrez quelles règles vous devez respecter, pour que votre aventure ne soit pas entravée par un souci juridique facilement évitable - Soin et observation : Accompagnez vos abeilles au cours des différents mois de l&amp;#039;année et faites en sorte qu&amp;#039;elles restent en bonne santé et s&amp;#039;épanouissent dans leur colonie - Votre propre miel : Apprenez à différencier les différentes sortes de miel et récompensez tous vos efforts par votre première propre récolte Si vous cherchez un nouveau passe-temps, que vous souhaitez vous investir dans le protection de la faune et de la flore ou produire votre propre miel, ce livre vous prendra par la main et vous montrera, pas à pas, comment l&amp;#039;apprentissage de l&amp;#039;apiculture peut se faire simplement et sans prise de tête ! Commencez dès aujourd&amp;#039;hui votre chemin vers votre propre rucher et procurez-vous ce livre incontournable pour les débuts en apiculture !</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>California Burning: The Fall of Pacific Gas and Electric--and What It Means for America&amp;#039;s Power Grid by Katherine Blunt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Burning: The Fall of Pacific Gas and Electric--and What It Means for America&amp;#039;s Power Grid
Author: Katherine Blunt
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER 2022 Winner of the Golden Poppy Award for Nonfiction (California Independent Booksellers Alliance) A revelatory, urgent narrative with national implications, exploring the decline of California’s largest utility company that led to countless wildfires — including the one that destroyed the town of Paradise — and the human cost of infrastructure failure Pacific Gas and Electric was a legacy company built by innovators and visionaries, establishing California as a desirable home and economic powerhouse. In California Burning, Wall Street Journal reporter and Pulitzer finalist Katherine Blunt examines how that legacy fell apart—unraveling a long history of deadly failures in which Pacific Gas and Electric endangered millions of Northern Californians, through criminal neglect of its infrastructure. As PG&amp;amp;E prioritized profits and politics, power lines went unchecked—until a rusted hook purchased for 56 cents in 1921 split in two, sparking the deadliest wildfire in California history. Beginning with PG&amp;amp;E’s public reckoning after the Paradise fire, Blunt chronicles the evolution of PG&amp;amp;E’s shareholder base, from innovators who built some of California&amp;#039;s first long-distance power lines to aggressive investors keen on reaping dividends. Following key players through pivotal decisions and legal battles, California Burning reveals the forces that shaped the plight of PG&amp;amp;E: deregulation and market-gaming led by Enron Corp., an unyielding push for renewable energy, and a swift increase in wildfire risk throughout the West, while regulators and lawmakers pushed their own agendas. California Burning is a deeply reported, character-driven narrative, the story of a disaster expanding into a much bigger exploration of accountability. It’s an American tragedy that serves as a cautionary tale for utilities across the nation—especially as climate change makes aging infrastructure more vulnerable, with potentially fatal consequences.</description>
      <author>Katherine Blunt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593586907.mp3" length="2711395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593586907.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Burning: The Fall of Pacific Gas and Electric--and What It Means for America&amp;#039;s Power Grid
Author: Katherine Blunt
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER 2022 Winner of the Golden Poppy Award for Nonfiction (California Independent Booksellers Alliance) A revelatory, urgent narrative with national implications, exploring the decline of California’s largest utility company that led to countless wildfires — including the one that destroyed the town of Paradise — and the human cost of infrastructure failure Pacific Gas and Electric was a legacy company built by innovators and visionaries, establishing California as a desirable home and economic powerhouse. In California Burning, Wall Street Journal reporter and Pulitzer finalist Katherine Blunt examines how that legacy fell apart—unraveling a long history of deadly failures in which Pacific Gas and Electric endangered millions of Northern Californians, through criminal neglect of its infrastructure. As PG&amp;amp;E prioritized profits and politics, power lines went unchecked—until a rusted hook purchased for 56 cents in 1921 split in two, sparking the deadliest wildfire in California history. Beginning with PG&amp;amp;E’s public reckoning after the Paradise fire, Blunt chronicles the evolution of PG&amp;amp;E’s shareholder base, from innovators who built some of California&amp;#039;s first long-distance power lines to aggressive investors keen on reaping dividends. Following key players through pivotal decisions and legal battles, California Burning reveals the forces that shaped the plight of PG&amp;amp;E: deregulation and market-gaming led by Enron Corp., an unyielding push for renewable energy, and a swift increase in wildfire risk throughout the West, while regulators and lawmakers pushed their own agendas. California Burning is a deeply reported, character-driven narrative, the story of a disaster expanding into a much bigger exploration of accountability. It’s an American tragedy that serves as a cautionary tale for utilities across the nation—especially as climate change makes aging infrastructure more vulnerable, with potentially fatal consequences.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: California Burning: The Fall of Pacific Gas and Electric--and What It Means for America&amp;#039;s Power Grid
Author: Katherine Blunt
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
NATIONAL BESTSELLER 2022 Winner of the Golden Poppy Award for Nonfiction (California Independent Booksellers Alliance) A revelatory, urgent narrative with national implications, exploring the decline of California’s largest utility company that led to countless wildfires — including the one that destroyed the town of Paradise — and the human cost of infrastructure failure Pacific Gas and Electric was a legacy company built by innovators and visionaries, establishing California as a desirable home and economic powerhouse. In California Burning, Wall Street Journal reporter and Pulitzer finalist Katherine Blunt examines how that legacy fell apart—unraveling a long history of deadly failures in which Pacific Gas and Electric endangered millions of Northern Californians, through criminal neglect of its infrastructure. As PG&amp;amp;E prioritized profits and politics, power lines went unchecked—until a rusted hook purchased for 56 cents in 1921 split in two, sparking the deadliest wildfire in California history. Beginning with PG&amp;amp;E’s public reckoning after the Paradise fire, Blunt chronicles the evolution of PG&amp;amp;E’s shareholder base, from innovators who built some of California&amp;#039;s first long-distance power lines to aggressive investors keen on reaping dividends. Following key players through pivotal decisions and legal battles, California Burning reveals the forces that shaped the plight of PG&amp;amp;E: deregulation and market-gaming led by Enron Corp., an unyielding push for renewable energy, and a swift increase in wildfire risk throughout the West, while regulators and lawmakers pushed their own agendas. California Burning is a deeply reported, character-driven narrative, the story of a disaster expanding into a much bigger exploration of accountability. It’s an American tragedy that serves as a cautionary tale for utilities across the nation—especially as climate change makes aging infrastructure more vulnerable, with potentially fatal consequences.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Go Wild: A BBC nature collection by Roger Deakin, George Monbiot, Harriet Noble, Robert MacFarlane, Clare Balding</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go Wild: A BBC nature collection
Author: Roger Deakin, George Monbiot, Harriet Noble, Robert MacFarlane, Clare Balding
Narrator: Tom Heap, Roger Deakin, Robert Macfarlane, Jim Al-Khalili, Harriet Noble, Clare Balding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
22 BBC radio programmes celebrating the great outdoors, introduced by Harriet Noble Spending time in nature is good for both our bodies and minds - but with our hectic lives (not to mention the unreliable British weather), it can be hard to get outside as much as we&amp;#039;d like. But fear not: we&amp;#039;ve selected some of BBC Radio 4&amp;#039;s best nature documentaries to transport you to the great outdoors - and encourage you to take your own trip into the wild. Discover the tranquility of canoeing down the River Waveney; go rambling in the countryside with Clare Balding; explore al fresco cooking with the Food Programme team and learn the history of Cornwall&amp;#039;s colourful flower fields. Or why not go surfing in Scotland, off-grid in Wales or on a journey of a lifetime with Paralympian cyclist Karen Darke? These captivating programmes will let you experience the sights and sounds of nature - from an oak woodland to a rainforest canopy and a rock pool - and introduce you to some remarkable naturalists, such as filmmaker Roger Deakin, author Robert Macfarlane, pioneering ornithologist Emma Turner, writer and poet Nan Shepherd, and perfumer and mountain photographer Walter Poucher. Whether you&amp;#039;re an intrepid explorer, a weekend micro-adventurer or simply a nature lover, you&amp;#039;re sure to be inspired - so step away from your screen, get out into the open air and enjoy the beauty of the natural world. Contents Cigarette on the Waveney - presented by Roger Deakin Ramblings: In Search of the Old Ways with Robert Macfarlane - presented by Clare Balding Open Country: Nan Shepherd&amp;#039;s Cairngorms - presented by Helen Mark The Food Programme: Outdoor Cooking - presented by Sheila Dillon and Simon Parkes One to One: Isabel Hardman on nature and depression Ramblings: George Monbiot in search of the wild - presented by Clare Balding The Life Scientific: Sky at Night with Maggie Aderin-Pocock- presented by Jim Al-Khalili  Open Country: Off Grid in Mid-Wales - presented by Ian Marchant A Guide to Coastal Wildlife: Rock Pools - presented by Brett Westwood and Phil Gates Sound recordist: Chris Watson Soundstage: The Oak Woodland  Sound recordist: Chris Watson Costing the Earth: Cycle City - presented by Tom Heap Open Country: Surfing on Scotland&amp;#039;s North Coast - presented by Helen Mark Journey of a Lifetime - Karen Darke: From Source to Sea via Me Nature: The Rainforest Canopy Recorded by wildlife cameraman John Aitchison Nature: Emma Turner - A Life in the Reeds Sound recordist: Chris Watson The Flower Fields - presented by Michael Bird The Perfumed Mountaineer - presented by Hayden Lorimer Living World: Winter Seashore - presented by Trai Anfield Open Country: The Boat Builders of Pin Mill - presented by Helen Mark Ramblings: Bonding Walks: Stiperstones, Shropshire - presented by Clare Balding Open Country: Somerset Wassail - presented by Helen Mark Winter Starlings Sound recordist: Chris Watson © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (p) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</description>
      <author>Roger Deakin, George Monbiot, Harriet Noble, Robert MacFarlane, Clare Balding</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529187519.mp3" length="3024075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529187519.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go Wild: A BBC nature collection
Author: Roger Deakin, George Monbiot, Harriet Noble, Robert MacFarlane, Clare Balding
Narrator: Tom Heap, Roger Deakin, Robert Macfarlane, Jim Al-Khalili, Harriet Noble, Clare Balding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
22 BBC radio programmes celebrating the great outdoors, introduced by Harriet Noble Spending time in nature is good for both our bodies and minds - but with our hectic lives (not to mention the unreliable British weather), it can be hard to get outside as much as we&amp;#039;d like. But fear not: we&amp;#039;ve selected some of BBC Radio 4&amp;#039;s best nature documentaries to transport you to the great outdoors - and encourage you to take your own trip into the wild. Discover the tranquility of canoeing down the River Waveney; go rambling in the countryside with Clare Balding; explore al fresco cooking with the Food Programme team and learn the history of Cornwall&amp;#039;s colourful flower fields. Or why not go surfing in Scotland, off-grid in Wales or on a journey of a lifetime with Paralympian cyclist Karen Darke? These captivating programmes will let you experience the sights and sounds of nature - from an oak woodland to a rainforest canopy and a rock pool - and introduce you to some remarkable naturalists, such as filmmaker Roger Deakin, author Robert Macfarlane, pioneering ornithologist Emma Turner, writer and poet Nan Shepherd, and perfumer and mountain photographer Walter Poucher. Whether you&amp;#039;re an intrepid explorer, a weekend micro-adventurer or simply a nature lover, you&amp;#039;re sure to be inspired - so step away from your screen, get out into the open air and enjoy the beauty of the natural world. Contents Cigarette on the Waveney - presented by Roger Deakin Ramblings: In Search of the Old Ways with Robert Macfarlane - presented by Clare Balding Open Country: Nan Shepherd&amp;#039;s Cairngorms - presented by Helen Mark The Food Programme: Outdoor Cooking - presented by Sheila Dillon and Simon Parkes One to One: Isabel Hardman on nature and depression Ramblings: George Monbiot in search of the wild - presented by Clare Balding The Life Scientific: Sky at Night with Maggie Aderin-Pocock- presented by Jim Al-Khalili  Open Country: Off Grid in Mid-Wales - presented by Ian Marchant A Guide to Coastal Wildlife: Rock Pools - presented by Brett Westwood and Phil Gates Sound recordist: Chris Watson Soundstage: The Oak Woodland  Sound recordist: Chris Watson Costing the Earth: Cycle City - presented by Tom Heap Open Country: Surfing on Scotland&amp;#039;s North Coast - presented by Helen Mark Journey of a Lifetime - Karen Darke: From Source to Sea via Me Nature: The Rainforest Canopy Recorded by wildlife cameraman John Aitchison Nature: Emma Turner - A Life in the Reeds Sound recordist: Chris Watson The Flower Fields - presented by Michael Bird The Perfumed Mountaineer - presented by Hayden Lorimer Living World: Winter Seashore - presented by Trai Anfield Open Country: The Boat Builders of Pin Mill - presented by Helen Mark Ramblings: Bonding Walks: Stiperstones, Shropshire - presented by Clare Balding Open Country: Somerset Wassail - presented by Helen Mark Winter Starlings Sound recordist: Chris Watson © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (p) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Go Wild: A BBC nature collection
Author: Roger Deakin, George Monbiot, Harriet Noble, Robert MacFarlane, Clare Balding
Narrator: Tom Heap, Roger Deakin, Robert Macfarlane, Jim Al-Khalili, Harriet Noble, Clare Balding
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 56 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
22 BBC radio programmes celebrating the great outdoors, introduced by Harriet Noble Spending time in nature is good for both our bodies and minds - but with our hectic lives (not to mention the unreliable British weather), it can be hard to get outside as much as we&amp;#039;d like. But fear not: we&amp;#039;ve selected some of BBC Radio 4&amp;#039;s best nature documentaries to transport you to the great outdoors - and encourage you to take your own trip into the wild. Discover the tranquility of canoeing down the River Waveney; go rambling in the countryside with Clare Balding; explore al fresco cooking with the Food Programme team and learn the history of Cornwall&amp;#039;s colourful flower fields. Or why not go surfing in Scotland, off-grid in Wales or on a journey of a lifetime with Paralympian cyclist Karen Darke? These captivating programmes will let you experience the sights and sounds of nature - from an oak woodland to a rainforest canopy and a rock pool - and introduce you to some remarkable naturalists, such as filmmaker Roger Deakin, author Robert Macfarlane, pioneering ornithologist Emma Turner, writer and poet Nan Shepherd, and perfumer and mountain photographer Walter Poucher. Whether you&amp;#039;re an intrepid explorer, a weekend micro-adventurer or simply a nature lover, you&amp;#039;re sure to be inspired - so step away from your screen, get out into the open air and enjoy the beauty of the natural world. Contents Cigarette on the Waveney - presented by Roger Deakin Ramblings: In Search of the Old Ways with Robert Macfarlane - presented by Clare Balding Open Country: Nan Shepherd&amp;#039;s Cairngorms - presented by Helen Mark The Food Programme: Outdoor Cooking - presented by Sheila Dillon and Simon Parkes One to One: Isabel Hardman on nature and depression Ramblings: George Monbiot in search of the wild - presented by Clare Balding The Life Scientific: Sky at Night with Maggie Aderin-Pocock- presented by Jim Al-Khalili  Open Country: Off Grid in Mid-Wales - presented by Ian Marchant A Guide to Coastal Wildlife: Rock Pools - presented by Brett Westwood and Phil Gates Sound recordist: Chris Watson Soundstage: The Oak Woodland  Sound recordist: Chris Watson Costing the Earth: Cycle City - presented by Tom Heap Open Country: Surfing on Scotland&amp;#039;s North Coast - presented by Helen Mark Journey of a Lifetime - Karen Darke: From Source to Sea via Me Nature: The Rainforest Canopy Recorded by wildlife cameraman John Aitchison Nature: Emma Turner - A Life in the Reeds Sound recordist: Chris Watson The Flower Fields - presented by Michael Bird The Perfumed Mountaineer - presented by Hayden Lorimer Living World: Winter Seashore - presented by Trai Anfield Open Country: The Boat Builders of Pin Mill - presented by Helen Mark Ramblings: Bonding Walks: Stiperstones, Shropshire - presented by Clare Balding Open Country: Somerset Wassail - presented by Helen Mark Winter Starlings Sound recordist: Chris Watson © 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (p) 2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - DENKSPIELE FÜR HUNDE: Der große Hunderatgeber mit den 123 besten Hundespielen für mehr Agility, Intelligenz und Spaß - inkl. Denksport-Trainingsplan für eine optimale Förderung und Hundeerziehung by Animal World</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DENKSPIELE FÜR HUNDE: Der große Hunderatgeber mit den 123 besten Hundespielen für mehr Agility, Intelligenz und Spaß - inkl. Denksport-Trainingsplan für eine optimale Förderung und Hundeerziehung
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Denksport für Hunde: 123 abwechslungsreiche und kreative Beschäftigungsmöglichkeiten, an die Sie bisher noch gar nicht gedacht haben – halten Sie Ihren Vierbeiner auf spielerische Art körperlich und geistig fit! Haben Sie das Gefühl, Ihr tierischer Freund ist selbst durch lange Spaziergänge körperlich nicht komplett ausgelastet? Möchten Sie die kognitiven Fähigkeiten Ihres Hundes optimal fördern und fordern? Wollen Sie eine enge und vertrauensvolle Bindung zu Ihrer Fellnase aufbauen und sein bester Freund werden und bleiben? Dann ist dieser einsteigerfreundliche Ratgeber das Beste, das Ihnen und Ihrem Hund passieren konnte! Mit den insgesamt 123 spannenden und unterhaltsamen Bewegungs-, Konzentrations-, Denk und Schnüffelspielen ist der Rätselspaß Ihres Vierbeiners vorprogrammiert! Durch die Logikrätsel werden Intelligenz, Geschick und Gehorsam auf kreative Weise gefördert und Ihr Hund lernt, sich auch mal selbst beschäftigen zu können – so gehört Langeweile von nun an der Vergangenheit an! - Hunde ABC: Lernen Sie alles über die Körpersprache und die Bedürfnisse von Hunden, lösen Sie klassische Probleme und erfahren Sie, wie Sie die Gesundheit Ihres Vierbeiners aufrechterhalten - Finden Sie heraus, warum Denksport für Hunde so wichtig ist und welche Grundsätze Sie dabei unbedingt einhalten sollten, damit das Training ein Erfolg wird Hundeerziehung war noch nie so einfach! Ihr Hund wird die lustigen Übungen für die gemeinsame Spielzeit, bei Spaziergängen oder zum selbstständigen Zeitvertreib lieben! Durch die Extraportion Zuwendung und Aufmerksamkeit wird Ihre Fellnase spürbar glücklicher, ausgeglichener und folgsamer. Das ausgefallene Spiele- und Übungsbuch eignet sich hervorragend als Geschenk für Hundebesitzer zu jedem Anlass. Sichern Sie sich noch heute dieses liebevoll erstellte und artgerechte Hundespiele-Buch, lernen Sie alles, was Sie über Hundetraining wissen sollten und heben Sie die Beziehung zu Ihrem Liebling auf vier Beinen auf ein neues Level!</description>
      <author>Animal World</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969309223.mp3" length="957594" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969309223.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DENKSPIELE FÜR HUNDE: Der große Hunderatgeber mit den 123 besten Hundespielen für mehr Agility, Intelligenz und Spaß - inkl. Denksport-Trainingsplan für eine optimale Förderung und Hundeerziehung
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Denksport für Hunde: 123 abwechslungsreiche und kreative Beschäftigungsmöglichkeiten, an die Sie bisher noch gar nicht gedacht haben – halten Sie Ihren Vierbeiner auf spielerische Art körperlich und geistig fit! Haben Sie das Gefühl, Ihr tierischer Freund ist selbst durch lange Spaziergänge körperlich nicht komplett ausgelastet? Möchten Sie die kognitiven Fähigkeiten Ihres Hundes optimal fördern und fordern? Wollen Sie eine enge und vertrauensvolle Bindung zu Ihrer Fellnase aufbauen und sein bester Freund werden und bleiben? Dann ist dieser einsteigerfreundliche Ratgeber das Beste, das Ihnen und Ihrem Hund passieren konnte! Mit den insgesamt 123 spannenden und unterhaltsamen Bewegungs-, Konzentrations-, Denk und Schnüffelspielen ist der Rätselspaß Ihres Vierbeiners vorprogrammiert! Durch die Logikrätsel werden Intelligenz, Geschick und Gehorsam auf kreative Weise gefördert und Ihr Hund lernt, sich auch mal selbst beschäftigen zu können – so gehört Langeweile von nun an der Vergangenheit an! - Hunde ABC: Lernen Sie alles über die Körpersprache und die Bedürfnisse von Hunden, lösen Sie klassische Probleme und erfahren Sie, wie Sie die Gesundheit Ihres Vierbeiners aufrechterhalten - Finden Sie heraus, warum Denksport für Hunde so wichtig ist und welche Grundsätze Sie dabei unbedingt einhalten sollten, damit das Training ein Erfolg wird Hundeerziehung war noch nie so einfach! Ihr Hund wird die lustigen Übungen für die gemeinsame Spielzeit, bei Spaziergängen oder zum selbstständigen Zeitvertreib lieben! Durch die Extraportion Zuwendung und Aufmerksamkeit wird Ihre Fellnase spürbar glücklicher, ausgeglichener und folgsamer. Das ausgefallene Spiele- und Übungsbuch eignet sich hervorragend als Geschenk für Hundebesitzer zu jedem Anlass. Sichern Sie sich noch heute dieses liebevoll erstellte und artgerechte Hundespiele-Buch, lernen Sie alles, was Sie über Hundetraining wissen sollten und heben Sie die Beziehung zu Ihrem Liebling auf vier Beinen auf ein neues Level!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DENKSPIELE FÜR HUNDE: Der große Hunderatgeber mit den 123 besten Hundespielen für mehr Agility, Intelligenz und Spaß - inkl. Denksport-Trainingsplan für eine optimale Förderung und Hundeerziehung
Author: Animal World
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Denksport für Hunde: 123 abwechslungsreiche und kreative Beschäftigungsmöglichkeiten, an die Sie bisher noch gar nicht gedacht haben – halten Sie Ihren Vierbeiner auf spielerische Art körperlich und geistig fit! Haben Sie das Gefühl, Ihr tierischer Freund ist selbst durch lange Spaziergänge körperlich nicht komplett ausgelastet? Möchten Sie die kognitiven Fähigkeiten Ihres Hundes optimal fördern und fordern? Wollen Sie eine enge und vertrauensvolle Bindung zu Ihrer Fellnase aufbauen und sein bester Freund werden und bleiben? Dann ist dieser einsteigerfreundliche Ratgeber das Beste, das Ihnen und Ihrem Hund passieren konnte! Mit den insgesamt 123 spannenden und unterhaltsamen Bewegungs-, Konzentrations-, Denk und Schnüffelspielen ist der Rätselspaß Ihres Vierbeiners vorprogrammiert! Durch die Logikrätsel werden Intelligenz, Geschick und Gehorsam auf kreative Weise gefördert und Ihr Hund lernt, sich auch mal selbst beschäftigen zu können – so gehört Langeweile von nun an der Vergangenheit an! - Hunde ABC: Lernen Sie alles über die Körpersprache und die Bedürfnisse von Hunden, lösen Sie klassische Probleme und erfahren Sie, wie Sie die Gesundheit Ihres Vierbeiners aufrechterhalten - Finden Sie heraus, warum Denksport für Hunde so wichtig ist und welche Grundsätze Sie dabei unbedingt einhalten sollten, damit das Training ein Erfolg wird Hundeerziehung war noch nie so einfach! Ihr Hund wird die lustigen Übungen für die gemeinsame Spielzeit, bei Spaziergängen oder zum selbstständigen Zeitvertreib lieben! Durch die Extraportion Zuwendung und Aufmerksamkeit wird Ihre Fellnase spürbar glücklicher, ausgeglichener und folgsamer. Das ausgefallene Spiele- und Übungsbuch eignet sich hervorragend als Geschenk für Hundebesitzer zu jedem Anlass. Sichern Sie sich noch heute dieses liebevoll erstellte und artgerechte Hundespiele-Buch, lernen Sie alles, was Sie über Hundetraining wissen sollten und heben Sie die Beziehung zu Ihrem Liebling auf vier Beinen auf ein neues Level!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Crazy Horse. Die schillernde Welt der Seepferdchen by Till Hein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Crazy Horse. Die schillernde Welt der Seepferdchen
Author: Till Hein
Narrator: Patrick Kropp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Anmutige Tänzer, Meister der Tarnung und romantische Liebende, doch auch schwerhörige Vielfraße, launische Griesgrame und langsame Faulpelze: All das und mehr sind Seepferdchen. Man findet die kleinen Fische nicht nur in Seegras­wiesen und Mangrovenwäldern, sondern ebenso im Schachspiel und in griechischen Sagen – und wie kommen sie eigentlich auf Kinderbadeanzüge, Geldmünzen und Toilettenschüsseln aus dem alten Rom? Was macht sie trotz ihrer Trägheit zu erstklassigen Jägern, warum ist ein Hirnareal nach ihnen benannt, wie können sie uns helfen, besser zu schlafen, und sogar die Robotik inspirieren? Unterhaltsam und informativ erzählt Till Hein von kuriosen Erkenntnissen der aktuellen Forschung, geht Mythen auf den Grund und lüftet so Geheimnisse über die verrückten Pferde der See.</description>
      <author>Till Hein</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jul 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064067680038.mp3" length="803125" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064067680038.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Crazy Horse. Die schillernde Welt der Seepferdchen
Author: Till Hein
Narrator: Patrick Kropp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Anmutige Tänzer, Meister der Tarnung und romantische Liebende, doch auch schwerhörige Vielfraße, launische Griesgrame und langsame Faulpelze: All das und mehr sind Seepferdchen. Man findet die kleinen Fische nicht nur in Seegras­wiesen und Mangrovenwäldern, sondern ebenso im Schachspiel und in griechischen Sagen – und wie kommen sie eigentlich auf Kinderbadeanzüge, Geldmünzen und Toilettenschüsseln aus dem alten Rom? Was macht sie trotz ihrer Trägheit zu erstklassigen Jägern, warum ist ein Hirnareal nach ihnen benannt, wie können sie uns helfen, besser zu schlafen, und sogar die Robotik inspirieren? Unterhaltsam und informativ erzählt Till Hein von kuriosen Erkenntnissen der aktuellen Forschung, geht Mythen auf den Grund und lüftet so Geheimnisse über die verrückten Pferde der See.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561354</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Crazy Horse. Die schillernde Welt der Seepferdchen
Author: Till Hein
Narrator: Patrick Kropp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 16, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Anmutige Tänzer, Meister der Tarnung und romantische Liebende, doch auch schwerhörige Vielfraße, launische Griesgrame und langsame Faulpelze: All das und mehr sind Seepferdchen. Man findet die kleinen Fische nicht nur in Seegras­wiesen und Mangrovenwäldern, sondern ebenso im Schachspiel und in griechischen Sagen – und wie kommen sie eigentlich auf Kinderbadeanzüge, Geldmünzen und Toilettenschüsseln aus dem alten Rom? Was macht sie trotz ihrer Trägheit zu erstklassigen Jägern, warum ist ein Hirnareal nach ihnen benannt, wie können sie uns helfen, besser zu schlafen, und sogar die Robotik inspirieren? Unterhaltsam und informativ erzählt Till Hein von kuriosen Erkenntnissen der aktuellen Forschung, geht Mythen auf den Grund und lüftet so Geheimnisse über die verrückten Pferde der See.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lost Rainforests of Britain by Guy Shrubsole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Rainforests of Britain
Author: Guy Shrubsole
Narrator: Guy Shrubsole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION 2023                                   The Sunday Times Science Book of the Year                                                  As seen on Countryfile                                                ‘If anyone was born to save Britain’s rainforests, it was Guy Shrubsole’ Sunday Times                                   Shortlisted for the Richard Jefferies Society Literary Prize                      Temperate rainforest may once have covered up to one-fifth of Britain, inspiring Celtic druids, Welsh wizards, Romantic poets, and Arthur Conan Doyle’s most loved creations. Though only fragments now remain, they are home to a dazzling variety of luminous life-forms.           In this awe-inspiring investigation, Guy Shrubsole travels through the Western Highlands and the Lake District, down to the rainforests of Wales, Devon, and Cornwall to map these spectacular lost worlds for the first time.           This is the extraordinary tale of one person’s quest to find Britain’s lost rainforests – and bring them back.                        *Guy&amp;#039;s next book The Lie of the Land is out 12 September 2024*</description>
      <author>Guy Shrubsole</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008527983.mp3" length="1261140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008527983.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Rainforests of Britain
Author: Guy Shrubsole
Narrator: Guy Shrubsole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION 2023                                   The Sunday Times Science Book of the Year                                                  As seen on Countryfile                                                ‘If anyone was born to save Britain’s rainforests, it was Guy Shrubsole’ Sunday Times                                   Shortlisted for the Richard Jefferies Society Literary Prize                      Temperate rainforest may once have covered up to one-fifth of Britain, inspiring Celtic druids, Welsh wizards, Romantic poets, and Arthur Conan Doyle’s most loved creations. Though only fragments now remain, they are home to a dazzling variety of luminous life-forms.           In this awe-inspiring investigation, Guy Shrubsole travels through the Western Highlands and the Lake District, down to the rainforests of Wales, Devon, and Cornwall to map these spectacular lost worlds for the first time.           This is the extraordinary tale of one person’s quest to find Britain’s lost rainforests – and bring them back.                        *Guy&amp;#039;s next book The Lie of the Land is out 12 September 2024*</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Rainforests of Britain
Author: Guy Shrubsole
Narrator: Guy Shrubsole
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
WINNER OF THE WAINWRIGHT PRIZE FOR CONSERVATION 2023                                   The Sunday Times Science Book of the Year                                                  As seen on Countryfile                                                ‘If anyone was born to save Britain’s rainforests, it was Guy Shrubsole’ Sunday Times                                   Shortlisted for the Richard Jefferies Society Literary Prize                      Temperate rainforest may once have covered up to one-fifth of Britain, inspiring Celtic druids, Welsh wizards, Romantic poets, and Arthur Conan Doyle’s most loved creations. Though only fragments now remain, they are home to a dazzling variety of luminous life-forms.           In this awe-inspiring investigation, Guy Shrubsole travels through the Western Highlands and the Lake District, down to the rainforests of Wales, Devon, and Cornwall to map these spectacular lost worlds for the first time.           This is the extraordinary tale of one person’s quest to find Britain’s lost rainforests – and bring them back.                        *Guy&amp;#039;s next book The Lie of the Land is out 12 September 2024*</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bigfoot Mysteries &amp;amp; Some Answers by Martin K. Ettington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bigfoot Mysteries &amp;amp; Some Answers
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There are thousands of reports of Bigfoot in North America and other sites around the world. These sightings include videos, pictures, and the stories of witnesses. I’ve researched and written about many types of cryptids and the reports of Bigfoot sightings are orders of magnitudes greater than any other cryptid sightings. These witnesses definitely saw something which is not human but bipedal. The questions to me which need answering are ones like: •	How could so many Bigfoots exist in North America but the sightings are still pretty rare? •	Why haven’t any Bigfoot skeletons been discovered? •	Where do they live at and what do they eat? •	Do they have any supranormal abilities? •	Is Bigfoot an interdimensional being? We will try to answer some of the questions in this book and propose some out of the box possibilities too. There is a lot of Bigfoot information in this book so I hope you enjoy reading this compilation about Bigfoot.</description>
      <author>Martin K. Ettington</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Nov 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667933948.mp3" length="1269618" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667933948.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bigfoot Mysteries &amp;amp; Some Answers
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There are thousands of reports of Bigfoot in North America and other sites around the world. These sightings include videos, pictures, and the stories of witnesses. I’ve researched and written about many types of cryptids and the reports of Bigfoot sightings are orders of magnitudes greater than any other cryptid sightings. These witnesses definitely saw something which is not human but bipedal. The questions to me which need answering are ones like: •	How could so many Bigfoots exist in North America but the sightings are still pretty rare? •	Why haven’t any Bigfoot skeletons been discovered? •	Where do they live at and what do they eat? •	Do they have any supranormal abilities? •	Is Bigfoot an interdimensional being? We will try to answer some of the questions in this book and propose some out of the box possibilities too. There is a lot of Bigfoot information in this book so I hope you enjoy reading this compilation about Bigfoot.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bigfoot Mysteries &amp;amp; Some Answers
Author: Martin K. Ettington
Narrator: Martin K. Ettington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
There are thousands of reports of Bigfoot in North America and other sites around the world. These sightings include videos, pictures, and the stories of witnesses. I’ve researched and written about many types of cryptids and the reports of Bigfoot sightings are orders of magnitudes greater than any other cryptid sightings. These witnesses definitely saw something which is not human but bipedal. The questions to me which need answering are ones like: •	How could so many Bigfoots exist in North America but the sightings are still pretty rare? •	Why haven’t any Bigfoot skeletons been discovered? •	Where do they live at and what do they eat? •	Do they have any supranormal abilities? •	Is Bigfoot an interdimensional being? We will try to answer some of the questions in this book and propose some out of the box possibilities too. There is a lot of Bigfoot information in this book so I hope you enjoy reading this compilation about Bigfoot.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nomad Century: How to Survive the Climate Upheaval by Gaia Vince</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nomad Century: How to Survive the Climate Upheaval
Author: Gaia Vince
Narrator: Gaia Vince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A tremendous upheaval is coming this century: with every degree of temperature increase, roughly a billion people will be pushed outside the zone in which humans have lived for thousands of years. While we can and should do everything we can to mitigate the impact of climate change, the brutal truth is that huge swathes of the world are becoming uninhabitable. From Bangladesh to Sudan to the southern and western United States, and in cities from Cardiff to New Orleans to Shanghai, the quadruple threat of drought, heat, wildfires and flooding will uproot billions of people. Mass migration will remake the world in the 21st century, either by accident, or design - and as Royal Society Science Prize-winning science journalist Gaia Vince shows us, far better the latter. In this galvanizing and persuasive call to arms, Vince demonstrates how we can manage the coming climate migration. But the vital, counter-intuitive message of this book is that migration is not the problem - it&amp;#039;s the solution. Not only will billions of people have no choice but to relocate, but advanced countries are facing demographic crises due to shrinking, ageing populations and the resulting labour shortages. Drawing on a wealth of eye-opening data, Vince describes how migration demonstrably brings tremendous benefits not only to migrants themselves, but to host countries, who benefit economically as well as culturally. A borderless world is not something to fear: in fact a World Bank study suggested that it would triple global GDP. As Vince shows us, we will increasingly be moving north, into the Arctic circle, and to countries like Canada, Greenland and Russia that will only benefit from rising temperatures and increased populations. While the planetary emergency of climate change is finally getting the attention it deserves, the inevitability of mass migration has been largely ignored. In Nomad Century, Vince provides, for the first time, an examination of the most pressing question facing humanity. © Gaia Vince 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Gaia Vince</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141999319.mp3" length="1360501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141999319.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nomad Century: How to Survive the Climate Upheaval
Author: Gaia Vince
Narrator: Gaia Vince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A tremendous upheaval is coming this century: with every degree of temperature increase, roughly a billion people will be pushed outside the zone in which humans have lived for thousands of years. While we can and should do everything we can to mitigate the impact of climate change, the brutal truth is that huge swathes of the world are becoming uninhabitable. From Bangladesh to Sudan to the southern and western United States, and in cities from Cardiff to New Orleans to Shanghai, the quadruple threat of drought, heat, wildfires and flooding will uproot billions of people. Mass migration will remake the world in the 21st century, either by accident, or design - and as Royal Society Science Prize-winning science journalist Gaia Vince shows us, far better the latter. In this galvanizing and persuasive call to arms, Vince demonstrates how we can manage the coming climate migration. But the vital, counter-intuitive message of this book is that migration is not the problem - it&amp;#039;s the solution. Not only will billions of people have no choice but to relocate, but advanced countries are facing demographic crises due to shrinking, ageing populations and the resulting labour shortages. Drawing on a wealth of eye-opening data, Vince describes how migration demonstrably brings tremendous benefits not only to migrants themselves, but to host countries, who benefit economically as well as culturally. A borderless world is not something to fear: in fact a World Bank study suggested that it would triple global GDP. As Vince shows us, we will increasingly be moving north, into the Arctic circle, and to countries like Canada, Greenland and Russia that will only benefit from rising temperatures and increased populations. While the planetary emergency of climate change is finally getting the attention it deserves, the inevitability of mass migration has been largely ignored. In Nomad Century, Vince provides, for the first time, an examination of the most pressing question facing humanity. © Gaia Vince 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nomad Century: How to Survive the Climate Upheaval
Author: Gaia Vince
Narrator: Gaia Vince
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A tremendous upheaval is coming this century: with every degree of temperature increase, roughly a billion people will be pushed outside the zone in which humans have lived for thousands of years. While we can and should do everything we can to mitigate the impact of climate change, the brutal truth is that huge swathes of the world are becoming uninhabitable. From Bangladesh to Sudan to the southern and western United States, and in cities from Cardiff to New Orleans to Shanghai, the quadruple threat of drought, heat, wildfires and flooding will uproot billions of people. Mass migration will remake the world in the 21st century, either by accident, or design - and as Royal Society Science Prize-winning science journalist Gaia Vince shows us, far better the latter. In this galvanizing and persuasive call to arms, Vince demonstrates how we can manage the coming climate migration. But the vital, counter-intuitive message of this book is that migration is not the problem - it&amp;#039;s the solution. Not only will billions of people have no choice but to relocate, but advanced countries are facing demographic crises due to shrinking, ageing populations and the resulting labour shortages. Drawing on a wealth of eye-opening data, Vince describes how migration demonstrably brings tremendous benefits not only to migrants themselves, but to host countries, who benefit economically as well as culturally. A borderless world is not something to fear: in fact a World Bank study suggested that it would triple global GDP. As Vince shows us, we will increasingly be moving north, into the Arctic circle, and to countries like Canada, Greenland and Russia that will only benefit from rising temperatures and increased populations. While the planetary emergency of climate change is finally getting the attention it deserves, the inevitability of mass migration has been largely ignored. In Nomad Century, Vince provides, for the first time, an examination of the most pressing question facing humanity. © Gaia Vince 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World by Jennifer Jacquet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World
Author: Jennifer Jacquet
Narrator: Jennifer Jacquet, Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From an astute observer of business behavior and expert in climate denial comes a thought-provoking explanation of how corporations delay, distract, and deflect blame and spread disinformation surrounding health issues, pollution, and climate change. “Brilliantly subversive and witty. If you want to be a vile, greedy capitalist, this how-to book will be a great help. And if you want to identify vile, greedy capitalists, it will show you how to recognize them. A landmark book.” —Brian Eno Are you a corporation out to make your fortune at any cost? Are you worried about “facts” and “experts” getting in the way of your profits? Do you wish you could make scientists, journalists, and anyone who asks questions about your suspect business practices disappear? Now you can.   Whether you are selling tobacco, dealing in oil, or pushing pharmaceuticals, denying climate change or exploiting workers, The Playbook is here to help you obfuscate your way to what you want.  Including how to:   - Massage the statistics to suit your needs. Or, even better, fund studies to make up some new ones - Attract and cultivate university professors who have an axe to grind and are short of cash - Make your problem somebody else’s problem—ideally the government’s - Remember: Tame journalists, PR firms, think tanks, lawyers, and threats of physical violence are your friends!   Follow these rules and you are guaranteed to make a killing. It’s economic sense, after all.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Jacquet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593631041.mp3" length="2738668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593631041.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World
Author: Jennifer Jacquet
Narrator: Jennifer Jacquet, Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From an astute observer of business behavior and expert in climate denial comes a thought-provoking explanation of how corporations delay, distract, and deflect blame and spread disinformation surrounding health issues, pollution, and climate change. “Brilliantly subversive and witty. If you want to be a vile, greedy capitalist, this how-to book will be a great help. And if you want to identify vile, greedy capitalists, it will show you how to recognize them. A landmark book.” —Brian Eno Are you a corporation out to make your fortune at any cost? Are you worried about “facts” and “experts” getting in the way of your profits? Do you wish you could make scientists, journalists, and anyone who asks questions about your suspect business practices disappear? Now you can.   Whether you are selling tobacco, dealing in oil, or pushing pharmaceuticals, denying climate change or exploiting workers, The Playbook is here to help you obfuscate your way to what you want.  Including how to:   - Massage the statistics to suit your needs. Or, even better, fund studies to make up some new ones - Attract and cultivate university professors who have an axe to grind and are short of cash - Make your problem somebody else’s problem—ideally the government’s - Remember: Tame journalists, PR firms, think tanks, lawyers, and threats of physical violence are your friends!   Follow these rules and you are guaranteed to make a killing. It’s economic sense, after all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560238</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World
Author: Jennifer Jacquet
Narrator: Jennifer Jacquet, Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
From an astute observer of business behavior and expert in climate denial comes a thought-provoking explanation of how corporations delay, distract, and deflect blame and spread disinformation surrounding health issues, pollution, and climate change. “Brilliantly subversive and witty. If you want to be a vile, greedy capitalist, this how-to book will be a great help. And if you want to identify vile, greedy capitalists, it will show you how to recognize them. A landmark book.” —Brian Eno Are you a corporation out to make your fortune at any cost? Are you worried about “facts” and “experts” getting in the way of your profits? Do you wish you could make scientists, journalists, and anyone who asks questions about your suspect business practices disappear? Now you can.   Whether you are selling tobacco, dealing in oil, or pushing pharmaceuticals, denying climate change or exploiting workers, The Playbook is here to help you obfuscate your way to what you want.  Including how to:   - Massage the statistics to suit your needs. Or, even better, fund studies to make up some new ones - Attract and cultivate university professors who have an axe to grind and are short of cash - Make your problem somebody else’s problem—ideally the government’s - Remember: Tame journalists, PR firms, think tanks, lawyers, and threats of physical violence are your friends!   Follow these rules and you are guaranteed to make a killing. It’s economic sense, after all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>30 Animals That Made Us Smarter: Amazing things humans have learnt from the animal kingdom by Patrick Aryee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 30 Animals That Made Us Smarter: Amazing things humans have learnt from the animal kingdom
Author: Patrick Aryee
Narrator: Patrick Aryee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Season 1 of the hugely successful BBC radio series about the natural world and the awesome ways it has inspired us. Over billions of years, animals have evolved and adapted, learning through trial and error the best strategies for surviving and thriving. So who better to help us humans when it comes to solving our own challenges? In this fascinating series, biologist and wildlife filmmaker Patrick Aryee tells the incredible stories of some remarkable animals, and the surprising ways they have enabled us to make technological and scientific breakthroughs.   From the kingfisher whose beak led to a redesign of the bullet train, to the spider&amp;#039;s web that may help us detect the earth&amp;#039;s vibrations and turn them into electricity, the animals in these 30 episodes all have extraordinary abilities that could revolutionise our world. There&amp;#039;s the bloodsucking mosquito whose mouthparts might hold the key to a future of painless injections; the woodpecker whose hard head has given us ideas for better bicycle helmets and black box recorders; the shark whose scaly skin could show us how to fight superbugs, the tenacious mussel that could make risky foetal surgery safer and save lives - and many more.  And in the final, live show, we dig deeper into the world of biomimicry, and hear from listeners about other creatures who could spark innovation - including scorpions, tarantulas and hibernating bears... Full of brilliant, bingeable tales and astonishing revelations, this mind-blowing natural history series will thrill animal lovers, science fans and anyone who&amp;#039;s curious about our wonderful natural world. Production credits Presented by Patrick Aryee Series producer: Sarah Blunt Produced by Amelia Butterly Live show produced by Mark Ward Series and live show editor: James Cook Music and sound design by Dan Pollard Sound recordist: Chris Watson First broadcast on the BBC World Service on the following dates: Track List Kingfisher and bullet train                   25 March 2019 Octopus and camouflage                    1 April 2019 Mosquito and surgical needle             8 April 2019 Woodpecker and black box                15 April 2019 Bat and visual aid                               22 April 2019 Tardigrade and vaccine transport       29 April 2019 Firefly and lightbulb                            6 May 2019 Mussel and plywood                           13 May 2019 Termite and ventilation system           20 May 2019 Cod and antifreeze                             27 May 2019 Desert spider and Mars robot             3 June 2019 Sea otter and wetsuit                          10 June 2019 Stenocara beetle and water collector 17 June 2019 Albatross and drone                            24 June 2019 Shark and hospital surfaces               1 July 2019 Spider and rescue robot                     8 July 2019 Gecko and adhesives                         15 July 2019 Whale and wind turbine                      22 July 2019 Spider and window glass                    29 July 2019 Bat and unassisted flight                    5 August 2019 Bombardier beetle and fuel injection  12 August 2019 Fish schools and windfarm                 19 August 2019 Bat and robot                                      26 August 2019 Dolphin and tsunami detector             2 September 2019 Butterfly and butterfly house               9 September 2019 Mussel and foetal surgery                  16 September 2019 Ant and networks                                23 September 2019 Peacock and computer screen           30 September 2019 Butterfly and paints                             7 October 2019 Spider and remote sensing                14 October 2019 30 Animals LIVE      21 October 2019 ©2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P)2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</description>
      <author>Patrick Aryee</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529187090.mp3" length="1598463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529187090.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 30 Animals That Made Us Smarter: Amazing things humans have learnt from the animal kingdom
Author: Patrick Aryee
Narrator: Patrick Aryee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Season 1 of the hugely successful BBC radio series about the natural world and the awesome ways it has inspired us. Over billions of years, animals have evolved and adapted, learning through trial and error the best strategies for surviving and thriving. So who better to help us humans when it comes to solving our own challenges? In this fascinating series, biologist and wildlife filmmaker Patrick Aryee tells the incredible stories of some remarkable animals, and the surprising ways they have enabled us to make technological and scientific breakthroughs.   From the kingfisher whose beak led to a redesign of the bullet train, to the spider&amp;#039;s web that may help us detect the earth&amp;#039;s vibrations and turn them into electricity, the animals in these 30 episodes all have extraordinary abilities that could revolutionise our world. There&amp;#039;s the bloodsucking mosquito whose mouthparts might hold the key to a future of painless injections; the woodpecker whose hard head has given us ideas for better bicycle helmets and black box recorders; the shark whose scaly skin could show us how to fight superbugs, the tenacious mussel that could make risky foetal surgery safer and save lives - and many more.  And in the final, live show, we dig deeper into the world of biomimicry, and hear from listeners about other creatures who could spark innovation - including scorpions, tarantulas and hibernating bears... Full of brilliant, bingeable tales and astonishing revelations, this mind-blowing natural history series will thrill animal lovers, science fans and anyone who&amp;#039;s curious about our wonderful natural world. Production credits Presented by Patrick Aryee Series producer: Sarah Blunt Produced by Amelia Butterly Live show produced by Mark Ward Series and live show editor: James Cook Music and sound design by Dan Pollard Sound recordist: Chris Watson First broadcast on the BBC World Service on the following dates: Track List Kingfisher and bullet train                   25 March 2019 Octopus and camouflage                    1 April 2019 Mosquito and surgical needle             8 April 2019 Woodpecker and black box                15 April 2019 Bat and visual aid                               22 April 2019 Tardigrade and vaccine transport       29 April 2019 Firefly and lightbulb                            6 May 2019 Mussel and plywood                           13 May 2019 Termite and ventilation system           20 May 2019 Cod and antifreeze                             27 May 2019 Desert spider and Mars robot             3 June 2019 Sea otter and wetsuit                          10 June 2019 Stenocara beetle and water collector 17 June 2019 Albatross and drone                            24 June 2019 Shark and hospital surfaces               1 July 2019 Spider and rescue robot                     8 July 2019 Gecko and adhesives                         15 July 2019 Whale and wind turbine                      22 July 2019 Spider and window glass                    29 July 2019 Bat and unassisted flight                    5 August 2019 Bombardier beetle and fuel injection  12 August 2019 Fish schools and windfarm                 19 August 2019 Bat and robot                                      26 August 2019 Dolphin and tsunami detector             2 September 2019 Butterfly and butterfly house               9 September 2019 Mussel and foetal surgery                  16 September 2019 Ant and networks                                23 September 2019 Peacock and computer screen           30 September 2019 Butterfly and paints                             7 October 2019 Spider and remote sensing                14 October 2019 30 Animals LIVE      21 October 2019 ©2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P)2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560172</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 30 Animals That Made Us Smarter: Amazing things humans have learnt from the animal kingdom
Author: Patrick Aryee
Narrator: Patrick Aryee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January 13, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Season 1 of the hugely successful BBC radio series about the natural world and the awesome ways it has inspired us. Over billions of years, animals have evolved and adapted, learning through trial and error the best strategies for surviving and thriving. So who better to help us humans when it comes to solving our own challenges? In this fascinating series, biologist and wildlife filmmaker Patrick Aryee tells the incredible stories of some remarkable animals, and the surprising ways they have enabled us to make technological and scientific breakthroughs.   From the kingfisher whose beak led to a redesign of the bullet train, to the spider&amp;#039;s web that may help us detect the earth&amp;#039;s vibrations and turn them into electricity, the animals in these 30 episodes all have extraordinary abilities that could revolutionise our world. There&amp;#039;s the bloodsucking mosquito whose mouthparts might hold the key to a future of painless injections; the woodpecker whose hard head has given us ideas for better bicycle helmets and black box recorders; the shark whose scaly skin could show us how to fight superbugs, the tenacious mussel that could make risky foetal surgery safer and save lives - and many more.  And in the final, live show, we dig deeper into the world of biomimicry, and hear from listeners about other creatures who could spark innovation - including scorpions, tarantulas and hibernating bears... Full of brilliant, bingeable tales and astonishing revelations, this mind-blowing natural history series will thrill animal lovers, science fans and anyone who&amp;#039;s curious about our wonderful natural world. Production credits Presented by Patrick Aryee Series producer: Sarah Blunt Produced by Amelia Butterly Live show produced by Mark Ward Series and live show editor: James Cook Music and sound design by Dan Pollard Sound recordist: Chris Watson First broadcast on the BBC World Service on the following dates: Track List Kingfisher and bullet train                   25 March 2019 Octopus and camouflage                    1 April 2019 Mosquito and surgical needle             8 April 2019 Woodpecker and black box                15 April 2019 Bat and visual aid                               22 April 2019 Tardigrade and vaccine transport       29 April 2019 Firefly and lightbulb                            6 May 2019 Mussel and plywood                           13 May 2019 Termite and ventilation system           20 May 2019 Cod and antifreeze                             27 May 2019 Desert spider and Mars robot             3 June 2019 Sea otter and wetsuit                          10 June 2019 Stenocara beetle and water collector 17 June 2019 Albatross and drone                            24 June 2019 Shark and hospital surfaces               1 July 2019 Spider and rescue robot                     8 July 2019 Gecko and adhesives                         15 July 2019 Whale and wind turbine                      22 July 2019 Spider and window glass                    29 July 2019 Bat and unassisted flight                    5 August 2019 Bombardier beetle and fuel injection  12 August 2019 Fish schools and windfarm                 19 August 2019 Bat and robot                                      26 August 2019 Dolphin and tsunami detector             2 September 2019 Butterfly and butterfly house               9 September 2019 Mussel and foetal surgery                  16 September 2019 Ant and networks                                23 September 2019 Peacock and computer screen           30 September 2019 Butterfly and paints                             7 October 2019 Spider and remote sensing                14 October 2019 30 Animals LIVE      21 October 2019 ©2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P)2022 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning the Birds: A Midlife Adventure by Susan Fox Rogers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning the Birds: A Midlife Adventure
Author: Susan Fox Rogers
Narrator: Rosemary Benson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The thrill of quiet adventure. The constant hope of discovery. The reminder that the world is filled with wonder. When I bird, life is bigger, more vibrant.&amp;#039; That is why Susan Fox Rogers is a birder. Learning the Birds is the story of how encounters with birds recharged her adventurous spirit. When the birds first called, Rogers was in a slack season of her life. The woods and rivers that enthralled her younger self had lost some of their luster. It was the song of a thrush that reawakened Rogers, sparking a long-held desire to know the birds that accompanied her as she rock climbed and paddled, to know the world around her with greater depth. Energized by her curiosity, she followed the birds as they drew her deeper into her authentic self, and ultimately into love.   In Learning the Birds, we join Rogers as she becomes a birder and joins the community of passionate and quirky bird people. We meet her birding companions close to home in New York State&amp;#039;s Hudson Valley as well as in the desert of Arizona and awash in the midnight sunlight of Alaska. Along on the journey are birders and estimable ornithologists of past generations—people like Franklin Delano Roosevelt and Florence Merriam Bailey—whose writings inspire Rogers&amp;#039;s adventures and discoveries.</description>
      <author>Susan Fox Rogers</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765004968.mp3" length="7597835" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765004968.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning the Birds: A Midlife Adventure
Author: Susan Fox Rogers
Narrator: Rosemary Benson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The thrill of quiet adventure. The constant hope of discovery. The reminder that the world is filled with wonder. When I bird, life is bigger, more vibrant.&amp;#039; That is why Susan Fox Rogers is a birder. Learning the Birds is the story of how encounters with birds recharged her adventurous spirit. When the birds first called, Rogers was in a slack season of her life. The woods and rivers that enthralled her younger self had lost some of their luster. It was the song of a thrush that reawakened Rogers, sparking a long-held desire to know the birds that accompanied her as she rock climbed and paddled, to know the world around her with greater depth. Energized by her curiosity, she followed the birds as they drew her deeper into her authentic self, and ultimately into love.   In Learning the Birds, we join Rogers as she becomes a birder and joins the community of passionate and quirky bird people. We meet her birding companions close to home in New York State&amp;#039;s Hudson Valley as well as in the desert of Arizona and awash in the midnight sunlight of Alaska. Along on the journey are birders and estimable ornithologists of past generations—people like Franklin Delano Roosevelt and Florence Merriam Bailey—whose writings inspire Rogers&amp;#039;s adventures and discoveries.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560019</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning the Birds: A Midlife Adventure
Author: Susan Fox Rogers
Narrator: Rosemary Benson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The thrill of quiet adventure. The constant hope of discovery. The reminder that the world is filled with wonder. When I bird, life is bigger, more vibrant.&amp;#039; That is why Susan Fox Rogers is a birder. Learning the Birds is the story of how encounters with birds recharged her adventurous spirit. When the birds first called, Rogers was in a slack season of her life. The woods and rivers that enthralled her younger self had lost some of their luster. It was the song of a thrush that reawakened Rogers, sparking a long-held desire to know the birds that accompanied her as she rock climbed and paddled, to know the world around her with greater depth. Energized by her curiosity, she followed the birds as they drew her deeper into her authentic self, and ultimately into love.   In Learning the Birds, we join Rogers as she becomes a birder and joins the community of passionate and quirky bird people. We meet her birding companions close to home in New York State&amp;#039;s Hudson Valley as well as in the desert of Arizona and awash in the midnight sunlight of Alaska. Along on the journey are birders and estimable ornithologists of past generations—people like Franklin Delano Roosevelt and Florence Merriam Bailey—whose writings inspire Rogers&amp;#039;s adventures and discoveries.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What a Mushroom Lives For: Matsutake and the Worlds They Make by Michael J. Hathaway</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What a Mushroom Lives For: Matsutake and the Worlds They Make
Author: Michael J. Hathaway
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What a Mushroom Lives For pushes today&amp;#039;s mushroom renaissance in compelling new directions. For centuries, Western science has promoted a human- and animal-centric framework of what counts as action, agency, movement, and behavior. But, as Michael Hathaway shows, the world-making capacities of mushrooms radically challenge this orthodoxy by revealing the lively dynamism of all forms of life. The book tells the fascinating story of one particularly prized species, the matsutake, and the astonishing ways it is silently yet powerfully shaping worlds, from the Tibetan plateau to the mushrooms&amp;#039; final destination in Japan. Many Tibetan and Yi people have dedicated their lives to picking and selling this mushroom—a delicacy that drives a multibillion-dollar global trade network and that still grows only in the wild, despite scientists&amp;#039; intensive efforts to cultivate it in urban labs. But this is far from a simple story of humans exploiting a passive, edible commodity. Rather, the book reveals the complex, symbiotic ways that mushrooms, plants, humans, and other animals interact. It explores how the world looks to the mushrooms. A surprise-filled journey into science and human culture, this exciting and provocative book shows how fungi shape our planet and our lives in strange, diverse, and often unimaginable ways.</description>
      <author>Michael J. Hathaway</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765005644.mp3" length="7996565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765005644.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What a Mushroom Lives For: Matsutake and the Worlds They Make
Author: Michael J. Hathaway
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What a Mushroom Lives For pushes today&amp;#039;s mushroom renaissance in compelling new directions. For centuries, Western science has promoted a human- and animal-centric framework of what counts as action, agency, movement, and behavior. But, as Michael Hathaway shows, the world-making capacities of mushrooms radically challenge this orthodoxy by revealing the lively dynamism of all forms of life. The book tells the fascinating story of one particularly prized species, the matsutake, and the astonishing ways it is silently yet powerfully shaping worlds, from the Tibetan plateau to the mushrooms&amp;#039; final destination in Japan. Many Tibetan and Yi people have dedicated their lives to picking and selling this mushroom—a delicacy that drives a multibillion-dollar global trade network and that still grows only in the wild, despite scientists&amp;#039; intensive efforts to cultivate it in urban labs. But this is far from a simple story of humans exploiting a passive, edible commodity. Rather, the book reveals the complex, symbiotic ways that mushrooms, plants, humans, and other animals interact. It explores how the world looks to the mushrooms. A surprise-filled journey into science and human culture, this exciting and provocative book shows how fungi shape our planet and our lives in strange, diverse, and often unimaginable ways.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What a Mushroom Lives For: Matsutake and the Worlds They Make
Author: Michael J. Hathaway
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What a Mushroom Lives For pushes today&amp;#039;s mushroom renaissance in compelling new directions. For centuries, Western science has promoted a human- and animal-centric framework of what counts as action, agency, movement, and behavior. But, as Michael Hathaway shows, the world-making capacities of mushrooms radically challenge this orthodoxy by revealing the lively dynamism of all forms of life. The book tells the fascinating story of one particularly prized species, the matsutake, and the astonishing ways it is silently yet powerfully shaping worlds, from the Tibetan plateau to the mushrooms&amp;#039; final destination in Japan. Many Tibetan and Yi people have dedicated their lives to picking and selling this mushroom—a delicacy that drives a multibillion-dollar global trade network and that still grows only in the wild, despite scientists&amp;#039; intensive efforts to cultivate it in urban labs. But this is far from a simple story of humans exploiting a passive, edible commodity. Rather, the book reveals the complex, symbiotic ways that mushrooms, plants, humans, and other animals interact. It explores how the world looks to the mushrooms. A surprise-filled journey into science and human culture, this exciting and provocative book shows how fungi shape our planet and our lives in strange, diverse, and often unimaginable ways.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Science Be Dammed: How Ignoring Inconvenient Science Drained the Colorado River by John Fleck, Eric Kuhn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Science Be Dammed: How Ignoring Inconvenient Science Drained the Colorado River
Author: John Fleck, Eric Kuhn
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Science Be Dammed is an alarming reminder of the high stakes in the management—and perils in the mismanagement—of water in the western United States. It seems deceptively simple: even when clear evidence was available that the Colorado River could not sustain ambitious dreaming and planning by decision-makers throughout the twentieth century, river planners and political operatives irresponsibly made the least sustainable and most dangerous long-term decisions. Eric Kuhn and John Fleck delve into rarely reported early studies, showing that scientists warned as early as the 1920s that there was not enough water for the farms and cities boosters wanted to build. Contrary to a common myth that the authors of the Colorado River Compact did the best they could with limited information, Kuhn and Fleck show that development boosters selectively chose the information needed to support their dreams, ignoring inconvenient science that suggested a more cautious approach. Focused on both science and policy, Kuhn and Fleck unravel the tangled web that has constructed the current crisis. Understanding how mistakes were made is crucial to understanding our contemporary problems. Science Be Dammed offers important lessons in the age of climate change about the necessity of seeking out the best science to support the decisions we make.</description>
      <author>John Fleck, Eric Kuhn</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666199703.mp3" length="8163085" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666199703.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Science Be Dammed: How Ignoring Inconvenient Science Drained the Colorado River
Author: John Fleck, Eric Kuhn
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Science Be Dammed is an alarming reminder of the high stakes in the management—and perils in the mismanagement—of water in the western United States. It seems deceptively simple: even when clear evidence was available that the Colorado River could not sustain ambitious dreaming and planning by decision-makers throughout the twentieth century, river planners and political operatives irresponsibly made the least sustainable and most dangerous long-term decisions. Eric Kuhn and John Fleck delve into rarely reported early studies, showing that scientists warned as early as the 1920s that there was not enough water for the farms and cities boosters wanted to build. Contrary to a common myth that the authors of the Colorado River Compact did the best they could with limited information, Kuhn and Fleck show that development boosters selectively chose the information needed to support their dreams, ignoring inconvenient science that suggested a more cautious approach. Focused on both science and policy, Kuhn and Fleck unravel the tangled web that has constructed the current crisis. Understanding how mistakes were made is crucial to understanding our contemporary problems. Science Be Dammed offers important lessons in the age of climate change about the necessity of seeking out the best science to support the decisions we make.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/560000</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Science Be Dammed: How Ignoring Inconvenient Science Drained the Colorado River
Author: John Fleck, Eric Kuhn
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Science Be Dammed is an alarming reminder of the high stakes in the management—and perils in the mismanagement—of water in the western United States. It seems deceptively simple: even when clear evidence was available that the Colorado River could not sustain ambitious dreaming and planning by decision-makers throughout the twentieth century, river planners and political operatives irresponsibly made the least sustainable and most dangerous long-term decisions. Eric Kuhn and John Fleck delve into rarely reported early studies, showing that scientists warned as early as the 1920s that there was not enough water for the farms and cities boosters wanted to build. Contrary to a common myth that the authors of the Colorado River Compact did the best they could with limited information, Kuhn and Fleck show that development boosters selectively chose the information needed to support their dreams, ignoring inconvenient science that suggested a more cautious approach. Focused on both science and policy, Kuhn and Fleck unravel the tangled web that has constructed the current crisis. Understanding how mistakes were made is crucial to understanding our contemporary problems. Science Be Dammed offers important lessons in the age of climate change about the necessity of seeking out the best science to support the decisions we make.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assuming the Ecosexual Position: The Earth as Lover by Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assuming the Ecosexual Position: The Earth as Lover
Author: Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein
Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What&amp;#039;s sexy about saving the planet? Funny you should ask. Because that is precisely—or, perhaps, broadly—what Annie Sprinkle and Beth Stephens have spent many years bringing to light in their live art, exhibitions, and films. In 2008, Sprinkle and Stephens married the Earth, which set them on the path to explore the realms of ecosexuality as they became lovers with the Earth and made their mutual pleasure an embodied expression of passion for the environment. Ever since, they have been not just pushing but obliterating the boundaries circumscribing biology and ecology, creating ecosexual art in their performance of an environmentalism that is feminist, queer, sensual, sexual, posthuman, materialist, exuberant, and steeped in humor. Assuming the Ecosexual Position tells of childhood moments that pointed to a future of ecosexuality—for Annie, in her family swimming pool in Los Angeles; for Beth, savoring forbidden tomatoes from the vine on her grandparents&amp;#039; Appalachian farm. The book describes how the two came together as lovers and collaborators, how they took a stand against homophobia and xenophobia, and how this union led to the miraculous conception of the Love Art Laboratory, which involved influential performance artists Linda M. Montano, Guillermo Gómez-Peña, and feminist pornographer Madison Young.</description>
      <author>Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666115987.mp3" length="8275101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666115987.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assuming the Ecosexual Position: The Earth as Lover
Author: Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein
Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What&amp;#039;s sexy about saving the planet? Funny you should ask. Because that is precisely—or, perhaps, broadly—what Annie Sprinkle and Beth Stephens have spent many years bringing to light in their live art, exhibitions, and films. In 2008, Sprinkle and Stephens married the Earth, which set them on the path to explore the realms of ecosexuality as they became lovers with the Earth and made their mutual pleasure an embodied expression of passion for the environment. Ever since, they have been not just pushing but obliterating the boundaries circumscribing biology and ecology, creating ecosexual art in their performance of an environmentalism that is feminist, queer, sensual, sexual, posthuman, materialist, exuberant, and steeped in humor. Assuming the Ecosexual Position tells of childhood moments that pointed to a future of ecosexuality—for Annie, in her family swimming pool in Los Angeles; for Beth, savoring forbidden tomatoes from the vine on her grandparents&amp;#039; Appalachian farm. The book describes how the two came together as lovers and collaborators, how they took a stand against homophobia and xenophobia, and how this union led to the miraculous conception of the Love Art Laboratory, which involved influential performance artists Linda M. Montano, Guillermo Gómez-Peña, and feminist pornographer Madison Young.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559998</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Assuming the Ecosexual Position: The Earth as Lover
Author: Beth Stephens, Annie Sprinkle, Jennie Klein
Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
What&amp;#039;s sexy about saving the planet? Funny you should ask. Because that is precisely—or, perhaps, broadly—what Annie Sprinkle and Beth Stephens have spent many years bringing to light in their live art, exhibitions, and films. In 2008, Sprinkle and Stephens married the Earth, which set them on the path to explore the realms of ecosexuality as they became lovers with the Earth and made their mutual pleasure an embodied expression of passion for the environment. Ever since, they have been not just pushing but obliterating the boundaries circumscribing biology and ecology, creating ecosexual art in their performance of an environmentalism that is feminist, queer, sensual, sexual, posthuman, materialist, exuberant, and steeped in humor. Assuming the Ecosexual Position tells of childhood moments that pointed to a future of ecosexuality—for Annie, in her family swimming pool in Los Angeles; for Beth, savoring forbidden tomatoes from the vine on her grandparents&amp;#039; Appalachian farm. The book describes how the two came together as lovers and collaborators, how they took a stand against homophobia and xenophobia, and how this union led to the miraculous conception of the Love Art Laboratory, which involved influential performance artists Linda M. Montano, Guillermo Gómez-Peña, and feminist pornographer Madison Young.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond Global Warming: How Numerical Models Revealed the Secrets of Climate Change by Anthony J. Broccoli, Syukuro Manabe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Global Warming: How Numerical Models Revealed the Secrets of Climate Change
Author: Anthony J. Broccoli, Syukuro Manabe
Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Syukuro Manabe is perhaps the leading pioneer of modern climate modeling. Beyond Global Warming is his compelling firsthand account of how the scientific community came to understand the human causes of climate change, and how numerical models using the world&amp;#039;s most powerful computers have been instrumental to these vital discoveries. Joined by atmospheric scientist Anthony Broccoli, Manabe shows how climate models have been used as virtual laboratories for examining the complex planetary interactions of atmosphere, ocean, and land. Manabe and Broccoli use these studies as the basis for a broader discussion of human-induced global warming—and what the future may hold for a warming planet. They tell the stories of early trailblazers such as Svante Arrhenius, the legendary Swedish scientist who created the first climate model of Earth more than a century ago, and they provide rare insights into Manabe&amp;#039;s own groundbreaking work over the past five decades. Expertly walking readers through key breakthroughs, they explain why increasing atmospheric carbon dioxide has caused temperatures to rise in the troposphere yet fall in the stratosphere, why the warming of the planet&amp;#039;s surface differs by hemisphere, why drought is becoming more frequent in arid regions despite the global increase in precipitation, and much more.</description>
      <author>Anthony J. Broccoli, Syukuro Manabe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765003329.mp3" length="8078416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765003329.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Global Warming: How Numerical Models Revealed the Secrets of Climate Change
Author: Anthony J. Broccoli, Syukuro Manabe
Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Syukuro Manabe is perhaps the leading pioneer of modern climate modeling. Beyond Global Warming is his compelling firsthand account of how the scientific community came to understand the human causes of climate change, and how numerical models using the world&amp;#039;s most powerful computers have been instrumental to these vital discoveries. Joined by atmospheric scientist Anthony Broccoli, Manabe shows how climate models have been used as virtual laboratories for examining the complex planetary interactions of atmosphere, ocean, and land. Manabe and Broccoli use these studies as the basis for a broader discussion of human-induced global warming—and what the future may hold for a warming planet. They tell the stories of early trailblazers such as Svante Arrhenius, the legendary Swedish scientist who created the first climate model of Earth more than a century ago, and they provide rare insights into Manabe&amp;#039;s own groundbreaking work over the past five decades. Expertly walking readers through key breakthroughs, they explain why increasing atmospheric carbon dioxide has caused temperatures to rise in the troposphere yet fall in the stratosphere, why the warming of the planet&amp;#039;s surface differs by hemisphere, why drought is becoming more frequent in arid regions despite the global increase in precipitation, and much more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Global Warming: How Numerical Models Revealed the Secrets of Climate Change
Author: Anthony J. Broccoli, Syukuro Manabe
Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Syukuro Manabe is perhaps the leading pioneer of modern climate modeling. Beyond Global Warming is his compelling firsthand account of how the scientific community came to understand the human causes of climate change, and how numerical models using the world&amp;#039;s most powerful computers have been instrumental to these vital discoveries. Joined by atmospheric scientist Anthony Broccoli, Manabe shows how climate models have been used as virtual laboratories for examining the complex planetary interactions of atmosphere, ocean, and land. Manabe and Broccoli use these studies as the basis for a broader discussion of human-induced global warming—and what the future may hold for a warming planet. They tell the stories of early trailblazers such as Svante Arrhenius, the legendary Swedish scientist who created the first climate model of Earth more than a century ago, and they provide rare insights into Manabe&amp;#039;s own groundbreaking work over the past five decades. Expertly walking readers through key breakthroughs, they explain why increasing atmospheric carbon dioxide has caused temperatures to rise in the troposphere yet fall in the stratosphere, why the warming of the planet&amp;#039;s surface differs by hemisphere, why drought is becoming more frequent in arid regions despite the global increase in precipitation, and much more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Naturkosmetik selber machen: 222 geniale Rezepte für DIY Kosmetik inkl. Gesichtsmasken, Salben, Cremes, Seifen, Zahnpasta uvm. by Juliane Jäger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Naturkosmetik selber machen: 222 geniale Rezepte für DIY Kosmetik inkl. Gesichtsmasken, Salben, Cremes, Seifen, Zahnpasta uvm.
Author: Juliane Jäger
Narrator: Sarah Dostal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Naturkosmetik selber machen – ganz einfach individuelle Pflegeprodukte Zuhause herstellen! Reagiert Ihre Haut stark auf herkömmliche Kosmetik? Wollen Sie anfangen auf Chemie und Zusatzstoffe zu verzichten? Sind Sie es leid, nicht zu wissen was in Ihrer Kosmetik drinsteckt? Dann fangen auch Sie jetzt an und stellen Ihre eigene Naturkosmetik her! Naturkosmetik: eine gesunde Lebenseinstellung Viele Menschen wissen nicht, wie einfach es ist seine eigene Kosmetik herzustellen. Ob Shampoo, Bodylotion oder dekorative Kosmetik, Selbermachen ist leichter als man denkt! Man benötigt weder viel Zeit noch Geschick, um ganz individuelle Produkte zu kreieren. Dieses Buch ist der ideale Begleiter! Mit über 222 Rezepten, einfachen Zutaten und detaillierten Anweisungen finden Sie garantiert etwas was perfekt auf Ihre Bedürfnisse abgestimmt ist! Unbekannte Chemikalien und Zusatzstoffe in herkömmlichen Produkten schaden nicht nur Ihnen, sondern auch der Umwelt. Die enorm künstlichen Inhalte und die Verpackungen zerstören unsere Natur. Setzen auch Sie jetzt auf Nachhaltigkeit und Natürlichkeit und sparen gleichzeitig noch Geld! Überteuerte Beautyprodukte gehören der Vergangenheit an, wenn Sie einfache, natürliche Zutaten für Ihre Pflege nutzen. Immer mehr Leute setzen bereits auf Naturkosmetik und haben von den Rezepten und Ratschlägen aus diesem Buch profitiert. Gehören auch Sie dazu und steigen auf die perfekte Alternative zur gewöhnlichen Kosmetik um und stellen Ihre neuen Lieblingsprodukte her! Legen auch Sie sich jetzt dieses Buch zu und entscheiden Sie sich für einen nachhaltigeren, gesünderen Lebenswandel. Individuell abgestimmte Produkte, die gleichzeitig Ihrem Portemonnaie und unserem Planeten guttun!</description>
      <author>Juliane Jäger</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Nov 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969307175.mp3" length="881433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969307175.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Naturkosmetik selber machen: 222 geniale Rezepte für DIY Kosmetik inkl. Gesichtsmasken, Salben, Cremes, Seifen, Zahnpasta uvm.
Author: Juliane Jäger
Narrator: Sarah Dostal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Naturkosmetik selber machen – ganz einfach individuelle Pflegeprodukte Zuhause herstellen! Reagiert Ihre Haut stark auf herkömmliche Kosmetik? Wollen Sie anfangen auf Chemie und Zusatzstoffe zu verzichten? Sind Sie es leid, nicht zu wissen was in Ihrer Kosmetik drinsteckt? Dann fangen auch Sie jetzt an und stellen Ihre eigene Naturkosmetik her! Naturkosmetik: eine gesunde Lebenseinstellung Viele Menschen wissen nicht, wie einfach es ist seine eigene Kosmetik herzustellen. Ob Shampoo, Bodylotion oder dekorative Kosmetik, Selbermachen ist leichter als man denkt! Man benötigt weder viel Zeit noch Geschick, um ganz individuelle Produkte zu kreieren. Dieses Buch ist der ideale Begleiter! Mit über 222 Rezepten, einfachen Zutaten und detaillierten Anweisungen finden Sie garantiert etwas was perfekt auf Ihre Bedürfnisse abgestimmt ist! Unbekannte Chemikalien und Zusatzstoffe in herkömmlichen Produkten schaden nicht nur Ihnen, sondern auch der Umwelt. Die enorm künstlichen Inhalte und die Verpackungen zerstören unsere Natur. Setzen auch Sie jetzt auf Nachhaltigkeit und Natürlichkeit und sparen gleichzeitig noch Geld! Überteuerte Beautyprodukte gehören der Vergangenheit an, wenn Sie einfache, natürliche Zutaten für Ihre Pflege nutzen. Immer mehr Leute setzen bereits auf Naturkosmetik und haben von den Rezepten und Ratschlägen aus diesem Buch profitiert. Gehören auch Sie dazu und steigen auf die perfekte Alternative zur gewöhnlichen Kosmetik um und stellen Ihre neuen Lieblingsprodukte her! Legen auch Sie sich jetzt dieses Buch zu und entscheiden Sie sich für einen nachhaltigeren, gesünderen Lebenswandel. Individuell abgestimmte Produkte, die gleichzeitig Ihrem Portemonnaie und unserem Planeten guttun!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Naturkosmetik selber machen: 222 geniale Rezepte für DIY Kosmetik inkl. Gesichtsmasken, Salben, Cremes, Seifen, Zahnpasta uvm.
Author: Juliane Jäger
Narrator: Sarah Dostal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Naturkosmetik selber machen – ganz einfach individuelle Pflegeprodukte Zuhause herstellen! Reagiert Ihre Haut stark auf herkömmliche Kosmetik? Wollen Sie anfangen auf Chemie und Zusatzstoffe zu verzichten? Sind Sie es leid, nicht zu wissen was in Ihrer Kosmetik drinsteckt? Dann fangen auch Sie jetzt an und stellen Ihre eigene Naturkosmetik her! Naturkosmetik: eine gesunde Lebenseinstellung Viele Menschen wissen nicht, wie einfach es ist seine eigene Kosmetik herzustellen. Ob Shampoo, Bodylotion oder dekorative Kosmetik, Selbermachen ist leichter als man denkt! Man benötigt weder viel Zeit noch Geschick, um ganz individuelle Produkte zu kreieren. Dieses Buch ist der ideale Begleiter! Mit über 222 Rezepten, einfachen Zutaten und detaillierten Anweisungen finden Sie garantiert etwas was perfekt auf Ihre Bedürfnisse abgestimmt ist! Unbekannte Chemikalien und Zusatzstoffe in herkömmlichen Produkten schaden nicht nur Ihnen, sondern auch der Umwelt. Die enorm künstlichen Inhalte und die Verpackungen zerstören unsere Natur. Setzen auch Sie jetzt auf Nachhaltigkeit und Natürlichkeit und sparen gleichzeitig noch Geld! Überteuerte Beautyprodukte gehören der Vergangenheit an, wenn Sie einfache, natürliche Zutaten für Ihre Pflege nutzen. Immer mehr Leute setzen bereits auf Naturkosmetik und haben von den Rezepten und Ratschlägen aus diesem Buch profitiert. Gehören auch Sie dazu und steigen auf die perfekte Alternative zur gewöhnlichen Kosmetik um und stellen Ihre neuen Lieblingsprodukte her! Legen auch Sie sich jetzt dieses Buch zu und entscheiden Sie sich für einen nachhaltigeren, gesünderen Lebenswandel. Individuell abgestimmte Produkte, die gleichzeitig Ihrem Portemonnaie und unserem Planeten guttun!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nature Is a Human Right: Why We&amp;#039;re Fighting for Green in a Grey World by Ellen Miles</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Is a Human Right: Why We&amp;#039;re Fighting for Green in a Grey World
Author: Ellen Miles
Narrator: Olivia Dowd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Having access to natural, green spaces is vital to our physical and mental wellbeing. But, as urban development spreads, grey has become the new green. Already, concrete outweighs every tree, bush and shrub on Earth. Nature deprivation is a fast-growing epidemic, harming the health and happiness of hundreds of millions of people worldwide - especially vulnerable and marginalized groups. To combat this, Nature is a Human Right, founded by Ellen Miles in 2020, is working to make access to green space a recognized right for all, not a privilege. This audiobook has taken root from the mission and vision of the campaign, bringing together a collection of engaging essays, interviews and exercises, curated by Ellen, from a selection of its expert ambassadors and supporters (including authors, artists, scientists, human rights experts, television presenters, TED speakers, and climate activists). Through each contributor, we discover a new perspective on why contact with nature should be a protected human right, journeying through personal narratives on mental health, disability, racism, environmental inequality, creativity, innovation and activism. This is a captivating and enlightening collection of original writing and ideas that highlights the importance of nature, the threats of nature deprivation, and the work that needs to be done to make our global future happier, healthier and more equal. Ellen Miles is an environmental justice activist from London. She is the founder of Nature is a Human Right, the campaign to make access to green space a right for all, and Dream Green, a social enterprise that educates and equips people to become guerrilla gardeners. In her spare time, she is a guerrilla gardener, and runs a local action group in Hackney. Olivia Dowd has a life-long interest in the environment. She has a degree in Geography (UCL) and is part of the Way of Nature UK network, facilitating for organisations such as The Visionaries as well as running her own nature connection retreats in a bid to connect more people with the wonders of the natural environment. She co-narrated Culture Declares Emergency&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Letters to the Earth&amp;#039;, and spoke at the University of Cambridge&amp;#039;s, &amp;#039;The Futures we Want&amp;#039; sustainability summit last year. Contributors: Louisa Adjoa Parker, Michelle Barrett, Shareefa Energy, Ron Finley, Sharlene Gandhi, Jay Griffiths, Tayshan Hayden-Smith, Nick Hayes, Clover Hogan, Celine Isimbi, Daisy Kennedy, Noga Levy-Rapoport, Professor Qing Li, MD, PhD, Linda Ludbarza, Syren Nagakyrie, Poppy Okotcha, Hila Perry, Daniel Raven-Ellison, Pinar Sinopoulos-Lloyd, Sophia &amp;#039;So&amp;#039; Sinopoulos-Lloyd, Elizabeth Soumya, Ayesha Tan-Jones.</description>
      <author>Ellen Miles</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241570791.mp3" length="1380224" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241570791.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Is a Human Right: Why We&amp;#039;re Fighting for Green in a Grey World
Author: Ellen Miles
Narrator: Olivia Dowd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Having access to natural, green spaces is vital to our physical and mental wellbeing. But, as urban development spreads, grey has become the new green. Already, concrete outweighs every tree, bush and shrub on Earth. Nature deprivation is a fast-growing epidemic, harming the health and happiness of hundreds of millions of people worldwide - especially vulnerable and marginalized groups. To combat this, Nature is a Human Right, founded by Ellen Miles in 2020, is working to make access to green space a recognized right for all, not a privilege. This audiobook has taken root from the mission and vision of the campaign, bringing together a collection of engaging essays, interviews and exercises, curated by Ellen, from a selection of its expert ambassadors and supporters (including authors, artists, scientists, human rights experts, television presenters, TED speakers, and climate activists). Through each contributor, we discover a new perspective on why contact with nature should be a protected human right, journeying through personal narratives on mental health, disability, racism, environmental inequality, creativity, innovation and activism. This is a captivating and enlightening collection of original writing and ideas that highlights the importance of nature, the threats of nature deprivation, and the work that needs to be done to make our global future happier, healthier and more equal. Ellen Miles is an environmental justice activist from London. She is the founder of Nature is a Human Right, the campaign to make access to green space a right for all, and Dream Green, a social enterprise that educates and equips people to become guerrilla gardeners. In her spare time, she is a guerrilla gardener, and runs a local action group in Hackney. Olivia Dowd has a life-long interest in the environment. She has a degree in Geography (UCL) and is part of the Way of Nature UK network, facilitating for organisations such as The Visionaries as well as running her own nature connection retreats in a bid to connect more people with the wonders of the natural environment. She co-narrated Culture Declares Emergency&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Letters to the Earth&amp;#039;, and spoke at the University of Cambridge&amp;#039;s, &amp;#039;The Futures we Want&amp;#039; sustainability summit last year. Contributors: Louisa Adjoa Parker, Michelle Barrett, Shareefa Energy, Ron Finley, Sharlene Gandhi, Jay Griffiths, Tayshan Hayden-Smith, Nick Hayes, Clover Hogan, Celine Isimbi, Daisy Kennedy, Noga Levy-Rapoport, Professor Qing Li, MD, PhD, Linda Ludbarza, Syren Nagakyrie, Poppy Okotcha, Hila Perry, Daniel Raven-Ellison, Pinar Sinopoulos-Lloyd, Sophia &amp;#039;So&amp;#039; Sinopoulos-Lloyd, Elizabeth Soumya, Ayesha Tan-Jones.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559820</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nature Is a Human Right: Why We&amp;#039;re Fighting for Green in a Grey World
Author: Ellen Miles
Narrator: Olivia Dowd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Having access to natural, green spaces is vital to our physical and mental wellbeing. But, as urban development spreads, grey has become the new green. Already, concrete outweighs every tree, bush and shrub on Earth. Nature deprivation is a fast-growing epidemic, harming the health and happiness of hundreds of millions of people worldwide - especially vulnerable and marginalized groups. To combat this, Nature is a Human Right, founded by Ellen Miles in 2020, is working to make access to green space a recognized right for all, not a privilege. This audiobook has taken root from the mission and vision of the campaign, bringing together a collection of engaging essays, interviews and exercises, curated by Ellen, from a selection of its expert ambassadors and supporters (including authors, artists, scientists, human rights experts, television presenters, TED speakers, and climate activists). Through each contributor, we discover a new perspective on why contact with nature should be a protected human right, journeying through personal narratives on mental health, disability, racism, environmental inequality, creativity, innovation and activism. This is a captivating and enlightening collection of original writing and ideas that highlights the importance of nature, the threats of nature deprivation, and the work that needs to be done to make our global future happier, healthier and more equal. Ellen Miles is an environmental justice activist from London. She is the founder of Nature is a Human Right, the campaign to make access to green space a right for all, and Dream Green, a social enterprise that educates and equips people to become guerrilla gardeners. In her spare time, she is a guerrilla gardener, and runs a local action group in Hackney. Olivia Dowd has a life-long interest in the environment. She has a degree in Geography (UCL) and is part of the Way of Nature UK network, facilitating for organisations such as The Visionaries as well as running her own nature connection retreats in a bid to connect more people with the wonders of the natural environment. She co-narrated Culture Declares Emergency&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Letters to the Earth&amp;#039;, and spoke at the University of Cambridge&amp;#039;s, &amp;#039;The Futures we Want&amp;#039; sustainability summit last year. Contributors: Louisa Adjoa Parker, Michelle Barrett, Shareefa Energy, Ron Finley, Sharlene Gandhi, Jay Griffiths, Tayshan Hayden-Smith, Nick Hayes, Clover Hogan, Celine Isimbi, Daisy Kennedy, Noga Levy-Rapoport, Professor Qing Li, MD, PhD, Linda Ludbarza, Syren Nagakyrie, Poppy Okotcha, Hila Perry, Daniel Raven-Ellison, Pinar Sinopoulos-Lloyd, Sophia &amp;#039;So&amp;#039; Sinopoulos-Lloyd, Elizabeth Soumya, Ayesha Tan-Jones.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wenn das Wasser kommt - Ein Essay (Ungekürzt) by Rutger Bregman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wenn das Wasser kommt - Ein Essay (Ungekürzt)
Author: Rutger Bregman
Narrator: Julian Mehne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dürren, Überschwemmungen, Tornados - in den letzten Jahren häufen sich extreme Wetterlagen und sind doch nur ein Punkt auf einer langen Liste von grundstürzenden Veränderungen, mit denen die Menschheit zu kämpfen hat. Längst geht es nicht mehr nur darum, was wir tun können, um die Folgen des Klimawandels zu verhindern, sondern darum, was wir tun können, um ihnen zu begegnen. In einem aufrüttelnden Essay, der in den Niederlanden bereits 2020 erschien, ruft der Bestseller-Autor Rutger Bregman dazu auf, die Augen nicht länger vor dem Unvermeidlichen zu verschließen: der Meeresspiegel steigt, Sturmfluten werden häufiger, die Küstenregionen Europas, ganze Länder, das Zuhause von Millionen Menschen ist bedroht. Visionär hält Bregman der Menschheit ihre Katastrophenvergessenheit vor Augen und zeigt, dass oft erst das Schlimmste eintreffen muss, damit umwälzende Maßnahmen ergriffen werden. Die jüngste Vergangenheit bestätigt seine Gedanken. Die promovierte Historikerin und Journalistin Susanne Götze hat den Essay um die deutsche Perspektive erweitert und ein Nachwort zur aktuellen Lage verfasst.</description>
      <author>Rutger Bregman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732456482.mp3" length="854586" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732456482.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wenn das Wasser kommt - Ein Essay (Ungekürzt)
Author: Rutger Bregman
Narrator: Julian Mehne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dürren, Überschwemmungen, Tornados - in den letzten Jahren häufen sich extreme Wetterlagen und sind doch nur ein Punkt auf einer langen Liste von grundstürzenden Veränderungen, mit denen die Menschheit zu kämpfen hat. Längst geht es nicht mehr nur darum, was wir tun können, um die Folgen des Klimawandels zu verhindern, sondern darum, was wir tun können, um ihnen zu begegnen. In einem aufrüttelnden Essay, der in den Niederlanden bereits 2020 erschien, ruft der Bestseller-Autor Rutger Bregman dazu auf, die Augen nicht länger vor dem Unvermeidlichen zu verschließen: der Meeresspiegel steigt, Sturmfluten werden häufiger, die Küstenregionen Europas, ganze Länder, das Zuhause von Millionen Menschen ist bedroht. Visionär hält Bregman der Menschheit ihre Katastrophenvergessenheit vor Augen und zeigt, dass oft erst das Schlimmste eintreffen muss, damit umwälzende Maßnahmen ergriffen werden. Die jüngste Vergangenheit bestätigt seine Gedanken. Die promovierte Historikerin und Journalistin Susanne Götze hat den Essay um die deutsche Perspektive erweitert und ein Nachwort zur aktuellen Lage verfasst.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wenn das Wasser kommt - Ein Essay (Ungekürzt)
Author: Rutger Bregman
Narrator: Julian Mehne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Dürren, Überschwemmungen, Tornados - in den letzten Jahren häufen sich extreme Wetterlagen und sind doch nur ein Punkt auf einer langen Liste von grundstürzenden Veränderungen, mit denen die Menschheit zu kämpfen hat. Längst geht es nicht mehr nur darum, was wir tun können, um die Folgen des Klimawandels zu verhindern, sondern darum, was wir tun können, um ihnen zu begegnen. In einem aufrüttelnden Essay, der in den Niederlanden bereits 2020 erschien, ruft der Bestseller-Autor Rutger Bregman dazu auf, die Augen nicht länger vor dem Unvermeidlichen zu verschließen: der Meeresspiegel steigt, Sturmfluten werden häufiger, die Küstenregionen Europas, ganze Länder, das Zuhause von Millionen Menschen ist bedroht. Visionär hält Bregman der Menschheit ihre Katastrophenvergessenheit vor Augen und zeigt, dass oft erst das Schlimmste eintreffen muss, damit umwälzende Maßnahmen ergriffen werden. Die jüngste Vergangenheit bestätigt seine Gedanken. Die promovierte Historikerin und Journalistin Susanne Götze hat den Essay um die deutsche Perspektive erweitert und ein Nachwort zur aktuellen Lage verfasst.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fire and Flood: A People&amp;#039;s History of Climate Change, from 1979 to the Present by Eugene Linden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire and Flood: A People&amp;#039;s History of Climate Change, from 1979 to the Present
Author: Eugene Linden
Narrator: Paul Bellantoni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In 1979, President Jimmy Carter was presented with the findings of scientists who had been investigating whether human activities might change the climate in harmful ways. &amp;#039;A wait-and-see policy may mean waiting until it is too late,&amp;#039; their report said. They were right -- but no one was listening. Four decades later, we are haunted by the consequences of this inattention, and the years of complacency, obfuscation and denialism that followed. Today, the staggering scale and scope of what we have done to the planet is impossible to ignore: the seasons of fire and flood have crossed into plain view. Fire and Flood is a comprehensive, compulsively readable history of climate change from veteran environmental journalist Eugene Linden. Linden retells the story of the modern climate change era decade by decade, tracking the progress of four ticking clocks: first, the reality of climate change itself; second, advances in scientific understanding; third, the spread of public awareness; and fourth, the business and finance response. Like no previous writer, Linden has drawn together the elements of the biggest story in the world, in a book that it is gripping as history, as economic investigation, and as scientific thriller. © Eugene Linden 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Eugene Linden</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781802060713.mp3" length="1335356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781802060713.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire and Flood: A People&amp;#039;s History of Climate Change, from 1979 to the Present
Author: Eugene Linden
Narrator: Paul Bellantoni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In 1979, President Jimmy Carter was presented with the findings of scientists who had been investigating whether human activities might change the climate in harmful ways. &amp;#039;A wait-and-see policy may mean waiting until it is too late,&amp;#039; their report said. They were right -- but no one was listening. Four decades later, we are haunted by the consequences of this inattention, and the years of complacency, obfuscation and denialism that followed. Today, the staggering scale and scope of what we have done to the planet is impossible to ignore: the seasons of fire and flood have crossed into plain view. Fire and Flood is a comprehensive, compulsively readable history of climate change from veteran environmental journalist Eugene Linden. Linden retells the story of the modern climate change era decade by decade, tracking the progress of four ticking clocks: first, the reality of climate change itself; second, advances in scientific understanding; third, the spread of public awareness; and fourth, the business and finance response. Like no previous writer, Linden has drawn together the elements of the biggest story in the world, in a book that it is gripping as history, as economic investigation, and as scientific thriller. © Eugene Linden 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fire and Flood: A People&amp;#039;s History of Climate Change, from 1979 to the Present
Author: Eugene Linden
Narrator: Paul Bellantoni
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In 1979, President Jimmy Carter was presented with the findings of scientists who had been investigating whether human activities might change the climate in harmful ways. &amp;#039;A wait-and-see policy may mean waiting until it is too late,&amp;#039; their report said. They were right -- but no one was listening. Four decades later, we are haunted by the consequences of this inattention, and the years of complacency, obfuscation and denialism that followed. Today, the staggering scale and scope of what we have done to the planet is impossible to ignore: the seasons of fire and flood have crossed into plain view. Fire and Flood is a comprehensive, compulsively readable history of climate change from veteran environmental journalist Eugene Linden. Linden retells the story of the modern climate change era decade by decade, tracking the progress of four ticking clocks: first, the reality of climate change itself; second, advances in scientific understanding; third, the spread of public awareness; and fourth, the business and finance response. Like no previous writer, Linden has drawn together the elements of the biggest story in the world, in a book that it is gripping as history, as economic investigation, and as scientific thriller. © Eugene Linden 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How the World is Making Our Children Mad and What to Do About It by Louis Weinstock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the World is Making Our Children Mad and What to Do About It
Author: Louis Weinstock
Narrator: Louis Weinstock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. I know you care about children. Whether you&amp;#039;ve got your own kids or you look after other people&amp;#039;s, you have a deep love for these little humans. You want them to grow up in a world where people are basically kind to each other and kind to the planet. But when you look at the world now - a mental health crisis, a global pandemic, climate change, war - you worry about the possible future your child is facing and how they will cope. There are already countless parenting books, many of them very helpful. But few address the backdrop to our parenting - a world so full of change and uncertainty that it&amp;#039;s getting harder to catch our breath, to find our feet on solid ground. The truth is that our children&amp;#039;s minds are affected by this world, and we don&amp;#039;t talk about this anywhere near enough. Whatever your worries, I&amp;#039;ve created this book for us to explore these worries together. If there is one lesson we really need to learn in the twenty-first century, it is this: we are all in this together. I&amp;#039;m not promising a quick-fix, instant enlightenment and eternal peace. What I can say for sure is that in this book you will find practical tools and perspectives that will help you find your own authentic answer to the question: how can we best prepare our children to live in these times? You will learn to navigate uncomfortable truths and feelings, and I will guide you to bring a little more love and healing to the parts of your self, the parts of your child, and the parts of the world that cause you the most concern. You might laugh, and you might cry, but whatever your experience, I guarantee you will learn at least one insight that could well be life-changing. I know of no one better qualified to understand what young people are facing today - Philippa Perry Louis cares deeply about children and the world they are growing up in. In this book, he provides a brilliant, nurturing, much needed voice to children and anyone who cares about children - Jessie Ware Passionate about empowering children, young people, and families to reclaim their attention, Louis is delivering a message of hope for the future without shying away from the very real existential challenges of today - David Lammy © Louis Weinstock 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Louis Weinstock</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529194951.mp3" length="1337887" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529194951.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the World is Making Our Children Mad and What to Do About It
Author: Louis Weinstock
Narrator: Louis Weinstock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. I know you care about children. Whether you&amp;#039;ve got your own kids or you look after other people&amp;#039;s, you have a deep love for these little humans. You want them to grow up in a world where people are basically kind to each other and kind to the planet. But when you look at the world now - a mental health crisis, a global pandemic, climate change, war - you worry about the possible future your child is facing and how they will cope. There are already countless parenting books, many of them very helpful. But few address the backdrop to our parenting - a world so full of change and uncertainty that it&amp;#039;s getting harder to catch our breath, to find our feet on solid ground. The truth is that our children&amp;#039;s minds are affected by this world, and we don&amp;#039;t talk about this anywhere near enough. Whatever your worries, I&amp;#039;ve created this book for us to explore these worries together. If there is one lesson we really need to learn in the twenty-first century, it is this: we are all in this together. I&amp;#039;m not promising a quick-fix, instant enlightenment and eternal peace. What I can say for sure is that in this book you will find practical tools and perspectives that will help you find your own authentic answer to the question: how can we best prepare our children to live in these times? You will learn to navigate uncomfortable truths and feelings, and I will guide you to bring a little more love and healing to the parts of your self, the parts of your child, and the parts of the world that cause you the most concern. You might laugh, and you might cry, but whatever your experience, I guarantee you will learn at least one insight that could well be life-changing. I know of no one better qualified to understand what young people are facing today - Philippa Perry Louis cares deeply about children and the world they are growing up in. In this book, he provides a brilliant, nurturing, much needed voice to children and anyone who cares about children - Jessie Ware Passionate about empowering children, young people, and families to reclaim their attention, Louis is delivering a message of hope for the future without shying away from the very real existential challenges of today - David Lammy © Louis Weinstock 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559110</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How the World is Making Our Children Mad and What to Do About It
Author: Louis Weinstock
Narrator: Louis Weinstock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 14 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. I know you care about children. Whether you&amp;#039;ve got your own kids or you look after other people&amp;#039;s, you have a deep love for these little humans. You want them to grow up in a world where people are basically kind to each other and kind to the planet. But when you look at the world now - a mental health crisis, a global pandemic, climate change, war - you worry about the possible future your child is facing and how they will cope. There are already countless parenting books, many of them very helpful. But few address the backdrop to our parenting - a world so full of change and uncertainty that it&amp;#039;s getting harder to catch our breath, to find our feet on solid ground. The truth is that our children&amp;#039;s minds are affected by this world, and we don&amp;#039;t talk about this anywhere near enough. Whatever your worries, I&amp;#039;ve created this book for us to explore these worries together. If there is one lesson we really need to learn in the twenty-first century, it is this: we are all in this together. I&amp;#039;m not promising a quick-fix, instant enlightenment and eternal peace. What I can say for sure is that in this book you will find practical tools and perspectives that will help you find your own authentic answer to the question: how can we best prepare our children to live in these times? You will learn to navigate uncomfortable truths and feelings, and I will guide you to bring a little more love and healing to the parts of your self, the parts of your child, and the parts of the world that cause you the most concern. You might laugh, and you might cry, but whatever your experience, I guarantee you will learn at least one insight that could well be life-changing. I know of no one better qualified to understand what young people are facing today - Philippa Perry Louis cares deeply about children and the world they are growing up in. In this book, he provides a brilliant, nurturing, much needed voice to children and anyone who cares about children - Jessie Ware Passionate about empowering children, young people, and families to reclaim their attention, Louis is delivering a message of hope for the future without shying away from the very real existential challenges of today - David Lammy © Louis Weinstock 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sacred Nature: How we can recover our bond with the natural world by Karen Armstrong</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Nature: How we can recover our bond with the natural world
Author: Karen Armstrong
Narrator: Karen Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. For most of human history nature was held to be sacred, and our God or gods were believed to be present everywhere in nature. That was true of almost all the world&amp;#039;s cultures and religious traditions. When people in the West began to separate God and nature in the seventeenth century, it was not just a profound breach with thousands of years of accumulated wisdom and experience: it was also the root of how we have come to plunder the natural world and to promote our individual selves in unhealthy and destructive ways. Karen Armstrong argues that if we want to avert the looming environmental catastrophe, it is not enough to change our behaviour: we need to learn to think and feel differently about the natural world. She passionately believes that our religious heritage can teach us how to recover a spiritual bond with nature. Each of the book&amp;#039;s ten chapters concentrates on a theme that has been central to the world&amp;#039;s religious traditions - from gratitude and compassion to sacrifice and non-violence - and offers practical steps to help us develop a different mindset to reconnect with nature and rekindle our sense of the sacred. Sacred Nature is a book about &amp;#039;deep ecology&amp;#039;: it is about the most profound connections between humans and the natural world. It speaks to anyone interested in our relationship with the natural world, worried about the destruction of our environment, and searching for new ways of thinking to accompany the political action needed to save our planet. &amp;#039;KAREN ARMSTRONG IS A GENIUS&amp;#039; A.N. Wilson &amp;#039;One of our best living writers on religion&amp;#039; Financial Times &amp;#039;Karen Armstrong is one of the handful of wise and supremely intelligent commentators on religion&amp;#039; Alain de Botton © Karen Armstrong 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Karen Armstrong</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529194913.mp3" length="1396781" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529194913.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Nature: How we can recover our bond with the natural world
Author: Karen Armstrong
Narrator: Karen Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. For most of human history nature was held to be sacred, and our God or gods were believed to be present everywhere in nature. That was true of almost all the world&amp;#039;s cultures and religious traditions. When people in the West began to separate God and nature in the seventeenth century, it was not just a profound breach with thousands of years of accumulated wisdom and experience: it was also the root of how we have come to plunder the natural world and to promote our individual selves in unhealthy and destructive ways. Karen Armstrong argues that if we want to avert the looming environmental catastrophe, it is not enough to change our behaviour: we need to learn to think and feel differently about the natural world. She passionately believes that our religious heritage can teach us how to recover a spiritual bond with nature. Each of the book&amp;#039;s ten chapters concentrates on a theme that has been central to the world&amp;#039;s religious traditions - from gratitude and compassion to sacrifice and non-violence - and offers practical steps to help us develop a different mindset to reconnect with nature and rekindle our sense of the sacred. Sacred Nature is a book about &amp;#039;deep ecology&amp;#039;: it is about the most profound connections between humans and the natural world. It speaks to anyone interested in our relationship with the natural world, worried about the destruction of our environment, and searching for new ways of thinking to accompany the political action needed to save our planet. &amp;#039;KAREN ARMSTRONG IS A GENIUS&amp;#039; A.N. Wilson &amp;#039;One of our best living writers on religion&amp;#039; Financial Times &amp;#039;Karen Armstrong is one of the handful of wise and supremely intelligent commentators on religion&amp;#039; Alain de Botton © Karen Armstrong 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559109</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sacred Nature: How we can recover our bond with the natural world
Author: Karen Armstrong
Narrator: Karen Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. For most of human history nature was held to be sacred, and our God or gods were believed to be present everywhere in nature. That was true of almost all the world&amp;#039;s cultures and religious traditions. When people in the West began to separate God and nature in the seventeenth century, it was not just a profound breach with thousands of years of accumulated wisdom and experience: it was also the root of how we have come to plunder the natural world and to promote our individual selves in unhealthy and destructive ways. Karen Armstrong argues that if we want to avert the looming environmental catastrophe, it is not enough to change our behaviour: we need to learn to think and feel differently about the natural world. She passionately believes that our religious heritage can teach us how to recover a spiritual bond with nature. Each of the book&amp;#039;s ten chapters concentrates on a theme that has been central to the world&amp;#039;s religious traditions - from gratitude and compassion to sacrifice and non-violence - and offers practical steps to help us develop a different mindset to reconnect with nature and rekindle our sense of the sacred. Sacred Nature is a book about &amp;#039;deep ecology&amp;#039;: it is about the most profound connections between humans and the natural world. It speaks to anyone interested in our relationship with the natural world, worried about the destruction of our environment, and searching for new ways of thinking to accompany the political action needed to save our planet. &amp;#039;KAREN ARMSTRONG IS A GENIUS&amp;#039; A.N. Wilson &amp;#039;One of our best living writers on religion&amp;#039; Financial Times &amp;#039;Karen Armstrong is one of the handful of wise and supremely intelligent commentators on religion&amp;#039; Alain de Botton © Karen Armstrong 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World by Jennifer Jacquet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World
Author: Jennifer Jacquet
Narrator: Jennifer Jacquet, Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Knowledge is power. Which is why the rich and powerful don&amp;#039;t want you to have it. The Playbook is an exposé of the extraordinary lengths that corporations will go to in order to deny the scientific facts - around climate change, public health risks and worker safety - when they don&amp;#039;t suit their agenda. Written in the form of a corporate handbook for tobacco, oil and pharmaceutical company executives, it is a litany of obfuscation techniques, denial, delays and outright lies, including: how to recruit an academic &amp;#039;expert&amp;#039; who is willing to compromise their integrity (or is just short of cash), how to massage the statistics, how to use legal and even physical intimidation against reporters and activists, and how, just as in a casino, to keep your customers comfortable, unquestioning, unthinking and playing along for as long as possible. Part satire, part social history, part guide to resistance, The Playbook is a charge sheet against the powerful. It shows us how, by understanding the methods and motives of scientific denial campaigns, we may be able to outwit them. © Jennifer Jacquet 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Jennifer Jacquet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241584521.mp3" length="1366387" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241584521.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World
Author: Jennifer Jacquet
Narrator: Jennifer Jacquet, Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Knowledge is power. Which is why the rich and powerful don&amp;#039;t want you to have it. The Playbook is an exposé of the extraordinary lengths that corporations will go to in order to deny the scientific facts - around climate change, public health risks and worker safety - when they don&amp;#039;t suit their agenda. Written in the form of a corporate handbook for tobacco, oil and pharmaceutical company executives, it is a litany of obfuscation techniques, denial, delays and outright lies, including: how to recruit an academic &amp;#039;expert&amp;#039; who is willing to compromise their integrity (or is just short of cash), how to massage the statistics, how to use legal and even physical intimidation against reporters and activists, and how, just as in a casino, to keep your customers comfortable, unquestioning, unthinking and playing along for as long as possible. Part satire, part social history, part guide to resistance, The Playbook is a charge sheet against the powerful. It shows us how, by understanding the methods and motives of scientific denial campaigns, we may be able to outwit them. © Jennifer Jacquet 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/559007</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Playbook: How to Deny Science, Sell Lies, and Make a Killing in the Corporate World
Author: Jennifer Jacquet
Narrator: Jennifer Jacquet, Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 36 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Knowledge is power. Which is why the rich and powerful don&amp;#039;t want you to have it. The Playbook is an exposé of the extraordinary lengths that corporations will go to in order to deny the scientific facts - around climate change, public health risks and worker safety - when they don&amp;#039;t suit their agenda. Written in the form of a corporate handbook for tobacco, oil and pharmaceutical company executives, it is a litany of obfuscation techniques, denial, delays and outright lies, including: how to recruit an academic &amp;#039;expert&amp;#039; who is willing to compromise their integrity (or is just short of cash), how to massage the statistics, how to use legal and even physical intimidation against reporters and activists, and how, just as in a casino, to keep your customers comfortable, unquestioning, unthinking and playing along for as long as possible. Part satire, part social history, part guide to resistance, The Playbook is a charge sheet against the powerful. It shows us how, by understanding the methods and motives of scientific denial campaigns, we may be able to outwit them. © Jennifer Jacquet 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El mesías de las plantas: Aventuras en busca de las especies más extraordinarias del mundo by Carlos Magdalena</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El mesías de las plantas: Aventuras en busca de las especies más extraordinarias del mundo
Author: Carlos Magdalena
Narrator: Mario Otero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Una aventura en búsqueda de las especies botánicas más extraordinarias del mundo.  El conservador estrella del Real Jardín Botánico de Kew, el más importante del mundo, se llama Carlos Magdalena, un horticultor asturiano cuya misión en este mundo consiste en salvar cualquier especie vegetal al borde de la extinción, ya sea por culpa de estragos ecológicos o por los ladrones que complacen la afición de ciertos adinerados coleccionistas. Muchos lo consideran un mesías de las plantas.  Se trate de la Nymphaea thermarum, la flor más minúscula sobre la faz de la Tierra, o la Ramosmania rodriguesii, la especie más delicada de nuestro ecosistema, este asturiano tiene un maravilloso don resucitador y ha viajado a los rincones más remotos para asegurar, gracias a su conocimiento y a las técnicas más avanzadas, la propagación y la preservación de las plantas más bellas y exóticas de nuestro planeta.  Este libro es la fascinante historia de un hombre que ha dedicado su vida a rescatar las especies más extraordinarias, pero sobre todo es un mensaje de alarma para comenzar a hacer de este mundo un lugar mejor. Sin plantas no hay vida, y cuidar de ellas es nuestra única solución.  Reseñas: «Carlos es mi inspiración.» Jane Goodall  «Carlos Magdalena es el desencriptador de los jardines de Kew.» The Daily Telegraph  «Carlos es el único que ha sido capaz de lograr estos milagros con las plantas.» Richard Barley, director del Real Jardín Botánico de Kew  «Un delicioso relato de sus aventuras por el mundo al rescate de especies remotas, que inevitablemente contagia al lector de esa desaforada pasión por la naturaleza.» Pablo Guimón, El País Semanal  «Un libro feliz sobre la vida, las plantas y por qué debemos quererlas tanto.» Daniel Arjona, El Confidencial  «El alquimista español que cuida del mejor jardín del mundo.» El Mundo  «Orquídeas, arbustos, palmeras, árboles. El Índico, Australia, Perú, Bolivia, el Ártico las tribulaciones de este explorador aparecen en su divertido libro El mesías de las plantas. Aventuras en busca de las especies más extraordinarias del mundo, que publica la editorial Debate y que ha recibido grandes elogios no solo del citado Attenborough, sino también de la prestigiosa primatóloga Jane Goodall, que considera a Magdalena su inspiración.» Felip Vivanco, Magazine</description>
      <author>Carlos Magdalena</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Nov 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788418619892.mp3" length="1436869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788418619892.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El mesías de las plantas: Aventuras en busca de las especies más extraordinarias del mundo
Author: Carlos Magdalena
Narrator: Mario Otero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Una aventura en búsqueda de las especies botánicas más extraordinarias del mundo.  El conservador estrella del Real Jardín Botánico de Kew, el más importante del mundo, se llama Carlos Magdalena, un horticultor asturiano cuya misión en este mundo consiste en salvar cualquier especie vegetal al borde de la extinción, ya sea por culpa de estragos ecológicos o por los ladrones que complacen la afición de ciertos adinerados coleccionistas. Muchos lo consideran un mesías de las plantas.  Se trate de la Nymphaea thermarum, la flor más minúscula sobre la faz de la Tierra, o la Ramosmania rodriguesii, la especie más delicada de nuestro ecosistema, este asturiano tiene un maravilloso don resucitador y ha viajado a los rincones más remotos para asegurar, gracias a su conocimiento y a las técnicas más avanzadas, la propagación y la preservación de las plantas más bellas y exóticas de nuestro planeta.  Este libro es la fascinante historia de un hombre que ha dedicado su vida a rescatar las especies más extraordinarias, pero sobre todo es un mensaje de alarma para comenzar a hacer de este mundo un lugar mejor. Sin plantas no hay vida, y cuidar de ellas es nuestra única solución.  Reseñas: «Carlos es mi inspiración.» Jane Goodall  «Carlos Magdalena es el desencriptador de los jardines de Kew.» The Daily Telegraph  «Carlos es el único que ha sido capaz de lograr estos milagros con las plantas.» Richard Barley, director del Real Jardín Botánico de Kew  «Un delicioso relato de sus aventuras por el mundo al rescate de especies remotas, que inevitablemente contagia al lector de esa desaforada pasión por la naturaleza.» Pablo Guimón, El País Semanal  «Un libro feliz sobre la vida, las plantas y por qué debemos quererlas tanto.» Daniel Arjona, El Confidencial  «El alquimista español que cuida del mejor jardín del mundo.» El Mundo  «Orquídeas, arbustos, palmeras, árboles. El Índico, Australia, Perú, Bolivia, el Ártico las tribulaciones de este explorador aparecen en su divertido libro El mesías de las plantas. Aventuras en busca de las especies más extraordinarias del mundo, que publica la editorial Debate y que ha recibido grandes elogios no solo del citado Attenborough, sino también de la prestigiosa primatóloga Jane Goodall, que considera a Magdalena su inspiración.» Felip Vivanco, Magazine</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558986</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El mesías de las plantas: Aventuras en busca de las especies más extraordinarias del mundo
Author: Carlos Magdalena
Narrator: Mario Otero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: November 25, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Una aventura en búsqueda de las especies botánicas más extraordinarias del mundo.  El conservador estrella del Real Jardín Botánico de Kew, el más importante del mundo, se llama Carlos Magdalena, un horticultor asturiano cuya misión en este mundo consiste en salvar cualquier especie vegetal al borde de la extinción, ya sea por culpa de estragos ecológicos o por los ladrones que complacen la afición de ciertos adinerados coleccionistas. Muchos lo consideran un mesías de las plantas.  Se trate de la Nymphaea thermarum, la flor más minúscula sobre la faz de la Tierra, o la Ramosmania rodriguesii, la especie más delicada de nuestro ecosistema, este asturiano tiene un maravilloso don resucitador y ha viajado a los rincones más remotos para asegurar, gracias a su conocimiento y a las técnicas más avanzadas, la propagación y la preservación de las plantas más bellas y exóticas de nuestro planeta.  Este libro es la fascinante historia de un hombre que ha dedicado su vida a rescatar las especies más extraordinarias, pero sobre todo es un mensaje de alarma para comenzar a hacer de este mundo un lugar mejor. Sin plantas no hay vida, y cuidar de ellas es nuestra única solución.  Reseñas: «Carlos es mi inspiración.» Jane Goodall  «Carlos Magdalena es el desencriptador de los jardines de Kew.» The Daily Telegraph  «Carlos es el único que ha sido capaz de lograr estos milagros con las plantas.» Richard Barley, director del Real Jardín Botánico de Kew  «Un delicioso relato de sus aventuras por el mundo al rescate de especies remotas, que inevitablemente contagia al lector de esa desaforada pasión por la naturaleza.» Pablo Guimón, El País Semanal  «Un libro feliz sobre la vida, las plantas y por qué debemos quererlas tanto.» Daniel Arjona, El Confidencial  «El alquimista español que cuida del mejor jardín del mundo.» El Mundo  «Orquídeas, arbustos, palmeras, árboles. El Índico, Australia, Perú, Bolivia, el Ártico las tribulaciones de este explorador aparecen en su divertido libro El mesías de las plantas. Aventuras en busca de las especies más extraordinarias del mundo, que publica la editorial Debate y que ha recibido grandes elogios no solo del citado Attenborough, sino también de la prestigiosa primatóloga Jane Goodall, que considera a Magdalena su inspiración.» Felip Vivanco, Magazine</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fresh Banana Leaves: Healing Indigenous Landscapes through Indigenous Science by Jessica Hernandez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fresh Banana Leaves: Healing Indigenous Landscapes through Indigenous Science
Author: Jessica Hernandez
Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A 2022 Los Angeles Times Book Prize Finalist in Science &amp;amp; Technology An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why western conservationism isn&amp;#039;t working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, personal stories, and family histories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the undeniable fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as &amp;#039;soft&amp;#039;--the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, extractive capitalism, and delegitimization. Here, Jessica Hernandez--Maya Ch&amp;#039;orti&amp;#039; and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of western-defined conservatism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family&amp;#039;s fight against ecoterrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. Through case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices and lived experiences of Indigenous Latin American women and land protectors, Hernandez makes the case that if we&amp;#039;re to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationship with Earth to one of harmony and respect.</description>
      <author>Jessica Hernandez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623177928.mp3" length="2694312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623177928.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fresh Banana Leaves: Healing Indigenous Landscapes through Indigenous Science
Author: Jessica Hernandez
Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A 2022 Los Angeles Times Book Prize Finalist in Science &amp;amp; Technology An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why western conservationism isn&amp;#039;t working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, personal stories, and family histories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the undeniable fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as &amp;#039;soft&amp;#039;--the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, extractive capitalism, and delegitimization. Here, Jessica Hernandez--Maya Ch&amp;#039;orti&amp;#039; and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of western-defined conservatism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family&amp;#039;s fight against ecoterrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. Through case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices and lived experiences of Indigenous Latin American women and land protectors, Hernandez makes the case that if we&amp;#039;re to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationship with Earth to one of harmony and respect.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fresh Banana Leaves: Healing Indigenous Landscapes through Indigenous Science
Author: Jessica Hernandez
Narrator: Stacy Gonzalez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
A 2022 Los Angeles Times Book Prize Finalist in Science &amp;amp; Technology An Indigenous environmental scientist breaks down why western conservationism isn&amp;#039;t working--and offers Indigenous models informed by case studies, personal stories, and family histories that center the voices of Latin American women and land protectors. Despite the undeniable fact that Indigenous communities are among the most affected by climate devastation, Indigenous science is nowhere to be found in mainstream environmental policy or discourse. And while holistic land, water, and forest management practices born from millennia of Indigenous knowledge systems have much to teach all of us, Indigenous science has long been ignored, otherized, or perceived as &amp;#039;soft&amp;#039;--the product of a systematic, centuries-long campaign of racism, colonialism, extractive capitalism, and delegitimization. Here, Jessica Hernandez--Maya Ch&amp;#039;orti&amp;#039; and Zapotec environmental scientist and founder of environmental agency Piña Soul--introduces and contextualizes Indigenous environmental knowledge and proposes a vision of land stewardship that heals rather than displaces, that generates rather than destroys. She breaks down the failures of western-defined conservatism and shares alternatives, citing the restoration work of urban Indigenous people in Seattle; her family&amp;#039;s fight against ecoterrorism in Latin America; and holistic land management approaches of Indigenous groups across the continent. Through case studies, historical overviews, and stories that center the voices and lived experiences of Indigenous Latin American women and land protectors, Hernandez makes the case that if we&amp;#039;re to recover the health of our planet--for everyone--we need to stop the eco-colonialism ravaging Indigenous lands and restore our relationship with Earth to one of harmony and respect.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Of Wolves and Men by Barry Lopez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Wolves and Men
Author: Barry Lopez
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Humankind&amp;#039;s relationship with the wolf is the sum of a spectrum of responses ranging from fear to admiration and affection. Lopez&amp;#039;s classic, careful study has won praise from a wide range of reviewers and improved the way books on wild animals are written. Of Wolves and Men explores the uneasy interaction between wolves and civilization over the centuries, and the wolf&amp;#039;s prominence in our thoughts about wild creatures. Drawing upon an impressive array of literature, history, science, and mythology as well as extensive personal experience with captive and free-ranging wolves, Lopez argues for the wolf&amp;#039;s preservation and immerses the reader in its sensory world, creating a compelling portrait of the wolf both as a real animal and as imagined by different kinds of men. With irresistible charm and elegance, Of Wolves and Men celebrates careful scientific fieldwork, dispels folklore that has enabled the Western mind to demonize wolves, explains myths, and honors indigenous traditions, allowing us to understand how this remarkable animal has become so prominent for so long in the human heart.</description>
      <author>Barry Lopez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666136227.mp3" length="1290998" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666136227.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Wolves and Men
Author: Barry Lopez
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Humankind&amp;#039;s relationship with the wolf is the sum of a spectrum of responses ranging from fear to admiration and affection. Lopez&amp;#039;s classic, careful study has won praise from a wide range of reviewers and improved the way books on wild animals are written. Of Wolves and Men explores the uneasy interaction between wolves and civilization over the centuries, and the wolf&amp;#039;s prominence in our thoughts about wild creatures. Drawing upon an impressive array of literature, history, science, and mythology as well as extensive personal experience with captive and free-ranging wolves, Lopez argues for the wolf&amp;#039;s preservation and immerses the reader in its sensory world, creating a compelling portrait of the wolf both as a real animal and as imagined by different kinds of men. With irresistible charm and elegance, Of Wolves and Men celebrates careful scientific fieldwork, dispels folklore that has enabled the Western mind to demonize wolves, explains myths, and honors indigenous traditions, allowing us to understand how this remarkable animal has become so prominent for so long in the human heart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Of Wolves and Men
Author: Barry Lopez
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Humankind&amp;#039;s relationship with the wolf is the sum of a spectrum of responses ranging from fear to admiration and affection. Lopez&amp;#039;s classic, careful study has won praise from a wide range of reviewers and improved the way books on wild animals are written. Of Wolves and Men explores the uneasy interaction between wolves and civilization over the centuries, and the wolf&amp;#039;s prominence in our thoughts about wild creatures. Drawing upon an impressive array of literature, history, science, and mythology as well as extensive personal experience with captive and free-ranging wolves, Lopez argues for the wolf&amp;#039;s preservation and immerses the reader in its sensory world, creating a compelling portrait of the wolf both as a real animal and as imagined by different kinds of men. With irresistible charm and elegance, Of Wolves and Men celebrates careful scientific fieldwork, dispels folklore that has enabled the Western mind to demonize wolves, explains myths, and honors indigenous traditions, allowing us to understand how this remarkable animal has become so prominent for so long in the human heart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creatures of Old by Veena Prasad, Kabini Amin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creatures of Old
Author: Veena Prasad, Kabini Amin
Narrator: Shaheen Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wondered what the planet was like millions of years ago? What kind of creatures roamed the Earth? What trees grew in the prehistoric forests? Well, there is a way to find out—through palaeontology, a special science that is all about digging up and unscrambling clues to the past. &amp;#039;Creatures of Old&amp;#039; is written by Veena Prasad. © Pratham Books , 2018. Some rights reserved. Released under CC BY 4.0 license. This book was first published on StoryWeaver by Pratham Books. Guest Editor: Nimmy Chacko, Art Director: Nafisa N Crishna - -</description>
      <author>Veena Prasad, Kabini Amin</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Dec 2021 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728110980.mp3" length="452216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728110980.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creatures of Old
Author: Veena Prasad, Kabini Amin
Narrator: Shaheen Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wondered what the planet was like millions of years ago? What kind of creatures roamed the Earth? What trees grew in the prehistoric forests? Well, there is a way to find out—through palaeontology, a special science that is all about digging up and unscrambling clues to the past. &amp;#039;Creatures of Old&amp;#039; is written by Veena Prasad. © Pratham Books , 2018. Some rights reserved. Released under CC BY 4.0 license. This book was first published on StoryWeaver by Pratham Books. Guest Editor: Nimmy Chacko, Art Director: Nafisa N Crishna - -</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creatures of Old
Author: Veena Prasad, Kabini Amin
Narrator: Shaheen Khan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December  3, 2021
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wondered what the planet was like millions of years ago? What kind of creatures roamed the Earth? What trees grew in the prehistoric forests? Well, there is a way to find out—through palaeontology, a special science that is all about digging up and unscrambling clues to the past. &amp;#039;Creatures of Old&amp;#039; is written by Veena Prasad. © Pratham Books , 2018. Some rights reserved. Released under CC BY 4.0 license. This book was first published on StoryWeaver by Pratham Books. Guest Editor: Nimmy Chacko, Art Director: Nafisa N Crishna - -</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Be More Human: How to transform your lifestyle for optimum health, happiness and vitality by Tony Riddle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be More Human: How to transform your lifestyle for optimum health, happiness and vitality
Author: Tony Riddle
Narrator: Tony Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The ultimate guide to boosting your mental and physical health by reconnecting with the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, eat, sleep, breathe and move. The bright lights, late nights and constant hustle of our modern world have detached us from the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, connect and thrive. Be More Human will explore the importance of reconnecting with our natural state and help us learn how to meet our true needs and live more naturally. Tony Riddle (@thenaturallifestylist) will explore how the majority of us do not sit, breathe, eat, sleep or move as nature intended and so we&amp;#039;re actively going against our biology. This book will help us all to reassess our habits and tap back into our natural rhythms and ways of being to optimise our mental and physical wellbeing, reduce stress, sit correctly, breathe better and improve our quality of sleep. Tony is committed to helping us reconnect with how we were built to live in a way that can be incorporated into our hectic, modern lifestyles. His expertise will make this a transformative, empowering and practical guide to getting back in tune with a happier, healthier self to discover physical, emotional, mental and spiritual strength and wellbeing. We can&amp;#039;t all live in nature, but we can all live more naturally and learn how to thrive instead of just survive. © Tony Riddle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</description>
      <author>Tony Riddle</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241583807.mp3" length="1265334" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241583807.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be More Human: How to transform your lifestyle for optimum health, happiness and vitality
Author: Tony Riddle
Narrator: Tony Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The ultimate guide to boosting your mental and physical health by reconnecting with the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, eat, sleep, breathe and move. The bright lights, late nights and constant hustle of our modern world have detached us from the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, connect and thrive. Be More Human will explore the importance of reconnecting with our natural state and help us learn how to meet our true needs and live more naturally. Tony Riddle (@thenaturallifestylist) will explore how the majority of us do not sit, breathe, eat, sleep or move as nature intended and so we&amp;#039;re actively going against our biology. This book will help us all to reassess our habits and tap back into our natural rhythms and ways of being to optimise our mental and physical wellbeing, reduce stress, sit correctly, breathe better and improve our quality of sleep. Tony is committed to helping us reconnect with how we were built to live in a way that can be incorporated into our hectic, modern lifestyles. His expertise will make this a transformative, empowering and practical guide to getting back in tune with a happier, healthier self to discover physical, emotional, mental and spiritual strength and wellbeing. We can&amp;#039;t all live in nature, but we can all live more naturally and learn how to thrive instead of just survive. © Tony Riddle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be More Human: How to transform your lifestyle for optimum health, happiness and vitality
Author: Tony Riddle
Narrator: Tony Riddle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. The ultimate guide to boosting your mental and physical health by reconnecting with the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, eat, sleep, breathe and move. The bright lights, late nights and constant hustle of our modern world have detached us from the way we, as humans, were supposed to live, connect and thrive. Be More Human will explore the importance of reconnecting with our natural state and help us learn how to meet our true needs and live more naturally. Tony Riddle (@thenaturallifestylist) will explore how the majority of us do not sit, breathe, eat, sleep or move as nature intended and so we&amp;#039;re actively going against our biology. This book will help us all to reassess our habits and tap back into our natural rhythms and ways of being to optimise our mental and physical wellbeing, reduce stress, sit correctly, breathe better and improve our quality of sleep. Tony is committed to helping us reconnect with how we were built to live in a way that can be incorporated into our hectic, modern lifestyles. His expertise will make this a transformative, empowering and practical guide to getting back in tune with a happier, healthier self to discover physical, emotional, mental and spiritual strength and wellbeing. We can&amp;#039;t all live in nature, but we can all live more naturally and learn how to thrive instead of just survive. © Tony Riddle 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Was It Worth It?: A Wilderness Warrior&amp;#039;s Long Trail Home by Doug Peacock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Was It Worth It?: A Wilderness Warrior&amp;#039;s Long Trail Home
Author: Doug Peacock
Narrator: Doug Peacock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“If wilderness is outlawed, only outlaws can save wilderness.” Edward Abbey In a collection of gripping stories of adventure, Doug Peacock, loner, iconoclast, environmentalist, and contemporary of Edward Abbey, reflects on a life lived in the wild, asking the question many ask in their twilight years: “Was It Worth It?” Recounting sojourns with Abbey, but also Peter Matthiessen, Doug Tompkins, Jim Harrison, Yvon Chouinard and others, Peacock observes that what he calls “solitary walks” were the greatest currency he and his buddies ever shared. He asserts that “solitude is the deepest well I have encountered in this life,” and the introspection it affords has made him who he is: a lifelong protector of the wilderness and its many awe-inspiring inhabitants. With adventures both close to home (grizzlies in Yellowstone and jaguars in the high Sonoran Desert) and farther afield (tigers in Siberia, jaguars again in Belize, spirit bears in the wilds of British Columbia, all the amazing birds of the Galapagos), Peacock acknowledges that Covid 19 has put “everyone’s mortality in the lens now and it’s not necessarily a telephoto shot.” Peacock recounts these adventures to try to understand and explain his perspective on Nature: That wilderness is the only thing left worth saving. In the tradition of Peacock’s many best-selling books, Was It Worth It? is both entertaining and thought provoking. It challenges any reader to make certain that the answer to the question for their own life is “Yes!”</description>
      <author>Doug Peacock</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 07:56:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593626979.mp3" length="2622749" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593626979.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Was It Worth It?: A Wilderness Warrior&amp;#039;s Long Trail Home
Author: Doug Peacock
Narrator: Doug Peacock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“If wilderness is outlawed, only outlaws can save wilderness.” Edward Abbey In a collection of gripping stories of adventure, Doug Peacock, loner, iconoclast, environmentalist, and contemporary of Edward Abbey, reflects on a life lived in the wild, asking the question many ask in their twilight years: “Was It Worth It?” Recounting sojourns with Abbey, but also Peter Matthiessen, Doug Tompkins, Jim Harrison, Yvon Chouinard and others, Peacock observes that what he calls “solitary walks” were the greatest currency he and his buddies ever shared. He asserts that “solitude is the deepest well I have encountered in this life,” and the introspection it affords has made him who he is: a lifelong protector of the wilderness and its many awe-inspiring inhabitants. With adventures both close to home (grizzlies in Yellowstone and jaguars in the high Sonoran Desert) and farther afield (tigers in Siberia, jaguars again in Belize, spirit bears in the wilds of British Columbia, all the amazing birds of the Galapagos), Peacock acknowledges that Covid 19 has put “everyone’s mortality in the lens now and it’s not necessarily a telephoto shot.” Peacock recounts these adventures to try to understand and explain his perspective on Nature: That wilderness is the only thing left worth saving. In the tradition of Peacock’s many best-selling books, Was It Worth It? is both entertaining and thought provoking. It challenges any reader to make certain that the answer to the question for their own life is “Yes!”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/558716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Was It Worth It?: A Wilderness Warrior&amp;#039;s Long Trail Home
Author: Doug Peacock
Narrator: Doug Peacock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: January 25, 2022
Genres: Animals &amp; Nature
Publisher's Summary: 
“If wilderness is outlawed, only outlaws can save wilderness.” Edward Abbey In a collection of gripping stories of adventure, Doug Peacock, loner, iconoclast, environmentalist, and contemporary of Edward Abbey, reflects on a life lived in the wild, asking the question many ask in their twilight years: “Was It Worth It?” Recounting sojourns with Abbey, but also Peter Matthiessen, Doug Tompkins, Jim Harrison, Yvon Chouinard and others, Peacock observes that what he calls “solitary walks” were the greatest currency he and his buddies ever shared. He asserts that “solitude is the deepest well I have encountered in this life,” and the introspection it affords has made him who he is: a lifelong protector of the wilderness and its many awe-inspiring inhabitants. With adventures both close to home (grizzlies in Yellowstone and jaguars in the high Sonoran Desert) and farther afield (tigers in Siberia, jaguars again in Belize, spirit bears in the wilds of British Columbia, all the amazing birds of the Galapagos), Peacock acknowledges that Covid 19 has put “everyone’s mortality in the lens now and it’s not necessarily a telephoto shot.” Peacock recounts these adventures to try to understand and explain his perspective on Nature: That wilderness is the only thing left worth saving. In the tradition of Peacock’s many best-selling books, Was It Worth It? is both entertaining and thought provoking. It challenges any reader to make certain that the answer to the question for their own life is “Yes!”</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
